The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 1969 L E T T E R OF T R A N S M I T T A L FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Washington, D. C., March 9, 1970 SIRS: Pursuant to the provisions o f Section 17 (a) o f the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is pleased to submit its report for the calendar year 1969. Respectfully yours, Chairman THE PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE THE SPEAKER OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES iii F E D E R A L D E P O S I T IN S U R A N C E C O R P O R A T IO N FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION BOARD OF DIRECTORS C h airm an ----------------------------------- ---------- ----------------- K. A. Randall D ire c to r------------------------------------------------------------Irvine H. Sprague Comptroller of the C urrency----------------------------------William B. Camp OFFICIALS Assistant to the Chairman — ------------------- ------ John L. Flannery Special Assistant to the C h airm an ----------------------------------- Lynn Mah Special Assistant to the Chairman for M utual Savings B a n k s ----------------------- — — Raymond T. Cahill Assistant to the D ire c to r-------------------- --------- — -— Alan R. Miller Special Assistant to the Director —----------- ---------------- John F. Burby Assistant to the Director (C o m p tro lle r o f th e C u r r e n c y ) -------------------------------Albert J. Faulstich Director, Division of Bank Supervision------------------- John L. Flannery Associate Director, Division of Bank Supervision------Edward J. Roddy General C o unsel----------------------------------------------------Leslie H. Fisher C o n tro ller----------------------------------------------------Edward F. Phelps, Jr. Director, Division of R esearch--------------------------------Paul M. Horvitz Chief, Division of L iq uidatio n------------------ ------------- - John J. Slocum S e creta ry---------------------------------------------------------------- E. F. Downey Auditor (A c tin g )-------------------------------------------------John D. Roderick Senior Advisor to the B o a rd --------------------------- Raymond E. Hengren Executive Assistant to the B o a rd --------------- — Timothy J. Reardon, Jr. Assistant to the B o a rd ------------------------------------ William M. Moroney Special Assistant to the B o a rd ......... .................... Edward H. DeHority March 9, 1970 V FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION REGIONS REGIONAL DIRECTORS A tlanta Memphis Lewis C. Beasley Two Peachtree St., N.W.Suite 3030 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Boston Minneapolis Mark J. Laverick Two Center Plaza, Room 810 Boston, Massachusetts 02108 Chicago Roger B. West 109 South 7th Street, Suite 710 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 New Y o rk John J. Early 164 West Jackson Blvd., Rm. 1500 Chicago, Illinois 60604 Columbus Claude C. Phillippe 345 Park Avenue New York, New York 10022 Philadelphia William D. Allen 37 West Broad Street, Suite 600 Columbus, Ohio 43215 Dallas Charles E. Doster 630 Chestnut Street, Suite 972 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19106 Richmond Quinton Thompson 300 North Ervay Street,Suite 3300 Dallas, Texas 75201 Kansas C ity Albert E. Clark 908 E. Main Street, Suite 435 Richmond, Virginia 23219 St. Louis Stanley Pugh 925 Grand Avenue, Room 1708 Kansas City, Missouri 64106 Madison John Stathos 720 Olive Street, Suite 2909 St. Louis, Missouri 63101 San Francisco Wallace A. Ryen 110 E. Main Street, Room 715 Madison, Wisconsin 53703 FEDERAL James W. Thompson 165 Madison Avenue, Suite 1010 Memphis, Tennessee 38103 DEPOSIT Walter W. Smith 44 Montgomery Street, Suite 3600 San Francisco, California 94104 INSURANCE CORPORATION M a i n O f f i c e : 5 5 0 1 7 t h S t r e e t , N. W., W a s h i n g t o n , D. C. 2 0 4 2 9 CONTENTS Page PART ONE BANKING DEVELOPMENTS Bank performance in 196 9________________________________ 3 Federal legislation________________________________________ 6 PART TWO OPERATIONS OF THE CORPORATION Disbursements to protect depositors________________________ 11 Supervisory activities______________________________________ 13 Administration of the Corporation___________________________ 21 Finances of the Corporation_______________________________ 21 Rules and regulations of the Corporation____________________ 27 PART THREE LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS Federal banking legislation— 1969_________________________ 139 Rules and regulations of the Corporation— 1969_____________ 170 State banking legislation— 1969___________________________ 218 PART FOUR STATISTICS OF BANKS AND DEPOSIT INSURANCE Number of banks and branches____________________________ 236 Assets and liabilities of banks--------------------------------------------- 252 Income of insured banks___________________________________ 274 Banks closed because of financial difficulties; deposit insurance disbursements________________________ 288 vii LIST OF TABLES Page DISBURSEMENTS TO PROTECT DEPOSITORS: 1. Insured banks closed during 1969 requiring disbursements by the Federal Deposit Insurance C orporation____________________________ 11 Protection of depositors of insured banks requiring disbursements by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 1934-1969 _____________ 12 3. Analysis of disbursements, recoveries, and losses in deposit insurance transactions, January 1, 1934-December 31, 1969 _______________ 13 2. SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES: 4. Bank examination activities of the Federal Deposit Insurance Cor poration in 1968 and 1969 ______________________________________ 14 5. Actions to terminate insured status of banks charged with unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulations, 1936-1969 _________________________ _____________________________ 15 6. Mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets and assumptions of liabilities approved under section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act during 1969 __________________________________ ____ 16 Approvals under section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act during 1969— banks grouped by size and in States according to status of branch b a n k in g _______________________________________ 17 Description of each merger, consolidation, acquisition of assets or assumption of liabilities approved by the Corporation during 1969___ 36 7. 15. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CORPORATION: 8. Number of officers and employees of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, December 31, 1968 and 1969 ______________________ 21 FINANCES OF THE CORPORATION: 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Statement of financial condition, Federal Deposit Insurance Corpora tion, December 31, 1969 _______________________________________ 22 Statement pf income and the deposit insurance fund, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, year ended December 31, 1969 __________ 23 Determination and distribution of net assessment income, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, year ended December 31, 1 9 6 9 ____ 24 Sources and application of funds, Federal Deposit Insurance Corpora tion, year ended December 31, 1969 ____________________________ 24 Income and expenses, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, by year, from beginning of operations, September 11, 1933, to December 31, 1969, adjusted to December 31, 1969 ______________ 25 Insured deposits and the deposit insurance fund, 1934-1969 ________ 26 viii NUMBER OF BANKS AND BRANCHES: Page Explanatory n o t e _________________________________________________________ 236 101. Changes in number and classification of banks and branches in the United States (States and other areas) during 1969 _______________ 238 102. Changes in number of commercial banks and branches in the United States (States and other areas) during 1969, by S ta te ____________240 103. Number of banking offices in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Grouped according to insurance status and class of bank, and by State or area and type of o ffic e ______________________________ 242 104. Number and deposits of all commercial and mutual savings banks (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Banks grouped by class and deposit s iz e _______________________251 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF BANKS: Explanatory n o te _________________________________________________________ 252 105. Assets and liabilities of all commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), June 30, 1969 Banks grouped by insurance status and class of b a n k __________ 254 106. Assets and liabilities of all commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Banks grouped by insurance status and class of b a n k __________ 258 107. Assets and liabilities of all mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Banks grouped by insurance s ta tu s ____________________________ 262 108. Assets and liabilities of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), December call dates, 1961, 1965-1969 264 109. Assets and liabilities of insured mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), December call dates, 1961, 19651969 ____________________________________________________________ 267 110. Percentages of assets and liabilities of insured commercial banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Banks grouped by amount of d e p o s its_________________________ 269 111. Percentages of assets and liabilities of insured mutual savings banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Banks grouped by amount of d eposits__________________________ 270 112. Distribution of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Banks grouped according to amount of deposits and by ratios of selected items to assets or d e p o sits______________________________ 271 INCOME OF INSURED BANKS: Explanatory n o te _________________________________________________________ 274 113. Income of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 _________________________________________ 276 ix 114. Page Ratios of income of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 _____________________________ 278 115. Income of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1969 Banks grouped by class of b a n k _______________________________ 279 116. Income of insured commercial banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas) Banks grouped by amount of d e p o s its _________________________ 281 117. Ratios of income of insured commercial banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas) Banks grouped according to amount of d e p o s its _______________ 283 118. Income of insured mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 _____________________________________ 285 119. Ratios of income of insured mutual savings banks in United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 ____________________________ 287 BANKS CLOSED BECAUSE OF FINANCIAL DIFFICULTIES; DEPOSIT INSURANCE DISBURSEMENTS: Explanatory note _________________________________________________________ 288 120. Number and deposits of banks closed because of financial difficulties, 1934-1969 _______________________________________________________ 290 121. Insured banks requiring disbursements by the Federal Deposit Insur ance Corporation during 1969 ___________________________________ 291 122. Depositors, deposits, and disbursements in insured banks requiring disbursements by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 19341969 Banks grouped by class of bank, year of deposit payoff or deposit assumption, amount of deposits, and S ta te _______________________293 123. Recoveries and losses by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on principal disbursements for protection of depositors, 19341969 ____________________________________________________________ 296 x BANKING DEVELOPMENTS PART ONE 3 Banks operated in an environment in 1969 that was dominated by upward pressure on prices, wages, and interest rates. While the economy continued to operate at virtually full employment, practically no growth in real output occurred. Most of the dollar increase in gross national product was accounted for by a more than 5 percent rise in prices. Strong credit demands from the private sector and very restrictive monetary policy combined to produce extremely tight conditions in financial markets. As a result, interest rates, which were relatively high at the beginning of 1969, rose throughout the year and reached the highest levels of the century. Average yields on corporate and municipal securities increased by more than 2 percentage points in 1969. The commercial bank prime rate was raised three times during the first half of 1969, reaching 8 V2 percent in June, where it remained throughout the year. BANK PERFORMANCE IN 1969 Balance sheet changes. Money market rates moved up sharply throughout the year while interest ceilings on time and savings deposits remained unchanged. As a result, the relative attractiveness of bank time deposits diminished significantly and some banks experi enced substantial outflows of these deposits. The amount of large denomination negotiable certificates of deposit at weekly reporting banks declined by approximately $12 billion in 1969 as the spread between the prevailing 6*4 percent ceiling on large denomination CD's and comparable money market instruments approached 2 per centage points by the latter part of 1969. Gains in consumer CD’s were modest compared with the in creases experienced in recent years; as a result, total time deposits of insured commercial banks declined by almost $10 billion. Total demand deposits increased by about $11 billion, enabling insured commercial banks to post a slight deposit increase for the year. Total assets increased by about 5 percent in 1969, to a yearend level of $531 billion (the amount of the increase is overstated somewhat by changes in reporting requirements; see notes to tables in Part 4). A considerable portion of the increase in bank resources was financed by borrowing through Federal funds, Eurodollars, and other sources. This was most pronounced among larger banks seeking to replace funds lost through the attrition of large denomination CD’s. Loans at insured commercial banks increased by about $25 billion (more than 9 percent). This loan increase occurred although changes 4 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION in the deposit mix plus increased reserve requirements on demand deposits had the effect of reducing considerably the volume of funds available for acquiring earning assets. In addition to increased borrow ing, banks financed a substantial portion of their loan acquisitions in 1969 through reducing investments by almost $10 billion. Most major loan categories contributed to the 1969 loan increase. Testimony to the proliferation of bank credit cards and the growth in their use was a $1.6 billion (76 percent) increase in credit card and check credit loans outstanding in 1969. Bank earnings. Total operating income of insured commercial banks increased by 21 percent in 1969, reflecting a moderate growth in earning assets and a significant rise in the average rate of return on assets. The ratio of operating income to average assets of banks rose to 5.97 percent, an increase of approximately 59 basis points over the comparable ratio for 1968. Loan income grew by about 26 percent as the average rate of return on loans increased to 7.60 percent. The 1969 income report for insured commercial banks was sub stantially revised; as a result, figures on expenses and net income are not precisely comparable to those of previous years. In prior years, provision for loan losses was not treated as an operating ex pense. If data were adjusted to account for this, the year-to-year in crease in operating expenses would amount to about 20 percent, a figure approximately in line with the one for operating income. Despite the reduction in outstanding time deposits, the interest cost on time and savings deposits rose by 12.7 percent. The interest cost of borrowed funds grew by more than $1 billion, or more than 200 percent, bringing the increase in interest cost for both categories to over 24 percent. Net current operating earnings of insured commercial banks were $4,565 million in 1969. This figure reflects taxes on operating earn ings, calculated before “ below the line” charges against earnings from such items as security losses, extraordinary income or expenses, and excess of transfers to bad-debt reserves in excess of the item carried under operating expenses. No comparable figures for previous years exist for after-tax current operating earnings, but if 1968 figures were adjusted accordingly, the year-to-year gain would be approximately in line with the percentage increase in total operating income. Banks experienced net security losses of $512 million (before tax credits) in 1969, slightly in excess of losses realized in 1968 but modest compared with the unrealized decline in bank investment values resulting from the substantial increase in interest rates in 1969. Net income of insured commercial banks was $4,334 million in 1969, approximately 0.84 percent of average outstanding assets and 11.34 percent of average capital accounts. While the figure for net BANK PERFORMANCE IN 1969 5 income is not fully comparable to the statistics reported for previous years, it is relatively close, and the ratios for 1969 compare favorably with figures for the previous decade. Dividend payments, about 40 percent of net income, were up 18 percent from 1968. In summary, the combination of high and rising interest rates, along with restrictions on the ability of banks to compete for deposits, placed banks in a very tight liquidity position in 1969 and reduced considerably the market value of bank security portfolios. The same forces enabled banks to increase substantially their rate of return on assets and capital accounts. Mutual savings banks. The same economic and policy variables affected mutual savings banks in 1969; therefore, their deposits in creased by only $2.6 billion, 4 percent. This was well below deposit gains experienced during each of the two previous years, and it was the first time in recent history that the net deposit increase at savings banks was less than total interest payments on deposits. Current operating income of FDIC-insured savings banks increased by more than 10 percent, reflecting the investment of new funds and internally generated cash in substantially higher-yielding assets. As a consequence, the gross yield of FDIC-insured savings banks on aver age outstanding assets increased by about 24 basis points, from 5.42 percent in 1968 to 5.66 percent in 1969. The increase in inter est payments on deposits was more modest, as the rate paid on aver age outstanding time and savings deposits increased from about 4.83 percent to 4.90 percent. Thus, net current operating income after taxes and dividends increased by more than 40 percent, and net rate of return on average outstanding assets increased from about 0.32 percent, in 1968, to approximately 0.42 percent, in 1969. FDIC-insured mutual savings banks realized significantly higher losses on sales of securities and mortgages in 1969. As a result of these below-the-line transactions, the net addition to surplus from operations was somewhat less in 1969 than it was in 1968. The total surplus accounts of all savings banks increased by about 4.8 percent in 1969, slightly more than the rise in total assets. Number of banks and branches. On December 31, 1969, a total of 14,178 banks— including 13,681 commercial and 497 mutual sav ings— were operating in the United States. There were 17 fewer com mercial banks and 4 fewer mutual savings banks than at the end of 1968. The overall figure for branches of all banks rose during the year, by 1,273, of which 1,196 were branches of commercial banks. The total number of banking offices— 35,582 on December 31, 1969— was 1,252 more than at year-end 1968. The number of insured commercial banks declined by 15 during the year, as decreases of 47 national banks and 60 State member banks 6 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION more than offset an addition of 92 insured nonmember banks. During the year, 18 noninsured banks converted to insured status, with 16 becoming nonmember insured banks and two becoming State member banks. Changes in number of banks and branches during 1969 are shown in Table 101 of this report. FEDERAL LEGISLATION Regulation of interest rates. Little legislation of interest to the banking industry was enacted during the first session of the 91st Congress until the closing days of 1969, when several important measures were approved. Notably, the Act of December 23, 1969 (83 Stat. 371), extends for an additional 15-month period— through March 21, 1971— the statutory flexible authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board for regulating interest and dividend rates payable by insured banks on time and savings deposits and by members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System on deposits, shares, or withdrawable ac counts. The act temporarily authorizes the Corporation’s Board of Directors and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board to subject certain noninsured banks (including noninsured mutual savings banks) and certain non member building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associ ations (including cooperative banks) to interest- and dividend-rate controls essentially comparable to those applicable to insured banks and to members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. The authority expires at the close of March 21, 1971, unless it is extended by a subsequent act of Congress. The authority can only be exercised with respect to noninsured institutions located in a State where the total amount of deposits and shares in those institu tions exceeds 20 percent of the total amount of deposits and shares in all designated financial institutions in the State and where the State supervisory authority is not authorized by State laws to regulate the rates of interest or dividends payable by noninsured institutions or, if it is so authorized, has not issued regulations in the exercise of that authority. The effect of these conditions is to limit the applica bility of the law to Massachusetts. Before July 31, 1970, the authority can only be exercised by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board to limit the rates of interest or dividends payable by noninsured institutions to maximum rates not lower than 5 V2 percent per annum. In addition to prohibiting the payment of dividends as well as inter est on demand deposits, the act extends the Corporation’s authority to regulate interest and dividend rates payable by insured nonmember FEDERAL LEGISLATION 7 banks, at the discretion of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, to obligations other than deposits that are undertaken by insured non member banks or their affiliates to obtain funds to be used in the banking business. Similarly, the act clarifies the authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to determine what types of obligations, whether issued directly by a member bank or indirectly by an affiliate of a member bank, or by other means, shall be deemed a deposit for the purposes of statutes and regulations that relate to the payment of interest or dividends on time and savings deposits by member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Increase in deposit insurance coverage. In addition to extending the statutory flexible authority for regulating interest and dividend rates, the Act of December 23, 1969 (83 Stat. 371), increased from $15,000 to $20,000 the maximum amount of insurance coverage provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and by the Federal Sav ings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The increase in insurance cover age is not applicable to any claim arising out of the closing of an insured bank or institution before December 23, 1969. State taxation of national banks. Legislation to clarify the liability of national banks for certain taxes was approved by the President on December 24, 1969. The Act of December 24, 1969 (83 Stat. 434), gradually equalizes the tax treatment of State and national banks so that by January 1, 1972, for any tax law enacted under authority of the United States or any State, a national bank will be treated as a bank organized and existing under the laws of the State or other juris diction within which its principal office is located. During the interim period, a State, or political subdivision thereof, generally may apply the same tax rules to locally headquartered national banks that it now does to State banks. Moreover, with some restrictions, States and their political subdivisions may impose certain specified taxes of their own on national banks not having their principal offices within the taxing jurisdiction. For example, nondomiciliary States and their political subdivisions may impose taxes on the following if they occur within the area’s jurisdiction: (1) purchases, sales, and use, (2) real property or its occupancy, (3) execution, delivery, or recordation of documents (this includes documentary stamp taxes), (4) tangible personal property (not including cash or currency), and (5) ownership, use, or transfer of tangible personal property. The act prohibits States from imposing any sales or use taxes on tangible personal property which was the subject matter of a written contract of purchase entered into before September 1, 1969. Tax Reform Act of 1969. On December 30, 1969, the President approved the Tax Reform Act of 1969 (83 Stat. 487). The act is important to the banking industry because, in addition to other pro 8 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION visions (see Part 3 of this report), it alters the tax treatment accorded the bad-debt reserves of financial institutions. Under prior revenue rulings, commercial banks generally were al lowed to build up bad-debt reserves equal to 2.4 percent of their out standing loans not insured by the Federal Government. Under the provisions of section 431 of the Tax Reform Act of 1969 (83 Stat. 616), commercial banks may add to their bad-debt reserves only an amount necessary to increase the balance of their reserves for losses on eligible loans at the close of each taxable year to 1.8 percent for taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969, but before 1976, to 1.2 percent for taxable years beginning after 1975 but before 1982, and to 0.6 percent for taxable years beginning after 1981 but before 1988. For taxable years beginning before 1988 a bank may, and for taxable years beginning after 1987 a bank must, compute additions to its baddebt reserve on the basis of its actual loss experience as indicated by losses for the taxable year and the 5 preceding years. If the bad-debt reserve at the close of any base year is less than the allowable per centage, no more than one-fifth of the difference may be added to the reserve for losses in any 1 year. If the reserve at the close of any base year equals or exceeds the allowable percentage, a bank need not reduce its bad-debt reserve but may add thereto only the amount necessary to increase the balance of the reserve at the close of the taxable year to the allowable percentage or to the balance of the reserve at the close of the base year, whichever is greater. The act allows commercial banks to carry back net operating losses for 10 years and to carry forward net operating losses for 5 years. Before enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1969, mutual savings banks and savings and loan associations were permitted to compute additions to their bad-debt reserves on the basis of actual experience or under either of two alternative formulas. These alternatives included deducting 60 percent of taxable income or deducting 3 percent of qualifying real property loans. The act repeals the 3-percent method of computation and reduces the 60-percent method of computation to 40 percent over a 10-year period. Additionally, the act subjects mutual savings banks as well as savings and loan associations to investment standards in order to qualify for the special deduction. Text of statutes. The text of pertinent provisions of the foregoing statutes, together with a summary of significant State banking legisla tion enacted during 1969, is presented in Part 3 of this report. OPERATIONS OF THE CORPORATION PART TWO 11 DISBURSEMENTS TO PROTECT DEPOSITORS Banks failing in 1969. The Corporation disbursed $26 million during 1969 to protect depositors of nine insured banks in serious financial difficulty (see Table 1). Four of the banks with deposits total ing $9 million were placed in receivership and payments were made, directly by the Corporation, in amounts up to the $15,000 insurance limit prevailing at the time. Depositors in the other five banks were protected in full when sound operating banks assumed $31 million of deposit liabilities of the failing banks. For the most part, the nine failures resulted from financial irregularities rather than adverse local economic conditions. The irregularities included forged or fictitious notes, loans to self-serving officials, poor judgment and lax collection policies, speculative real estate loans, and shortages in loan income Table 1. INSURED BANKS CLOSED DURING 1969 REQUIRING DISBURSEMENTS BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION' Case number Name and location Date of closing or deposit assumption Total Amount Date of first pay of de Number posits ment to depositors of de (in thou or disbursement by positors sands)2 FDIC Deposi tors re ceiving fu ll re covery Deposits paid (in thou sands)2 27,363 $40,120 26,422 $39,483 2,343 2,300 1,878 2,152 Deposit payoff 284 Citizens State Bank, Alvarado, Texas 285 April 12, 1969 April 18, 1969 The First State Bank, Dodson, Texas May 12, 1969 688 1,085 May 14, 1969 618 1,039 286 The State National Bank, Lovelady, Texas May 28, 1969 2,030 3,814 June 2, 1969 1,832 3,453 287 First National Bank of Ursa, Ursa, Illinois August 20, 1969 1,472 1,799 August 25, 1969 1,264 1,717 Deposit assum ption 194 The Rocky Mountain Bank, Lakewood, Colorado February 6, 1969 6,716 8,065 February 6, 1969 6,716 8,065 195 The Morrice State Bank, Morrice, Michigan May 6, 1969 1,759 2,167 May 6, 1969 1,759 2,167 196 The Big Lake State Bank, Big Lake, Texas August 22, 1969 2,642 4,426 September 2, 1969 2,642 4,426 197 The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas September 5, 1969 6,459 10,472 September 8, 1969 6,459 10,472 198 The First National Bank of Coalville, Coalville, Utah October 10, 1969 3,254 5,992 October 10, 1969 3,254 5,992 1 Figures adjusted to and as of December 31, 1969. 2 Includes $7,393 thousand paid by FDIC claim agents in deposit payoff cases. All deposits were made available in fu ll through assuming banks, with FDIC assistance, in deposit assumption cases. accounts and excessive charges to expense accounts. Since the beginning of Federal deposit insurance, the Corporation has made disbursements to protect depositors in 482 failing banks. The approxi mately 1.7 million depositors (or accounts) in these banks held total 12 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION deposits of about $879 million (see Table 2). Data on the extent and method of deposit insurance protection are shown in Table 3. Deposit insurance participation and coverage. Effective December 23, 1969, the maximum amount of insurance per depositor was in creased from $15,000 to $20,000. Set first at $2,500, the insurance maximum was raised to $5,000 in mid-1934, to $10,000 in 1950, and to $15,000 on October 16, 1966. The maximum applies to the aggre gate of deposits held in the same right and capacity in an insured bank. Since the inception of Federal deposit insurance, the proportion of all operating banks covered has been high; at the end of 1969 over 97 percent of all operating banks in the United States were insured by the Corporation. The noninsured banks included 208 commercial Table 2. PROTECTION OF DEPOSITORS OF INSURED BANKS REQUIRING DISBURSEMENTS BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, 1934-1969 All cases (482 banks) Deposit payoff cases (284 banks) Deposit assumption cases (198 banks) Item Number or amount Number of depositors or accounts— to ta l1................ 1,672,804 F ull recovery received or a v a ila b le ........................ 1,668,416 From FDIC2................................................................... 1,622,535 39,999 From offset4 .................................................................. 3,008 From security or preference5..................................... 2,874 From asset liquidation6............................................... Full recovery not received as of December 31, 1969............................................................................... Terminated cases......................................................... Active cases.................................................................. Percent Number or amount 100.0 99.7 97.0 2.4 0.2 0.1 508,525 504,137 458,2563 39,999 3,000 2,874 Percent 100.0 99.1 90.1 7.9 Number or amount Percent 1,164,279 1,164,279 1,164,279 100.0 100.0 100.0 0.6 0.5 4,388 3,312 1,076 0.3 4,388 0.2 0.1 3,312 1,076 0.9 0.7 0.2 A m ount of deposits (in thousands)— t o t a l................. 878,831 100.0 $254,936 100.0 623,895 100.0 Paid or made a v a ila b le ................................................ 864,445 795,328 13,494 27,076 98.4 94.4 67.3 623,895 623,895 100.0 100.0 By asset liquidation10.................................................. 28,547 3.3 240,550 171,4337 13,494 27,076 28,547 Not paid as of December 31, 1969............................ Terminated cases......................................................... 14,386 1,866 1.6 0.2 14,386 1,866 Active cases11................................................................ 12,520 1.4 12,520 By FDIC2....................................................................... By offset8....................................................................... By security or preference9.......................................... 90.5 1.5 3.1 5.3 10.6 11.2 5.6 0.7 4.9 1 Number of depositors in deposit payoff cases; number of accounts in deposit assumption cases. 2 Through direct payment to depositors in deposit payoff cases; through assumption of deposits by other insured banks, facilitated by FDIC disbursements of $247,653 thousand, in deposit assumption cases. 3 Includes 58,755 depositors in terminated cases who failed to claim their insured deposits (see note 7). 4 Includes only depositors with claims offset in fu ll; most of these would have been fu lly protected by insurance in the absence of offsets. 5 Excludes depositors paid in part by FDIC whose deposit balances were less than the insurance maximum. 6 The insured portions of these depositor claims were paid by the Corporation. 7 Includes $212 thousand unclaimed insured deposits in terminated cases (see note 3). 8 Includes all amounts paid by offset. 9 Includes all secured and preferred claims paid from asset liquidation; excludes secured and preferred claims paid by the Corporation. 10 Includes unclaimed deposits paid to authorized public custodians. 11 Includes $12,520 thousand representing deposits available, expected through offset or expected from proceeds of liquidations; and $33 thousand representing up to $10,000 of each of certain certificates of deposit whose insured status is in litigation. DISBURSEMENTS TO PROTECT DEPOSITORS 13 Table 3. ANALYSIS OF DISBURSEMENTS, RECOVERIES, AND LOSSES IN DEPOSIT INSURANCE TRANSACTIONS, JANUARY 1, 1934-DECEMBER 31, 1969 (In thousands) Type of disbursement Disbursements Recoveries1 A ll disbursem ents— t o t a l.............................................................................. $475,057 $419,327 $55,730 418,969 367,289 51,680 247,653 210,500 13,082 24,071 170,829 487 134,572 9,135 27,609 4,266 P rin c ip a l disbursem ents in deposit assum ption and payoff cases— t o t a l.......................................................................................... Assets acquired under agreements with insured banks (198 deposit assumption cases): To December 31, 1969........................................................................... Estimated additional.............................................................................. Deposits paid (284 deposit payoff cases): To December 31,1969........................................................................... Estimated additional.............................................................................. Advances and expenses in deposit assum ption and payo ff cases— t o ta l............................................................................................................. Expenses in liquidating assets: Advances to protect assets................................................................... Liquidation expenses............................................................................ Insurance expenses............................................................................... Field payoff and other insurance expenses in 284 deposit payoff cases O ther disbursem ents—t o ta l..................................................................... Assets purchased to facilitate termination of liquidations: To December 31, 1969.......................................................................... Estimated additional.............................................................................. Unallocated insurance expenses.............................................................. Losses 53,865 49,599 33,810 15,789 1,066 3,200 33,810 15,789 (2) 2,223 2,439 (216) 1,773 2,424 15 (2) (666) 450 1,066 3,200 450 1 Excludes amounts returned to closed bank equity holders and $9.3 million of interest and allowable return received by FDIC. . 2 Not recoverable. L : > _ |Q 7 q _ banks and nondeposit trust companies and 166 mutual savings banks, virtually all of the latter being located in Massachusetts and covered by its deposit insurance system. All except a small percentage of accounts in FDIC-insured banks have remained fully covered under the successively higher limits of Federal deposit insurance. Based upon data from the Corporation’s most recent survey of deposits, it is estimated that 99.1 percent of accounts in insured banks on December 31, 1969, were within the insurance maximum of $20,000. Because the average size of a small proportion of accounts greatly exceeds the insurance limit per de positor, the percentage of insured deposits to total deposits in insured banks is substantially less than the proportion of fully covered ac counts. Of deposits totaling $495.9 billion in insured banks on December 31, 1969, an estimated $313.1 billion, or 63.1 percent, were insured. This figure is about $16 billion greater than the estimated amount which would have been covered had the insurance maximum remained at $15,000. SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES Bank examinations. The Corporation may examine any insured bank for insurance purposes; however, to avoid duplicating the activity of other Federal bank supervisory agencies, the Corporation utilizes the reports of examinations conducted by those agencies. The banks that FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 14 are subject to regular examination by the Corporation comprise about 57 percent of all insured banks in the United States and 27 percent of the assets of these banks. To further reduce the burden for banks and supervisory authorities, the Corporation’s examinations are con ducted jointly or concurrently, in over one-half of the States, with those of the State authorities. Field examinations and investigations in connection with insurance, branch, and merger applications, conducted by the Corporation during 1969, totaled 16,412, including 7,637 examinations of main offices (see Table 4). The total was about 6 percent more than it was in 1968. In recent years, examinations of departments and branches have ac counted for just over one-third of the total, and investigations for about 14 percent. Table 4. BANK EXAMINATION ACTIVITIES OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IN 1968 AND 1969 Number Activity 1969 1968 Field exam in ations and in v e s tig a tio n s — t o ta l................................................................ 16,412 15,483 E xam inations of main o ffic e s — t o ta l............................................................................. Regular examinations of insured banks not members of Federal Reserve System.. Re-examinations; or other than regular exam inations................................................ Entrance examinations of operating noninsured banks............................................... Special exam inations........................................................................................................ 7,637 7,416 175 36 10 7,650 7,451 154 41 4 E xam inations of departm ents and b ra n c h e s.............................................................. Examinations of trust departm ents................................................................................. Examinations of branches................................................................................................ 6,328 1,279 5,049 5,638 1,210 4,428 in v e s tig a tio n s ...................................................................................................................... New bank investigations.................................................................................................. State banks members of Federal Reserve System ................................................... Banks not members of Federal Reserve System ...................................................... New branch investigations............................................................................................... Mergers and consolidations.............................................................................................. Miscellaneous investigations............................................................................................ 2,447 282 22 260 629 246 1,290 2,195 195 25 170 538 185 1,277 Citations contemplating termination of insurance. When other mea sures have failed to correct a violation of law or regulation, or unsafe or unsound banking practice, the ultimate step available to the Corporation is to initiate proceedings to terminate the bank's insured status. When this action becomes necessary, the bank and the State authorities are formally notified, after which the bank must take cor rective action within the time specified. If compliance is still not ob tained, before insurance may be terminated the bank is given an opportunity to present its case at an administrative hearing. Table 5 shows that action has been taken against 203 banks since 1936 and that in the majority of cases the corrections were made or the bank was absorbed or succeeded by another bank. Insurance was terminated, or a date set for this, in 12 cases for failure to make corrections. 15 SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES Table 5. ACTIONS TO TERMINATE INSURED STATUS OF BANKS CHARGED WITH UNSAFE OR UNSOUND BANKING PRACTICES OR VIOLATIONS OF LAW OR REGULATIONS, 1936-1969 Disposition or status 1936-19691 Started during 1969 Total banks against which action was ta ken .................................................................................................... 203 5 Cases closed...................................................................................................................................... 197 Corrections made....................................................................................................................... Banks absorbed or succeeded by other banks .... With financial aid of the Corporation.................................................................................. W ithout financial aid of the Corporation............................................................................ Banks suspended prior to setting date of termination of insured status by Corporation . . Insured status terminated, or date for such termination set by Corporation, for failure to make corrections .................................................................... Banks suspended prior to or on date of termination of insured status. .................. Banks continued in operation 2................................................................................................ 79 70 63 7 36 12 9 3 Cases not closed December 31,1969........................................................................................ 6 5 Correction period not expired.................................................................................................. Action deferred pending analysis of exam ination ........................................................................................ 4 2 3 2 1 No action to terminate the insured status of any bank was taken before 1936. In 5 cases where in itial action was replaced by action based upon additional charges, only the latter action is included. 2 One of these suspended 4 months after its insured status was terminated. Six cases were open at the end of 1969, including five started during the year. Of two active cases at the beginning of 1969, one was closed because the bank was absorbed with the Corporation’s financial aid, while in the second case the correction period had not expired at the end of the year. Applications for deposit insurance. State-chartered banks which are not members of the Federal Reserve System become insured by appli cation to and approval by the FDIC. Those banks obtaining national charters, and State banks becoming members of the Federal Reserve System, acquire insured status without applying to the Corporation. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the supervisory agency to consider, before admitting any bank to deposit insurance, the financial history and condition of the bank, adequacy of its capital structure, its future earnings prospects, the general character of its management, the convenience and needs of the community, and finally, the consist ency of the bank’s corporate powers with the purposes of the act. During 1969 the Corporation approved 157 applications for deposit insurance; these involved 140 new banks and 17 operating banks. Twenty-three new banks were located in Florida, and 19 in Illinois. Applications for branches. Under Federal law, the supervisory agen cies must consider the above six factors in passing upon applications by insured banks to establish new branches. The Corporation ap proved 556 such applications during 1969, almost 21 percent more than in 1968. In addition, conversion of main offices into branches in merger cases during the year created 47 branches of insured nonmember banks. Mergers. The Bank Merger Act of 1960 (as amended) requires a Federal bank supervisory agency to give its approval before an insured bank may engage in any merger transaction. If the continuing 16 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION bank is to be an insured nonmember bank, or if an insured bank is applying to absorb a noninsured institution, the Corporation’s approval must be obtained before the transaction may be consummated. The act provides that the supervisory agencies must consider specifically the effect of the transaction on competition, financial and managerial resources, prospects of the existing and proposed institutions, and convenience and needs of the community to be served. Details of the applications approved by the Corporation under section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act during 1969 are discussed in Table 15, pages 36-136. Tabulations of the number of mergers approved by the Federal agencies under section 18(c) during 1969 are shown in Table 6. (The TABLE 6. MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, ACQUISITIONS OF ASSETS AND ASSUMPTIONS OF LIABILITIES APPROVED UNDER SECTION 18(c) OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE ACT DURING 1969 Offices operated3 Banks Number of banks2 Resources (in thousands)3 Prior to transaction After transaction ALL CASES1 Banks in v o lv e d ..................................................... Absorbing banks................................................. Absorbed banks National .......................................................... State bank members FRS .......................... Not members FRS.......................................... Noninsured in s titu tio n s ...................................... 293 138 155 55 17 78 5 $48,350,897 44,364,611 3,986,286 1,651,778 559,283 1,594,243 180,982 3553 3112 441 194 55 174 18 3543 3543 CASES WITH RESULTING BANK A NATIONAL BANK Banks in v o lv e d ..................................................... Absorbing banks................................................. Absorbed banks National . . State members FRS .... Not members FRS Noninsured institutions .............................. 162 78 84 42 7 33 2* $31,228,319 29,372,988 1,855,331 1,294,725 179,737 378,446 2,423 2278 2035 243 153 24 64 2 2272 2272 32 16 16 3 5 8 $9,981,450 9,594,329 387,121 85,166 230,260 71,695 453 411 42 12 14 16 452 452 103 46 576 10 5 37 54 $7,143,551 5,397,294 1,746,257 271,887 149,286 1,144,102 180,982 839 681 158 29 17 94 18 834 834 CASES WITH RESULTING BANK A STATE BANK MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM Banks in v o lv e d ..................................................... Absorbing banks................................................. Absorbed banks .............................................. National ... State members FRS .................................... Not members FRS .............. Noninsured institutions .................. CASES WITH RESULTING BANK NOT A MEMBER OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM5 Banks in v o lv e d ..................................................... Absorbing banks................................................. Absorbed banks ........ National ................ State members FRS . . Not members FRS .. . Noninsured institutions 1 Omitted are corporate reorganizations and other absorptions involving banks which prior to the transaction did not individually operate an office in the United States. 2 The number of absorbing banks is smaller than the number of cases, because a few banks participated in more than one case. 3 Where an absorbing bank engaged in more than one transaction, the resources included are those of the bank before the latest transaction, and the number of offices before the first and after the latest transaction. 4 Merger cases nos. 57 and 58 in Table 15 were reported also as approved cases by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. These cases are included only once in the totals in this table. 5 Includes two cases approved by the Corporation of an absorption of a noninsured bank by a national bank, and one case in which the absorbing bank was a State member bank. 6 Includes one building and loan association.- 17 SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES table does not include corporate reorganizations of individual banking institutions, such as banks in process of forming one-bank holding companies, which do not have the effect of lessening the number of existing operating banks). Banks absorbed through mergers in 1969 numbered 25 more than in 1968, and branches of banks absorbed in 1969 exceeded the previous year’s total by 132. The number of banks, by size of assets and by status of branch banking in their States (that is, statewide branching, limited-area branching, or unit banking), which were involved in absorptions ap proved by the Federal agencies during 1969 are listed in Table 7. Regulation of bank securities. Legislation enacted in 1964 extended the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to cover secu rities traded in the over-the-counter market. Responsibility for ad ministering the act for insured banks was given to the Federal bank regulatory agencies. Only those corporations now having 500 or more shareholders and more than $1 million in assets are covered. The Corporation, during 1969, received registration statements from 19 insured State nonmember banks coming under the provisions TABLE 7. APPROVALS UNDER SECTION 18(c) OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE ACT DURING 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY SIZE AND IN STATES ACCORDING TO STATUS OF BRANCH BANKING Absorbing banks Absorbed banks Number of banks by size (resources in $mil) Number of banks1 Number of banks by size (resources in $ m il)1 Number of branches Resources (in thousands) -5 5-10 10-25 25-100 Over 100 - 5 ...................... 5-10...................... 10-25...................... 25-100...................... 100-500...................... 500 or more...................... 138 6 9 21 45 34 23 155 6 9 27 49 40 24 286 9 16 41 64 94 62 $3,986,286 132,535 205,525 468,483 730,122 1,632,027 817,594 50 4 5 14 21 5 1 32 1 1 6 12 9 3 37 0 2 4 7 10 14 25 0 0 2 8 12 3 11 1 1 1 1 4 3 (A ) Statewide branching2 10-25...................... 25-100...................... 100-500...................... 500 or more...................... 49 6 15 14 14 60 10 16 19 15 86 6 28 31 21 931,576 54,232 212,089 310,462 354,793 20 7 8 4 1 16 2 3 8 3 15 1 2 5 7 7 2 3 1 3 i 1 (B ) Lim ited area b ra n ch in g 2 - 5 ...................... 5-10...................... 10-25...................... 25-100...................... 100-500...................... 500 or m ore...................... 82 4 7 15 27 20 9 88 4 7 17 30 21 9 200 2,958,881 128,063 197,708 414,251 434,493 1,321,565 462,801 26 2 4 7 12 1 0 15 9 16 35 36 63 41 1 0 4 9 1 0 22 0 2 3 5 5 7 16 0 0 2 3 11 0 (C) U n it ban king2 -5 ...................... 5-10...................... 25-100...................... 7 7 0 95,829 0 0 0 0 4,472 7,817 83,540 1 0 1 0 2 2 2 3 4 2 1 1 0 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 T o ta l— U.S. 9 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 See footnote 1, Table 6. 2 For the purpose of analyzing branching activity, 17 States were included in Group A, 18 in Group B, and 15 in Group C. It should be noted that for other purposes the classification of some States might differ from that used here. 18 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION of the act, bringing the year-end total to 94. The latter figure reflects the addition of one registered bank which withdrew from the Federal Reserve System and the termination of registration of 12 banks. Terminations resulted when five registered banks were merged into operating banks, six reorganized as subsidiaries of one-bank holding companies, and one sold its assets and liquidated. In addition to the registration statements filed by banks, the Corpo ration also receives current reports required by the Securities Ex change Act and regulates proxy solicitation for annual and special meetings of the shareholders of these banks. Another section of the act requires the filing of beneficial ownership reports by every director, major officer, and large shareholder of a registered bank. During the past year, 3,400 such reports had been received. Changes in bank ownership and loans secured by bank stock. Public Law 88-593 requires insured banks to report, to the appropriate Federal banking agency, any of its outstanding voting stock changes which would result in an alteration in control of management. Such reports must include any change or replacement of the bank’s chief executive officer, or any director, that occurs during the 12 months following the change in control. Also, the law specifies that insured banks must report any loans secured by 25 percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of an insured bank. This legislation is to alert the supervisory authorities to manage ment changes which might adversely affect the bank. Reports received by one Federal agency are exchanged with the other Federal banking agencies, as well as with the State authority if a State-chartered bank is involved. Over 400 changes in control involving insured nonmember banks were reported to the Corporation in 1969. Publications and statistical reports from banks. The Corporation obtains reports of condition at quarterly intervals, and a report of income and dividends once each year, from each insured bank under its supervision, as do the other Federal banking agencies for banks under their supervision. The commercial bank Report of Condition format and contents were changed in June 1969. The new form pro vides more detail on bank assets and alters the treatment of reserves, shifting them to a separate liability account rather than subtracting them from assets. The Report of Income and Dividends also was changed to bring income reporting into line with accepted accounting practices and to provide a better gauge of bank performance to the supervisory authorities and the public. Changes in these two reports were effected following extensive discussions among the three Federal banking agencies, State supervisory authorities, and representatives of the banking industry. New report formats are reflected in the 1969 statistical tables in this publication. SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES 19 The Corporation processed the revised Report of Condition as of June 30, 1969, for all insured commercial banks. Additionally, the Corporation prepared and distributed, to each bank, data on the bank’s major call report items, comparing them with figures for other banks of the same size class and geographical location. This effort was part of an on-going project in which the Corporation furnishes special mailings of semiannual data on balance sheet infor mation and annual data on income and dividends to both commercial banks and FDIC-insured mutual savings banks. Comprehensive income and year-end balance sheet information for commercial banks are published in Bank O perating Statistics 1 96 9 (available on request). In 1969 the Corporation, in conjunction with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Comptroller of the Currency, published Trust Assets of Insured Com m ercial Banks— 1968. The sta tistics presented in this publication are a compilation of more than 3,300 reports from banks holding trust assets. Each agency edited the reports from trust departments under its supervision. Processing of all data for publication was handled by the Federal Deposit Insur ance Corporation in cooperation with the other two agencies. In its continuing effort to keep abreast of current developments in the market for savings, the Corporation conducted four surveys— on January 31, April 30, July 31, and October 31— of interest rates paid during 1969 on time and savings deposits by insured nonmember commercial banks and by FDIC-insured mutual savings banks. (Mem ber banks of the Federal Reserve System were surveyed by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.) Tabulated survey data and a summary of recent developments in the savings market were sent to each report ing bank along with the survey questionnaires. The Corporation financially supported a study of the impact of computers on small and medium-sized banks, which was published in 1969 under the title “ Banking Computer Style." The study focused on managerial and operational problems that banks encountered dur ing the early years of computerization. On April 10, 1969, the Corporation announced the awarding of four FDIC Fellowships in Banking, Finance, and Economics for 1969. These fellowships, which are intended to encourage research in bank ing and related fields, are part of a program to improve the quality of information useful to bank supervisors and to the banking community. The Corporation has supported research on banking by staff in its own Research Division and provided assistance to researchers at vari ous colleges and universities. Results of these works have been pub lished in academic journals, banking trade publications, and various other forms. Training programs for examiners and liquidators. The Corporation carries out a comprehensive and varied training and educational pro 20 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION gram for personnel of the Division of Bank Supervision (formerly the Examination Division). Although the bulk of the bank examiner’s training is of the “ on-the-job" variety, it is preceded by a one-week programmed instruction course developed by the Corporation to ac quaint new trainees with the FDIC’s organization and functions and with basic subject matter the examiners are expected to master during the initial stages of their careers. Each year, 26 FDIC examiners are enrolled in one of the Graduate Schools of Banking which are conducted on major college campuses throughout the country. Over 380 Corporation examiners have grad uated from these three-year programs during the past 20 years. Formal training developed specifically for examiner personnel includes the three divisions of the Bank Examination School (Assistant Examiners, Examiners, and Trust) and a basic and intermediate version of the Course in Examining a Computerized Bank. In recent times, a mini mum of 500 Division of Bank Supervision personnel have participated in these programs each year. Recognizing the need to equip examiners to meet the demands imposed by rapidly advancing technology in the banking industry, the Division of Bank Supervision will begin operating a modern and versa tile training center during the early part of 1970. This center, located in a nearby suburb of Washington, D.C., will enable the Corporation to provide consistent quality training at all levels. The Corporation also has developed a one-week self-instructional program for new employees of the Division of Liquidation; examiners and assistant examiners who have been detailed to the Liquidation Division to assist in pay-off or assumption transactions; and tempo rary employees hired locally to assist in these proceedings. The pro gram, which saves considerable training time and expense, is designed to teach those skills performed by the Liquidation personnel within the first 30 days after an insured bank has closed. For its achievements in the field of training during 1969, the Corporation received the Government Organization Award given annually by the Washington, D.C., area chapter of the American Society for Training and Development, and the Training Officers Con ference. Conferences with banking groups. Conferences with State bank supervisory authorities were held in May and September 1969. The States and territories invited to participate comprised eight of the Corporation's 14 Regions: Boston, Kansas City, Richmond, Columbus, Chicago, Memphis, New York, and Philadelphia. The May meeting was attended by 28 supervisors and aides from banking departments of 12 States, and the September meeting by 34 supervisors and aides SUPERVISORY ACTIVITIES 21 from banking departments of 11 States, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. These conferences were a continuation of a program initiated in 1964 to provide officials of State banking departments and the Corporation an opportunity to review industry developments at the State and Federal levels. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CORPORATION Structure and employees. The Corporation is managed by a threemember Board of Directors. The Chairman and the Director are ap pointed each for a six-year term by the President with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Comptroller of the Currency, also a Presi dential appointee, serves ex officio as the third member of the Board. The names of Corporation officials, Regional Directors, and Regional offices are shown on pages v and vi. At the end of 1969, the Corporation's employment totaled 2,283, of which 151 were serving on a temporary basis. The total figure represents an increase of 228, including an additional 28 nonperma nent employees, during the year (Table 8). Table 8. NUMBER OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OF THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, DECEMBER 31, 1968 AND 1969 Washington office Total Regional and other field offices Unit T o ta l.................................................................................. Directors...................................................................... Executive Offices........................................................ Legal Division............................................................. Division of Bank Supervision.................................. Division of Liquidation.............................................. Division of Research.................................................. Office of the Controller.............................................. 1969 1968 1969 1968 1969 1968 27283i 2,055i 636 589 1,647 1,466 3 49 55 1,686 159 165 166 3 48 45 1,526 132 146 155 3 49 49 135 77 165 158 3 48 45 135 67 146 145 6 1,551 82 1,391 65 8 10 1 Includes 151 nonpermanent employees serving on a short-term appointment or when actually employed basis in 1969 and 123 in 1968. Nonpermanent employees include college students participating in the work-study program, clerical workers employed on a temporary basis at banks in process of liquidation, and other personnel. The increase of 160 employees in the Division of Bank Supervision occurred entirely in the Regional and field offices, which account for over 90 percent of the Division's total personnel. From an average employment of 1,253 field examiners, 198 left the Corporation in 1969, including 52 who entered military service. The turnover rate for field examiners was 15.8 percent, compared with 16.1 percent in 1968. FINANCES OF THE CORPORATION Assets and liabilities. The total assets of the Corporation amounted to $4,297 million at the end of the year. Cash and U.S. Government FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 22 obligations valued at amortized cost totaled $4,261 million. Assets acquired in receivership and deposit assumption transactions, less reserves for losses, amounted to $22.2 million. Land and the Corpo ration’s main office building, less depreciation on the building, were carried at $7.5 million. Total liabilities on December 31 were $246 million, of which $241 million were assessment credits due insured banks. About 8.6 percent of the credits were available immediately, the remainder to become available on July 1, 1970. Assets and liabilities of the Corporation on December 31, 1969, are shown in Table 9. The Corporation’s total assets minus its liabilities comprise the deposit insurance fund, which amounted to $4,051 million at the end of the year. Although the fund constitutes the Corporation’s principal financial resource for the protection of depositors, others are available Table 9. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION, FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, DECEMBER 31, 1969 ASSETS $ C a sh...................................................................................................................................... U. S. G overnm ent oblig a tio n s : Securities at amortized cost (face value $4,233,818,000; cost $4,198,275,582)___ Accrued interest receivable........................................................................................... Assets acquired in rece ive rsh ip and deposit assum ption tra n s a c tio n s :* Special assistance to insured banks............................................................................. Subrogated claims of depositors against closed insured banks............................... Net insured balances of depositors inclosed insured banks, to be subrogated when paid—see related lia b ility .............................................................................. Equity in assets acquired under purchase agreements............................................. Assets purchased o u trig h t.............................................................................................. $4,209,929,779 51,221,862 $ 4,261,151,641 10,000,000 21,208,349 486,790 16,276,428 14,545 $ Less reserves for losses.................................................................................................. 6,347,222 47,986,112 25,754,000 22,232,112 M iscellaneous a sse ts....................................................................................................... Land and o ffic e b u ild in g , less dep reciation on b u ild in g ....................................... F u rn itu re , fix tu re s , and e q u ip m e n t............................................................................ 241,073 7,499,699 T otal asse ts............................................................................................ $4,297,471,748 1 LIABILITIES AND DEPOSIT INSURANCE FUND2 A ccounts payable and accrued lia b ilitie s ................................................................. $ Earnest money, escrow funds, and colle ctio n s held fo r o th e rs,........................ Accrued annual leave of em ployees........................................................................... Due insured banks: Net assessment income credits available July 1,1970 (See Table 11)................... Other assessment credits available im m ediately........................................................ 2,147,946 698,482 2,140,619 $ 220,230,677 20,658,862 N et insured balances of depositors in closed insured banks— see related a s s e t.............................................................................................................................. 240,889,539 486,790 T otal lia b ilitie s ...................................................................................... Deposit in sura nce fund, net incom e accum ulated since inception (See $ 246,363,376 Table 1 0 )...................................................................................................................... 4,051,108,372 Total lia b ilitie s and deposit in sura nce fu n d ................................ $4,297,471,748 1 Reported hereunder is the book value of assets in process of liquidation. An a nalysis of at I assets acquired in receiver ship and deposit assumption transactions, including those assets which have been liquidated, is furnished in Table 3. 2 Capital stock was retired by payments to the United States Treasury in 1947 and 1948. NOTE: These statements do not include accountability for the assets and liabilities of the closed insured banks for which the Corporation acts as receiver or liquidating agent. 23 FINANCES OF THE CORPORATION to it by virtue of its authority, granted in 1947, to borrow from the U.S. Treasury. Under this authority, which the Corporation has never had occasion to use, the Secretary of the Treasury is directed to lend up to $3 billion to the Corporation when in the judgment of its Board of Directors the funds are needed for insurance purposes. Income and expenses. The Corporation’s total income in 1969 was $336 million, consisting of $144 million from assessments, less credits to insured banks, and income from securities of $192 million. Total expenses and losses in 1969 amounted to $34 million, provid ing a net addition to the deposit insurance fund of about $302 million. Details of income and expenses for the year are shown in Table 10. Table 10. STATEMENT OF INCOME AND THE DEPOSIT INSURANCE FUND, FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1969 Incom e: Deposit insurance assessments: Assessments earned in 1969...................................................................................... Less net assessment income credits to insured banks.......................................... $364,221,713 220,21*8,423 $ 144,003,290 Adjustments of assessments earned in prior years............................................... 65,219 Net income from U. S. Government securities.................................. ...................... Other income................................................................................................................ $ 144,068,509 191,709,155 30,961 T ota l in co m e ........................................................................................... $ 335,808,625 Expenses and losses: Administrative and operating expenses: Salaries and wages...................................................................................................... Civil Service retirement fund and F.I.C.A. payments............................................ Travel expenses........................................................................................................... Office rentals, communications and other expenses.............................................. Provisions for insurance losses: Applicable to banks assisted in 1969....................................................................... Adjustments applicable to banks assisted in prior years...................................... $ 22,067,592 1,393,302 5,372,739 4,640,413 $ $ 3,850,000 -4,008,109 -158,109 605,241 Non-recoverable insurance expenses incurred to protect depositors— n e t............ Total expenses and losses.................................................................. 33,474,046 $ 33,921,178 Net add ition to th e deposit in surance fund— 1969.................................................. Deposit in sura nce fund, January 1, 1969................................................................... $ 301,887,447 3,749,220,925 Deposit in sura nce fund, December 31, 1969, net incom e accum ulated since in c e p tio n ...................................................................................................................... $4,051,108,372 The assessment ratio is set by statute at 1/12 of one percent of total assessable deposits of each insured bank. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1950 provided that a portion of the assessments earned by the Corporation each year, after deducting insurance losses and operating expenses, be returned to the insured banks in the form of a credit against future assessments. The amount of the credit was set initially at 60 percent and was raised to 66% percent in 1961. In 1969 the amount returned to insured banks was $220 million; this had the effect of reducing the net assessment rate to 1/30 of one FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 24 Table 11. DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NET ASSESSMENT INCOME, FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1969 Determ ination of net assessment income: $364,221,713 Total assessments which became due during the calendar year. Less: Administrative and operating expenses....................................... Net additions to reserve to provide for insurance losses: Provisions applicable to banks assisted in 1969..................... Adjustments to provisions for banks assisted in prior years $ 33,474,046 $ 3,850,000 -4,035,209 -185,209 605,241 Insurance expenses............................................................................. Total deductions............................................................... 33,894,078 Net assessment income for 1969.................................................... $330,327,635 Distribution of net assessment income, December 31,1969: Net assessment income for 1969: 33V3% transferred to the deposit insurance fu n d ...................... 662A % credited to insured banks................................................. $110,109,212 220,218,423 T o ta l................................................................................ $330,327,635 Percentage of total assessment becoming due in 1969 Allocation of net assessment income credit among insured banks, December 31,1969: Credit for 1969............................................................................................................. Adjustments of credits for prior years..................................................................... $220,218,423 12,254 60.46274 .00336 T o ta l......................................................................................................... $220,230,677 60.46610 percent of assessable deposits. The computation and allocation of net assessment income in 1969 are shown in Table 11. Sources and ap plication of the Corporation’s funds in 1969 are given in Table 12. Income and the deposit insurance fund, 1933-1969. The income and expenses of the Corporation and addition to the insurance fund each year appear in Table 13. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires that monies of the Corporation not otherwise employed be invested in U.S. Treasury Table 12. SOURCES AND APPLICATION OF FUNDS, FEDERAL DEPOSIT- INSURANCE CORPORATION, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1969 Funds provided by: Percent Net deposit insurance assessments.............................................................................................. Income from U. S. Government securities, less amortized net discounts.............................. Maturities and sales of U. S. Government securities................................................................. Collections on assets acquired in receivership and deposit assumption transactions.......... Increase in assessment credits due insured banks.................................................................... $ 144,068,509 190,631,260 2,070,846,033 30,326,233 23,790,314 5.9 7.7 84.2 1.2 1.0 Total funds provided............................................................................................... $2,459,662,349 100.0 Funds applied to: Administrative, operating and insurance expenses, less miscellaneous credits.................... Acquisition of assets in receivership and deposit assumption transactions........................... Purchase of U. S. Government securities.................................................................................... Net changes in other assets and lia b ilitie s .................................................................................. Total funds applied................................................................................................. $ 33,913,122 38,744,255 2,378,623,794 8,381,178 1.4 1.6 96.7 0.3 $2,459,662,349 100.0 25 FINANCES OF THE CORPORATION Table 13. INCOME AND EXPENSES, FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, BY YEAR, FROM BEGINNING OF OPERATIONS, SEPTEMBER 11, 1933, TO DECEMBER 31, 1969 ADJUSTED TO DECEMBER 31, 1969 (In millions) Expenses and losses Income Year Total Deposit insurance assess ments 1 Invest ments and other sources2 Total Deposit insurance losses and expenses Interest on capital stock 3 Adminis trative and operating expenses Net income added to deposit insurance fu n d 4 1933-69. $4,527.9 $2,688.9 $1,839.0 $476.8 $55.6 $340.6 $4,051.1 1 9 6 9 .... 1 9 6 8 .... 1 9 6 7 .... 1 9 6 6 .... 1 9 6 5 .... 1 9 6 4 .... 335.8 295.0 263.0 241.0 214.6 197.1 144.0 132.4 120.7 111.7 93.0 191.8 162.6 142.3 129.3 112.4 104.1 37.9 29.7 29.7 25.0 22.9 18.7 4.4 .7 5.3 5.2 5.2 3.2 33.5 29.0 24.4 19.8 17.7 15.5 297.9 265.3 233.3 216.0 191.7 178.4 1 9 6 3 .... 1 9 6 2 .... 1 9 6 1 .... 1 9 6 0 .... 1 9 5 9 .... 181.9 161.1 147.3 144.6 136.5 84.2 76.5 73.4 79.6 78.6 97.7 84.6 73.9 65.0 57.9 15.5 13.8 14.8 12.5 1.1 .1 14.4 13.7 13.2 12.4 11.9 166.4 147.3 132.5 132.1 124.4 1 9 5 8 .... 1 9 5 7 .... 1 9 5 6 .... 1 9 5 5 .... 1 9 5 4 .... 126.8 117.3 111.9 105.7 99.7 73.8 69.1 11.6 62.4 53.0 48.2 43.7 39.6 37.3 11.6 9.6 9.1 8.7 7.7 115.2 107.6 102.3 96.7 91.9 1 9 5 3 .... 1952........ 1951........ 1950........ 1949........ 94.2 60.2 57.3 54.3 54.2 122.7 34.0 31.3 29.2 30.6 28.4 7.3 7.8 7.2 7.0 6.6 6.4 6.1 86.9 80.8 76.9 77.0 144.7 119.3 114.4 107.0 93.7 80.9 26.3 43.1 23.7 27.3 18.4 1948........ 1947........ 1946........ 1945........ 1944........ 1 9 4 3 .... 1942........ 1941........ 1940........ 1939........ 1938........ 1937........ 1936........ 1935........ 1933-34.. 88.6 83.5 84.8 151.1 145.6 157.5 130.7 121.0 99.3 86.6 69.1 62.0 55.9 51.2 47.7 48.2 43.8 20.8 7.0 102.2 68.2 66.1 70.0 56.5 51.4 46.2 40.7 38.3 38.8 35.6 11.5 12.1 1.6 .1 .2 9.7 9.6 9.0 7.8 6.6 7.8 6.4 1.4 .3 7.0 9.9 .7 0.6 10.0 .1 .1 9.4 9.3 .1 .1 4.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.0 4.1 3.5 3.4 138.6 147.6 120.7 111.6 90.0 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.4 76.8 59.0 51.9 43.0 34.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.8 5.6 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.7 4.2 5 36.4 36.0 32.9 9.5 - 3 .0 9.8 .2 10.1 10.1 .5 10.6 9.7 10.5 12.9 16.4 3.5 7.2 9.4 9.4 11.3 12.2 10.9 11.3 2.5 3.7 16.6 12.6 8.2 9.3 7.0 $80.6 10.0 .6 2.6 2.8 .2 1 For the period from 1950 to 1969, inclusive, figures are net after deducting the portion of net assessment income credited to insured banks pursuant to provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1950, as amended. Assessment credits to insured banks for these years amount to $2,172 m illion. in c lu d e s $9.3 million of interest and allowable return received on funds advanced to receivership and deposit assumption cases by the Corporation. 3 Paid in 1950 and 1951, but allocated among years to which it applies. In itia l capital of $289 million was retired by payments to the United States Treasury in 1947 and 1948. 4 Assessments collected from members of the temporary insurance funds which became insured under the permanent plan were credited to their accounts at the termination of the temporary funds and were applied toward payment of subsequent assessments becoming due under the permanent insurance fund, resulting in no income to the Corporation from assessments during the existence of the temporary insurance funds. 5 Net after deducting the portion of expenses and losses charged to banks withdrawing from the temporary insurance funds on June 30,1934. obligations or securities fully guaranteed by the United States. While almost three-fifths of the Corporation’s total income since 1934 came from assessments, income from investments provided 57 percent of FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 26 the Corporation’s total income in 1969 and continues to increase at a faster rate than income from net assessments. Insured deposits and the deposit insurance fund at the end of each year since 1934 are shown in Table 14. The rise in the estimated amount of insured deposits by over $16 billion, to $313 billion at the end of 1969, is attributable almost totally to the increase in the maxi mum level of insurance per depositor in 1969. Similarly, the ratio of insured deposits to total deposits in insured banks, 63.1 percent, is estimated to be about 3.1 percentage points above the level that would have existed under the $15,000 maximum. Audit. The General Accounting Office has audited the financial trans actions of the Corporation each year since 1945. Previously, audits were conducted annually by private firms engaged by the Corporation. The Corporation also provides its own continuous internal audit. Table 14. INSURED DEPOSITS AND THE 1934-1969 Deposits in insured banks (in m illions) Year (Dec. 31) Total Insured 1 DEPOSIT Percent of deposits insured Deposit insurance fund (in millions) 63.1% 60.2 58.2 $4,051.1 3,749.2 3,485.5 INSURANCE FUND, Ratio of deposit insurance fund to— Total deposits Insured deposits .8 2 % .76 .78 1.29% 1.26 1.33 .80 1.45 1969...................... 1968...................... 1967...................... $495,858 491,513 448,709 $313,085 296,701 261,149 1965...................... 377,400 209,690 55.6 3,036.3 1964...................... 1963...................... 1962...................... 1961...................... 1960...................... 348,981 313,3042 297,5483 281,304 260,495 191,787 177,381 170,2104 160,309^ 149,684 55.0 56.6 57.24 57.04 57.5 2,844.7 2,667.9 2,502.0 2,353.8 2,222.2 .82 .85 .84 .84 .85 1.48 1.50 1.474 1.474 1.48 1969...................... 1958...................... 1957...................... 1956...................... 1955...................... 247,589 242,445 225,507 219,393 212,226 142,131 137,698 127,055 121,008 116,380 57.4 56.8 56.3 55.2 54.8 2,089.8 1,965.4 1,850.5 1,742.1 1,639.6 .84 .81 .82 .79 .77 1.47 1.43 1.46 1.44 1.41 1954...................... 1953...................... 1952...................... 1951...................... 1950...................... 203,195 193,466 188,142 178,540 167,818 110,973 105,610 101,842 96,713 91,359 54.6 54.6 54.1 54.2 54.4 1,542.7 1,450.7 1,363.5 1,282.2 1,243.9 .76 .75 .72 .72 .74 1.39 1.37 1.34 1.33 1.36 1949...................... 1948...................... 1947...................... 1946...................... 1945...................... 156,786 153,454 154,096 148,458 158,174 76,589 75,320 76,254 73,759 67,021 48.8 49.1 49.5 49.7 42.4 1,203.9 1,065.9 1,006.1 1,058.5 929.2 .77 .69 .65 .71 .59 1.57 1.42 1.32 1.44 1.39 1944...................... 1943...................... 1942...................... 1941...................... 1940...................... 134,662 111,650 89,869 71,209 65,288 56,398 48,440 32,837 28,249 26,638 41.9 43.4 36.5 39.7 40.8 804.3 703.1 616.9 553.5 496.0 .60 .63 .69 .78 .76 1.43 1.45 1.88 1.96 1.86 1939...................... 1938...................... 1937...................... 1936...................... 1935...................... 1934...................... 57,485 50,791 48,228 50,281 45,125 40,060 24,650 23,121 22,557 22,330 20,158 18,075 42.9 45.5 46.8 44.4 44.7 45.1 452.7 420.5 383.1 343.4 306.0 333.0 .79 .83 .79 .68 .68 .83 1.84 1.82 1.70 1.54 1.52 1.84 1966 ...................... 401,096 234,150 58.4 3 , 252.0 .81 1.39 1 Figures estimated by applying to the deposits in the various types of account at the regular call dates the percentages insured as determined from special reports secured from insured banks. 2 December 20, 1963. 3 December 28, 1962. 4 Revised. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 27 RULES AND REGULATIONS AND STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY Definition of the term “ political subdivision” for insurance pur poses. Effective January 8, 1969, the Board of Directors amended the Corporation's rules and regulations, Part 330, to define, for the first time, the term “ political subdivision” for insurance purposes. The amendment is intended to clarify the insurance coverage afforded deposits of public units and to enable them, as well as insured banks, to comply with all legal requirements relating to public fund deposi tories. Under the provisions of the amendment, the term "political subdivision” includes any subdivision of a public unit, as defined in section 3(m) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1813(m)), or any principal department of such public unit (1) the creation of which has been expressly authorized by State statute, (2) to which some functions of government have been delegated by State statute, and (3) to which funds have been allocated by statute or ordinance for its exclusive use and control. The definition specif ically includes drainage, irrigation, navigation, improvement, levee, sanitary, school or power districts and bridge or port authorities and other special districts created by State statute or compacts between States. Excluded from the term are subordinate or nonautonomous divisions, agencies, or boards within principal departments. A similar amendment, applicable to public unit accounts in insured savings and loan associations, was adopted by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board. Minimum security devices and procedures for insured nonmember banks. On January 13, 1969, the Corporation’s Board of Directors— simultaneously with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Home Loan Bank Board— adopted a regulation implementing the Bank Protection Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 294). The new Part 326 of the Corporation’s rules and regulations, en titled “ Minimum Security Devices and Procedures for Insured Non member Banks,” establishes minimum standards with which each insured State nonmember bank must comply for installing, maintain ing, and operating security devices, and it lists procedures for banks to follow to discourage robberies, burglaries, and larcenies and to assist in identifying and apprehending persons who commit such acts. For example, the new regulation (1) requires the designation of a security officer for each insured State nonmember bank; (2) requires each bank to submit reports on security devices proposed for each banking office; (3) requires the development of a security program for each bank; and (4) requires each bank to develop a plan for installing, maintaining, and operating appropriate security devices in each banking office. The regulation also requires each bank to submit 28 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION compliance reports as of the last business day in June of 1970 and as of the last business day in June of each calendar year thereafter. Part 326 requires bank security officers to seek the advice of law enforcement officers in determining the specific needs of each office. In addition to specifying certain minimum requirements, the new part describes, in an appendix, some standards for various other security devices that might be considered appropriate for installation in banking offices located in areas with a high incidence of crimes against financial institutions. Special notice account deposits in Massachusetts. To prevent deteri oration in the competitive position of the eight insured nonmember mutual savings banks located in Massachusetts, as compared with the large number there not subject to the Corporation’s interest-rate regulation, the Board of Directors, effective April 14, 1969, granted the eight a local rate exemption which, in effect, permits them to pay up to 51/2 percent— a rate being offered by a number of the Stateinsured institutions— on 90-day special notice accounts. More spe cifically, the Board of Directors adopted an amendment, to Part 329 of the Corporation’s rules and regulations, which permits insured non member mutual savings banks located in Massachusetts to pay a higher rate of interest or dividends on any deposit subject to a written agreement with the depositor that the deposit may not be withdrawn other than pursuant to the terms of a withdrawal notice signed by the depositor and received by the bank not less than 90 days in advance of a nine-day withdrawal period. Advertising of interest paid on deposits in insured nonmember banks. The Board of Directors, on June 13, adopted amendments to Part 329, entitled “ Interest on Deposits,” to govern the advertising of interest paid on deposits in insured nonmember banks. These amend ments, which became effective August 1, 1969, implement authority granted to the Corporation by the Act of September 21, 1968 (82 Stat. 856). Similar amendments were approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board with respect to financial institutions subject to super vision by them. The amendments supersede advertising guidelines that were set forth in a 1966 letter addressed by the Corporation to all insured nonmember banks. The amendments incorporate the guideline re quirements that interest rates be stated in terms of annual rates of simple interest; that the annual rate of simple interest be stated with equal prominence where a percentage yield achieved by com pounding interest during one year is advertised; and that time and amount requirements for an advertised rate be stated. In the interest of greater clarity, advertisements of yields based on periods in excess RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 29 of a year (such as average annual yields achieved by compounding) are prohibited. Time deposits of foreign governments. Effective November 5, 1969, section 329.3(g) of the Corporation's rules and regulations was amended to expand the categories of organizations on whose time deposits insured nonmember banks may pay rates of interest in excess of those generally permitted by the Corporation's interest-rate regulation. Formerly, time deposits of foreign governments, of mone tary or financial authorities of foreign governments, or of international financial institutions of which the United States is a member were exempt from the interest-rate limitations. The amended subsection broadens these categories of exempt organizations with respect to time deposits having maturities of 2 years or less and representing funds deposited and owned by (1) a foreign government or an agency or instrumentality thereof engaged principally in activities which are ordinarily performed in the United States by governmental entities, (2) an international entity of which the United States is a member, or (3) any other foreign, international, or supranational entity specif ically designated by the Board of Directors as exempt. The amended subsection further provides that any such certificate of deposit, issued by an insured nonmember bank to any such entity, on which the contract rate of interest exceeds the maximum rate generally pre scribed by the Corporation’s interest-rate regulation, must provide that, if the certificate is transferred to a nonexempt holder, the date of transfer shall appear on the certificate and that the maximum interest-rate limitations shall apply to the certificate for any period during which it is held by a person other than an exempt governmental entity. An alternative method of transferring such a certificate to a non exempt holder is also provided by the amended subsection. If it desires to do so, a bank may issue a new certificate to the transferee so long as the new certificate does not mature before the maturity date of the original certificate and does not provide for interest after the date of transfer at a rate in excess of the applicable maximum rate authorized by section 326.6 of the Corporation's rules and regu lations as of the date of issuance of the original certificate. Increase in insurance coverage. Effective December 23, 1969, the Board of Directors adopted amendments to Parts 306, 308, 328, 330, and 331 of the Corporation's rules and regulations in order to conform them to the provisions of section 7 of the Act of December 23, 1969 (83 Stat. 375), which increased the maximum amount of the insured deposit of each depositor from $15,000 to $20,000 effective upon the date of its enactment. Securities of insured nonmember banks. Effective December 31, 1969, the Board of Directors adopted amendments to Part 335 of its 30 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION rules and regulations relating to the form and content of commercial bank financial statements and proxy solicitation provisions. This part of the rules and regulations, entitled “ Securities of Insured State Non member Banks,” applies the disclosure provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to the securities of insured State nonmember banks that have 500 or more shareholders. The major change effected by the amendments is to implement the “ net income” concept in bank income reports. Briefly, the change (1) requires a bank to recognize a loan loss factor in reporting operat ing expenses; (2) requires securities gains and losses to be reported, as realized, in a bank’s statement of income; and (3) designates the last line of the statement of income as “ net income.” In addition, per share earnings are required to be reported. The amendments generally are intended to make financial reports required by Part 335 of the Corporation’s rules and regulations consistent with the format and instructions for the preparation of reports submitted periodically to the Federal bank regulatory agencies. Copies of statements and reports of all banks subject to Part 335 will continue to be available for public inspection at the Corporation’s Washington office and at the New York, Chicago, and San Francisco Federal Reserve Banks. In addition, this information for each reporting bank will be available at the Federal Reserve bank in the district in which the bank is located. Part 309 of the Corporation’s rules and regulations, which provides for the availability to the public of reports required from insured State nonmember banks, has been amended to conform to the' amended Part 335. Truth-in-Lending regulation. On July 1, 1969, the disclosure and advertising provisions of Title I of the Consumer Credit Protection Act (Truth-in-Lending Act) and its implementing regulation (Federal Re serve Board Regulation Z) went into effect. Administrative enforcement of Truth-in-Lending with respect to insured banks is divided among the Comptroller of the Currency, for national banks; the Board of Gover nors of the Federal Reserve System, for State member banks; and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, for insured State nonmember banks. Materials prepared by the Board of Governors of the Federal Re serve System, including its official interpretations of regulation Z, have been distributed by the Corporation to all insured State non member banks. Text of regulations. The text of pertinent provisions of the foregoing regulations (except Federal Reserve Board Regulation Z) is presented in Part 3 of this report. 31 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION BANKS INVOLVED IN ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IN 1969 S tate Town or City B ank Alaska Anchorage The First National Bank of Anchorage The First Bank of Valdez Valdez Arizona Phoenix Tucson Yuma California Fremont San Diego San Francisco San Jose Connecticut New Haven Stamford Georgia Illinois 12, 65 12 9 Bank of Fremont Fremont Bank City Bank of San Diego Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association Barclays Bank of California California Canadian Bank First Valley Bank 65 9 47 47 7 1 51 7 51 The Union and New Haven Trust Company 28 The Fairfield County Trust Company (change title to Union Trust Company) 28 48 Honolulu Bank of Hawaii 55 Chicago Bev Bank (change title to Beverly Bank) Beverly Bank The Millikin Trust Company The Millikin National Bank of Decatur Decatur Indiana Pioneer Bank of Arizona (change title to Great Western Bank & Trust Company) Westam, Inc. United Bank of Arizona Great Western Bank & Trust Company Bank of Yuma 57 57 The Citizens and Southern DeKalb Bank The Citizens and Southern Belvedere Bank Avondale Estates Decatur Hawaii No. (Table 15) Albany Fort Wayne 48 37 37 58 58 Albany State Bank and Trust Company 29 Allen Bank and Trust Company (change title to Indiana Bank and Trust Company of Fort Wayne) 43 Financial Bank, Inc. (change title to The Peoples Trust and Savings Company) 66 32 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION S ta te N o. (T a b le 15) T o w n o r C ity Bank Fort Wayne (cont'd) Indiana Bank and Trust Company of Fort Wayne The Peoples Trust and Savings Company Citizens State Bank The Boone County State Bank Industrial Trust & Savings Bank Roachdale Bank and Trust Company Russellville Bank Jamestown Lebanon Muncie Roachdale Russellville Casey Des Moines Menlo Windsor Heights 43 66 27 27 29 33 33 Casey State Bank (change title to Security State Bank) 34 Bankers Trust Company 38 Menlo Savings Bank 34 Bankers Trust Company of Windsor Heights 38 Louisiana Baton Rouge American Bank & Trust Company 73 Great American Bank & Trust Company (change title to American Bank & Trust Company) 73 Maryland Baltimore Clifton Savings Bank Clifton Trust Bank Marine Bank of Crisfield Bank of Somerset 49 49 59 59 72 Cadillac Kalkaska Morrice Owosso Central Michigan Bank Citizens State Bank (change title to Central Michigan Bank) The Cadillac State Bank The Kalkaska State Bank The Morrice State Bank The Owosso Savings Bank 72 13 13 17 17 New Hampshire Concord Pittsfield New Hampshire Savings Bank Pittsfield Savings Bank 10 10 New Jersey Clayton Freehold The Clayton National Bank The Central Jersey Bank and Trust Company Community Bank of Linden (change title to Community State Bank & Trust Company) Peoples Bank of South Jersey State Bank of Rahway First National Bank of Scotch Plains Franklin State Bank The National Bank of Westfield 68 Crisfield Princess Anne Michigan Barryton Big Rapids Linden Penns Grove Rahway Scotch Plains Somerset Westfield 67 2 68 2 60 60 67 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 33 N o. ( T a b le 15) S ta te T o w n o r C ity Bank New York New York (Brooklyn) 32 Anchor Savings Bank Bushwick Savings Bank (change title to Anchor Savings Bank) The Prudential Savings Bank West Side Savings Bank (change title to Prudential Savings 35 Bank) New York North Carolina Durham Gibsonville Harrellsville Lenoir Marshville Monroe Mount Olive North Wilkesboro Pittsboro Rocky Mount Roxobel Salisbury Smithfield Wadesboro Whiteville Yadkinville Ohio Akron Barberton Manchester Winchester Pennsylvania Allentown Bakerton Bethlehem Central Carolina Bank & Trust 30, 61 Company 21 The Bank of Gibsonville 20 Bank of Harrellsville Lenoir Industrial Bank, Inc. 63 Mutual Bank & Trust Company 24 American Bank & Trust Company 23 Southern Bank and Trust Company 62 The Northwestern Bank 14, 63 Wilkes County Bank & Trust Company (change title to The Northwestern Bank) 14 61 Bank of Pittsboro Peoples Bank & Trust Company 20 62 Roanoke Chowan Bank Security Bank and Trust Company First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company Anson Bank and Trust Company Eastern Bank and Trust Company (change title to Waccamaw Bank and Trust Company) 46 Waccamaw Bank and Trust Company 46 Bank of Yadkin 30 Evans Savings Association 3 The Barberton State Bank (change title to The American Bank of Commerce) 3 The Bank of Manchester Company 6 The Winchester Bank Company (change title to The First State Bank of Adams County) 6 The Merchants National Bank of Allentown 8 The First National Bank of Bakerton 40 First Valley Bank 11 The First National Bank and Trust Company of Bethlehem 11 34 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION S ta te Bank Chambersburg National Valley Bank and Trust Company 50 Valley Bank and Trust Company 50 22 Doylestown Trust Company The First National Bank of 41 Hughesville Industrial Valley Bank and Trust Company 22 The Union National Bank of 52 Jersey Shore Johnstown Bank and Trust Company 40 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company 5 41, 52 The Citizens National Bank of Muncy Continental Bank and Trust Company 8 Bank of Pennsylvania 31 Washington Street Bank and 31 Trust Company Elk County Bank and Trust 4 Company 4 The Saint Marys National Bank C o m m o n w e a lth B a n k a n d Trust Company Miners National Bank of 15 Wilkes-Barre 15 United Penn Bank Doylestown Hughesville Jenkintown Jersey Shore Johnstown Muncy Norristown Reading St. Marys W e lls b o ro Wilkes-Barre South Carolina No. (T a b le 15) T o w n or C ity Blacksburg Charleston Cheraw Dillon Great Falls Greenville Greenwood Johnston Lake View Nichols North Augusta Orangeburg Blacksburg State Bank 69 The Carolina Bank and Trust Company of Charleston 44 Peoples Bank of Cheraw 56 Citizens Bankof South Carolina 25, 56 Bank of Great Falls 56 First Piedmont Bank and Trust Co. 26 Piedmont Bank (change title to First Piedmont Bank and Trust Company) 26 Southern Bank and Trust Company 69 State Bank and Trust Company 16, 44 Ridge Banking Company 16 Lake Banking Company 56 The Bank of Nichols 25 North Augusta Banking Company 16 The Southern National Bank of Orangeburg 16 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 35 No. (Table 15) State Town or City Bank Texas Aransas Pass First State Bank The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas Reagan State Bank The Big Lake State Bank Bank of Texas Esperson State Bank (change title to Bank of Texas) Big Lake Houston Virginia Annandale Arlington Charlottesville Driver Falls Church Herndon Nansemond Virginia Beach Wisconsin 45 45 42 42 39 39 First Virginia Bank 36 Arlington Trust Company, Inc. 19 Old Dominion Bank 36 Citizens Bank and Trust Company 18 Jefferson Bank of Charlottesville (change title to Citizens Bank and Trust Company of 18 Charlottesville) First County Bank (change title to 70 The Bank of Nansemond) 36 Falls Church Bank Republic Bank and Trust Company (change title to Arlington Trust Company, 19 Incorporated) 70 The Bank of Nansemond Ocean Bank (change title to People's Bank of Virginia 54 Beach) People's Bank of Virginia Beach 54 Amery Deer Park Lime Ridge North Freedom Reedsburg Spring Green Union State Bank 71 State Bank of Deer Park 71 64 The State Bank of Lime Ridge 64 Bank of North Freedom 64 The Reedsburg Bank 53 State Bank of Spring Green The Farmers State Bank of Spring Green (change title to Bank of 53 Spring Green) American Samoa Pago Pago, Tutuila Bank of American Samoa Uruguay Montevideo Banco del Este, S.A. Other 55 36 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Table 15. DESCRIPTION OF EACH MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ACQUISITION OF ASSETS OR ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION DURING 1969 R esources (i \\ 1n1 th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 1 Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association San Francisco, California to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of its noninsured subsidiary Banco del Este, S.A. Montevideo, Uruguay B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n i 18,337,978 281 To be o p e ra te d 1 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 0 , 1 9 6 8 Banco del Este is a small bank headquartered in Montevideo, Uruguay with a service area predominantly agricultural. Permission was granted Bank of America by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on March 14, 1968 to acquire Banco del Este as a wholly owned subsidiary. The proposed merger would convert an already existing banking subsidiary of Bank of America into a branch of Bank of America. Thus, the proposed merger would have no effect on competition. B a sis f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J a n u a ry 3 0 , 1 9 6 9 Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, San Francisco, Cali fornia (Applicant), total deposits $15.8 billion, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s approval to acquire assets and assume liability to pay deposits made in Banco del Este, S.A., Montevideo, Uruguay (Banco), total deposits $70,000, a noninsured sub sidiary of Applicant. The subject banks are not now in competition with each other because of their affiliation, which was effected in April 1968, nor were they in competition for some time prior to that date since Applicant has no offices in Uruguay and its office closest to Banco is 150 miles distant in Buenos Aires, Argentina. There are 28 banks operating 198 offices in Montevideo, including one U.S. bank and a number of other banks foreign to Uruguay. Banco operates one office and is among the three smallest banks in the city. Applicant has more than 900 domestic offices and is represented in 62 countries through its over seas branches, representative offices, and affiliates. The overall proposal repre sents the entry into Uruguay of an additional U.S. bank which, by virtue of its 37 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION vast resources and facilities, should tend to increase competition, especially in the field of international banking. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposal would not lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. The factors of financial and managerial resources, future prospects, and convenience and needs of the community to be served are satisfactory with respect to the merging banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. On the basis of the information presented and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 2 Community Bank of Linden Linden, New Jersey (change title to Community State Bank & Trust Company) to merge with State Bank of Rahway Rahway B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 33,456 3 17,745 2 To be o p e ra te d 5 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 3 0 , 1 9 6 8 Community Bank and State Bank are located in the contiguous communities of Linden (population 44,000), and Rahway (population 28,000); this area is adjacent to Elizabeth, New Jersey, on the north. Two banks, Community Bank and an Elizabeth based bank (total deposits $176 million) operate six offices in Linden, and two banks, State Bank and another Elizabeth based bank, (total deposits $185 million) operate three offices in Rahway. The merging banks are each the smaller bank in their respective communities. All three of Community Bank's offices are within 2 l/ 2 miles of State Bank's two offices. The nearest offices are about i y 2 miles apart. Thus, it is clear that there is direct competition between the merging banks, which would be eliminated by the proposed merger. As of June 30, 1966, four banks operated seven offices in the combined Linden-Rahway market. Two other small banks each operate one office near the borders of Linden-Rahway. If one includes these banks in the market, as of June 30, 1966, Community Bank had the second largest share, or 23 percent, of total IPC demand deposits, and State Bank, had the fourth largest share, or 11 percent, of IPC demand deposits. If this merger had been consummated, the combined bank would have had the largest share, or 34 percent of such deposits, and three banks, two of which are headquartered in Elizabeth, would have had about 88 percent of IPC demand deposits. Consummation of this merger would eliminate existing competition, would increase concentration in the Linden-Rahway area, and would eliminate a sig nificant independent competitor. 38 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION In view of these facts, we conclude that the competitive effects of this merger would be significantly adverse. S u p p le m e n ta l re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J a n u a ry 15, 1 9 6 9 This is in regard to our report of October 30, 1968, on the competitive fac tors involved in the proposed merger of State Bank of Rahway, Rahway, New Jersey ( “ State Bank"), into Community Bank of Linden, Linden, New Jersey ( “ Community Bank"). Our report concluded that the merger would eliminate existing competition between the banks, increase concentration, and eliminate a significant independent competitor and that therefore its competitive effect . . . would be significantly adverse. It has since come to our attention that the two banks have had common management ever since the second bank was organized in 1958. It appears that in 1955, a group of local citizens had obtained a charter for Community Bank, which was to be a progressive bank, responsible to the banking needs of the local Linden community. In 1958, a group of citizens from Rahway approached Community Bank’s management about creating the same type of bank for Rahway. Under New Jersey law, which prohibited de novo branching into any community where a bank operated an office,1 Community Bank could not branch into Rahway. In response to this invitation, management personnel of Community Bank were instrumental in the organization of State Bank and the two banks have been commonly managed since that time, although there is divergence in shareholding and some of the lower management is separate. We do not normally conclude that a bank merger will not have anticompeti tive effects merely because common management or ownership exists between the merging banks. A merger between such banks may permanently eliminate the potential for competition between them if those common arrangements should be terminated at some time in the future. This is particularly so where the common arrangements are of recent origin or show signs of being a specu lative venture. Moreover, such common ownership may itself raise problems under the antitrust laws. However, when the history of common management of merging banks goes back to the organization of the second bank, such organization may be similar to the establishment of a de novo branch by the first bank. In the present cir cumstances, it does not appear that the proposed merger, which would make State Bank an actual branch of Community Bank, would eliminate any mean ingful competition between the two banks. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, F e b ru a ry 2 7 , 1 9 6 9 Community Bank of Linden, Linden, New Jersey (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $29,413,000, has applied, pur suant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with State Bank of Rahway, Rahway, New Jersey (State Bank), which has total deposits of $15,612,000. The banks would merge under the charter of Applicant and with the title “ Community State Bank & Trust Company"; and, as an incident to the merger, the two offices of State Bank would become branches of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to five. Competition. Linden (population 39,900) and Rahway (population 27,700) are contiguous communities located in the southeastern part of Union County, 1 New Jersey Statutes Annotated §17: 9A-19. This provision has ju s t been amended to provide only home office protection against de novo branching. Assembly B ill No 677 (1968). BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 39 which is part of the Newark SMSA as well as the New York-Northeastern New Jersey Standard Consolidated Area, which had a population of 14,759,400 in 1960. The farthest distance between offices of the participating banks is 2.75 miles and the shortest distance between offices is 1.5 miles. The trade areas served by the participating banks overlap to some extent, but the number of common customers is not significant. Applicant could not branch de novo into Rahway; so, at the request of Rahway residents, five directors of Applicant organized State Bank. Since the organization of State Bank in 1959 a major portion of Applicant's stock has been held by the same individuals who also hold a major portion of State Bank’s stock. Originally, five of State Bank's nine directors were also directors of Applicant, and top management of the participating banks has been the same since State Bank was organized. The policies of the participating banks are the same, and the offices of State Bank are operated more like offices of Applicant than as an independent competitive bank. There has recently been a change in the branching law in the State of New Jersey, which will become effective in 6 months. Under the new law the State is divided into three regions and each bank can legally establish de novo branches anywhere within the district, except for those municipalities wherein the main office of a bank is located. Consummation of this proposal would open Rahway to de novo branching by all of the banks located in the second district. The resulting bank would have five of the 20 commercial banking offices in its trade area, and it would rank second with 27.1 percent of the IPC deposits. In addition to the participating banks there are seven commercial banks oper ating offices in the resulting bank’s trade area. Of these seven, three are more than twice the size of the resulting bank. The largest bank operating in the resulting bank's trade area had total IPC deposits of over $161 million as of June 29, 1968, and it has two offices in Rahway and 16.8 percent of the IPC deposits in the resulting bank's trade area. The second largest bank operating in the resulting bank’s trade area had total IPC deposits of over $160 million as of June 29, 1968, and it has three offices in Linden and 29.6 percent of the IPC deposits in the resulting bank’s trade area. In view of the common stockholders and management, there is very little, if any, direct competition, between the participating banks, which would be elim i nated by this proposal; and while it is possible that the participating banks could become competitive sometime in the future, this is not regarded as a likely prospect. This proposal should enable the resulting bank to compete more effectively with the much larger institutions operating in the area. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Prospects. These factors have been favorable with respect to the merging banks and are so projected for the result ing bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The increased lend ing lim it would be of benefit to customers of both merging banks, which are located in an economically expanding area. The resulting bank would also offer longer banking hours and the services of a trust department, which the partici pating banks do not now have. On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that the approval of the bank's application is warranted. 40 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION R esources / 1n th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 3 The Barberton State Bank Barberton, Ohio (change title to The American Bank of Commerce) to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Evans Savings Association Akron B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 6,585 1 169,323 14 To be o pe ra te d 15 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 5, 1 9 6 8 Evans' competition with Barberton Bank, as well as with other commercial banks in the Akron metropolitan area, is limited to time accounts and loans. It is the second largest of eleven competing savings organizations. Barberton's share of time and savings deposits in the market amounts to less than one percent. The proposed acquisition might eliminate some limited degree of competition between Evans and Barberton with respect to time deposits and mortgage loans, but it does not appear that the impact would be appreciable within either Akron, Ohio, or Summit County. We do not consider that this proposed merger would have any important effect upon competition within the area. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, F e b ru a ry 2 7 , 1 9 6 9 The Barberton State Bank, Barberton, Ohio (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $5 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to acquire the assets of and assume liability to pay deposits made in Evans Savings Association, Akron, Ohio (Evans), a State stock building and loan association which is a member of the FSLIC and Fed eral Home Loan Bank and which has total deposits of $152 million. The trans action would be effected under Applicant's charter and with the title ‘ The American Bank of Commerce"; and, as an incident thereto, Applicant's main and only office would be moved to Evans’ main office location, and Applicant's office and Evans’ 13 branches would become branches of the resulting bank. Competition Applicant’s sole office is in Barberton (population 33,800), 6.5 miles from Evans' main office in Akron, (population 290,000). Applicant’s ser vice area is Barberton and vicinity and is entirely within Evans’ service area of Summit County. Their closest offices are 2.75 miles apart. The participating institutions are competitive with each other only for time and savings deposits and mortgage loans, and the degree of competition between them for that type of business is limited. Applicant has relatively few mortgage loans and the smallest proportion of time and savings deposits in the area. Moreover, it is experiencing severe asset and management problems and is an ineffective competitor. Applicant is the smallest bank in the service area, and Evans is the second largest savings association. The proposal would introduce a new bank into Akron, which would be fourth largest of five banks headquartered there. Appli cant presently competes in Barberton with two offices of the county's largest bank, which has deposits of over $400 million. The significant increase in BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 41 Applicant’s size would have no adverse competitive effects in Barberton. The conversion of Evans' 14 offices to commercial bank offices should tend to stimulate banking competition in Akron and throughout Summit County. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the effect of the proposed pur chase and assumption transaction would not be substantially to lessen compe tition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources, Future Prospects, and Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. These factors are favorable with respect to Evans and are so projected for the resulting bank. The proposal would eliminate a small commercial bank with severe asset and managerial problems. The convenience and needs of Summit County would be more ade quately met by the addition of the services of another commercial bank to Akron and 14 bank offices to the county. On the basis of the information presented and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. No. 4 Elk County Bank and Trust Company St. Marys, Pennsylvania to merge with The Saint Marys National Bank St. Marys Resources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices 1n o p e ra tio n 21,067 3 15,495 1 To be o pe ra te d 4 S u m m a ry re p o rt by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J a n u a ry 16, 1 9 6 9 In these circumstances, where the two merging banks have been subject to common control since the second bank was organized, we conclude that the proposed merger would have no significant effect on competition. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, F e b ru a ry 2 7 , 1 9 6 9 Elk County Bank and Trust Company, St. Marys, Pennsylvania, an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $19,056,000, has applied, pur suant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The Saint Marys National Bank, also of St. Marys, which has total deposits of $13,010,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of the applicant. Saint Marys has permission to open a branch, and the applicant has requested that it be permitted to establish this de novo branch, which would increase the number of its offices to four. Competition. The two banks have been owned and operated by the same families since their organization, and they do not compete with each other. The only discernible effects on competition are that the resulting bank would build a modern plant, enabling it to compete more effectively in the twocounty service area, and that the elimination of one bank and its name might make the area more attractive for an out-of-town bank to establish a branch. Other than these, the proposal would eliminate a legal technicality and, of course, separate FDIC insurance coverage of depositors in both banks. 42 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors have been favorable with respect to the merging banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future deposit growth is expected to be inhibited during the period of conversion from the present antiquated buildings to a modern, efficient building, and then to resume a normal pace. Present cramped condi tions are not conducive to real growth. The buildings are adjacent and will be replaced, in two stages, by one new building. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Modern quarters would serve the convenience and needs of the customers at the main office, who sometimes have to stand in the rain while waiting their turn at a window, and who have to stand while discussing loans and other business. The increased lending lim it would be of benefit to customers throughout the ser vice area: Elks County (population 38,000) and Cameron County (population 8,000). Branch service would be continued as at present; and one more branch would be opened, as presently scheduled. Another aim of the proponents is, by building a new and modern banking house, to make more attractive the small and somewhat shabby business center of the town of St. Marys. On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank’s application is warranted. R esources /un m th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 5 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company Wellsboro, Pennsylvania to merge with The Citizens National Bank of Muncy Muncy B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 20,365 4 6,142 1 To be o pe ra te d 5 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 3 1 , 1 9 6 8 The two banks serve different, widely spread, geographic areas and there are several banks in the intervening area. Thus, there does not seem to be any existing competition which could be eliminated by this merger. Under Pennsylvania law, either bank could branch de novo into the service area of the other. In Lycoming County, there were, as of June 30, 1966, 13 commercial banks operating 17 offices and holding total deposits of $161 m il lion. At that time, Muncy Bank had about 3 percent of total county deposits; three banks headquartered in Williamsport accounted for more than 50 percent of such deposits. The proposed merger would eliminate Commonwealth Bank, the largest bank in Tioga County, as a potential competitor by de novo entry into Lycoming County. However, besides the three banks in Williamsport, there are at least three other banks larger than Commonwealth Bank which can also legally branch de novo into Muncy and Lycoming County. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 43 B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, F e b ru a ry 2 7 , 1 9 6 9 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company, Wellsboro, Pennsylvania (Appli cant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $17,884,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The Citizens National Bank of Muncy, Muncy, Pennsylvania, which has total depos its of $5,590,000. The banks would merge with the title and under the charter of Applicant. The main office would be at Muncy; the present main office at Wellsboro would be operated as a branch, together with presently existing branches and one drive-up facility approved but not yet in operation. The Muncy bank has no branches. Competition. The two banks operate in completely separate areas and do not compete with each other. The only apparent impact on competition would appear to be the shift from a $6 million bank to a $27 million bank with head quarters in Lycoming County, a service area of approximately 109,000 people, including the city of Williamsport. This shift should positively stim ulate compe tition in that area. It would also enable the resulting bank to branch into 10 adjacent counties, if it so chose, instead of four. Meanwhile, at the branch in Wellsboro (formerly the main office), there is no reason to expect any dim inu tion of competition or service to that area, which comprises approximately 35,000 people in Tioga County and the eastern third, more or less, of Potter County. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Both banks are sound and well-managed institutions, with no problems of consequence. Nei ther has a management succession problem. Capitalization is considered ade quate, and earnings have been at reasonable levels. It is expected that the resulting bank will continue the patterns of growth, profitability, and retention of earnings adequate to margin growth. It is anticipated that growth will be stimulated by the proposed merger, but not so drastically as to put great pres sure on the margin of capital protection. By greater diversification of its eco nomic and geographic base, Applicant should become a stronger bank, less vulnerable to adversity in one or two industries. Convenience and Needs of the Communities to be Served. Applicant was formed in 1965, when national banks in Galeton, Lawrence, and Westfield were merged into the Tioga County Savings and Trust Company and continued as branches of the bank under its present name. Applicant plans to relocate the Galeton branch and establish a drive-up facility in Wellsboro. Since that merger, deposits have risen from $15,950,000 (1965 average) to $16,920,000 (for 1966). They decreased to $16,898,000 (average for 1967), attributable al most entirely to a decrease in public funds. It appears patent that the institution has been serving the needs of the community, and logical that it will continue to do so, even though the present main office will become a branch. The Muncy bank was organized in 1886 and has operated successfully since then. Although it has no branches, its deposits have increased over 20 percent over the same 3-year period: from $4,155,000 to $5,054,000. Evidently it has been of service to the convenience and needs of the community. With the advent of a management fam iliar with branching, it is not unlikely that the resulting bank will provide even more service to the community (Lycoming County), possibly including branches there or in adjoining counties. 44 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applica tion is warranted. R esources /in un No. 6 The Winchester Bank Company Winchester, Ohio (change title to The First State Bank of Adams County) to consolidate with The Bank of Manchester Company Manchester th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 4,689 2 2,543 1 To be o p e ra te d 3 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, N o v e m b e r 2 9 , 1 9 6 8 Winchester (population 1,600) and Manchester (population 2,200), 20 miles to the south, are both located in Adams County in an area which is principally agricultural. Only one bank operates in Winchester and two banks operate in Manchester: Manchester Bank and the Farmers Bank of Manchester (total deposits, $1.7 m illion); there is one intervening bank about half way between Manchester and Winchester at West Union. Because of the distance separating the merging banks, their small size, and the presence of an intervening bank, it is doubtful that the merging banks compete with one another to any significant extent. Although Ohio law would permit each of the consolidating banks to open a de novo branch in the town where the other's office is located, it is doubtful that this right would be exercised because of the small size of the banks as well as of the towns involved. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a rc h 12, 1 9 6 9 The Winchester Bank Company, Winchester, Ohio (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of about $4.3 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to consolidate with The Bank of Manchester Company, Manchester, Ohio (Manchester Bank), also an insured State nonmember bank, which has total deposits of about $2.3 million. The banks would consolidate under the charter of Applicant and with the title “ The First State Bank of Adams County"; and, as an incident thereof, the sole office of Manchester Bank would become a branch of the resulting bank, increasing the total number of offices to three. Competition. The participating banks are in Adams County (population about 19,500), which is located in southwestern Ohio and borders on the Ohio River. Applicant's service area is the northwestern corner of Adams County, but it includes small portions of Highland and Brown Counties. Manchester Bank's service area extends for about 5 miles in all directions from the village of Man chester, except to the south, where the Ohio River is an effective barrier. Compe tition between the participating banks is virtually nonexistent. Their service areas are separate and distinct; their closest offices are separated by 20 miles of rural territory; and there is only a nominal volume of business derived by each bank from the service area of the other. Furthermore, the potential for competition to increase is slight. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 45 The proposal would unite the two smallest of the four small banks in Adams County to form the second largest bank, but all three of the remaining banks would be similar in size, so that the effect on concentration would not be sig nificant. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. The banking fac tors are considered satisfactory with respect to the individual participating banks, as they are with respect to the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The principal effect of this proposal appears to be having three, rather than four, banks of compa rable size competing in the limited Adams County market; two of these banks are now significantly smaller than the others. In addition, an increased lending lim it would be made available locally to the communities served by the subject banks. Based on the foregoing and on other information available to the Corpora tion, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's applica tion is warranted. R esources /un 1n th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 7 California Canadian Bank San Francisco, California to purchase the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of City Bank of San Diego San Diego B a n k in g O ffices 1n o p e ra tio n 92,756 8 18,566 2 To be o pe ra te d 10 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J a n u a ry 2 8 , 1 9 6 9 California Canadian Bank maintains its head office and two branches in San Francisco, and five additional branches, located in all the principal counties of California except San Diego County. City Bank of San Diego has its main office and two branches in San Diego. The closest branches of the merging banks are one hundred ten miles apart, with a m ultitude of other banks in the intervening area. Therefore, the pro posed merger would not appear to eliminate any significant amount of existing competition between the two banks. Since California law permits statewide branch banking, CCB could legally branch de novo into San Diego County. CCB has demonstrated some propen sity for internal expansion by establishing six new branch offices since 1965. CCB is not, however, one of the most likely entrants into the San Diego market. There are numerous banks larger than CCB that are not yet operating in San Diego including the nation’s eleventh and twelfth largest commercial banks, each with deposits of over $3.5 billion. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a rc h 2 7 , 1 9 6 9 California Canadian Bank, San Francisco, California (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $80,314,000, has applied, pur suant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to purchase the assets and assume 46 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION the liabilities of City Bank of San Diego, San Diego, California (City Bank), which has total deposits of $16,267,000. The two offices of City Bank would become branches of Applicant. City Bank also has permission to establish a third office. Applicant has requested that it be permitted to establish this de novo branch, which would increase the number of its offices to 11. Competition. San Francisco (population 786,000) is 522 miles north of San Diego (population 660,000). Applicant's branch in Los Angeles is 110 miles north of San Diego. These are the three largest cities on the west coast of the United States. Numerous offices of other banks intervene between Los Angeles and San Diego. There is no competition between the two banks. California banking is dominated by several statewide banks, notably Bank of America, N.T. and S.A., which holds 43 percent of deposits and loans. Appli cant would hold 0.2 percent of both deposits and loans after consummation of the proposed transaction. It has been holding a decreasing share of the market for many years. By establishing branches in San Diego, it hopes to regain its former position in California banking. In the six counties in which the two banks operate, Applicant holds 0.3 percent of total deposits. City bank holds 0.9 percent in San Diego County and an insignificant percentage in the six counties. Senior officials of banks in San Diego were in general agreement that the proposed transaction would stimulate competition in that market. It would have no measurable effect in the Los Angeles or San Francisco Bay areas. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Prospects. These factors have been favorable with respect to the two banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Communities to be Served. The increased lending lim its would be of benefit to customers of both banks, which are located in economically expanding areas. The proposal would introduce trust services in the San Diego operation, which does not now offer them. On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that the approval of the bank’s application is warranted. R esources /jn un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 8 Continental Bank and Trust Company Norristown, Pennsylvania to merge with The Merchants National Bank of Allentown Allentown B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 501,096 42 154,601 12 To be o p e ra te d 54 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J a n u a ry 16, 1 9 6 9 Allentown (1960 population 108,000), located about fifty miles north-northwest of Philadelphia, is the principal city in Lehigh County, Pennsylvania. Beth lehem (1960 population 75,000), located partly in Lehigh County and partly in Northampton County, is contiguous to Allentown on the east. Continental oper BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 47 ates no offices in Lehigh County. The closest offices of the two banks are approximately 20 miles apart, with several banks in the intervening area. How ever, there appears to be some competition between them, especially fo r larger deposits and loans. As of June 30, 1968, there were five banks headquartered in the AllentownBethlehem market and six smaller banks, each with total deposits of less than $20 million, headquartered elsewhere in Lehigh County. In terms of total deposits, Merchants National is the second largest bank operating in the Allentown-Bethlehem market and the third largest operating in Lehigh County. In the Allentown-Bethlehem market as of June 30, 1966, Merchants National had the third largest share, or about 20 percent, of IPC deposits, and three banks had about 70 percent of such deposits. In Lehigh County, as of the same date, Merchants National had the second largest share, or about 27 percent of IPC deposits. Pennsylvania law permits de novo branching by a commercial bank into all counties which are contiguous to the county in which the bank's head office is located. Since Montgomery County is contiguous to Lehigh County, Continental could be permitted to branch de novo into Lehigh County and into Allentown. Most of the other large banks which operate in the Philadelphia four county area are headquartered in Philadelphia County, which is not contiguous to Lehigh, and thus may not branch into Lehigh County. Continental is the larg est bank which can legally branch into Lehigh County. Moreover, it has been active in de novo branching in recent years, having opened six new offices since 1965, received approval for a seventh, and applied for approval fo r an eighth. Thus, it appears that Continental is the most likely potential de novo entrant into both Lehigh County and the Allentown-Bethlehem market. The application states that Continental was recently denied permission by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking to establish a de novo branch in Lehigh County. However, given the prospects fo r growth in Allentown and nearby Lehigh County as well as Continental's demonstrated desire to branch de novo into the area, we believe that conditions will ultimately permit such action by Continental. Moreover, even if de novo entry by Continental were not possible, the proposed merger would foreclose the possibility of entry by Conti nental by means of a merger with one of the small banks in the area. The proposed merger would combine the most likely entrant into the large and concentrated Allentown-Bethlehem and Lehigh County markets, either by de novo branching or through merger with a small bank in Lehigh County, with the second largest competitor there. Accordingly, it is our view that the pro posed merger would have a significantly adverse effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a rc h 2 7 , 1 9 6 9 Continental Bank and Trust Company, Norristown, Pennsylvania (Applicant), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $435,240,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The Merchants National Bank of Allentown, Allentown, Pennsylvania (Merchants), which has total deposits of $132,453,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the 12 offices of Merchants would become branches of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to 54. Competition. The service area of Applicant, of which the population is esti mated at 2,300,000, is essentially Philadelphia and southeastern Pennsylvania. Of Applicant's 42 offices, 21 are in Philadelphia. The city of Philadelphia and 48 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION the surrounding area are heavily industrialized with diversified activity, exten sive commercial services, port facilities, and an expanding residential popula tion. The economy in the communities in the surrounding counties (Montgom ery, Chester, and Delaware) where Applicant presently has branches, for the most part, is geared to the economy of the greater Philadelphia area. The service area of Merchants is confined to Lehigh County and the south ern portion of Northampton County, including the city of Bethlehem, which occupies a portion of both counties. Lehigh County is contiguous to Montgom ery County on the north and the merger would expand Applicant's primary service area to this region. The population of Merchants’ service area is esti mated at 525,000. Allentown is a heavily industrialized community, part of the Allentown-Bethlehem area which has experienced substantial population growth in recent years. The main offices of the participating banks are 47 miles apart, and the short est distance between offices is the 28 miles separating Applicant's office at Hatfield and Merchants' office at Emmaus. The two banks operate in separate market areas with several other commercial banking offices in the intervening area, and there is very little, if any, competition between them. Moreover, there seems to be little potential for competition. Merchants has shown no inclination to expand beyond the two counties it presently serves, and in 1968 the State Authority denied Applicant permission to establish a de novo branch in Allentown. For these and other reasons, elimination of potential competition is not considered a realistic objection to this proposal. Applicant is the sixth largest commercial bank in its trade area, as meas ured in terms of IPC deposits, and this proposal would not change that posi tion. Two commercial banks and one mutual savings bank headquartered in Philadelphia have IPC deposits of over $1 billion. With respect to this market area, the merger would have no significant effect on competition. Any competi tive effects would occur in the service area of Merchants, where it ranks fourth in terms of IPC deposits. The resulting bank would be the largest bank operat ing rn the Allentown area; however, this proposal would not intensify the con centration in the service area of Merchants nor would it reduce the number of banking alternatives. The primary trade area of the resulting bank would be the six counties where its offices would be located plus small portions of some adjacent counties. Within this trade area the resulting bank would have only 6.1 percent of the IPC deposits and five other commercial banks would have a greater share of the market. The merger should tend to increase competition in the area now served by Merchants. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. The earnings record of Merchants has not been as good as Applicant’s; and the future prospects of Merchants, as a part of the resulting bank, would be enhanced. Future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. As a result of the merger, the Allentown-Bethlehem area would gain the advantage of a bank with a larger lending lim it than any now available in the area. The resulting bank would have a lending lim it of more than $3 million higher than Mer chants' present lending limit. This proposal would not significantly benefit the trade area served by Applicant, but it would permit the resulting bank to fill BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 49 the need for larger amounts of credit in the Allentown area and also provide additional conveniences for that area. Additionally, the availability of a local bank with branches in Philadelphia would be of some service. Based on the foregoing and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is war ranted. R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 9 United Bank of Arizona Phoenix, Arizona to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Bank of Yuma Yuma B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 105,512 12 6,671 1 To be o p e ra te d 13 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J a n u a ry 16, 1 9 6 9 The United Bank of Arizona (“ United Bank") which resulted from a merger in January, 1968, of four central Arizona banks, operates its main office and four of its branch offices in Phoenix, and seven additional branch offices within a radius of 40 miles from Phoenix. The closest offices of the merging banks are 177 miles apart. Thus it appears that there is little if any existing competition between them which would be eliminated by the merger. Arizona law permits statewide de novo branching. United Bank could, there fore, be permitted to establish a de novo branch in Yuma or any other town or city in Yuma County. Yuma Bank, with about 10 percent of total Yuma County commercial bank deposits, is the smallest of four banks operating in the county. It competes directly with branches of the three largest banks in the state, with total depos its of $1.1 billion, $675 million, and $292 million, respectively. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 3 , 1 9 6 9 United Bank of Arizona, Phoenix, Arizona (Applicant), an insured State non member bank with total deposits of $92,201,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to purchase assets and assume the liability for deposits of Bank of Yuma, Yuma, Arizona (Yuma), which has total deposits of $5,793,000. The resulting bank would operate under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the transaction, the one office of Yuma would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to 13. Competition. The shortest distance between offices of the participating banks is 177 miles, and each serves a separate and distinct trade area. Appli cant’s primary trade area is the Phoenix SMSA, which had a population of 663,500 in 1960. Yuma is located in the extreme southwestern corner of the State and serves a trade area with an estimated population of 40,000. There is 50 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION virtually no competition between the participating banks. Both banks are in direct competition with the largest banks in Arizona. The resulting bank will hold only 3.8 percent and 4.0 percent of the deposits and loans, respectively, of banks in the State of Arizona. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources of the participating banks are adequate, as they would be for the resulting bank. Earnings of both Applicant and Yuma have not been impressive, but the future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. This proposed transaction would have no appreciable effect in Applicant's present trade area, but it would enable the resulting bank to better serve the convenience and needs in the Yuma area. A major benefit to the Yuma area would be the larger lending lim it, and there would also be an increase in services, including trust and computer facilities. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 10 New Hampshire Savings Bank Concord, New Hampshire to merge with Pittsfield Savings Bank Pittsfield B a n k in g O ffice s In o p e ra tio n 97,454 3 3,734 1 To be o p e ra te d 4 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u ly 2 9 , 1 9 6 8 New Hampshire Savings Bank operates two offices in Concord and one in Contoocook, 11 miles to the west. Pittsfield Savings Bank operates its only office 13 miles east of Concord. All offices of both the merging banks are located in lower Merrimack County, New Hampshire, (1960 population, 67,785), which is largely rural in nature. The closest offices of the two merging banks are 13 miles apart, with no intervening banking offices, and the two banks have a substantial number of common deposit and loan accounts. Thus, the proposed merger would elim i nate direct competition between the two banks. New Hampshire Savings is the largest of five savings banks in the county, holding about 50 percent of total deposits of the savings banks, while Pitts field Savings is the smallest accounting for about 1.9 percent of such depos its. When the market shares are adjusted to include time deposits of the six commercial banks operating in the county, the resulting bank would still con trol almost half the total time deposits. The proposed merger would eliminate existing competition between New Hampshire Savings and Pittsfield Savings and enhance the dominant position of New Hampshire Savings, both in Merrimack County as a whole and in the BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 51 lower portion of that county where both banks have all their offices. The effect of this merger on competition would be substantially adverse. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 11, 1 9 6 9 New Hampshire Savings Bank, Concord, New Hampshire (Applicant), an insured mutual savings bank with total deposits of $85,777,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with Pittsfield Savings Bank, Pittsfield, New Hampshire (Pittsfield Savings), which has total deposits of $3,348,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the main and only office of Pitts field Savings would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to four. Competition. Applicant is headquartered in Concord, which has a population of 29,000. It operates one branch in Concord and one in Contoocook Village, all located in the south-central part of the State. The only office operated by Pittsfield Savings is situated in Pittsfield, which has a population of 2,400 and is located 17 road miles northeast from Concord. The merging banks' closest offices are 16 road miles apart. In Concord, there are two other savings banks with IPC deposits totaling $38.6 million and $28.9 million, as well as two commercial banks. Manchester, the largest city in New Hampshire, is located 18 miles south of Concord via Interstate Highway 93 and contains the State’s two largest mutual savings banks, with IPC deposits totaling $172.5 million and $118.5 million, some of which originate in the Pittsfield area. There is one other bank in Pittsfield, a small commercial bank presently affiliated with the merging banks. As a condition to the approval of the instant merger, this affiliation will be terminated. Pittsfield Savings’ small size, restrictive loan policy, inability to keep pace with sharply increased interest rates paid on savings deposits in Concord and Manchester, dormant management situation, and incapacity to acquire the services of a qualified executive officer, strongly suggest that it cannot effec tively compete in its service area. Although Applicant has some business in Pittsfield, Pittsfield Savings has almost none in Concord. As a result of the merger, a small unit bank would be replaced by a branch of the larger Appli cant, which would provide substantial benefits to the Pittsfield community. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the effect of the proposed merger would not be substantially to lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Any anticompetitive effects resulting from the merger would clearly be outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The customers at Pittsfield Savings would immediately benefit from: 1. an increase in the rate of interest paid on their savings accounts (from 4.5 percent to 5 percent); 2. a higher legal lend ing lim it; 3. extended banking hours; and 4. more varied services. Modern banking quarters and facilities to include a comm unity room would be provided to replace the present structure, built in 1876. Moreover, terminating the affiliation of the merging banks with the commercial bank in Pittsfield, as required as a condition to approval of the merger, would result in the latter’s independent status and encouragement to offer full financial services, including facilities for savings deposits (which it has hitherto refrained from accepting). Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are favorable with respect to Applicant and are so projected for the resulting bank. Management at Pittsfield Savings is aging and lacks depth; its chief executive 52 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION died in February 1967 and a qualified replacement has not been found. The bank’s future prospects are dim. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. There would be little change in Concord as a result of the merger. Most significant would be the expanded services to be offered by the resultant branch bank in Pittsfield, as just described, together with granting the commercial bank a better basis to become more competitive and thus better serve the public. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. R esources un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 11 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n First Valley Bank Bethlehem, Pennsylvania (in organization) to merge with The First National Bank and Trust Company of Bethlehem Bethlehem To be o p e ra te d 7 129,895 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J a n u a ry The merger is part of a transaction which will result in a bank becoming a subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will competition. 7 16, 1 9 6 9 presently existing Thus, the merger have no effect on B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 11, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for First Valley Bank, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania (Valley Bank), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to the merger of The First National Bank and Trust Company of Bethlehem, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania (National), which has total resources of $130 million, and Valley Bank, under the latter's charter and with its title. The resulting bank will operate from the seven exist ing locations and two approved but unopened branches of National. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of National, which will convert to an insured State nonmem ber bank through the simultaneous new bank formation and merger. The new bank (Valley Bank) will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger and will begin business at the present locations of National with the latter's assets, liabilities, capital, and management. Bethlehem is located in eastern Pennsylvania between Allentown and Easton, and the three cities comprise the Lehigh Valley market area. The 1960 popula tion of Bethlehem was 75,400. The economy, largely dominated by Bethlehem Steel Corporation, is dependent upon industrial activities, which provide sub stantial employment not only for local residents but for many persons who commute considerable distances. In addition to National, there are six other 53 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION commercial and holding itself, would ered relative banks, in the three-city area, operating multiple branch systems total deposits in excess of $570 million. The proposed merger, of have no effect on competition. All factors required to be consid to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications for Federal deposit insurance and consent to merge is warranted. R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 12 Pioneer Bank of Arizona Phoenix, Arizona to merge with Westam, Inc. Phoenix 59,535 — B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be ope ra te d 10 10 — S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, F e b ru a ry 12, 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently exist ing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 Pioneer Bank of Arizona, Phoenix, Arizona (Pioneer), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $53 million, has applied, pursuant to the provisions of Section 18(c)(1)(A) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corpora tion's prior consent to merge under its charter and with its title with Westam, Inc., Phoenix, Arizona, a nonbanking corporation formed for the sole purpose of facilitating the formation of a one-bank holding company to own Pioneer. Pioneer, the only operating bank involved in this proposal, presently oper ates its main office and seven branches in Phoenix and one branch each in Prescott and Scottsdale. Additionally, it has approval to establish a branch in Sun City, which is not yet in operation. The merger, of itself, will not change the number of offices or the services presently provided by Pioneer, which will continue operations at the same locations and with the same assets, liabilities, capital, and management. Phoenix, the State capital and seat of Maricopa County, is located in southcentral Arizona. It is by far the largest city in the State, having a current esti mated population of 525,000. Both the population and economy have expanded substantially in recent years. The economy, which for many years depended almost entirely on agriculture and tourism, now is oriented more to industrial activity, which in 1966 accounted for about 43 percent of total per sonal income of $2.2 billion. Banking in Arizona is concentrated in four banks which held over 90 percent of total bank loans and deposits and operated 257 of the State's 292 banking offices as of October 30, 1968. The three largest banks are headquartered in Phoenix. On the same date, Pioneer held only 1.7 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 54 percent of total State deposits and 2.5 percent of deposits in the Phoenix ser vice area. The proposed merger, of itself, would have no effect on competition. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources (\f\ un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 13 The Cadillac State Bank Cadillac, Michigan to consolidate with The Kalkaska State Bank Kalkaska B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 44,953 6 5,660 1 To be o p e ra te d 7 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 13, 1 9 6 9 The office of Cadillac Bank nearest to the Kalkaska Bank is in Fife Lake (population 1,300), and about one mile from the western border of Kalkaska County; there are no banking offices in the intervening area. These two offices of the merging banks are the only banking offices within Kalkaska Bank's self designated service area, which includes almost all of Kalkaska County. The merger would, therefore, eliminate existing competition between the merging banks and eliminate Kalkaska Bank as an independent bank that could be acquired by some other bank not now serving this area. The interlocks and common ownership between the banks do not avoid these anticompetitive effects. They were recently accomplished and appear to be designed to facili tate the merger and, in any event, they may not be permanent. We conclude that the merger would have adverse competitive effects. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 The Cadillac State Bank, Cadillac, Michigan (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $41,776,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to consolidate with The Kalkaska State Bank, Kalkaska, Michigan (State Bank), which has total deposits of $5,237,000. The banks would consolidate under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the one office of State Bank would become a branch of Applicant, which would increase the number of its offices to seven. Competition. The population of Cadillac is currently estimated at 11,500, as compared to 10,100 in 1960. It is located on inland Lakes Cadillac and Mitch ell, 50 miles southeast of Traverse City and 47 miles east of Lake Michigan. Kalkaska is 39 miles northeast of Cadillac, and State Bank is the only bank in Kalkaska County. The community of Kalkaska (population 1,300) is the only incorporated city or town in the county, which has a population of 4,300. The shortest distance between offices of the participating banks is the 14 miles between Kalkaska and Applicant's office at Fife Lake. The trade area served by State Bank does not extend beyond Kalkaska County. Applicant’s primary ser vice area consists of most of Wexford County and portions of Osceola and Mis saukee and a very small part of Kalkaska and Grand Traverse Counties. Appli BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 55 cant's office at Fife Lake is very close to the Kalkaska County line, and there is some overlapping of the trade areas served by the participating banks. There is no significant amount of actual or potential competition which would be eliminated by this proposal. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Prospects. These factors are favor able with respect to the participating banks and are so projected for the result ing bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. This proposal is not expected to have any noticeable effect in Applicant's trade area, but it should benefit the trade area served by State Bank by providing new and better services. Some of the benefits to the Kalkaska area would be a larger lending lim it, trust services, and a new building including drive-in windows. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. R esources (U■nn th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 14 Wilkes County Bank & Trust Company North Wilkesboro, North Carolina (in organization; change title to The Northwestern Bank) to merge with The Northwestern Bank North Wilkesboro B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 93 225 443,702 To be o p e ra te d 93 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, F e b ru a ry 12, 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Wilkes County Bank & Trust Company, North Wilkesboro, North Caro lina (Wilkes), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to its merger with The Northwestern Bank, North Wilkesboro, North Carolina (N orth western), an insured nonmember bank which has total resources of $443,700,000, under the charter of the former and with the latter's title. The resulting bank will operate from the existing and approved but unopened offices of Northwestern. Northwestern, the only operating bank involved in this proposal, operates a regional branch system through 93 existing offices in 57 cities and towns in central and western North Carolina, including the major cities of Asheville, 56 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Charlotte, and Winston-Salem. This broad service area includes virtually all types of economic activity in agriculture, industry, and tourism. Essentially, the proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of Northwestern. Wilkes will not be in operation prior to the merger and will begin business with Northwestern's title and will provide the same services. The merger, of itself, would have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources /vm In th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 15 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d United Penn Bank Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania (in organization) to merge with Miners National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Wilkes-Barre 11 177,984 11 S u m m a ry r e p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 3, 1 9 6 9 This proposed merger is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding com pany. Thus, this merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for United Penn Bank, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania (United), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to the merger of Miners National Bank of Wilkes-Barre, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania (National), which has 11 offices and total resources of $178 million, and United, under the latter's charter and with its title. The resulting bank will operate from the existing locations of National. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of National, which will convert to an insured State nonmem ber bank through the simultaneous new bank formation and merger. United will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger and will begin business at the present locations of National with the latter's assets, lia bilities, capital, and management. National has provided needed and useful banking services to the WilkesBarre community on a convenient and successful basis for many years. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in title, change in charter, and change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION R esources (u\nr*i th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 16 State Bank and Trust Company Greenwood, South Carolina to merge with North Augusta Banking Company North Augusta and Ridge Banking Company Johnston and The Southern National Bank of Orangeburg Orangeburg 57 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 135,653 33 43 7,136 2 6,285 3 16,056 5 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, F e b ru a ry 12, 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger would eliminate little, if any, effective competition between State Bank and North Augusta Banking due to the long standing common ownership and control between the banks, dating back to the time of organization of North Augusta Banking. The merger of Ridge Banking into State Bank would eliminate some existing competition and the development of greater competition between the merging banks. The merger of State Bank and Southern National would eliminate potential competition between the merging banks. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A p ril 3 0 , 1 9 6 9 State Bank and Trust Company, Greenwood, South Carolina (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $123,218,900, has applied pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with North Augusta Banking Company, North Augusta, South Carolina (North Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $6,293,300; Ridge Banking Com pany, Johnston, South Carolina (Ridge Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $5,440,300; and The Southern National Bank of Orangeburg, Orangeburg, South Carolina (South Bank), which has total depos its of $14,420,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the transactions, the 10 offices of North Bank, Ridge Bank, and South Bank would become branches of Appli cant, increasing the number of its offices to 43. Competition. Applicant operates 33 offices in 11 of the 46 counties in the northwestern part of South Carolina. Applicant is the fourth largest bank in the State, and these proposals would not change that position. As a result of these proposals, it is believed that Applicant would become more competitive with its three larger competitors. North Bank operates two offices in North Augusta (population 10,300), and the closest office of Applicant is located at Langley, 8 miles northeast. North Bank's primary competition consists of two branches of larger banks located in North Augusta. One of these branches is operated by an Aiken-based bank with total deposits of almost $20 million and the other is part of a statewide system, operated by the largest bank in the State, with total deposits of $393 million. Between Applicant and North Bank there is some common ownership 58 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION and management which has existed since North Bank was organized, and there is no significant amount of actual or potential competition which would be eliminated by this proposal. Ridge Bank operates two offices in Johnston (population 2,100) and one office in Ridge Spring (population 600), 7 miles northeast of Johnston. The shortest distance between offices of Applicant and Ridge Bank is the 9 miles separating Ridge Spring from Applicant's office at Batesburg. Ridge Bank com petes with independent banks at Edgefield and Trenton in addition to two branches of larger banks. One of these branches is operated by the largest bank in the State. In view of the sparsely populated trade area served by Ridge Bank it does not seem likely that Applicant would branch de novo in this area, and there is no significant amount of present or potential competi tion which would be eliminated by this proposed merger. South Bank operates four offices in Orangeburg and one in North, 14 miles northwest. The population of the trade area served by South Bank is estimated at 34,000. The shortest distance between offices of Applicant and South Bank is the 16 miles between Applicant’s branch at Wagener and South Bank's office at North; and they are not considered to be directly competitive. South Bank competes with two larger banks headquartered in Orangeburg and with two branches of other banks, one of which is operated by the largest bank in South Carolina. In view of the present number of banking offices in the area the possibility of Applicant branching de novo into South Bank's trade area is believed remote. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transactions would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources of the participating banks are adequate, as they would be for the resulting bank. Future prospects are better for the resulting bank than they are for the participating banks operating as independent units. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. These proposed transactions would have no appreciable effect in Applicant's present trade area, but they would enable the resulting bank to better serve the convenience and needs in the trade areas of the other three banks. Benefits to the com munities served by North Bank, Ridge Bank, and South Bank would be a much larger lending limit, full trust services, computer facilities, travel agency ser vices, and a bank charge card plan. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. No. 17 The Owosso Savings Bank Owosso, Michigan to acquire certain assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The Morrice State Bank Morrice R esources /1n un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 42,890 4 1,594 1 To be o p e ra te d 5 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 59 Approved under emergency provisions. No report requested from the Attor ney General. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n A p p ro v a l, M a y 5, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed by The Owosso Savings Bank, Owosso, Michigan, to purchase certain assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The Morrice State Bank, Morrice, Michigan, and to establish a branch at the present loca tion of The Morrice State Bank, an insured member bank. Estimated losses in the assets of The Morrice State Bank exceed its capital funds. The Board of Directors has found that it must act immediately in approving the applications to prevent the probable failure of The Morrice State Bank. Morrice, Michigan, has a population of about 600 and serves an agricultural trade area of approximately 4,000. The nearest competing bank is The State Bank of Perry, some 2 miles distant. The Morrice State Bank has served this community for many years and has developed a sizable volume of business. It is expected that a branch of The Owosso Savings Bank will successfully replace the institution and continue to offer banking services to the community and trade area. On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applica tions is warranted. Resources (i n un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 18 Jefferson Bank of Charlottesville B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 5 202 Charlottesville, Virginia (in organization; change title to Citizens Bank and Trust Company of Charlottesville) to merge with Citizens Bank and Trust Company 28,992 5 Charlottesville S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, F e b ru a ry 12, 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 8, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Jefferson Bank of Charlottesville, Charlottesville, Virginia (Jefferson), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to its merger with Citizens Bank and Trust Company, Charlottesville, Virginia (Citizens), with total resources of $29 million, under Jefferson's charter and with the title “ Citizens Bank and Trust Company of Charlottesville." The resulting bank will operate from the main office and four existing branches of Citizens. 60 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of Citizens through the simultaneous new bank formation and merger. Jefferson will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger, following which it will operate the same banking business at the same locations as Citizens and with the same management and personnel. The pro posal, of itself, will not change the banking services which Citizens has pro vided usefully to the Charlottesville community on a convenient and successful basis for many years; nor will it, involving only a change in charter and form of organization, have any effect on competition. All factors required to be con sidered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources (i n th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 19 In o p e ra tio n 4,391 2 112,053 7 Republic Bank and Trust Company Herndon, Virginia (change title to Arlington Trust Company, Incorporated) to merge with Arlington Trust Company, Inc. Arlington B a n k in g O ffices To be o p e ra te d 9 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 4 , 1 9 6 9 The Financial General Corporation, Washington, D. C., a registered bank holding company, owns 80 percent of Arlington Trust and 58 percent of Republic Bank. The head offices of the merging banks are 20 miles apart, their closest offices are about 10 miles apart, and there are numerous banking alternatives in the intervening area. In addition, both banks are controlled by the same bank holding company. These facts indicate that the proposed transaction will not eliminate any effective competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 8, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, an application has been filed with the Corporation for its prior con sent to merge Arlington Trust Company, Inc, Arlington, Virginia (Trust Com pany), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $100,227,000, with Republic Bank and Trust Company, Herndon, Virginia (Republic Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $3,801,000. The result ing bank would operate under the charter of Republic Bank and with the title "Arlington Trust Company, Incorporated." The seven offices presently operated by Trust Company would become branches of the resulting bank in addition to two approved but unopened branches, increasing the number of offices of the resulting bank to 11. Incidental to the proposed merger, the common capital stock of the resulting bank would be less than the common capital stock of the combined banks prior to the merger, with an offsetting credit to the sur plus account, and there would be no decrease in total capital. Competition. All offices of Trust Company are located in Arlington County, BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 61 and Republic Bank's two offices are in the communities of Herndon and Vienna, in Fairfax County. The main offices of the participating banks are 20 miles apart, and the shortest distance between offices is 10 miles. Both of the participating banks are located in the heavily populated Washington, D.C.-Maryland-Virginia SMSA. There are several other banking offices located in the area between the offices of the participating banks, and there is no significant amount of competition between Trust Company and Republic Bank. Legally, Trust Company cannot branch de novo in Fairfax County, and Republic Bank cannot branch de novo in Arlington County. Both of the participating banks are owned by the same registered bank holding company, and this proposal would not increase that holding company’s share of the market in northern Virginia. There is no significant amount of actual or potential competition, between the participating banks, which would be eliminated by this proposal; and its con summation would have no discernible anticompetitive effects. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources of the participating banks are adequate, as they would be fo r the resulting bank. Since it was organized in 1963, Republic Bank has not grown as fast as anticipated, and its future prospects would be better as a part of the resulting bank. The future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. This proposed transaction would have no appreciable effect in Trust Company's trade area, but it would enable the resulting bank to better serve the convenience and needs in the trade area served by Republic Bank. Immediate benefits to the trade area served by Republic Bank would be an increased lending lim it, trust services, and mortgage loan services. In the long run, the relocation of the charter to Fairfax County will permit the resulting bank to establish de novo branches to meet the expanding banking needs of this rapidly developing county. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /un in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 20 Peoples Bank & Trust Company Rocky Mount, North Carolina to merge with Bank of Harrellsville Harrellsville B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 95,790 23 1,616 1 To be o p e ra te d 24 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, F e b ru a ry 1 1 , 1 9 6 9 Harrellsville (population 171) is a small farming community located in North Carolina's tidewater section with little growth potential. Although the head offices of the merging banks are about 72 miles apart, Peoples Bank operates branches at Edenton and at Hertford, each located 62 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION about twenty miles east of Harrellsville, with no banks in the intervening areas. Therefore, it appears that the proposed merger might eliminate some existing competition. However, both Wachovia Bank & Trust Company (total deposits, $1 billion) and Planters National Bank (total deposits, $82 million) operate branches about 12 miles southwest of Harrellsville. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 15, 1 9 6 9 Peoples Bank & Trust Company, Rocky Mount, North Carolina (Applicant), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $85,907,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with Bank of Harrells ville, Harrellsville, North Carolina (Other Bank), which has total deposits of $1,448,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the only office of Other Bank would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to 24. Competition. Applicant is based in Rocky Mount (population 32,140) and operates a banking system which includes branches in 13 other communities in the northeastern part of North Carolina. The estimated population of Appli cant’s trade area is 100,000. Other Bank is located at Harrellsville (population 171) and serves an area with an estimated population of 2,500. A distance of 72 miles separates the participating banks, and there is no effective competi tion between the two. The nearest intervening branch of Applicant is 42 miles from Other Bank; and Applicant also operates four branches in the same gen eral area of Other Bank, but the nearest is 32 miles away. These are not con sidered competitive. Applicant is the eighth largest bank in its relevant trade area in terms of total deposits, and this proposal would not change that position. Other Bank is the smallest in its trade territory, is not an aggressive institution, and has not shown an inclination to broaden its operations by de novo branching. Consummation of this proposal would have no effect on the competitive position of Applicant against the other banks which operate in its present ser vice areas and would not eliminate any appreciable competition between the participating banks. The slight concentration resulting from the merger would not significantly affect competition in the respective trade areas of the partici pating banks. The merger would kindle the competitive spirit of banking in Other Bank’s immediate area, but the emergence of possible monopolistic tendencies is improbable because of the presence nearby of other banks. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial regarded as favorable with resulting bank. The merger ment for the banking facility Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are respect to Applicant and are so projected for the would provide assurance of continuity of manage at Harrellsville. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The proposal would not materially benefit the trade area served by Applicant, but it would enable the resulting bank, with a much larger lending lim it, to fill the need for credit in amounts larger than now available from Other Bank. Also, more complete banking services, including those provided by a trust department, would be offered in the Harrellsville area. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 63 Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. Resources Banking Offices {in In operation To be operated 650,435 124 125 1,395 1 thousands of dollars) No. 21 First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company Smithfield, North Carolina to merge with The Bank of Gibsonville Gibsonville S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 3 , 1 9 6 9 First-Citizens, the fourth largest bank in North Carolina, proposes to merge with The Bank of Gibsonville, which operates the only bank office in Gibsonville, North Carolina. The closest offices of First-Citizens are thirteen miles from Gibsonville, but there are no other banking offices in the intervening area. Therefore, it would appear that some competition between the two banks will be eliminated by the merger. In addition, this merger may reduce the possibility of entry (perhaps through acquisition of The Bank of Gibsonville itself) by a bank not presently competing in the general area. Nine banks operate some 50 offices in Guilford County (an area which prob ably overstates the relevant market here). First-Citizens' share of the IPC deposits in Guilford County, now 5 percent, will increase only slightly as a result of this merger. Competition is also furnished from banks located in nearby Burlington in Alamance County, where First-Citizens has no office. It should be noted, however, that the proposed merger is part of a continu ing trend of acquisitions and mergers by North Carolina's largest commercial banks, which has the effect of retarding the development of a more competi tive banking structure in North Carolina (a State in which the five largest banks already control about two-thirds of total deposits). B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 15 , 1 9 6 9 First-Citizens Bank & Trust Company, Smithfield, North Carolina (Applicant), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $580,169,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The Bank of Gib sonville, Gibsonville, North Carolina (Other Bank), which has total deposits of $1,236,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the lone office of Other Bank would become a branch of Applicant, giving it a total of 125 offices. Competition. Applicant is fourth among the largest banks in North Carolina, and this proposal would not change that position. Because of its widely scat tered system, the service area of Applicant is virtually the entire State. Its main office is at Smithfield and 123 branches are located in 55 communities, including Smithfield. Many of its offices, including those at Greensboro which are nearest to Other bank, are in competition with offices of the other large banks in the State, and the proposed merger would have no significant effect on competition in the areas presently served by Applicant. 64 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION The service area of Other Bank is relatively small and is confined to Gibsonville (population 1,800) and surrounding territory within a 10-mile radius. Other Bank is the smallest bank in its relevant trade area, and its growth has been modest in recent years. It is in the shadow of offices at Burlington, 7 miles away, of four of the State's five largest banks; and it has not been an influential competitor. The entrance of Applicant, with its much larger resources and proposed broader banking services, would tend to increase com petition in the area now served by Other Bank. The participating banks presently are not considered as being in competition with each other, and there seems to be little likelihood th a t they would become competitive in the future. Other Bank has not shown an inclination to expand beyond its present operation; and, because of its size, Gibsonville would not appear to be a desirable location for a de novo branch. The elimina tion of actual or potential competition is not considered a logical result of the proposed merger. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to creat a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Both financial and managerial resources are considered adequate with respect to the merging banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Net earnings record of nei ther of the banks has been outstanding in recent years; but an ability to earn has been demonstrated by Applicant, and this proposal would not have any detrimental effects on this. Future prospects of the resulting bank are favora ble. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Other Bank is a rather small institution and offers limited services. A lending lim it low in com parison to those of competitive banks, coupled with a conservative credit policy, has rendered it an ineffective force as regards competition in the rele vant trade area. As a result of this proposal, the Gibsonville area would benefit from a bank with much larger lending facilities and more aggressive credit views. A wider range of services, including those offered by a trust department, are other advantages that would be gained by the comm unity through the pro posed merger. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /\in 1n th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 22 Industrial Valley Bank and Trust Company Jenkintown, Pennsylvania to merge with Doylestown Trust Company Doylestown B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 447,330 40 41 29,290 1 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 15, 1 9 6 9 IVB operates one branch office in Bucks County. This office is located in Warminster (adjacent to central Bucks County), approximately nine miles south BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 65 of Doylestown. There is, apparently, some direct competition between IVB and Doylestown Trust which will be eliminated by the merger; fo r example, five common depositors maintain balances of $34,700 at IVB and $48,000 at Doylestown Trust. Under Pennsylvania law, IVB could be permitted to open de novo branches in central Bucks County. Six commercial banks presently operate offices in central Bucks County. As of June 30, 1966, Doylestown Trust held approximately 26 percent of the total IPC demand deposits held by all commercial banking offices located in central Bucks County; and on that date Doylestown Trust and The Doylestown National Bank and Trust Company held 60 percent of such deposits. The large Philadelphia banks are entering this market. The Philadelphia National Bank entered central Bucks County de novo in 1968, and has secured approval to open a second office in the area. The First Pennsylvania Bank and Trust Company will open a de novo branch this April. In addition, Girard Trust Bank and Fidelity Bank sought unsuccessfully to enter central Bucks County by merger in 1968. IVB has the capability and incentive to branch de novo into the growing cen tral Bucks County market, which is located only 15 miles north of its head quarters in Montgomery County. However, there are five larger banks which would also appear to be potential entrants into central Bucks County; Girard Trust Bank, Fidelity Bank, Provident National Bank, Continental Bank and Trust, and Central Penn National Bank. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 2 1 , 1 9 6 9 Industrial Valley Bank and Trust Company, Jenkintown, Pennsylvania (Appli cant), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $373,166,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with Doylestown Trust Company, Doylestown, Pennsylvania (Merging Bank), which has total deposits of $26,453,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the sole office of Merging Bank would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to 41. Competition. The service area of Applicant, of which the population is esti mated at 2,750,000, is essentially southeastern Pennsylvania, including the counties of Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Lehigh, and a small portion of Bucks County. Its branch offices in Allentown are close to the North ampton County line and gain a small percentage of business from that county. Philadelphia and surrounding counties are heavily industrialized with diversified activity, extensive commercial services, port facilities, and an expanding residential population. The economy of the entire service area of Applicant is, to a great extent, geared to the economy of the greater Metropoli tan Philadelphia area, with agriculture playing but minor roles. The service area of Merging Bank is confined primarily to the com m unity of Doylestown, Pennsylvania, and to that small portion of Bucks County surround ing the immediate community. Population of the service area is estimated to be 21,000. Doylestown is the county seat and is located approximately in the center of Bucks County. The area has been essentially rural and residential, with but few, mostly small, industries until recent years. It is now reported that the rapidly expanding industrial complex of Metropolitan Philadelphia has 66 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION begun to change the appearance of Merging Bank's service area, and popula tion growth for Bucks County has been projected at 65 percent by 1975. The main offices of the participating banks are 15 miles apart, and the short est distance between offices is the 10 miles separating Applicant's office at Warminster, just inside the Bucks County line, and Merging Bank's sole office at Doylestown. The two banks operate in separate market areas with little overlap and very little existing competition between them. Moreover, there seems to be little potential for competition. The size of Merging Bank pre cludes an aggressive approach to Applicant's market area, while the numerous existing or approved offices of competing banks in or near the market area of Merging Bank appear to preclude the possibility of de novo branch approval for Applicant. For these and other reasons, elimination of potential competition is not considered a reason for objection to this proposal. Applicant ranks 13th in size among 68 banks in its primary service area (ninth among commercial banks), as measured in terms of IPC deposits. Sev eral of its Philadelphia competitors hold IPC deposits in excess of $1 billion each. With respect to this market area, the merger would have no significant effect on competition. Any competitive effects would occur in the servicing area of Merging Bank, where it ranks fifth of five commercial banks doing business in the central Bucks County area. The resulting bank would rank third in size in terms of IPC deposits of the five commercial banks in the central Bucks County area; however, this proposal would not diminish competition in the area or reduce the number of banking alternatives. Rather, it will substi tute an active and aggressive bank for a smaller bank now unable to cope with the increasingly strong competitive situation. The primary trade area of the resulting bank would be the six counties where its offices will be located, plus small portions of some adjacent counties. Within this trade area the resulting bank would have only 3.3 percent of the IPC deposits and 12 other banks would have a much greater share of the market. The merger should tend to increase competition in the area now served by Merging Bank. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. With respect to managerial resources, the merger will solve an administrative problem for Merging Bank and will substitute aggressive management for one which has been incapable of providing experienced personnel needed to cope with a highly intensified competitive banking market. Earnings records have been good for both banks, and future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. As a result of the merger, the Doylestown area would gain the advantage of a bank with a larger lending lim it than now provided by Merging Bank. Additional conveniences such as computerized banking services, more comprehensive lending programs, better-trained officer personnel, and expanded full-service commercial banking facilities would be provided for present and potential customers of Merging Bank, as well as for the general public. A more aggressive management would further stimulate competition in the area. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. 67 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION Resources (\n un thousands of dollars) No. 23 American Bank & Trust Company Monroe, North Carolina to merge with Anson Bank and Trust Company Wadesboro Banking Offices In operation 40,210 10 12,563 3 To be operated 13 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p r il 2 8 , 1 9 6 9 The closest offices of the merging banks are approximately 15 miles apart, and there are two banks in the intervening area. Their respective head offices are 25 miles apart, and are located in separate counties of a predominantly rural section of the state. It is unlikely that any significant amount of direct competition would be eliminated by this merger. Since North Carolina law permits state-wide de novo branching, the merger would eliminate the potential competition that would be effected by either bank branching de novo into the service area of the other. American Bank has demonstrated an aggressive growth pattern by opening several de novo offices in recent years. Should this merger be consummated, American Bank will be eliminated as a likely potential entrant into the highly concentrated banking market of Anson County. However, as none of the largest North Carolina banks have yet entered Anson County, and as they will remain potential entrants in view of their presence in nearby Charlotte, it would appear that this merger will not have a significantly adverse effect on potential competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 2 9 , 1 9 6 9 American Bank & Trust Company, Monroe, North Carolina (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $35,460,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior consent to merge with Anson Bank and Trust Company, Wadesboro, North Carolina (Anson Bank), which has total deposits of $10,946,000, under the charter and with the title of Applicant and, incident thereto, to establish the three offices of Anson Bank as branches. Competition. Applicant, operating 10 offices, with two others approved but unopened, offers a complete range of banking services to the area between Monroe, in Union County, and southeastern Mecklenburg County, including the eastern section of the city of Charlotte, all within the Charlotte SMSA. This is a rapidly growing area; transportation, service, government, and trade provide the bulk of employment in and around Charlotte, which is a major distribution center for the entire Southeast. Union County's economy is well diversified with agriculture continuing to be an important segment of the economy. Wades boro is about 25 miles east of Monroe, and the closest offices of the merg ing banks are 16 miles apart. Anson Bank is one of two banks in Wadesboro, the county seat for Anson County; there is some industry in the area, but agri culture still is of major economic importance. There is a limited overlapping of the service areas of Applicant and Anson Bank, and the merger would not result in a substantial lessening of competi tion, actual or potential. Officials of banks competing with Anson Bank offered 68 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION no objection to the proposal. Applicant, one of the smaller branch systems in North Carolina, competes with offices of the five largest banks, among others, in its service area. Major competition for Anson Bank emanates from one other bank in Wadesboro, also operating two branches in Anson County, and one branch of a larger branch system headquartered in Salisbury, North Caro lina. The substitution of branches of Applicant for Anson Bank’s offices should tend to increase competition with these banks. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Anson Bank, because of its comparatively limited resources, offers limited services. As a result of the merger, the Wadesboro area would gain the advantage of a larger bank which provides all types of banking facilities on a larger and broader scale with a larger lending lim it and, thus, could better serve the convenience and needs of the community. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources / mn u th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 24 Security Bank and Trust Company Salisbury, North Carolina to merge with Mutual Bank & Trust Company Marshville B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 45,917 13 6,673 3 To be o p e ra te d 16 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 2 5 , 1 9 6 9 The primary effects of this merger will be felt in the vicinity of Marshville, North Carolina, a rural area with increasing industrial growth. Branches of Security Bank lie both east and west of Mutual Bank. While there are intervening banks, the service areas of the merging banks would appear to overlap in the Marshville area. This merger will eliminate substantial direct competition between the two banks. Approval of this merger, along with that of American Bank and Trust Com pany, Monroe, and Anson Bank and Trust Company, Wadesboro, would reduce the number of competitors in the general vicinity of Marshville from 5 to 3. We conclude that this merger would have an adverse effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 2 9 , 1 9 6 9 Security Bank and Trust Company, Salisbury, North Carolina (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $40 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation's prior consent to merge with Mutual Bank & Trust Company, Marshville, North Carolina (Mutual), an insured State non member bank with total deposits of $6 million. The merger would be effected BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 69 under Applicant's charter and with its title; and, as an incident thereto, Mutual's three offices would be operated as branches, increasing the number of Applicant's offices to 17, including its approved but unopened branch. Competition. Applicant directly serves nine communities in seven counties in the south-central sector of the State where its 13 offices are located. Its head quarters city of Salisbury has a population of 21,300, and its entire service area population is estimated at 107,000. Mutual's three offices serve a small area around Marshville (population 1,400) and about 60 miles south of Salis bury. Applicant’s competitors include the State's largest and third largest banks, which have deposits in excess of $1.3 billion and $827 million. The small increase in Applicant's deposit size will have no material competitive effect in its service area. Mutual is located near the eastern border of Union County. Applicant has two offices in central Union County at Monroe and a branch in adjacent Anson County at Polkton. These are Applicant's closest offices to Mutual and are 10 miles east and west from Marshville. In each direction a competing bank office intervenes the merging banks' offices. Applicant’s Monroe offices have a mod erate amount of deposit business from the Marshville area, and the merging banks appear to be competitive with each other to a limited degree. Among the six banks in the general area where both merging banks have offices, Applicant's branches hold about 10 percent of the aggregate deposits. The resulting bank's offices in the area would have about 20 percent. There should be no significant adverse effects on competition in this area. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not significantly lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources, Future Prospects, and Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. These factors are satisfactory with respect to Applicant and are so projected for the resulting bank. A significantly larger lending lim it will permit the accommodation of larger credit lines needed by Mutual's present customers. The larger financial resources of the resulting bank will make possible broader and more specialized services and should be of value in attracting new business and contributing to the expansion of the Marshville area's economy. For the reasons stated above, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. R esources B a n k in g O ffices \in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 25 Citizens Bank of South Carolina Dillon, South Carolina to merge with The Bank of Nichols Nichols In o p e ra tio n 21,144 4 2,508 1 To be o p e ra te d 5 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 10 , 1 9 6 9 The community primarily affected by this merger will be the general vicinity of the town of Nichols (population 617) in Marion County (population 32,014). Marion County is served by five banks having ten offices. 70 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION The closest office of Citizens Bank is approximately 26 miles from Nichols Bank. Because of this distance, the presence of an intervening bank in Lake View, and the small size of Nichols Bank, it would appear that the proposed merger would not eliminate any significant direct competition between these banks. South Carolina law permits statewide branching; but, because of the nature of the community and the fact that it appears adequately serviced by the existing banks, opportunity for de novo entry seems poor. Therefore, it is unlikely that the proposed merger would eliminate any significant potential competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 2 9 , 1 9 6 9 Citizens Bank of South Carolina, Dillon, South Carolina (Applicant), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $19,205,000, has applied, pur suant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with The Bank of Nichols, Nichols, South Carolina (Other Bank), which has total deposits of $2,286,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the only office of Other Bank would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to five. Approval is also requested for the retirement, at the option of the holders thereof, of the 5 percent preferred stock to be issued in connection with the merger. Competition. Applicant is headquartered in Dillon and operates one branch at Clio and two in Lancaster. It is the fifth largest bank in terms of total deposit volume among the banks with offices in its overall trade area. The merger would move Applicant to fourth position in its entire service area, and it would become the largest bank with offices in the Lancaster area. The resulting bank would control the largest volume of banking business in its trade areas, but it would be in competition with the resources of much larger banks in the Dillon and Nichols areas. The only competitive advantage to be derived from the proposal would be a larger lending lim it. The participating banks are 22 miles apart, and they operate in service areas that are entirely separate. They are not considered as likely entrants into the other's area through de novo branches. Thus, there is no significant existing or potential competition which would be eliminated by the merger. It is expected that com petition would increase to some degree in the Nichols service area. The public would still have numerous banking alternatives available, both large and small. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to the participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The merger would not benefit to any appreciable extent the trade areas presently served by Appli cant; but it would enable the resulting bank, because of a much larger lending lim it, to meet the need for credit in amounts considerably in excess of the maximum now available from Other Bank. Additionally, the resulting bank would provide a much broader range of banking services in the Nichols market area. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION Resources (in \m thousands of dollars) No. 26 Piedmont Bank Greenville, South Carolina (in organization; change title to First Piedmont Bank and Trust Company) to merge with First Piedmont Bank and Trust Co. Greenville 71 Banking Offices In operation To be operated 2 200 7,924 2 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 16, 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger is part of a transaction which will result in First Pied mont Bank and Trust Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a onebank holding company and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, M a y 2 9 , 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5, 18(c), and 18(i) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Piedmont Bank, Greenville, South Carolina (Applicant), a proposed new bank, for consent to its merger with First Piedmont Bank and Trust Co., with total resources of $7.9 million, under Applicant's charter and with the title "F irst Piedmont Bank and Trust Company," and to retire the $200,000 common capital of Applicant. The resulting bank will operate from the main office and existing branch of First Piedmont. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company which will acquire ownership of First Piedmont through the new bank formation and merger. Applicant will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger; and following consummation of the transaction, it will operate the same banking business at the same locations as First Piedmont and with the same management and personnel. There will be no change in the banking services which First Piedmont is providing to the city of Greenville. Involving only a change in charter and form of organization, the merger will have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. No. 27 The Boone County State Bank Lebanon, Indiana to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Citizens State Bank Jamestown Resources /jn un thousands of dollars) Banking Offices In operation 18,204 3 2,217 1 To be operated 4 72 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 11, 1 9 6 9 The nearest offices of the applicant banks are about five miles apart with no banks in the intervening area. The application estimates that the total amount of common deposits and loans to be approximately $50,000, and that deposit and loan accounts derived from the other bank’s community amount ‘to a min imum of $50,000.’ Thus it seems likely that the proposed acquisition will elim inate some direct competition between the two banks. The proposed acquisition will increase concentration in Boone County. Boone Bank now holds 52.6 percent of Boone County's IPC demand deposits; and the acquisition would give it 59.2 percent of such deposits. However, it would seem that these market shares may overstate the situation somewhat since they do not reflect the extent to which Citizens Bank derives deposits from neighboring counties because of its location on the county line. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l M a y 2 9 , 1 9 6 9 The Boone County State Bank, Lebanon, Indiana (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $16 million, has applied, pur suant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior consent to acquire the assets of and assume liability to pay deposits made in Citizens State Bank, Jamestown, Indiana (Jamestown Bank), an insured State member bank with total deposits of $2 million. The transaction would be effected under Applicant's charter and with its title; and, as an incident thereto, the main office of Jamestown Bank will become a branch of the resulting bank. Competition. Applicant operates its main office and a drive-in facility in Lebanon, as well as a branch in Advance, 11 miles from Lebanon. Applicant also has received permission to establish another branch in Lebanon. James town Bank operates from a single office which is located 16 miles from Appli cant's main office and 5 miles from its Advance Branch. Lebanon has a popu lation of 9,523, while that of Jamestown is 827. There is only limited competition between Applicant's Advance Branch and Jamestown Bank. Man agement of Jamestown Bank has been quite conservative in the past, and it has not been an aggressive competitor. Moreover, it is experiencing a serious management succession problem due to the incapacitation of its executive officer. Applicant is the largest bank in Boone County, but the second largest bank competing in Jamestown Bank’s trade area, while Jamestown Bank is the second smallest bank. The proposal would introduce a more aggressive institu tion with much larger lending limits, a farm representative, and a fully staffed trust department into Jamestown, which is primarily an agricultural commu nity. The transaction should have no adverse competitive effects in the area. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the effect of the proposed pur chase and assumption transaction would not be substantially to lessen compe tition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources, Future Prospects, and Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. These factors are favorable with respect to Applicant and are so projected for the resulting bank. The proposal will eliminate a small commercial bank with serious management succession problems. The convenience and needs of the Jamestown area will be better served by the replacement of a small independent bank with a branch of a larger, more progressive institution. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 73 On the basis of the information presented, the Board of Directors has con cluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. R esources (i n un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 28 The Fairfield County Trust Company Stamford, Connecticut (change title to Union Trust Company) to merge with The Union and New Haven Trust Company New Haven B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 329,664 31 130,603 11 To be o p e ra te d 42 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, D e c e m b e r 2, 1 9 6 8 The head offices of the merging banks are about forty miles apart; their nearest branch offices are no closer than fifteen miles, and there appear to be a number of banks operating in the intervening areas. Furthermore, it seems that neither bank obtains more than 1 percent of its deposits or loans from areas directly served by the other. Thus, it does not seem that significant existing competition would be eliminated by this merger. Connecticut banking law permits statewide de novo branching into any incor porated city or town in which there is not located the head office of another bank. Of Connecticut's 169 towns, 128 with about half the state's population, or over 1,400,000 inhabitants, are open to de novo branching by either County Trust or Union Trust, and about 115, with a total of over 1 million inhabitants, appear to be open to de novo branching by both banks. Both banks are leading competitors in the markets in which they operate, and these markets tend to be highly concentrated. In terms of total deposits, County Trust is the largest bank headquartered in Stamford and is the second largest headquartered in Fairfield County. Ten banks operate in County Trust's self-designated service area, located in the western portion of Fairfield County, and having a total population of over 400,000. As of June 30, 1966, County Trust held approximately 32 percent of IPC demand deposits in this area, and the four largest banks held more than 90 percent of those deposits. In terms of total deposits, Union Trust is the third largest bank headquar tered in New Haven and the fourth largest headquartered in New Haven County. Ten of Union Trust’s eleven offices are located in New Haven County with the eleventh situated in Old Saybrook in Middlesex County. Seventeen commercial banks operate offices in Union Trust's self-designated primary ser vice area, located in the southeastern half of New Haven County, and having a total population of over 300,000. As of June 30, 1966, Union Trust held approximately 21 percent of total IPC demand deposits in this area, and the four largest banks held more than 90 percent of those deposits. At least eight towns in which County Trust operates offices, with populations ranging from 5,800 to 48,000, and at least five towns in which Union Trust operates offices, with populations ranging from 9,000 to 20,000 appear to be open to de novo branching. Even in towns where de novo branching is prohib ited, entry may generally be effected through merger with a small bank or through establishing an office just outside the protected area. It would appear FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 74 that many of these communities are attractive banking markets, and that each of the applicants is among the most likely entrants into the markets served by the other, as well as markets in which neither bank now operates. Consumma tion of the proposed merger will eliminate this potential competition. The effect of this merger will be significantly adverse. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u n e 12, 1969 The Fairfield County Trust Company, Stamford, Connecticut (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of about $298,414,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with The Union and New Haven Trust Company, New Haven, Connecticut (Union Bank), which has total deposits of about $113,493,000. The banks would merge under the charter of Applicant and with the title “ Union Trust Company." As an incident to the merger, Applicant's main office would be moved from 300 Main Street, Stamford, Connecticut, to Union Bank’s main office location at 205 Church Street, New Haven, Connecticut; and Applicant’s present main office and Union Bank's 10 branches would become branches of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to 42. Competition. Applicant operates its main office and six branches in Stam ford, Connecticut (estimated 1967 population 108,400), and 24 other branches throughout western Fairfield County. Union Bank operates its main office and one branch in New Haven, Connecticut (estimated 1967 population 141,700), eight branches in southern New Haven County outside the city of New Haven, and one branch in Old Saybrook in Middlesex County. There appears to be very little competition between the participating banks. Their closest offices are about 13 miles apart; and the service areas, as they relate to banking office location, are separate and distinct with no overlapping. Furthermore, these offices are intervened by other banking office locations. Thus, competition between the participating banks for retail banking business is minimal. Compe tition between the participating banks for regional and national business, when placed in its proper context, is not substantial, and is overshadowed by com petition in that market from the larger money market banks in New York and Boston. The potential for significantly greater competition between the participating banks does not appear as a realistic probability. Under Connecticut's home office protection law, it is not possible for Applicant or Union Bank to enter by de novo branching into the towns which comprise the principal banking mar kets in Connecticut; and analysis indicates that the towns which are open to de novo branching provide few opportunities for profitable branch operation. The concentration of banking resources in the service areas of the partici pating banks would not be substantially altered. The resulting bank would have about 28 percent of the IPC deposits held in offices of the commercial banks located in the two service areas; and if consideration is given to deposits held by offices of mutual savings banks in the two areas, this figure drops to about 15 percent. Moreover, the effects of this merger cannot realistically be appraised on the basis of the restricted "prim ary service areas” alone. The geography of Connecticut, and particularly the proximity of the southwestern portion of the State to New York City, dictates that banks in this portion of the State must in fact compete vigorously with the giant commercial and mutual savings banks in New York both for retail and wholesale banking busi ness. Considering the overall competition the participating banks face, the competitive effects of this merger are not significant. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 75 The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Prospects. The banking factors are satisfactory with respect to the participating banks individually, as they would be with respect to the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The merger would have a favorable effect on banking services at all levels. It would particularly benefit medium-sized and larger customers in the service areas in that they would be provided with an additional local source for loans and specialized services such as international banking, municipal financing, and electronic data processing services. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. R esources /m un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 29 Industrial Trust & Savings Bank Muncie, Indiana to merge with Albany State Bank and Trust Company Albany B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 38,948 4 3,623 1 To be o p e ra te d 5 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 16 , 1 9 6 9 The closest offices of the merging banks are twelve miles apart with at least one branch of a competing Muncie bank intervening, but that branch is in Muncie. The applicant states that 0.2 percent of Industrial Trust's depositors also have accounts at the Albany Bank. In addition, loan accounts in common represent 0.3 percent of Industrial Trust's total loans and 4.3 percent of those at Albany. Thus, it appears that Industrial Trust is not a significant competitive alternative bank for residents of Albany although some existing competition would be eliminated as a result of the merger, particularly in the area between Muncie and Albany. Since Indiana law does not permit either bank to branch de novo into the other’s community, this merger eliminates only the potential that Albany Bank might branch into other communities in the county not already served by a bank. There are presently four banks operating 18 offices in Delaware County, of which Industrial Trust, with 22 percent of the county's commercial bank deposits ranks third. Albany Bank, the smallest bank in the county has 2 per cent of such deposits. If this merger is consummated Industrial Trust will become the second largest bank in the county with 24 percent of total depos its and the number of banks in the county will decrease from four to three. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 1, 1 9 6 9 Industrial Trust & Savings Bank, Muncie, Indiana (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with deposits of $36,219,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with Albany State Bank and Trust 76 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Company, Albany, Indiana (State), which has deposits of $3,263,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the sole office of State would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to five. Competition. The service area of Applicant, population estimated to be 86,200, is confined primarily to the city of Muncie and the immediate sur rounding area, plus a small satellite service area around the community of Yorktown, where its only branch outside the city of Muncie is located. The area is rich in agricultural activities, and the city of Muncie contains diversified industrial complexes to complement its economic life. The service area of State is confined to the community of Albany and its immediate surrounding area. The population of the service area is estimated to be 10,000, while there are approximately 2,100 residents of the community itself. Located within a diversified farming area, there has been little industrial development, and employment from the latter activity amounts to only about 500 persons. Other residents are reported to commute to Muncie or Dunkirk, Indiana, for employment. The main offices of the participating banks are 13 miles apart, with a branch office of a competing bank, located in the city of Muncie, intervening. The two banks operate in separate market areas, with very little competition between them. Little potential exists for competition in the future because of a State law which prohibits de novo branch offices being established in comm uni ties wherein an existing bank is already located. Elimination of competition does not appear to be a significant factor to this proposal. Applicant is the third largest bank in its trade area as measured in terms of IPC deposits and the second largest based on total loans. As a result of this proposal, it would acquire approximately 1.8 percent of area deposits, moving it into second position in this respect. However, both of Applicant's closest competitors are also headquartered in Muncie, and it would appear that com petition within the city will continue to be keen. The amount of change which would occur as a result of the proposed transaction is not significant, and there are six remaining competing banks that provide numerous banking alter natives within the trade area of the resulting bank. The injection of an aggres sive larger bank in the Albany, Indiana, market area is expected to increase competition at that location. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. The earnings record of State has not been as favorable as Applicant’s; and the future prospects of State, as a part of the resulting bank, would be enhanced. Future prospects of the result ing bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. As a result of the merger, the Albany, Indiana, area would gain the advantage of a bank with a larger lending lim it, more than $300,000 higher, than now available to State. While the proposal would not significantly benefit the trade area served by Applicant, it would permit the resulting bank to provide additional banking services for the Albany area. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION R esources /lin 1n th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 30 Central Carolina Bank & Trust Company Durham, North Carolina to merge with Bank of Yadkin Yadkinville 77 B a n k in g O ffices 1n o p e ra tio n 135,170 28 7,474 1 To be o p e ra te d 29 S u m m a ry re p o rt by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a y 2 2 , 1 9 6 9 The closest offices of the merging banks are eighteen miles apart; branches of two additional banks lie within the intervening area. It is unlikely that any significant amount of direct competition would be eliminated by this merger. Since North Carolina law permits state-wide branching, the merger would eliminate potential competition in that either bank could be permitted to branch de novo into the service area of the other. Bank of Yadkin, however, has never opened a de novo branch, and has confined its operational activities to Yadkin County. Central Bank has demonstrated an aggressive, expansionminded policy in the past, and could become a competitor of Bank of Yadkin through de novo branching in the Yadkinville vicinity. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 1, 1969 Central Carolina Bank & Trust Company, Durham, North Carolina (Central), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $135 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to merge with Bank of Yadkin, Yadkinville, North Carolina (Yadkin), which has total resources of $7.5 million, under the charter and with the title of Central and, incident thereto, to estab lish the sole office of Yadkin as a branch. Competition. Central, operating 27 branches, is a regional bank offering a complete range of banking services. All but three of its offices are located within a 55-mile radius of Durham which, together with Chapel Hill (12 miles southwest) and Research Triangle Park (8 miles south), comprises the princi pal market area. The Durham area is heavily industrialized; and, through the Research Triangle Park, research development has become an important eco nomic activity, spearheaded by the State’s three major universities which are located in the area. Agriculture continues to be an important segment of the economy. Yadkinville is located about 95 miles west of Durham, and the clos est office of Central is at Mocksville, 19 miles southeast. Yadkin, the only bank in Yadkinville, serves a limited local area in which there is some industry but where agriculture is of major economic importance. There is no overlapping of the service areas of Central and Yadkin because neither bank derives business from the service area of the other, and there are no known instances of deposit and loan customers using the facilities of both banks. Central, ranking eighth in size among all North Carolina banks, com petes with offices of the 10 largest banks. It is much smaller than most of its major competitors, holding 2.3 percent of total deposits held by all banks com peting in the combined service areas, as compared to 25.8 percent for the largest bank, 21.6 percent for the second largest, and 3.9 percent and 2.6 per cent, respectively, for the sixth and seventh largest. The merger with Yadkin will increase Central's share by only 0.1 percent, and its ranking as eighth 78 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION largest bank will not be changed. The addition of the sole office and resources of Yadkin will not alter its competitive stature to any significant degree. Major competition for Yadkin is provided by five branches of the State's fifth largest bank; and, in this respect, the substitution of a branch of Central for the sole office of Yadkin should tend to increase competition. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Yadkin, because of its comparatively limited resources and unit structure, is unable to provide a full range of banking services. As a result of the merger, the Yadkinville area would gain the advantage of a large regional bank which provides all types of banking facilities on a larger and broader scale and, thus, could better serve the convenience and needs of the community. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources B a n k in g O ffices \in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 31 Bank of Pennsylvania Reading, Pennsylvania In o p e ra tio n 213,757 to merge with Washington Street Bank and Trust Company Reading (in organization) To be o p e ra te d 17 17 465 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 2 2 , 1 9 6 9 This merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization which will make Bank of Pennsylvania a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding com pany and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 1, 1969 Pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, application has been filed by Bank of Pennsylvania, Reading, Pennsylvania, (Applicant), with total resources of $213.8 million for consent to merge with Washington Street Bank and Trust Company, Reading, Pennsylvania, (In organization), under the charter and with the title of the former. The resulting bank will oper ate from the present main office and 16 existing and three approved branch offices of Applicant. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of Bank of Pennsylvania through the simultaneous merger and reorganization with Washington Street Bank and Trust Company, an interim bank. The latter bank will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger. The same banking business will be performed by Bank of Pennsyl BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 79 vania at all locations as was performed by it previous to the merger. The same management and personnel will be continued. The proposal will not, of itself, change the banking services which Applicant has provided usefully to its serv ice area on a convenient and successful basis for many years. The proposal involves only a change in the form of organization of Bank of Pennsylvania and will not have any adverse effect upon competition. All factors required to be considered relative to the application have been favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 32 Bushwick Savings Bank New York (Brooklyn), New York (change title to Anchor Savings Bank) to merge with Anchor Savings Bank New York (Brooklyn) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 201,588 4 388,155 4 To be o pe ra te d 8 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 10, 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger would combine the eleventh and the twentieth largest savings bank in Brooklyn, making the resulting bank, with nine offices, the sixth-largest institution of its kind headquartered in Brooklyn. Deposits of the combined banks would total $538.8 million, representing 5.3 percent of the more than $10 billion in deposits held by all savings banks headquartered in Brooklyn. The resulting bank would have $433.9 million or 1.67 percent of the $25.9 billion total real estate mortgage loans held by savings banks in the New York City area. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 9, 1969 Bushwick Savings Bank, New York (Brooklyn), New York (Bushwick), an insured mutual savings bank with total deposits of about $187,093,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with Anchor Sav ings Bank, New York (Brooklyn), New York (Anchor), also an insured mutual savings bank, which has total deposits of about $356,744,000. The banks would merge under the charter of Bushwick and with the title “ Anchor Savings Bank"; and, incident to the merger, the main office and three existing and one approved but unopened branch offices of Anchor would become the main office and branch offices, respectively, of the resulting bank. The resulting bank would have a total of nine banking offices. Competition. Bushwick operates three offices in the Borough of Brooklyn and one in Nassau County, a suburban area east of Brooklyn. Anchor operates two offices in the Borough of Brooklyn, one in the Borough of Richmond (Staten Island), one in Nassau County, and has approval for a branch office, FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 80 as yet unopened, in Manhattan. Despite the concentration of banking offices in the Borough of Brooklyn, competition between the subject banks is practically nonexistent. Their closest offices are some 4 miles apart, and there are numer ous offices of other savings banks, savings and loan associations, and com mercial banks situated between them. Competition in New York City is intense among banks in particular and finan cial institutions in general. This merger would have virtually no effect on the present concentration of deposits or loans or on existing competition. Each of the participating banks has less than 2 percent of the total deposits and of the total loans held by savings banks in New York City, and the resulting bank would continue to have less than 2 percent of each. Furthermore, there are 46 other mutual savings banks operating 219 offices in New York City. Many of these institutions are far larger than the resulting bank would be. In addition, substantial competition in New York City is provided by commercial banks and savings and loan associations. In the city there are 823 commercial bank offices holding an estimated $4.6 billion savings and 143 offices of savings and loan associations holding savings estimated to be in excess of $4 billion. Total savings in New York City in the commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and savings banks combined is estimated to be some $38 billion; and the resulting bank’s share wo,uld be less than 1.5 percent. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Prospects. The banking factors are considered acceptable with respect to the individual participating banks, but they are even more favorable with respect to the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Thrift services and mortgage loans have been provided by each of the participating institutions in its own area for over fifty years. The proposed merger would produce a betterbalanced bank with respect to surplus, earnings, and management, and thereby permit improved service to the communities. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. Resources /if* un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 33 Roachdale Bank and Trust Company Roachdale, Indiana to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Russellville Bank Russellville B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 7,544 2 1,987 1 To be o p e ra te d 33 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u n e 17, 1 9 6 9 Russellville Bank is situated ten miles west of Roachdale. There are no banks in the intervening area. According to the application in Roachdale Bank's service area, Russellville Bank has 1.5 percent of total IPC deposits while in its own area it has 2.3 percent and Roachdale Bank has 11 percent. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 81 Thus, it would appear that there is some competition between the two banks which would be eliminated by the acquisition. Concurrently with its proposal to acquire Russellville Bank, Roachdale Bank has applied to the Federal Reserve Board for approval to merge The State Bank of Russellville ($1.5 million total deposits), the only other bank in the town. Approval of both applications would eliminate the independent existence of the only two banks in Russellville and would eliminate direct competition existing between them, it is contemplated that Russellville Bank would be closed and the State Bank of Russellville would be operated as a branch of Roachdale Bank. Acquisition of both Russellville banks is Roachdale Bank’s only means of entry in Russellville since Indiana law prohibits branching in a town where another bank maintains its home office. While Putnam County overstates the area in which this merger will have its effect, the increase in concentration in the county as a whole will be substan tial. Each of the two acquired banks has three percent of county deposits, and the combined result will be to increase Roachdale Bank’s share from 14 to 20 percent of county deposits. Since the proposed merger of State Bank of Russellville would eliminate some direct competition between that bank and Roachdale Bank, and since, it is a step in a larger program of acquisitions which would increase concentra tion of control over deposits, this merger will have an adverse competitive effect. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 16, 1969 Roachdale Bank and Trust Company, Roachdale, Indiana (Applicant), a State member bank with total deposits of $6,947,000, has applied, pursuant to the provisions of Section 18(c)(1)(B) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to acquire the assets of and assume liability to pay deposits of $1,711,000 made in Russellville Bank, Russellville, Indiana (Nonin sured Bank), a noninsured State bank. Pursuant to other provisions of Section 18(c), Applicant has filed a concurrent application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for consent to merge with The State Bank of Russellville, Russellville, Indiana (In sured Bank), an insured nonmember bank which has deposits of $1,580,000, under Applicant’s charter and with the title “ Tri-County Bank & Trust Company.” The sole office of Noninsured Bank will be discontinued and its operations com bined with those of the sole office of Insured Bank which will be established as a branch of Applicant. Competition. Roachdale and Russellville, both in Putnam County, are 10 miles apart (east-west), with no banking offices intervening. The service areas are contiguous; however, U.S. Highway 231, running north-south about midway between them, has an important effect on traffic patterns and serves as an effective barrier between the two service areas. There is no significant amount of competition which would be eliminated between Applicant and the two Rus sellville banks. Among nine banks competing in the combined service area, Applicant ranks fifth, holding 6.3 percent of the aggregate deposits. Insured Bank and Nonin sured Bank are the smallest, holding 1.4 percent and 1.6 percent, respectively. The modest increase in the size of Applicant as a result of the two transac tions would not change its ranking as fifth among the seven remaining banks. Its competitive stature in the Roachdale service area would not be changed significantly, except for a larger loan limit. 82 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Russellville is a rural farming community which is gradually losing its impor tance in the local economy as most residents find employment in larger popu lation centers. It is the smallest town in Indiana (population 372) with two banks for which it no longer can provide adequate support. Neither bank gen erates sufficient business to attract management personnel capable of provid ing modern banking services, and loan lim its are insufficient to serve the credit needs of the larger farms in the surrounding area. Past efforts to merge these two banks have failed. Under Indiana banking law, branching is restricted to the head office county and prohibited in a town where there is a unit bank. Consequently, Applicant cannot legally acquire only one of the Russellville banks and establish a branch unless the other is liquidated. The two Russell ville banks do not now compete effectively with each other because Nonin sured Bank does not accept savings accounts or offer safe deposit facilities. Also, divided factions in the community tend to restrict competition for demand deposits. The conversion of the two banks into a branch of Applicant will enable the latter to compete for business in that locality, al.ong with the other area banks, and at the same time provide the public in the Russellville area with a wider range of improved banking services. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposals would not sub stantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial resources and future prospects are favorable for this proposal, and the merger and purchase and assumption transaction will solve a management succession problem in both Insured Bank and Noninsured Bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The merger and purchase and assumption transaction will enable Applicant to better serve the financial needs of the Russellville farming community through greater resources and a larger lending lim it. It will provide more aggressive manage ment, including better-trained personnel, and can offer stronger community leadership. Applicant plans to enlarge and modernize the banking quarters and to provide locally improved trust services, customer investment services, safe deposit facilities, night depository, savings department, and increased activity in consumer loans and residential mortgages to better serve the convenience and needs of the Russellville community. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the purchase and assumption transaction is warranted. No. 34 Casey State Bank Casey, Iowa (change title to Security State Bank) to merge with Menlo Savings Bank Menlo R esources (i n un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 2,708 1 2,399 1 To be o p e ra te d 2 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 83 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u ly 8, 1 9 6 9 Menlo (population 500) and Casey (population 600) are located in Beaver and Thompson Townships, respectively, of Guthrie County, Iowa. This is a pre dominantly agricultural area. Since the two banks involved are commonly owned and managed, and have been so since their inception, no adverse competitive effect is likely to occur from this merger. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 2 5 , 1969 Casey State Bank, Casey, Iowa (Casey Bank), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $2,700,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to merge with Menlo Savings Bank, Menlo, Iowa (Menlo Savings), an insured nonmember bank which has total resources of $2,400,000, under the charter of Casey Bank and with the title “ Security State Bank." Consent is also requested to establish the sole office of Menlo Savings as a branch (bank office under Iowa law) of the resulting bank. Competition. Casey and Menlo, with 1960 populations of 589 and 421, respectively, are rural agricultural communities located 6 miles apart in west ern Iowa, some 50 miles west of Des Moines. The economy of the area is dependent almost entirely upon agriculture in which livestock and corn are the major sources of income. The service areas of Casey Bank and Menlo Savings are contiguous but do not overlap to any significant degree. In any event, there is no meaningful competition between the two banks because of common ownership and active management— a situation which has been pres ent since Casey Bank was established as a unit bank in 1955 through the spin-off of the Casey Branch of Menlo Savings, which had been established in 1931. In practice, the two unit banks have operated almost as one. The merger will restore the pre-1955 main office-branch relationship, except that the main office will be in Casey instead of Menlo, and will formalize the exist ing relationship in one corporate organization. Casey Bank and Menlo Savings presently are the two smallest banks among six competing in their combined service area, holding 9.4 percent and 7.6 per cent, respectively, of the total bank deposits. The resulting bank will rank third, in terms of total deposits (17 percent); however, it will not be signifi cantly larger than the two banks which then will rank as the two smallest— 15.8 percent and 14.3 percent, respectively, of the total deposits. It will be substantially smaller than the two largest banks which are located in the county seat towns of Greenfield and Guthrie Center, each holding one-fourth or more of the total deposits. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Restoration of the main office-branch relationship in lieu of the two-unit bank operation will not alter the convenience and needs factor. The resulting bank will provide the same services as are now being provided at the same locations. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 84 R esources / 1n im th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 35 West Side Savings Bank New York, New York (change title to Prudential Savings Bank) to merge with The Prudential Savings Bank New York (Brooklyn) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 142,346 3 169,772 4 To be o pe ra te d 7 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 2 5 , 1 9 6 9 The closest offices of the two banks are 3.5 miles apart, and there are numerous alternatives (other savings banks, commercial banks, and savings and loan associations) in the intervening areas. Some direct competition exists for both loans and for th rift accounts of residents of and commuters to New York City which will be eliminated by the merger. In 1968, the boroughs of Manhattan and Brooklyn were served by 37 sav ings banks with 119 branches controlling about $27.3 billion in deposits. The resulting bank would hold about 1.1 percent of savings deposits in Man hattan and Brooklyn savings banks. The addition of savings deposits held by commercial banks and by savings and loan associations located in these bor oughs would reduce this percentage. This merger would appear to be part of a trend toward concentration of deposits in a steadily decreasing number of savings banks in New York City. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 2 5 , 1969 West Side Savings Bank, New York (Manhattan), New York (West Side), an insured mutual savings bank with total deposits of about $133,678,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with The Pruden tial Savings Bank, New York (Brooklyn), New York (Prudential), also an insured mutual savings bank, which has total deposits of about $157,592,000. The banks would merge under the charter of West Side and with the title “ Pruden tial Savings Bank"; and, as an incident to the merger, the four offices of Pru dential would become branches of West Side, increasing the number of its offices to seven. Competition. West, Side operates its main office and two branches in the Greenwich Village area on the west side of lower Manhattan. Prudential oper ates a main office and two branches in Brooklyn and a third branch in Elmont, Nassau County, a suburban area east of the city. The 1960 population of New York City was about 7,782,000. Competition between the participating banks is practically nonexistent. Their closest offices are some 3.5 miles apart, and the East River effectively sepa rates the primary service areas of these two offices. In addition, there are numerous offices of other savings banks, savings and loan associations, and commercial banks situated between them. Competition in New York City and suburban Nassau County is intense among banks in particular and financial institutions in general. This merger would have virtually no effect on the present concentration of deposits or loans or on existing competition. West Side is the smallest savings bank head BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 85 quartered in Manhattan, and Prudential is the smallest headquartered in Brooklyn. Each has approximately 0.5 percent of the total deposits and total loans of savings banks in New York City, and the resulting bank would have approximately 1 percent of each. Furthermore, there are 46 other New York City mutual savings banks operating 235 offices. Many of these institutions are far larger than the resulting bank would be. In addition, substantial com peti tion is provided by commercial banks and savings and loan associations. Located in New York City and Nassau County are 179 offices of savings and loan associations which hold an estimated $5 billion of savings and 1,037 offices of commercial banks holding an estimated $6 billion of savings. Total savings in New York City and Nassau County commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and savings banks is estimated to be over $39 billion; and the resulting bank's share would be approximately 0.8 percent. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Prospects. The banking factors are considered acceptable with respect to the individual participating banks, but are even more favorable with respect to the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Thrift services and mortgage loans have been provided by each of the participating institutions in its own area for over fifty years. The proposed merger would produce a betterbalanced bank with respect to surplus, earnings, and management, and thereby permit improved service to the communities. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank’s application is warranted. R esources (i n un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 36 First Virginia Bank Annandale, Virginia to merge with Old Dominion Bank Arlington and Falls Church Bank Falls Church B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 99,128 17 125,707 16 51,310 6 To be o pe ra te d 39 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 2 5 , 1 9 6 9 The three banks involved in the proposed merger have all been subsidiaries of the Virginia Bankshares Corporation, a registered bank holding company, for several years. Therefore, we conclude that the proposed merger will not elim i nate any effective competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, J u ly 3 1 , 1969 Pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, an application has been filed with the Corporation for its prior con sent to merge Old Dominion Bank, Arlington, Virginia (Old Dominion), an insured state nonmember bank with total deposits of $110,922,000, and Falls Church Bank, Falls Church, Virginia (Church Bank), an insured State nonmem 86 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION ber bank with total deposits of $51,310,000, with Mount Vernon National Bank and Trust Company of Fairfax County, Annandale, Virginia (Continuing Bank), with total deposits of $88,020,000, which converted from a national associa tion to an insured State nonmember bank on June 6, 1969, with the title “ First Virginia Bank.” The 22 present offices and the five approved but un opened branches of Old Dominion and Church Bank would become branches of Continuing Bank, increasing the number of offices of Continuing Bank to 46. Competition. All offices of Continuing Bank will operate in one general ser vice area consisting of a northern Virginia section which is part of the greater Washington, D.C., metropolitan area. This service area consists of Arlington County, Fairfax County, and the independent cities of Alexandria and Falls Church. The main offices of the participating banks are within 3 to 4 miles of each other, but there are numerous branches of competing banks intervening. Additionally, each of the participating banks is owned by the same registered bank holding company, and this proposal would not increase the holding com pany’s share of the market in northern Virginia. There is no significant amount of actual or potential competition, between the participating banks, which would be eliminated by this proposal, and its consummation would have no discernible anticompetitive effects. The Board of Directors is of the'opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to the three participating banks and are so projected for Continuing Bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. As a result of the merger, the trade area would gain the advantage of a larger bank which has an increased lending lim it providing all types of banking operations on a larger and broader scale and which could, as a result, better serve the convenience and needs of the community. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /\in in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 37 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n Bev Bank Chicago, Illinois (in organization; change title to Beverly Bank) to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Beverly Bank Chicago To be o pe ra te d 1 126,802 1 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u n e 2, 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. 87 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A u g u s t 7, 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Bev Bank, Chicago, Illinois (Bev), a proposed new bank in organiza tion, and for consent to acquire the assets and assume the liability for depos its made in Beverly Bank, Chicago, Illinois (Beverly), which has only one office and total resources of $126,802,400. The resulting bank would operate under the charter of Bev, and with Beverly's title, at the present location of Beverly. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of the resulting bank. Bev will not be in operation as a com mercial bank prior to consummation of the transaction and will begin business at the present location of Beverly with the latter’s assets, liabilities, capital, and management. Beverly has provided needed and useful banking services to its trade area on a convenient and successful basis for many years. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources /in un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 38 Bankers Trust Company of Windsor Heights Windsor Heights, Iowa (proposed new bank) to acquire a portion of the assets and assume a portion of the deposit liabilities of Bankers Trust Company Des Moines B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 1 6,9003 1 S u m m a ry r e p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, A p ril 2 5 , 1 9 6 9 Since no other bank presently maintains a limited facility banking office in Windsor Heights which would be required to close, and since new banks could be established in that community, and since there are presently alternative banks a few miles from Windsor Heights, the proposed transaction would not appear to have any significantly adverse effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A u g u s t 7, 1969 The proposals would establish a new bank in Windsor Heights, Iowa, through the acquisition and assumption of a portion of the assets, liabilities, and capital accounts of Bankers, a $137.7 million bank headquartered in Des Moines, 5.3 miles east of Applicant. The proposed new bank would replace Bankers' limited-service Windsor Heights office. Applicant would acquire those portions of deposits and loans which represent the amounts estimated to origi nate in the Windsor Heights area. Following consummation of the proposals, Bankers and the proposed new bank would be commonly owned, controlled, 88 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION and managed. There are no other banks in Windsor Heights, although the Supervisory Authority has confirmed that proponents of a bank yet to be orga nized have requested a charter for an undisclosed site in that community. It is apparent from the nature of the proposed transactions that the participating banks are not now in competition, and the resulting common ownership and control precludes competition between them in the future. The purchase and assumption transaction would not lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. All factors required to be considered relative to the applications have been favorably resolved. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources (lin in No. 39 Esperson State Bank Houston, Texas (in organization; change title to Bank of Texas) to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Bank of Texas Houston th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 1 200 79,197 To be o p e ra te d 1 S u m m a ry re p o rt by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u n e 2, 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a sis fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A u g u s t 7, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Esperson State Bank, Houston, Texas (Esperson Bank), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to acquire the assets and assume the liability for deposits made in Bank of Texas, Houston, Texas (Texas Bank), which has only one office and total resources of $79,197,000. The resulting bank would operate under the charter of Esperson Bank, and with Texas Bank's title, at the present location of Texas Bank. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of the resulting bank. Esperson Bank will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to consummation of the transaction and will begin business at the present location of Texas Bank with the latter’s assets, liabili ties, capital, and management. Texas Bank has provided needed and useful banking services to its trade area on a convenient and successful basis since 1957. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION R esources 89 B a n k in g O ffices ( in n U No. 40 Johnstown Bank and Trust Company Johnstown, Pennsylvania to merge with The First National Bank of Bakerton Bakerton th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) In o p e ra tio n 53,984 8 1,523 1 To be o p e ra te d 9 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, M a rc h 12, 1 9 6 9 Bakerton Bank (total deposits $1.5 million) operates its sole office in Bakerton, Pennsylvania. Bakerton (population 1,057) is a small mining community some 30 miles north of Johnstown in rural Cambria County. The closest offices of the merging banks are 14 miles apart and there are intervening banking alternatives. Thus, it does not appear that this merger will eliminate any significant existing competition. Pennsylvania law would permit Johnstown Bank to branch de novo into Bakerton, but the size of the Bakerton community and the existence of other likely potential entrants reduce the sig nificance of the elimination of potential competition by this merger. We conclude that this merger is not likely to have a significantly adverse effect on competition in Cambria County. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A u g u s t 14, 1 9 6 9 Johnstown Bank and Trust Company, Johnstown, Pennsylvania (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $48,977,400, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The First National Bank of Bakerton, Bakerton, Pennsylvania (National), which has total deposits of $1,353,300. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the one office of National would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to nine. Competition. Johnstown (population 53,900) is located in southern Cambria County, approximately 70 miles east of Pittsburgh. In 1960 the population of the Johnstown, Pennsylvania, SMSA, which consists of Cambria and Somerset Counties, was 280,733. The economy of Johnstown and the surrounding area is dominated by steel production and related products. All of Applicant's offices are in or near Johnstown. The most distant office is at New Florence, 16 miles northwest of Johnstown. Bakerton is an unincorporated village situated in northern Cambria County approximately 30 miles northeast of Johnstown. It has a population of 1,100, and the local economy is primarily dependent upon coal mining. National's pri mary trade area is delineated as being the area within an 8-mile radius of Bak erton. The main offices of the participating banks are 30 miles apart, and the short est distance between offices is the 24 miles between Vinco and Bakerton. The trade areas served by Applicant and National do not overlap, and there are other banking offices in the intervening area. There is very little, if any, direct competition which would be eliminated by this proposed transaction. Applicant’s principal competitor is United States National Bank in Johns town, which is more than twice as large as Applicant. United States National Bank in Johnstown has a branch at Carrolltown, 3 miles east of Bakerton, and 90 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION a branch at Ebensburg, 12 miles south of Bakerton. Therefore, it is also National’s primary competitor. This proposed transaction would increase Appli cant’s share of the relevant market by less than 1 percent. Legally each of the participating banks could branch de novo into the trade area served by the other bank, but this does not seem likely. In the past, National has not expanded by de novo branching, and in view of the much larger banks operating in Applicant’s trade area it does not seem probable that National would branch de novo into that area in the future. Applicant has not entered National’s trade area by de novo branching, and in view of the exist ing banking offices in that area it does not appear to be a desirable area for Applicant to branch de novo. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial Resources. The financial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Managerial Resources. Following the death of National's form er executive officer in September of last year, the bank was faced with a serious manage ment problem. At the request of National, Applicant has been providing National with an executive officer since October 1968. This proposed transaction would solve National's management problem; but absent the merger, National would again have a serious management problem. The resulting bank would have adequate managerial resources. Future Prospects. Applicant has been a much more aggressive competitor than National and has grown much faster. The future prospects of National, as a part of the resulting bank, would be enhanced; and the future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. This proposed merger would have no significant effect in the Johnstown area, but it would improve the quantity and quality of banking services in the Bakerton area. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /un 1KJ th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 41 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company Muncy, Pennsylvania to merge with The First National Bank of Hughesville Hughesville B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 30,087 6 5,841 1 To be o p e ra te d 7 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u n e 18, 1 9 6 9 The closest offices of First National Bank of Hughesville (FNB) and Com monwealth Bank and Trust Company (CBT) are located in Hughesville and Muncy, respectively, approximately four miles apart. No banking alternatives intervene. Approval of the merger would leave only one independent commer cial banking alternative in both Hughesville and Muncy. The merger would eliminate direct competition between the banks for both deposits and loans. The Muncy-Hughesville area is served by nine unit banks. CBT controls BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 91 approximately 8 percent of total deposits and 7 percent of IPC demand depos its in the area; merger with FNB would nearly double those shares. The result ing bank would hold the second largest share of area deposits. These statistics may understate the competitive position of the resulting bank for CBT’s total deposits make CBT more than twice the size of its nearest Muncy-Hughesville competitor. We conclude that this merger would have an adverse effect on competition. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A u g u s t 14, 1969 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company, Muncy, Pennsylvania (Applicant), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $26,817,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with The First National Bank of Hughesville, Hughesville, Pennsylvania (Other Bank), which has total deposits of $5,351,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the sole office of Other Bank would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its offices to seven. Competition. Applicant's main office in Muncy and Other Bank’s main office in Hughesville are located approximately 4 miles apart and within 15 miles of the city of Williamsport, Lycoming County. Both main offices are also located in Lycoming County and are considerably removed from Applicant's five branches located in Tioga and Potter Counties to the north. The proposed merger would have little or no effect on competition in the areas served by the branches of Applicant and would have only a minimal effect on competition in the areas served by the respective main offices of the participating banks. The combined service areas of the two main offices (Muncy-Hughesville ser vice area) include the city of Williamsport and have a population in excess of 100,000. Competing in this service area are several banks, headquartered in Williamsport, which are substantially larger than the resulting bank would be, as well as various other smaller banks located within Muncy and Hughesville and in nearby communities. The resulting bank would hold a relatively small share of IPC deposits and loans in the Muncy-Hughesville service area, about 5 percent of each, and would rank fourth in size among competing banks. In each of the communities most immediately affected, Muncy and Hughesville, an independent unit bank will continue in competition with the resulting bank and will provide a convenient alternative for banking services. Some minimal loss of direct competition would result from the merger, particularly in the area between Muncy and Hughesville. There would be little, if any, loss of potential competition in the foreseeable future since although both participat ing banks could branch de novo into the communities served by the other, the prospects for such happening appear remote in view of the small size of these communities and the presence of existing banking offices serving their needs. Nonbank competition for savings and mortgage loans in the Muncy-Hughesville service area is provided by two sizeable savings and loan associations located in Williamsport. Various sales finance and personal loan companies operate throughout Lycoming County and offer substantial competition for floor plan and installment types of loans. An office of the Farmers Home Administration in Williamsport, as well as several sizeable credit unions, also offers notewor thy competition for various types of loans. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. 92 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks. Managerial resources of Applicant are satisfactory. Other Bank’s chief executive officer is nearing retirement, and management succession has become a problem which would be solved by the proposed merger. Management of the resulting bank would be able to operate the larger institution in a satisfactory manner. The earnings record of Other Bank has not been as good as Applicant’s; and the future prospects of Other Bank, as part of the resulting bank, would be enhanced. Future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Merger would permit the resulting bank to better satisfy the growing need for larger amounts of credit in the areas served by offices of both participating banks. Merger would also bring to the Hughesville community a full line of trust services presently offered by Applicant. Neither of the banks presently operating in Hughesville offer any trust services. Applicant has computerized many of its banking services and the resulting benefits would become available to custom ers of Other Bank, which has no computerized applications. Overall, the con venience and needs of the communities involved could be better served by the resulting bank than by either of the participants separately. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources ( in im th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 42 Reagan State Bank Big Lake, Texas (proposed new bank) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 400 to acquire a portion of the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The Big Lake State Bank Big Lake 5,047 To be o pe ra te d 1 1 Approved under emergency provisions. No report requested from the A ttor ney General. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, A u g u s t 2 8 , 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed by Reagan State Bank, Big Lake, Texas, for Fed eral deposit insurance and for consent to purchase certain assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The Big Lake State Bank, Big Lake, Texas, an insured nonmember bank which has been closed and is in the hands of the Banking Commissioner of the State of Texas. Estimated losses in the assets of The Big Lake State Bank exceed its capital funds. The Board of Directors has found that it must act immediately in approving the applications to prevent the probable failure of The Big Lake State Bank. Big Lake, Texas, the county seat of Reagan County, has a population of about 2,700, with an estimated trade area of 6,700 residents. The Big Lake BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 93 State Bank, the only bank in the community and Reagan County, has operated for many years and had developed a sizable volume of business before being closed. It is expected that Reagan State Bank will successfully replace the former institution. On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applica tions for Federal deposit insurance and consent to the assumption transaction is warranted. R esources /un m th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 43 Allen Bank and Trust Company Fort Wayne, Indiana (in organization; change title to Indiana Bank and Trust Company of Fort Wayne) to merge with Indiana Bank and Trust Company of Fort Wayne Fort Wayne B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 400 118,620 To be o p e ra te d 7 7 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u ly 2, 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger is part of a transaction which will result in Allen Bank & Trust Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, the merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, S e p te m b e r 4 , 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Allen Bank and Trust Company, Fort Wayne, Indiana (New Bank), a proposed new bank in organization; and for consent to merge with Indiana Bank and Trust Company of Fort Wayne, Fort Wayne, Indiana (Old Bank), an operating nonmember insured bank; and for permission to establish six branches. Old Bank presently operates seven offices and has total resources of $118 million. The resulting bank would operate under the charter of New Bank, and with Old Bank's title, at the seven locations where Old Bank is now operating. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of the resulting bank. New Bank will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to consummation of the transaction and will begin busi ness at the present locations of Old Bank with the latter's assets, liabilities, capital, and management. Old Bank has provided needed and useful banking services to its trade area on a convenient and successful basis for many years. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 94 R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 44 State Bank and Trust Company Greenwood, South Carolina to merge with The Carolina Bank and Trust Company of Charleston Charleston B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 178,125 42 16,616 3 To be o p e ra te d 45 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u ly 3 0 , 1 9 6 9 State Bank is the fourth largest bank in South Carolina; it is the fourth larg est of four commercial banks in South Carolina which maintain statewide oper ations. On December 31, 1968, State Bank had total assets of $142.3 million and total deposits of $130 million (including IPC demand deposits of $62.2 m illion). State Bank maintains its head office and three branch offices in Greenwood and twenty-nine additional branches most of which are located in the western part of South Carolina. Carolina Bank operates its head office and two branch offices in Charleston, South Carolina. On December 31, 1968, Carolina Bank had total assets of $16.3 million and total deposits of $14.2 million (including IPC demand depos its of $6.1 m illion). There is, apparently, no substantial existing competition between the merg ing banks. South Carolina law permits statewide branching. State Bank has the capabil ity and incentive to branch de novo into Charleston County; absent the proposed merger, it could be expected to do so. State Bank has already expanded its network of branches east and south from Greenwood to Colum bia, and presently has application pending to merge with a bank in Orange burg, 75 miles from Charleston. State Bank is the fourth largest bank in South Carolina. Each of the three other major South Carolina banks already maintains an office in Charleston. The proposed merger will eliminate potential competition between State Bank and Carolina Bank, presently the largest independent bank in Charleston County with about 7.6 percent of total county commercial bank deposits. For these reasons, we conclude that the proposed merger would have an adverse effect on potential competition in the Charleston area. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, S e p te m b e r 4 , 1969 State Bank and Trust Company, Greenwood, South Carolina (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $161,732,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with The Carolina Bank and Trust Company of Charleston, Charleston, South Carolina (Other Bank), which has total deposits of $14,264,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the three offices of Other Bank would become branches of Applicant, increas ing the number of its offices to 45. Competition. The service area of Applicant consists of portions of 13 coun ties in the northwestern, central, and western parts of South Carolina. Appli cant is the fourth largest bank in the State, and this proposal would not BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 95 change that position. Consummation of this transaction would increase Appli cant's control of area deposits and loans by 1.1 percent and 1.2 percent, respectively, with the resulting bank holding 13.8 percent of deposits and 12.9 percent of loans. As a result of this proposal, it is believed that competition among the larger banks in the area would tend to be increased. Other Bank operates three offices, all in the city of Charleston or its imme diate suburbs, with a service area population estimated to be 75,000. The local economy is widely diversified with all types of industry, various large m ili tary installations, foreign trade, wholesale and retail distribution firms, and tourism all playing important roles in area employment and prosperity. Pros pects for continued vigorous growth are favorable. The main offices of the participating banks are about 175 miles distant from each other, with the closest branch office of Applicant located approximately 75 miles northwest of Charleston. The two banks operate in separate and dis tinct trade markets, separated by intervening competing banks and branches thereof. There is no direct competition between the banks now, and little if any possibility of future competition via de novo branch entry into each other's service areas. This proposal would not intensify the concentration in the service area of Other Bank nor would it reduce the number of banking alternatives in the area. The merger would not tend to lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources of the participating banks appear adequate for the result ing bank. Future prospects for the resulting bank are more favorable than they are for the participating banks operating as independent units. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The proposed transaction would have no significant effect in Applicant's present trade area, with the exception of a slightly increased lending lim it; but the resulting bank should be better able to serve the convenience and needs of the service area of Other Bank. Additional benefits available to the customers of Other Bank would be a full-service trust department, computer services, travel agency ser vices, and larger lending limit. The Board of Directors has concluded from the foregoing information that approval of the merger application is warranted. R esources m /vin No. 45 First State Bank Aransas Pass, Texas (proposed new bank) to acquire a portion of the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas Aransas Pass th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 800 11,583 To be o pe ra te d 1 1 Approved under emergency provisions. No report requested from the Attor ney General. 96 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, S e p te m b e r 5, 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed by First State Bank for Federal deposit insurance and for consent to purchase certain assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas, an insured nonmember bank which has been closed and is in the hands of the Banking Commissioner of the State of Texas. Estimated losses in the assets of The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas, exceed its capital funds. The Board of Directors has found that it must act immediately in approving the applications to prevent the probable failure of The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas. Aransas Pass has a population of about 7,000, with an estimated trade area of 15,000 residents. The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas, the only bank in the community, has operated for many years and had developed a sizable volume of business before being closed. The closest banking facilities outside Aransas Pass are 8 miles distant. It is expected that First State Bank will suc cessfully replace the former institution. Based on the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications for Federal deposit insurance and consent to the assumption transaction is warranted. R esources (un \Ki th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 46 Eastern Bank and Trust Company Whiteville, North Carolina (in organization; change title to Waccamaw Bank and Trust Company) to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Waccamaw Bank and Trust Company Whiteville B a n k in g O ffices To be o p e ra te d In o p e ra tio n 28 225 92,415 28 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u n e 2, 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a sis fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, S e p te m b e r 12, 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Eastern Bank and Trust Company, Whiteville, North Carolina (East ern), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent for it to purchase the assets of and to assume the liabilities of Waccamaw Bank and Trust Com pany, Whiteville, North Carolina (Waccamaw), with total resources of $92.6 million, under the charter of the former but with the title “ Waccamaw Bank and Trust Company." The resulting bank will operate from the main office and 28 operating or approved branches of Waccamaw. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 97 The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of Waccamaw through the simultaneous new bank formation and the purchase of assets and assumption of liabilities transaction. Eastern will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the consummation of this transaction, and subsequently it will operate the same banking business at the same locations as Waccamaw with the same management and personnel. The proposal, of itself, will not change the banking services which Waccamaw has provided for its service area on a convenient and successful basis for many years, nor will it have any effect on competition, since it involves only a change in charter and form of organization. All factors required to be consid ered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 47 Fremont Bank Fremont, California (in organization) to merge with Bank of Fremont Fremont B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n --- --- 15,270 1 To be o pe ra te d 1 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, J u ly 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger is part of a transaction which will result in the pres ently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, the merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, S e p te m b e r 2 4 , 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Fremont Bank, Fremont, California (New Bank), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to merge with Bank of Fremont, Fremont, Cal ifornia (Old Bank), an operating insured nonmember bank. Old Bank presently operates but one office and has total resources of $15,270,000. The resulting bank will operate under the charter and title of New Bank. This proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company which is to hold stock ownership, except for directors' qualifying shares, of the resulting bank. New Bank will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to consummation of the transaction and will begin business at the present sole location of Old Bank with the latter’s assets, liabilities, capital, and management. Old Bank has provided needed and useful banking service to its trade area on a convenient and successful basis since 1964. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. 98 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Resources /J unm thousands of dollars) No. 48 The Citizens and Southern DeKalb Bank Avondale Estates, Georgia to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The Citizens and Southern Belvedere Bank Decatur Banking Offices In operation 19,169 1 8,293 1 To be operated 2 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 2 , 1 9 6 9 The merging banks are unit banks both located in the unincorporated area of DeKalb County, 1.8 miles apart. Although branches of the first and third largest banks in the state as well as several smaller banks have offices in the same general area, there are no banks in the intervening area. Therefore, it would appear that this merger will eliminate considerable direct competition between the merging banks. The immediate anticompetitive effects of this merger may well be lessened by the fact that The Citizens and Southern Holding Company has had full management control of Belvedere Bank since its inception. Under Georgia law existing banks may not expand beyond their headquarters city, and bank hold ing companies may not acquire more than 5 percent of the stock of any bank other than those in which they had substantial existing holdings. Hence, so long as Dekalb Bank was in Avondale Estates, further expansion by Citizens and Southern could be achieved only through management control of another bank. Now that Avondale Estates' city lim its are altered, DeKalb Bank can expand in the area around its present location, but even that expansion is lim ited. Since Citizens and Southern acquired its interest and management control at the time Belvedere Bank was established, the situation is not unlike de novo branch banking in those states where such activity is lawful. However, the fact that Citizens and Southern can only have a 5 percent interest means that absent this merger there is a real potential that Belvedere Bank might at some time become independent and develop its competitive potential. An appropriate market in which to measure the competitive effects of the merger is DeKalb County, wherein 16 commercial banks operate a total of 25 banking offices. Four additional offices have been approved, and applications are pending for the addition of three others. In addition to the participating banks, six of these banks, including one authorized but not yet open, are affili ated with The Citizens and Southern Holding Company through its relationship with The Citizens and Southern National Bank. As of December 31, 1968, these eight banks controlled some 43 percent of total DeKalb County commer cial bank deposits. Three different banking organizations held around 75 per cent of DeKalb County deposits, and four separate banking organizations held over 80 percent. Hence, the banking market in DeKalb County is highly con centrated. DeKalb Bank itself held about 6.8 percent of total county deposits while Belvedere Bank held approximately 2.8 percent of such deposits. Their combined share of these deposits would have been about 9.6 percent, result ing in the fourth largest bank operating in DeKalb County. Because of the existing relationship between the merging banks the increase BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 99 in concentration of banking resources in DeKalb County as a result of this merger would be more apparent than real. However, these figures do demon strate the dominant position occupied by The Citizens and Southern Holding Company in the DeKalb banking market. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, O c to b e r 10, 1969 The Citizens and Southern DeKalb Bank, Avondale Estates, Georgia (DeKalb), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $16,887,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior consent to acquire the assets of and assume liability to pay deposits made in The Citi zens and Southern Belvedere Bank, Decatur, Georgia (Belvedere), which has total deposits of $7,442,000. The transaction would be effected under the charter and with the title of DeKalb; and, as an incident thereto, the sole office of Belvedere would become a branch of the resulting bank, increasing the number of its offices to two. Competition. The sole offices of the participating banks are 1.8 miles apart. A geographic distribution of deposits indicates, however, that business is drawn by both banks from virtually all of DeKalb County (population 353,500). DeKalb County is a key sector in the thriving Metropolitan Atlanta area. Its economy is diversified and soundly based with a fairly balanced mix between manufacturing and nonmanufacturing activities. Prospects for future growth are favorable. There appears to be little or no effective competition between the participat ing banks. A close relationship is maintained because of their association with The Citizens and Southern Holding Company, which owns 93.83 percent of the outstanding stock of DeKalb and 5 percent of the outstanding stock of Belve dere. Policies in both banks are largely determined by the holding company. It appears, therefore, that this proposal would not eliminate substantial competi tion, intensify the concentration, or reduce the number of banking alternatives in the area. There are 26 offices of 17 banks in the area, and the participating banks rank fifth and 11th in terms of IPC deposits. The resulting bank would be the fourth largest bank in its trade area, with 9.2 percent of IPC deposits. It is expected that the remaining competing banks in the trade area will continue to provide aggressive competition for the resulting bank. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that this transaction would not tend to lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future prospects for the resulting bank are more favorable than they are for the participating banks operating as independent units. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Present and poten tial customers would benefit through the increased financial resources and the generally expanded services that could be offered in the immediate area by the resulting bank. On the basis of the above information and other information available to the Corporation, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank's application is warranted. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 100 R esources un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 49 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o pe ra te d 1,275 Clifton Trust Bank Baltimore, Maryland (proposed new bank) to merge with Clifton Savings Bank Baltimore 2 2 3,103 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 5 , 1 9 6 8 The directors of Clifton Savings have determined that Clifton Savings must become a commercial banking institution in order to increase the range of its services, to maintain and promote better customer relations, and to meet com petition. To this end they have organized Clifton Trust and propose to merge it with Clifton Savings. Thus, this merger is merely the means chosen to convert Clifton Savings into a full-service commercial bank and will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, O c to b e r 10, 1969 These proposals would have the effect of replacing $3.1 million Clifton Sav ings Bank, a mutual savings bank, with a newly organized commercial bank, Clifton Trust Bank. The latter would be managed by the former directors and officers of Clifton Savings Bank at the two locations from which Clifton Savings operates. It is apparent from the nature of the transaction that the applicant, which has never been operative, and Clifton Savings are not competitive. The merger transaction would not lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. All factors required to be considered relative to the applications have been favorably resolved. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources (un in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 50 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d Valley Bank and Trust Company Chambersburg, Pennsylvania (in organization) to merge with National Valley Bank and Trust Company Chambersburg 13 63,550 13 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 3 , 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, O c to b e r 10, 101 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Valley Bank and Trust Company, Chambersburg, Pennsylvania (Valley), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to the merger of Valley, under its charter and with its title, with National Valley Bank and Trust Company, Chambersburg, Pennsylvania (National), which has 13 offices and total resources of $63,550,000. The resulting bank will operate from the existing locations of National. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of National, which will convert to an insured State nonmem ber bank through the simultaneous new bank formation and merger. Valley will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger and will begin business, at the present locations of National, with the latter’s assets, liabili ties, capital, and management. The proposal, of itself, will not change the banking services which National has provided usefully to the Chambersburg community on a convenient and successful basis for many years; nor will it, involving only changes in charter and form of corporate organization, have any effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources /m \in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 51 Barclays Bank of California San Francisco, California to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of First Valley Bank San Jose B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 65,575 5 48,136 8 To be o p e ra te d 13 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Head offices of the participating banks are located some 50 miles apart; branches of the respective institutions do not appear to be any nearer. More over, a substantial number of banks operate in the intervening area, and it appears that neither participating bank draws significant amounts of business from the immediate areas served by the other. Consequently, it does not appear that consummation of the proposed transaction will have any effect on existing competition. Currently 16 banks operate in Santa Clara County with total deposits as of June 30, 1968 of $1.7 billion. Valley Bank stands sixth among these 16 with about 2.3 percent of these deposits. California law would permit Barclays Bank to establish de novo branches within the area served by Valley Bank. However, in view of the market position of Valley Bank in Santa Clara County, elimination of this possibility is not likely to have any significantly adverse effect on potential competition. 102 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, O c to b e r 17, 1 9 6 9 Barclays Bank of California, San Francisco, California (Barcal), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $56,614,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to acquire the assets and assume liability to pay the deposits made in First Valley Bank, San Jose, California (Valley), which has total deposits of $43,146,000. The resulting bank would operate under the charter and with the title of Barcal; and, as an incident to the pro posed transaction, the eight offices of Valley would become branches of Barcal, increasing the number of its offices to 13. Competition. Barcal presently serves three separate and distinct trade areas where it has offices. The main office of Barcal is in downtown San Francisco, and it has a branch in the downtown section of Los Angeles. The third trade area served by Barcal is in Orange County, where it has two offices in Ana heim (1963 estimated population 100,000) and one in Fullerton (1962 esti mated population 64,000). Orange County is contiguous to Los Angeles County, which is approximately 425 miles southeast of San Francisco. The trade area of Valley is delineated as the northwest portion of Santa Clara County and that portion of San Mateo County served by the Portolo Val ley Branch of Valley. The only office of Valley that is not located in the north western part of Santa Clara County is the Portolo Valley Branch in San Mateo County, 20 miles northwest of San Jose (estimated population 408,500) and about 5 miles from the Santa Clara County border. The main offices of the participating banks are about 50 miles apart, and the shortest distance between offices is the 33 miles separating Barcal's main office in San Francisco and the Portolo Valley Branch of Valley. This interven ing area is densely populated, and there are numerous offices of other banks located there. Each of the participating banks derives all of its business from the communities where its offices are located and from the immediate sur rounding areas. The trade areas served do not overlap nor are they contiguous. There is no direct competition, between the participating banks, which would be eliminated by this proposed transaction. In view of the relatively small size of the participating banks and the number of existing banking offices in the relevant trade areas, it does not seem likely that they would become competitive in the reasonably near future. Commercial banking in the State of California is dominated by the eight largest banks, which had over 85 percent of the IPC deposits held by commer cial banks as of June 30, 1968. This proposed transaction would increase the resulting bank’s share of the statewide market to an insignificant 0.2 percent. Consummation of this proposal would have no appreciable effect on the struc ture of banking in the State of California. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Other than an increase in the legal lending lim it, this proposed transaction would have no significant effect in the trade areas served by Barcal. In the trade area served by Valley, this proposal would result in lower costs to the general public for BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 103 certain services offered by commercial banks. It would also enable the result ing bank to meet the demand for larger loans which Valley has experienced but has not been able to supply. Additionally, this proposal would provide the San Jose area with another commercial bank equipped to satisfy the needs of exporters. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /un m th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 52 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company Muncy, Pennsylvania to merge with The Union National Bank of Jersey Shore Jersey Shore B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 35,767 7 9,218 1 To be o pe ra te d 8 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 19, 1 9 6 9 The Muncy branch of CBT is 30 miles east of Union’s sole office. Except for The First National Bank of Ralston, a $1.6 million unit bank operating the only banking office in the northern half of Lycoming County, all other Lycoming County banking alternatives intervene. Therefore, the merger would not appear to eliminate any significant amount of existing direct com petition between the two banks. Under applicable Pennsylvania law, either bank could be permitted to branch de novo into the service area of the other. CBT has demonstrated a desire to extend its service area significantly in recent years. Involvement in three merg ers with six commercial banks since 1965 has given CBT a substantial position in the two Northern Pennsylvania counties contiguous to Lycoming County as well as in southeastern Lycoming County itself. Moreover, CBT has recently moved its head office into Muncy, Lycoming County, which, under Pennsylvania law will enable it to operate offices in a much broader geographic area. While there are three banks in W illiamsport of comparable or larger size, CBT's apparent efforts to serve new areas in north central Pennsylvania render it one of the more likely future entrants into developing areas of Lycoming County, including areas presently served by Union. The proposed merger would elim i nate the possibility of future competition between the merging banks. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, O c to b e r 2 8 , 1969 Commonwealth Bank and Trust Company, Muncy, Pennsylvania (Common wealth), an insured nonmember bank with total deposits of $31,860,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with The Union National Bank of Jersey Shore, Jersey Shore, Pennsylvania (Union), which has total deposits of $8,358,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Commonwealth; and, as an incident to the merger, the sole office of Union would become a branch of Commonwealth, increasing the number of its offices to eight. Competition. The service area of Commonwealth consists of portions of three counties in north-central Pennsylvania. The combined population is 150,000. Union's service area consists of the Borough of Jersey Shore and the FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 104 immediate surrounding area (population 6,000). Both service areas enjoy a healthy and diversified economy. Commonwealth's main office in Muncy and Union’s main office in Jersey Shore are approximately 30 miles apart within Lycoming County. There are a number of banks in the intervening area, including the three largest banks in the county, located in Williamsport. There is no overlap in the service areas of the participating banks, no existing competition, and little potential for compe tition. Commonwealth’s nearest branch, Hughesville, is 4 miles northeast of Muncy and 34 miles east of Jersey Shore. Its remaining five branches, located in Tioga and Potter Counties to the north, are considerably removed from all of the above mentioned offices. Although each of the participating banks could branch de novo into the communities served by the other, such action appears remote in view of the small size of the communities and the presence of exist ing banking offices serving their needs. The resulting bank would be the fourth largest in the combined trade area, with 13.3 percent of IPC deposits and 12.7 percent of loans. No effect on competition is anticipated in the service area of Commonwealth. It is expected that competition in Union’s service area will be stimulated. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The proposed transaction would have no significant effect in Commonwealth's present trade area, with the exception of a slightly increased lending lim it. The resulting bank should, however, be better able to serve the convenience and needs of the service area of Union. Increased services available would include a full range of fiduciary services, computer services, and a substantially larger lend ing limit. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. No. 53 The Farmers State Bank of Spring Green Spring Green, Wisconsin (change title to Bank of Spring Green) to consolidate with State Bank of Spring Green Spring Green R esources /un 1 th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 8,585 2 2309 1 To be o pe ra te d 2 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 19, 1 9 6 9 The head offices of the merging banks are both located on the same block in Spring Green. A comparison of individual accounts shows that a substantial number of customers maintain accounts in both banks and a number of cus tomers borrow from both banks. Therefore, it would appear that this merger will eliminate substantial direct competition between the merging banks. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 105 All offices of the merging banks are located in Sauk County. As of June 30, 1968, Farmers Bank held the fourth largest share, approximately 9.4 percent, of total deposits in this county, while State Bank held about 2.2 percent of such deposits. The resulting bank, with 11.6 percent of total county commer cial bank deposits, will remain the county's fourth largest. These concentration statistics, however, understate the competitive effects of this merger, for competition between the merging banks would appear to be most direct in Spring Green itself, where there are no commercial banking alternatives. The only other bank within a radius of 15 miles of Spring Green is smaller than either of the participating banks. The proposed merger would combine the only competitive alternatives in Spring Green, and would tend to deter the development of a more competitive commercial banking structure in that community. Since this merger would combine two direct competitors with a resulting substantial share of the relevant local market, we believe that it would have a serious effect on competition therein. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, O c to b e r 2 8 , 1969 The Farmers State Bank of Spring Green, Spring Green, Wisconsin (Farm ers), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $8,585,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to consolidate with State Bank of Spring Green, Spring Green, Wisconsin (State), a State member bank with total resources of $2,300,000, under the charter of Farmers and with the title “ Bank of Spring Green." The sole office of State is to be discontinued. Competition. Spring Green, location of the main offices of both banks, is located in Sauk County, Wisconsin, about 35 miles west of Madison. Spring Green has an estimated population of 1,150, and the population of the trade area is estimated at 4,500. Farmers has a branch office at Plain, 7 miles north of Spring Green, which has an estimated population of 675. Spring Green is primarily a trading center for the immediate surrounding area, which is com pletely agricultural, with dairying the principal source of farm income. In recent years, recreational facilities have become of some economic importance. Among 14 banks presently competing in the area, Farmers ranks sixth and State ranks 13th, the latter not significantly larger than the smallest bank. The consolidation will increase Farmers’ rank to fifth, although it will be only slightly smaller than the fourth-ranked bank. It will hold 10.3 percent of the total IPC deposits among 13 remaining banks, as compared to 12.9 percent for the largest bank and 10.4 percent for the fourth largest. The main offices of Farmers and State are located in the same block, separated by two other business establishments. A number of customers do business with both banks, which serve essentially the same service area. State, however, has not been a viable and effective competitor; historically, it has maintained an extremely low loan-asset ratio— currently less than 22 percent— and has largely confined its credit service to making real estate loans. A unit bank will be eliminated from the scene in Spring Green and its office will be discontinued; however, the town of Spring Green, standing alone, is hardly large enough to economically support two banks. Within the surrounding area, there are numerous banks of comparable size offering convenient alternative banking services. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the consolidation would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 106 Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Farmers is faced with a management problem because its chief executive officer now is 83 years of age and no provision has been made for a successor. However, one of the expected benefits of the con solidation will be resolution of this problem. Earnings of State over the past several years have been well below average; and, as a result of operating econ omies which can be effected through the combined operation and elimination of one location, future prospects appear more favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The discontinuance of one office should cause no inconvenience to the public. The consolidation will result in a bank more capable of providing additional banking programs and services through enlarged and more modern facilities— all to the better ment of the community. The resulting bank will have a larger lending lim it and sufficient personnel to provide specialized services, more particularly in the area of agricultural financing and consumer credit. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources im th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 54 Ocean Bank Virginia Beach, Virginia (in organization; change title to People’s Bank of Virginia Beach) to merge with People's Bank of Virginia Beach Virginia Beach B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 1 100 6,995 1 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 3 , 1 9 6 9 [This proposal] is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N o v e m b e r 5, 1969 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Ocean Bank, Virginia Beach, Virginia, a proposed new bank in organi zation, and for consent to merge with People's Bank of Virginia Beach, Vir ginia Beach, Virginia (People’s), an insured nonmember operating bank. People's operates one office and has total assets of $7.0 million. The resulting bank will operate under Ocean Bank’s charter and with People's title. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company which will hold all the stock, except directors' qualifying shares, of the resulting bank. Ocean Bank will not operate as a commercial bank prior to consumma tion of the merger. It will begin business at the present location of People's with the latter’s management, liabilities, assets, and capital essentially unchanged. People’s has been in operation since January 1969, and its growth during its brief history evidences a need for the bank. The proposal involves BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 107 only one operating bank and will not affect banking services or the service area. It is simply a corporate reorganization and will have no effect on compe tition. All factors requiring consideration relative to each application are found to be favorable. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources n vfti n th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 55 678,000 Bank of Hawaii Honolulu, Hawaii to acquire a portion of the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Bank of American Samoa Pago Pago, Tutuila, American Samoa 7,249 B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o pe ra te d 60 4 61 1 S u m m a ry r e p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 5 , 1 9 6 9 The office of Bank of American Samoa is 2,600 miles from Bank of Hawaii’s head office and branches in the Hawaiian Islands, and 2,200 miles from Bank of Hawaii's nearest office in Kwajalein in the Marshall Islands. Since direct competition between the two banks is virtually nonexistent, none will be elim i nated as a result of the merger. Since the acquired bank is the only banking institution on American Samoa, the proposed acquisition will also have no effect on banking concentration on the island. Finally, in view of the limited prospects for economic growth, there will be no significant elimination of potential competition. Under the circumstances it is our view that the proposed acquisition will have no significant adverse competitive effect. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N o v e m b e r 13, 1969 Bank of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii (Buyer), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $602.9 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior consent to acquire a portion of the assets of and assume liability to pay deposits made in Bank of American Samoa, Pago Pago, American Samoa (Seller), a noninsured bank with total deposits of $4.9 million. The transaction would be effected under the charter and with the title of Buyer; and, as an incident thereto, the sole office of Seller would become a branch of the resulting bank. Seller, the only bank in American Samoa, is 2,600 miles from the main office of Buyer in Honolulu and 2,200 miles from the nearest branch. There is virtually no competition between the participating banks, and there would be no adverse competitive effects, in either area, resulting from consummation of the proposed transaction. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that this transaction would not tend to lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. The factors of financial and managerial resources, future prospects, and convenience and needs of the community to be served are favorable with respect to Buyer and the resulting bank. The future prospects of Seller, which FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 108 has experienced transitory management, and which has limited banking ser vices, would be improved. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank’s application is warranted. R esources Un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 56 Citizens Bank of South Carolina Dillon, South Carolina to merge with Peoples Bank of Cheraw Cheraw and Lake Banking Company Lake View and Bank of Great Falls Great Falls B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 23,520 5 4,957 1 2,226 1 3,919 1 To be o p e ra te d 8 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 19, 1 9 6 9 Falls Bank: The closest offices of Citizens Bank are in Lancaster, fifteen miles north of Great Falls. Although there are no banks in the intervening area, there are two other commercial banks in Lancaster with total deposits of $18 million. As there are few banking alternatives in a broad area surrounding Great Falls, and no intervening banking alternatives between the closest offices of the merging banks, there may be a limited amount of direct competition which would be eliminated by the proposed merger. South Carolina law permits statewide branch banking. Citizens Bank has been engaged in a program of expansion in the northeastern region of South Carolina since mid-1968. Great Falls has enjoyed a population increase of approximately 30 percent in this decade and is located in an area that antici pates continued industrial growth. These factors indicate that the proposed merger may foreclose potential competition to some extent. S e p te m b e r 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 Lake Bank: Lake’s nearest competitor is currently Citizens Bank’s branch in Nichols, located eight miles south of Lake View. The head office of Citizens Bank is in the town of Dillon, 18 miles to the northwest. There are no banks in the inter vening areas. Upon consummation of this merger, the only banking alterna tives to Citizens Bank within twenty miles of Lake View will be the Dillon branch of South Carolina National Bank; and Davis National Bank and Ander son Brothers Bankers, both in Mullins, twelve miles to the southwest. It seems clear that merging the only bank between Citizens Bank’s head office and its Nichols branch into Citizens Bank’s chain will eliminate existing competition in southeastern Dillon County and northeastern Marion County. Lake's service area includes primarily the southeast portion of Dillon County and the northeast part of Marion County. This area is served by four banks: BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 109 Lake, the applicant bank's branch in Nichols, and two banks in Mullins, Marion County, twelve miles southwest of Lake View. Citizens Bank and Lake each hold about 11 percent of commercial bank deposits in this area. The proposed merger would reduce banking alternatives in this area from 4 to 3. We note that the proposed merger, along with Citizens Bank’s two other pending applications for merger with the Bank of Great Falls (Chester County) and Peoples Bank of Cheraw (Chesterfield County) will, if approved, extend the range of Citizens Bank's operation to six contiguous counties along South Car olina’s northern border, and raise its total deposits to over $30 million, sub stantially greater than any other locally headquartered bank in the area. Its size and broad geographic coverage may enable Citizens Bank to compete with the large statewide banks operating offices in the area for the business of present and future large industrial customers. However, we consider it impor tant that regional competitors such as Citizens Bank develop in a manner that will not unduly increase concentration in any given local market, thus preserv ing both competition at the local level and opportunity for entry by other developing regional competitors. Applicant’s acquisition of Lake may adversely affect the development of a more competitive banking structure in southeast ern Dillon County and northeastern Marion County to match the area’s expected industrial growth. We conclude that the proposed merger would have an adverse effect on competition. Peoples-Cheraw: The closest offices of the merging banks are 22 miles apart. Two banks in the town of Bennettsville intervene between Peoples Bank in Cheraw and the Clio branch of Citizens Bank. It appears that no substantial direct competition will be eliminated by the proposed merger. South Carolina law permits state-wide branch banking, but because of the small and stable level of population and the existence of two established bank ing offices in Cheraw, it is unlikely that Citizens Bank would branch de novo into the area in the near future. There are presently six banks within a twelve mile radius of Cheraw and the market would not appear to be economically attractive for de novo entry by another bank at the present time. Therefore, this merger will not eliminate substantial potential competition. The banks seeking to merge do not presently compete nor can the applicant bank be regarded as a probable entrant into the Cheraw market. Therefore, the merger is unlikely to have a significantly adverse effect upon competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N o v e m b e r 13, 1969 Citizens Bank of South Carolina, Dillon, South Carolina (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $21,138,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to merge, under its charter and with its title, with Peoples Bank of Cheraw, Cheraw, Chesterfield County, South Carolina (Peoples-Cheraw), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $4,171,000; Lake Banking Company, Lake View, Dillon County, South Carolina (Lake Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $2,033,000; and Bank of Great Falls, Great Falls, Chester County, South Carolina (Falls Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $3,426,000; and for consent to the establishment of the sole offices of the latter three banks as branches of the resulting bank. The three mergers would increase the number of Applicant’s offices to eight. Approval is 110 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION also requested for the retirement, at the option of the holders thereof, of the 5 percent convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with the merger with Falls Bank. Competition. Applicant, headquartered in Dillon, operates two branches in Lancaster and one each at Clio and Nichols. It is the fourth largest South Car olina bank in overall size among the banks with offices in its several trade areas. The mergers would not change that position. As a result of these merg ers, it is believed that Applicant would become more competitive with its major competitors, one of which is the largest bank in the State, operating a state wide system of branches. Peoples-Cheraw presently competes with two offices of the State's largest bank and one branch of the State's third largest. In overall size, it is the smallest among six banks competing in its service area, and the merger should increase its competitive ability with these other five banks. There is some common ownership and management between Applicant and PeoplesCheraw, which was created in May 1968. Their nearest offices are 24 miles apart, and there is no significant amount of actual or potential competition which would be eliminated. Lake Bank presently competes with one office of the State's largest bank, one office of North Carolina’s third largest bank, two offices of Applicant, and two much larger independent banks located in Mullins. It is by far the smallest bank in its service area; and, as a branch of Applicant, its competitive stature with the other four banks would be significantly increased. Lake View is located between Dillon and Nichols (locations of the main office and one branch of Applicant); however, the competition which will be eliminated does not loom large because there has been common ownership between Applicant and Lake Bank since 1960. The closest competing banks to Falls Bank are those in Lancaster, including the two branches of Applicant. Falls Bank is much smaller than Applicant and one other Lancaster-based bank. Applicant’s Lancaster branches hold only about one-fourth the volume held by the other Lancaster bank and, combined with Falls Bank, the relationship is less than one-half. Lancaster and Great Falls are 15 miles apart, and the amount of competition which would be elim i nated is not significant. The public still would have several banking alternatives available. Because of the distances involved, there is no competition among and between Peoples-Cheraw, Lake Bank, and Falls Bank which would be elim i nated. Although South Carolina statutes permit statewide branching, none of the merging banks have evidenced a desire to broaden their operations by de novo branching; and, because of the small size of the banks and the com m uni ties they serve, it is unlikely that either of the banks would establish de novo branches in the area of the other. Thus, the potential for competition is not significant. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed mergers would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are resolved in favor of the proposals. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The proposed transactions would have no appreciable effect in Applicant's present trade areas, but they would enable the resulting bank to better serve the conveni ence and needs in the trade areas of the other three banks. The number and location of banking offices would not be changed. The mergers would result in BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 111 an increased lending lim it at the various locations and a wider range of enlarged banking services in general. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. Resources /vin jM thousands of dollars) No. 57 The First National Bank of Anchorage Anchorage, Alaska to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of The First Bank of Valdez Valdez B anking Offices In operation 117,081 13 1,201 1 To be operated 14 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, N o v e m b e r 17, 1 9 6 9 The merging banks' main offices are 305 road miles apart, and their closest offices are approximately 290 miles apart; there are two intervening banking offices. However, 44 Valdez customers carry $276,000 in deposits with First National, equal to about 25 percent of First Bank of Valdez' total deposits. Therefore, the merger would eliminate some existing competition between the merging banks. Commercial banking in Alaska is highly concentrated. Eleven banks operate 66 banking offices; the proposed merger would reduce the number of Alaskan banks to ten. As of June 30, 1968, Alaska's two largest banks held 58.1 per cent of total state deposits; National Bank of Alaska, headquartered in Anchor age, held 30.7 percent, and First National held 27.4 percent. These two banks also operate about half of the banking offices in the state. Alaska law permits statewide de novo branching, and, thus, First National could legally branch de novo into the area served by First Bank of Valdez. Since January 1, 1952, First National has acquired three other banks and established six de novo offices. It was twice denied permission to enter the oil-rich Kenai Peninsula, and once denied permission to branch into Fairbanks, another oil oriented community. According to the Application, First National must actively service the oil industry if First National is to continue to prosper, and entry into Valdez will give it that opportunity. Hence, First National, which has a demonstrated inclination to expand into new areas of Alaska, and a special interest in servicing the oil industry, appears to be one of the two most likely de novo entrants into the Valdez area. This merger will, therefore, eliminate existing competition between these banks in Valdez, remove one of the most likely de novo potential entrants into the market, and tend to entrench the existing dominant banks in Alaska by eliminating a small bank which could have served as a foothold entry in this market for smaller banks elsewhere in the state. For these reasons, we believe that this merger will have an adverse effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N ovem ber 21, 1969 The First National Bank of Anchorage, Anchorage, Alaska (Applicant), with total deposits of $105.8 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to acquire 112 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION the assets of and assume liability to pay deposits made in The First Bank of Valdez, Valdez, Alaska (Other Bank), a noninsured bank with total deposits of $1.1 million. Competition. The nearest offices of the participating banks are some 300 road miles distant, and their trade areas are separate and distinct. Competition between Other Bank and any other financial institution in Alaska is virtually nonexistent. Nearest banking offices are 120 road miles north and 90 air miles southeast, the latter being accessible only by air and by ferry. Applicant, the second largest bank in Alaska, would increase its share of deposits and loans by approximately 0.2 percent. The proposal would have no competitive effect in Applicant's trade area, and whereas there is virtually no competition in the trade area of Other Bank, none would be eliminated. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that this transaction would not tend to lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources and future prospects are favorable with respect to Appli cant and the resulting bank. The future prospects of Other Bank, which is experiencing unfavorable operating results, would be improved as a branch of Applicant. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Present and poten tial customers in the area of Other Bank would benefit through the increased financial resources, generally expanded services, and more sophisticated man agement that would be supplied by the resulting bank. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank’s application is warranted. R esources /un m th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 58 The Millikin National Bank of Decatur Decatur, Illinois to merge with The Millikin Trust Company Decatur B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 84,238 15 1,222 15 To be o p e ra te d 1 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, N o v e m b e r 4 , 1 9 6 9 Because Millikin Bank's operations are restricted to commercial banking without exercise of trust powers and Trust Company handles only fiduciary accounts, the proposed merger would not affect existing competition. No adverse effects on potential competition are likely either. When Trust Company was organized, national banks were not permitted to engage in trust business. Since revision of the law, most banks in Illinois have merged with the corporations they originally established to handle fiduciary accounts. Trust Company is one of the last state banks exercising only trust powers in Illinois. Because operations at Trust Company are so closely tied-in with those of M illi kin Bank (both occupy the same building and utilize the same computer), the possibilities of either expanding into the other’s field of activity are remote. Moreover, 55 percent of the shares of each institution are owned and con trolled by the trustees of a charitable trust established by the founder. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 113 In view of the long-standing common control of application banks and the interrelationships of their distinct operations, we conclude that the proposed merger would not be likely to have any significant adverse effects on competi tion. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N o v e m b e r 2 1 , 1 9 6 9 The Millikin National Bank of Decatur, Decatur, Illinois (Applicant), with total deposits of $74,609,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to merge with The Millikin Trust Company, Decatur, Illinois (Trust Company), an operat ing noninsured institution with deposits totaling $741,000, under the charter and with the title of Applicant. Trust Company was formed in 1915, by the owners of Applicant, to afford trust services, which at the time national banks were not permitted to offer. Ownership of 55 percent of the outstanding stock in each institution is held by the same estate, and five of Trust Company's nine directors are also directors of Applicant. Both Applicant and Trust Company occupy the same building, and their merger would not have adverse effects upon competition nor upon the convenience and needs of the community. The merger should permit more efficient and economical provision of complete banking service and end confu sion caused by two separate institutions with sim ilar names. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that this transaction would not lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. The factors of financial and managerial resources, future prospects, and convenience and needs of the community to be served are favorable with respect to Applicant and Trust Company and are so projected for the resulting bank. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources ftunn th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 59 Bank of Somerset Princess Anne, Maryland to merge with Marine Bank of Crisfield Crisfield B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 12,7 77 1 4,155 1 To be o p e ra te d 2 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 2 1 , 1 9 6 9 The applicant banks compete with one another in part of the sparsely popu lated rural area between the towns of Crisfield and Princess Anne, which are 20 miles apart. The Bank of Somerset has also received approval to open in late 1969 a branch in Crisfield to be known as the Wards Crossing office; it would serve much of the same area that the Marine Bank of Crisfield presently serves. The merger would, therefore, appear to eliminate some existing compe tition between the applicants and the future competition that would have other wise developed between the Marine Bank of Crisfield and the Wards Crossing branch of the Bank of Somerset. 114 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION The proposed merger would combine two of the three banks operating in Somerset County. The resulting bank would be larger than its remaining com petitor. Since the merger will eliminate actual and potential competition between the merging banks and will increase banking concentration in Somerset County, it will have an adverse effect on competition. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N ovem ber 21, 1969 Bank of Somerset, Princess Anne, Maryland (Somerset), an insured non member bank with total resources of $12,777,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to merge with Marine Bank of Crisfield, Crisfield, Maryland (Marine), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $4,155,000, under Somerset's charter and with its title and, incident thereto, to establish a branch at the sole location of Marine. Competition. Princess Anne and Crisfield are the principal towns in Somerset County, which is located on the Chesapeake Bay side of the southernmost part of the Maryland section of the Delmarva Peninsula. Princess Anne, with a pop ulation of 1,350, is the county seat, and the surrounding area is agricultural. Crisfield, with a population of 3,500, is a fishing port on the Chesapeake Bay, 18 miles southwest of Princess Anne. Somerset is the only bank in Princess Anne; and its principal competition emanates from eight branches, in Salisbury and Pocomoke City, of the State's two largest banks, which operate branch systems throughout most of the State, and two Salisbury offices of the State's fifth largest bank— all headquar tered in the city of Baltimore. Marine faces its major competition from Bank of Crisfield, which traditionally has dominated the banking scene there and which is a subsidiary of Financial General Corporation, a registered bank holding company. Somerset and Bank of Crisfield are about equal in size and Marine is only about one-third the size of each. The main offices of Marine and Bank of Crisfield are two doors apart; and the latter operates an “ uptown branch" and a branch in Marion which intervenes Crisfield and Princess Anne. Somer set has approval for an unopened branch in Crisfield, which it plans to estab lish as a drive-in facility simultaneously with the merger. Crisfield does not now have such facilities, and the merger and simultaneous establishment of the branch should tend to substantially increase competition locally in Crisfield and the surrounding area. Among all banks competing in the area (eight, fo l lowing the merger), the resulting bank will hold 12.5 percent of total deposits, as compared to 9.7 percent for Bank of Crisfield and 62.8 percent fo r the Bal timore-based banks. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial resources and future prospects are favorable for this proposal. The merger appears to be the most logical solution to an impending management problem in Marine. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Over the past decade or so, management of Marine has been unaggressive, permitting the local competing bank to overshadow Marine in almost every respect. The com peting bank has established two branches to better serve the community; Marine has established none and has not modernized its operations or empha sized consumer loans. Somerset plans to market its consumer lending services BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 115 aggressively in Crisfield and will introduce drive-in facilities in the community through the simultaneous establishment of a branch. Moreover, Marine's loan lim it of $25,000 has been restrictive. The availability of improved and expanded loan services and drive-in facili ties should prove beneficial to the public. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources (i unn th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 60 Franklin State Bank Somerset, New Jersey to merge with First National Bank of Scotch Plains Scotch Plains B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 47,779 5 17,934 2 To be o pe ra te d 7 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 6, 1 9 6 9 Various branches of the two banks are located at distances of about 10 to 12 miles from each other. Numerous offices of other commercial banks are located in the intervening areas. It would appear that the proposed merger would not eliminate a substantial amount of direct competition. Under New Jersey law, Franklin Bank and Scotch Plains Bank may be per mitted to open branch offices anywhere in the Second Banking District of New Jersey, except in communities subject to home or branch office protection. Since the respective service areas of the merging banks in Somerset and Union Counties are relatively highly developed, many of the communities there are already protected; therefore, the possibility of future competition between the merging banks through de novo branching into areas served by each other is accordingly limited. Moreover, Scotch Plains Bank is the smallest bank in its service area. Accordingly, we conclude that the proposed merger would be unlikely to have any significant adverse effect on potential competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N ovem ber 21, 1969 Franklin State Bank, Franklin Township (P.O. Somerset), New Jersey (Appli cant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $38,749,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's approval to merge with First National Bank of Scotch Plains, Scotch Plains, New Jersey (National), which has total deposits of $14,453,000. The resulting bank will operate under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the proposed merger, the two existing offices of National would become branches of Appli cant, increasing the number of its existing offices to seven and its approved but unopened branches to four. Competition. Applicant’s present offices are all located in Somerset County (1968 estimated population 199,000), which is situated in north-central New Jersey. Both of National's offices are located in Union County (estimated 1968 population 575,000), which is in the northern portion of New Jersey and well within the Newark-New York City metropolitan area. 116 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION There is virtually no competition to be eliminated between the participating banks. Their service areas are separate and distinct and do not overlap. Their main offices are about 12 miles apart and are intervened by other municipali ties containing numerous competing bank offices. Applicant's approved but unopened branch in Middlesex is about 7 miles from National’s offices and is similarly intervened by competing bank offices. Each of the participating banks is faced with substantial competition from other much larger banks. In addi tion, the proximity of the service areas to Newark and New York City makes the area attractive to very large banks located in those cities. In view of the relatively small size of the participating banks, the extent of their present branching activity, and the home office protection feature of the New Jersey banking law, it does not seem likely that they would become com petitive in the reasonably near future. Consummation of this proposal would have no appreciable effect on banking competition. The resulting bank would have 11 of the 41 commercial banking offices in its area and would have 11.9 percent of the IPC deposits. There are 19 other commercial banks operating offices in this service area, and 11 of these are larger than the resulting bank. Four are more than twice its size. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are acceptable with respect to both participating banks and for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The higher lending lim it of the resulting bank will allow it to serve more corporate customers in the community, and the extended banking hours would allow everyone in the service area to bank in his own community without disrupting his regular schedule. In addition, the service area would have another larger bank provid ing a convenient alternative to other competitors. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. No. 61 Central Carolina Bank & Trust Company Durham, North Carolina to merge with Bank of Pittsboro Pittsboro R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 145,296 29 6,435 2 To be o pe ra te d 31 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 Pittsboro Bank’s head office is 15 miles southwest of Central Bank’s three branches in Chapel Hill, Orange County; the only intervening banking office is also situated in Orange County, some 13 miles from Pittsboro. Pittsboro Bank’s Moncure branch is 15 miles west of Central Bank's branch in Apex, Wake County; no banking alternatives intervene. The only banking alternatives available in Chatham County are in Siler City (population 4,455), 16 miles west of Pittsboro and 24 miles northwest of Moncure, where three branches of BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 117 First Union National Bank of North Carolina (total deposits $827.2 m illion), and a single branch of the Planters National Bank and Trust Company (total deposits $101.9 million) are situated. In view of the lack of significant inter vening banking alternatives between offices of the merging banks, the pro posed merger may eliminate some amount of direct competition. Since North Carolina law permits statewide branching, the merger would eliminate potential competition for both loans and deposits by eliminating Cen tral Bank as one of the most likely de novo entrants into the Pittsboro-Moncure area or into the eastern half of Chatham County. Central Bank has demonstrated an aggressive policy of expansion by open ing de novo offices as well as merging with banks in areas not previously served. The great majority of its new offices have been located in its home Durham County and in counties contiguous or very near thereto. While present population and economic activity in the areas served by Pittsboro bank are rel atively small, planned industrial activity and resulting demographic growth should make these areas most attractive to de novo entry in the near future. Pittsboro Bank’s essential monopoly of commercial banking in eastern Chatham County would be particularly conducive to de novo entry by Central Bank. In view of Central Bank's substantial position in counties adjoining Chatham County and the likelihood of its de novo entry into the Pittsboro-Moncure ser vice areas of Pittsboro Bank, as well as its present position on the outskirts of this service area, we conclude that the proposed merger would have an adverse effect on potential competition. B a s is fo r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N ovem ber 21, 1969 Central Carolina Bank & Trust Company, Durham, North Carolina (Central), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $145 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, for the Corporation’s prior consent to merge with Bank of Pittsboro, Pittsboro, North Carolina (Pittsboro Bank), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $6.4 million, under the charter and with the title of Central and, incident thereto, to establish branches at the two existing locations of Pittsboro Bank in Pittsboro and the village of Moncure, North Carolina. Competition. Central, operating 28 branches, is a regional bank offering a complete range of banking services. All but four of its offices are located within a 55-mile radius of Durham which, together with Chapel Hill and Research Triangle Park, comprises the principal market area. The Durham area is heavily industrialized; and, through the Research Triangle Park, research development has become an important economic activity, spearheaded by the State’s three major universities which are located in the area. Agriculture con tinues to be an important segment of the economy, based primarily on tobacco and tobacco products. Pittsboro is located about 31 miles southwest of Durham, and the nearest branch locations of Central to an office of Pitts boro Bank are in Chapel Hill, about 16 miles northeast of Pittsboro. Pittsboro Bank is the only bank in Pittsboro and Moncure, and it serves a limited local area where agriculture is of major economic importance, although industry is gradually being introduced into the area. There is no overlapping of the service areas of Central and Pittsboro Bank because neither bank derives business from the service area of the other, and there are no known instances of deposit and loan customers using the fa cili ties of both banks. Central, ranking eighth in size among all North Carolina banks, competes with offices of the 10 largest banks. It is much smaller than 118 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION most of its major competitors, holding 2.7 percent of total deposits held by all banks competing in the service areas relevant to this proposal, as compared to 28.2 percent held by the largest bank and 23.6 percent held by the second largest. The merger will increase Central’s share by only 0.1 percent, and its ranking as eighth largest bank will not be changed. In view of the recent approval of a branch in Pittsboro for the State’s fourth largest bank, the entry there of Central by way of this merger should result in substantially increased competition. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger will not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. Pittsboro Bank, because of its limited resources, is unable to provide a full range of banking services. As a result of the merger, the Pittsboro area would gain the advan tage of a regional bank which provides all types of banking facilities on a much larger and broader scale. These improved services include tru st depart ment facilities, full-range instalment loan services, credit cards, automation through a bank-owned computer system, and the services of an agricultural specialist. Through these improved services, the convenience and needs of the community would be better served. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /vin in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 62 Southern Bank and Trust Company Mount Olive, North Carolina to merge with Roanoke Chowan Bank Roxobel B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 13,967 8 3,020 1 To be ope ra te d 9 S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 2 , 1 9 6 9 The merging banks’ main offices are 121 miles apart, and their closest offices are approximately 60 miles apart, there are several intervening bank ing offices. At present, no competition exists between the merging banks. Southern Bank has, however, secured approval to open a de novo branch office in Windsor, seat of Bertie County, some 23 miles southeast of Roxobel. While this office will be substantially closer to Roanoke Chowan Bank than any of Southern Bank’s other offices, the size of the banks, the distance involved in this rural area, and the presence of an intervening banking office in Lewis ton indicate that the proposed merger is unlikely to have a significantly adverse effect on potential competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N ovem ber 21, 1969 Southern Bank and Trust Company, Mount Olive, North Carolina (Southern), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $12,686,000, has BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 119 applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with Roanoke Chowan Bank, Roxobel, North Carolina (Roanoke), which has total deposits of $2,566,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Southern; and, as an incident to the merger, the one office of Roanoke would become a branch of Southern, increasing the number of its offices to nine. Approval is also requested for the conversion, at the option of the holders thereof, of the cumulative convertible preferred stock to be issued in connec tion with this proposed transaction, into common stock of the resulting bank. Competition. Southern operates two offices in Mount Olive (population 4,700) and six other offices in nearby communities. The trade area served by Southern is predominately agricultural. The trade area served by Roanoke, which is the town of Roxobel (population 500) and the area within a 10-mile radius of Roxobel, is also primarily agricultural. Mount Olive is 120 miles southwest of Roxobel, and the shortest distance between offices of the participating banks is the 80 miles between Roxobel and Southern’s office in Ayden. The trade areas served by Southern and Roanoke do not overlap and there are numerous other banking offices in the intervening area. There is no direct competition which would be eliminated by this pro posed merger. Southern has the necessary approvals to establish a de novo branch in Windsor, North Carolina, which is 23 miles southeast of Roxobel. Windsor is beyond the trade area served by Roanoke, and there is a commercial banking office of a Gatesville-based bank at Lewiston, which is located between Roxobel and Windsor. Legally, either of the participating banks could establish de novo branches in the other bank's trade area, but in view of its relatively small size it is not likely that Roanoke would branch de novo into Southern's trade area. The town of Roxobel is quite small, and it is also unlikely that Southern would seek to establish a de novo branch at that location. All of the other banks operating in the trade area served by Southern are much larger than the resulting bank would be, and in the trade area served by Roanoke there is an office of the largest bank in the State of North Carolina. Consummation of this proposal would enable the resulting bank to compete more effectively with the much larger banks operating in the relevant trade area. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources. Financial and managerial resources are adequate with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future Prospects. Southern has been a much more aggressive competitor than Roanoke and has grown much faster. The future prospects of Roanoke, as a part of the resulting bank, would be enhanced; and the future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. This proposed merger would have no significant effect in the trade area served by Southern, but it would improve the quantity and quality of banking services in the Roxo bel area. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 120 R esources un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 63 The Northwestern Bank North Wilkesboro, North Carolina to merge with Lenoir Industrial Bank, Inc. Lenoir B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 460,365 96 343 1 To be o p e ra te d 97 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 6, 1 9 6 9 The proposal would merge Northwestern Bank, North Carolina's fifth largest commercial banking institution, and Lenoir Industrial Bank, Inc., operating in Lenoir, North Carolina. Northwestern has no Caldwell County office, but it operates branches in the communities of Drexel, Morganton, Hickory, and Valdese, all of which are about 18 miles south of Lenoir. Only one bank operates in the intervening area, and the application indicates that Northwestern draws a substantial amount of business from the Lenoir area. It appears, therefore, that some competition exists between Lenoir Bank and Northwestern Bank. Since its founding, Lenoir Bank apparently has not been a vigorous institution and has never utilized many of the powers of a commercial bank. However, it is clear that it is in competition with Northwestern bank; this competition, of course, will be permanently eliminated by the proposed merger. Three banks, with total deposits of about $35.1 million, operate offices in Caldwell County. Lenoir Bank, by far the smallest, has about 0.4 percent of this total, all in time and savings deposits. Northwestern's share of deposit and loan accounts originating in Caldwell county will not be substantially increased by the proposed merger. In view of Lenoir Bank's small size, we are of the opinion that its acquisition by Northwestern will not seriously affect competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N o v e m b e r 2 1 , 1 9 6 9 The Northwestern Bank, North Wilkesboro, North Carolina (Northwestern), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $405,089,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to merge with Lenoir Industrial Bank, Inc., Lenoir, North Carolina (Industrial), with total deposits of $166,000. The transaction would be effected under the charter and with the title of Northwestern; and, as an incident thereto, the sole office of Industrial would become a branch of Northwestern. Competition. Northwestern operates 96 offices throughout central and west ern North Carolina, and its trade area encompasses approximately one-half of the State. Industrial's sole office is located in Lenoir, and its trade area is con fined to that city and the immediate surrounding area in Caldwell County, with a population of approximately 30,000. Both trade areas enjoy a healthy and diversified economy. The nearest offices of the participating banks are approximately 18 miles apart. Northwestern reportedly does a substantial amount of business in Cald well County. It appears, therefore, that some competition would be eliminated upon consummation of the merger. This, however, is not considered significant BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 121 in view of the size of Industrial, its unaggressiveness, and its limited range of services. The position of Northwestern as fifth largest bank in the State would remain unchanged. No effect on competition is anticipated in the service area of Northwestern. Competition in the service area of Industrial would be increased. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources are satisfactory with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. The proposed transaction would have no effect in Northwestern’s present trade area. Present and potential customers in Industrial’s area would benefit through the increased financial resources and expanded services available through the resulting bank. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the bank’s application is warranted. R esources (in Un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 64 The Reedsburg Bank Reedsburg, Wisconsin to acquire the assets and assume the deposit liabilities of Bank of North Freedom North Freedom and The State Bank of Lime Ridge Lime Ridge B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 15,414 1 2,050 1 1,112 1 To be o pe ra te d 1 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 2 , 1 9 6 9 The parties to the proposed transaction operate banking offices 12 miles apart. One bank operates an office in the intervening community of Rock Springs. The application indicates that banks located in Reedsburg, Baraboo, Rock Springs and Wisconsin Dells all compete for deposits and loan accounts in the vicinity of North Freedom. Thus, the proposed merger would apparently eliminate existing competition between Reedsburg Bank and North Freedom Bank. Reedsburg Bank presently holds about 16 percent of total deposits in com mercial banks in Sauk County. The proposed transaction would increase this share by about 2 percent. Reedsburg Bank would retain its position as the second largest bank in the county. O c to b e r 6, 1 9 6 9 (T h e S ta te B a n k o f L im e R id g e ) The parties to the proposed transaction operate banking offices 12 miles apart. There are no intervening banking alternatives. However, the long estab 122 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION lished common ownership and management (which has existed since 1961) indicate that the proposed transaction is unlikely to have a significantly adverse effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, N o v e m b e r 2 1 , 1 9 6 9 The Reedsburg Bank, Reedsburg, Wisconsin (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $14,283,400, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation’s prior approval to acquire the assets of and assume the liability for deposits made in Bank of North Freedom, North Freedom, Wisconsin (First Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $1,901,500, and The State Bank of Lime Ridge, Lime Ridge, Wisconsin (Second Bank), an insured State non member bank with total deposits of $991,200. Upon consummation of these proposed transactions First Bank and Second Bank would cease to operate. The State Attorney General has ruled that a bank may not file an application for permission to establish a branch unless the community in which the branch is to be located is “ bankless.” As soon as these proposed transactions are consummated, Applicant intends to immediately file the necessary applica tions for permission to establish branches in North Freedom and Lime Ridge. Competition. Applicant operates only one office in Reedsburg (population 5,000), and First Bank operates only one office in North Freedom (population 600), which is 12 miles southeast of Reedsburg. Located in the intervening area is a unit bank at Rock Springs; and there is very little, if any, direct com petition between Applicant and First Bank. Second Bank operates one office at Lime Ridge (population 150), which is 12 miles southwest of Reedsburg. Since 1961, two officers of Applicant have owned and managed Second Bank. It has been operated more like a branch of Applicant than as an independent unit, and there is no significant amount of direct competition between Applicant and Second Bank. Due to the nature of the trade areas served by the participating banks, and the restrictive State laws governing the establishment of de novo branches, there is no potential competition which would be eliminated by these proposed transactions. Applicant is the second largest bank in the relevant trade area, and these proposed transactions would not change that position. In addition to the par ticipating banks, there are six other banks operating nine offices in the rele vant trade area. Applicant's primary competitor is Farmers and Merchants Bank, Reedsburg, Wisconsin, which has IPC deposits of over $11 million and operates one branch at Loganville, which is south of Reedsburg, between Lime Ridge and North Freedom. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transactions would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial Resources. First Bank and Second Bank have not grown as fast as Applicant, but the resulting bank would have adequate financial resources. Managerial Resources. First Bank has only two active employees who also own control of the bank. These two individuals, who hold the titles of presi dent and cashier, have served the bank for over 40 years and would like to retire, but they have not been able to acquire successor management. The acquisition of First Bank by Applicant would solve the problem of management succession at First Bank. Since 1961, Second Bank has been operated by two employees, and man agement has been provided by the two officers of Applicant who own control BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 123 of Second Bank. Second Bank is so small that its earnings are not sufficient to pay the salary of a qualified chief executive officer. The acquisition of Second Bank by Applicant would merely formalize a situation which has existed since 1961. Future Prospects. In view of the nature of the trade areas served by First Bank and Second Bank, the management problems, and the earnings, the future prospects of these two banks as independent units are not favorable. Future prospects are better for the resulting bank than they are fo r the partici pating banks operating as independent units. Convenience and Needs of the Community to be Served. These proposed transactions would have no appreciable effect in the Reedsburg area. Tempo rarily at least, consummation of these proposed transactions would inconveni ence the customers of First Bank and Second Bank since the two communities would be without banking facilities fo r a short period of time. Absent these proposed transactions, the controlling shareholders of both First Bank and Second Bank state that they will liquidate the two banks, which would leave the communities without banking facilities. In the short run, these proposed transactions would inconvenience the customers of First Bank and Second Bank, but in the long run, it would benefit the communities of North Freedom and Lime Ridge by providing them with banking facilities offering a wider range of services and a progressive management responsive to the needs of the communities it serves. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. Resources /un jM thousands o f dollars) No. 65 Pioneer Bank of Arizona Phoenix, Arizona (change title to Great Western Bank & Trust Company) to merge with Great Western Bank & Trust Company Tucson B anking Offices In operation 59,084 10 62,389 8 To be operated 18 S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Since Phoenix and Tucson are over 115 miles apart, only slight competition exists between the two banks. A small portion of the commercial loans of Great Western (4.5 percent of its dollar total) originates in Pioneer Bank's area and a smaller percentage of Pioneer Bank's loans and deposits originate in Great Western's service area. As of June 30, 1969, seven banking organizations operated eight banks in the Phoenix SMSA. Pioneer Bank, the fifth largest bank and fifth largest bank ing organization had about 2.5 percent of IPC deposits, while the four largest banking organizations controlling five banks, had about 95 percent of such deposits. 124 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Great Western's deposits in its Tucson SMSA branches account for about 5.7 percent of IPC deposits. There are six banks representing five banking organizations operating in the Tucson SMSA and the three largest banking organizations controlling the four largest banks (which do not include Great Western) have about 89 percent of IPC deposits. Arizona law permits statewide branch banking. Great Western can be regarded as one of the most likely potential entrants by de novo branching into the Phoenix SMSA area. Since Great Western’s branches are divided between the northern counties and Tucson in the south, Phoenix, being in the central part of the state with its tremendous rate of growth, would represent an attractive potential area of entry. Great Western is also the largest bank in the state which is not already in the Phoenix SMSA, a highly concentrated banking area. Pioneer Bank would also be a likely potential entrant into the Tucson SMSA area. It is the second largest bank in the state which is not already in the Tucson SMSA. As of June 30, 1969, there were thirteen banks operating in Arizona. How ever, two banking organizations controlling three banks held nearly 80 percent of state IPC deposits. The merging banks rank approximately sixth and seventh in the state with less than 2 percent each of such deposits and as a result of the merger would rank approximately fifth. The merged bank would constitute the fourth statewide banking organiza tion. The overall effect of this merger is not likely to be significantly adverse. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Pioneer Bank of Arizona, Phoenix, Arizona (Pioneer), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $59 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corpo ration's prior consent to merge with Great Western Bank & Trust Company, Tucson, Arizona (Western), an insured nonmember bank with total resources of $62 million, under the charter of Pioneer and with Western's title and, incident thereto, to establish the eight existing and two approved but unopened offices of Western as branches of the resulting bank. Competition. The main office and eight of Pioneer's nine branches are located in and serve the Phoenix metropolitan area, which includes all of Mari copa County. The other branch is located in Prescott, some 100 miles north, in Yavapai County. The main office and two of Western's seven branches are located in and serve the Tucson metropolitan area, which includes all of Pima County. Tucson is 125 miles southeast of Phoenix. Three of the branches are located singly in Winslow, Holbrook, and Snowflake, in Navajo County, more than 200 miles northeast of Phoenix. One branch is in Kingman, county seat of Mohave County, 250 miles west of Holbrook. The remaining branch is located in Window Rock, 130 miles northeast of Holbrook in Apache County. These six areas are separate and distinct and none of them overlap. There is no competition between Pioneer and Western to be eliminated by their merger. Preemptive branching by the larger banks reduces the ability of others to expand through de novo branching when they lack an adequate financial base. There are only 13 banks and 302 operating banking offices in the entire State of Arizona. More than 90 percent of the aggregate of bank deposits and loans is concentrated in the four largest banks which operate 87 percent of the offices. The two largest banks together hold more than 70 percent of the deposits and loans and operate 200 (two-thirds) of the offices, covering the 125 BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION entire State. The second and fourth largest banks are subsidiaries of the $10 billion Western Bancorporation, a California-based registered bank holding com pany. Western and Pioneer, ranking sixth and seventh, respectively, are about equal in size and together hold about 3 percent of the total bank deposits and loans and operate 18 of the 302 banking offices. The resulting bank would rank sixth among the 12 remaining banks. The principal competitive effects of the merger would occur in the Phoenix and Tucson areas where, as a result of integrated management capabilities and greater resources and capital base, the resulting bank could provide stronger competition to these much larger and aggressive competitors. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger will not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are resolved as favorable for the proposal. Convenience and Needs of the Com m unity to he Served. The resulting bank will provide trust and credit card services, which Pioneer now provides, at the offices of Western. It will be financially able to install its own computer system rather than rely, as both banks now do, on servicing by correspondents. Another benefit is a larger lending lim it, double that of each bank now operat ing separately, which would enable the resulting bank to compete more effec tively for increasingly important industrial business in the State. The greater resources and capital would generate stronger rivalry with the larger banks which dominate the scene in Arizona— in all, an ultimate benefit to the public. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 66 B a n k in g O ffice s In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 6 Financial Bank, Inc. Fort Wayne, Indiana (in organization; change title to The Peoples Trust and Savings Company) to merge with The Peoples Trust and Savings Company 117,071 6 Fort Wayne S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, N o v e m b e r 2 6 , 1 9 6 9 [This] proposal is part of a transaction which will result in a presently existing bank becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, [this] merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Financial Bank, Inc., Fort Wayne, Indiana (New Bank), a proposed new bank in organization; and for consent to merge with The Peoples Trust FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 126 and Savings Company, Fort Wayne, Indiana (Old Bank), an operating insured nonmember bank; and for permission to establish six branches. Old Bank pres ently operates its main office and five branches and has approval to establish a seventh office; it has total resources of $117 million. The resulting bank would operate under the charter of New Bank, and with Old Bank's title, at the seven locations where Old Bank is now or will be operating. The proposal involves a formation of a one-bank holding company to hold the stock ownership of the resulting bank. New Bank will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to consummation of the transaction and will begin business at the present locations of Old Bank with the latter’s assets, liabili ties, capital, and management. Old Bank has provided needed and useful banking services to its trade area on a convenient and successful basis for many years. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources (i n vin th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 67 The Central Jersey Bank and Trust Company B a n k in g O ffice s In o p e ra tio n 209,476 18 34,292 2 To be o p e ra te d 20 Freehold, New Jersey to merge with The National Bank of Westfield Westfield S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 The closest office of Central Bank is about 27 miles from Westfield, with several other banks in the intervening area. Thus, the proposed merger would not appear to eliminate any significant amount of direct competition between the two banks. Recent legislation in New Jersey broadens geographic areas for bank expan sion beyond the form er lim its of county lines by dividing the state into three banking districts. Under this law, banks may branch within an entire district. However, the law retains community-wide home protection against de novo branching and provides branch office protection in communities of less than 7500 persons. Thus, while Central Bank is presently precluded from branching de novo into either community now served by Westfield Bank, it could establish branches elsewhere in Union County, possibly coming into competition with Westfield Bank. The proposed merger would eliminate this possibility. The recent broadening of the sphere of permissible branch operation for commercial banks in New Jersey has induced substantial market extension activities, both by de novo branch application and by merger. Major merger activity by the largest banks in a district could result in undue concentration of commercial banking among a few very large institutions. Therefore we con sider it important that the largest banks in a district enter new areas de novo, BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 127 or, in the alternative, through merger with smaller banks in the new areas they wish to serve. Entry in this manner would tend to inject new competitive vigor into the area as the entering bank can be expected to attempt to increase its market share. At the same time, leading local banks, most able to compete with the large entering banks, would be preserved. Preservation of leading local banks may also result in their affiliation with one another in new banking institutions, capable of competing with the largest banks in the district on a broad geographic scale. Central Bank is one of the largest banks in the Second Banking District. Westfield Bank, however, is the smallest of three commercial banks which operate offices in the town of Westfield. Its two major competitors in Westfield are both substantially larger; one is the second largest bank in the District. Westfield Bank's service area includes most of central Union County, generally the area between the two of the county’s largest communities, Plainfield and Elizabeth. Several of the county’s largest banks operate offices in this area, controlling greater percentages of deposits in the area than Westfield Bank. Westfield Bank is one of the smaller banks in Union County as a whole, con trolling about 3 percent of commercial bank deposits therein. In view of the size and relative position of Westfield Bank in its service area, Union County and the Second Banking District, we conclude that the pro posed merger would be unlikely to have a significantly adverse effect on poten tial competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 The Central Jersey Bank and Trust Company, Freehold Township (P.O. Free hold), New Jersey (Central), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $188,604,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The National Bank of Westfield, Westfield, New Jersey (National), which has total deposits of $30,170,000. The resulting bank would operate under the charter and with the title of Central; and, as an incident to the proposed merger, the two offices of National would become branches of Central, increasing the number of its offices to 20. Competition. Central serves Monmouth County, New Jersey (estimated 1968 population 450,000), and has its main office in Freehold Township. It also operates 17 branches throughout the county. National operates two offices in Union County (estimated 1968 population 575,000). Its main office is in West field (estimated 1968 population 34,000) and it operates its only branch in Mountainside (estimated 1968 population 8,000). National's service area con sists of Westfield and Mountainside and all or part of the surrounding com munities of Springfield, Cranford, Garwood, Clark, Scotch Plains, and Fanwood. There appears to be no competition between the participating banks. Their service areas are entirely separate, with Middlesex County lying between them. The banks' closest offices are 27 road miles apart and are intervened by over 40 banking offices of 14 different banks. Further, neither bank has any loans or deposits which originate in the service area of the other bank. The principal effect of this merger will be in the area served by National, where a comparatively small bank will be replaced by a larger bank from out of the area. National's share of the market in its service area (19.7 percent of IPC deposits) would not change for the resulting bank, inasmuch as Central does not presently serve the area. In addition, there would be 18 offices of seven other banks remaining in that service area. Only one of the seven other banks is smaller than National. Furthermore, in the service area, there is com 128 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION petition from the very large New York City banks and from other financial institutions. In view of the small size of National, the number of existing banking offices in the relevant trade area, and the main office protection feature of New Jersey statutes, it does not seem likely that the participating banks would become competitive in the reasonably near future. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed merger would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. Financial and managerial resources and future prospects are satisfactory with respect to each of the participating banks, and they are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Com m unity to be Served. The principal effect of this merger would be felt in the service area of National, where a relatively small bank wouJd be replaced by a larger bank from out of the area, which would be capable of offering a full range of banking services not now offered by National, thus providing another convenient alternative to the present bank ing outlets. Based on the foregoing, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources B a n k in g O ffice s (\r\ (in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 68 Peoples Bank of South Jersey In o p e ra tio n 5,247 3 10,785 3 To be o p e ra te d 6 Penns Grove, New Jersey to merge with The Clayton National Bank Clayton S u m m a ry r e p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 2 1 , 1 9 6 9 Peoples' head office is located approximately 14.5 miles west of Clayton's head office, and the shortest distance between offices of Peoples and Clayton is approximately 12.5 miles. There are two banks operating offices in the area between Peoples’ and Clayton's closest offices. It would, therefore, appear that the two banks are engaged in only limited direct competition. Recent banking legislation in New Jersey divides the state into three bank ing districts; cross-county merger and branching is now permitted within an entire district. However, such branches may not be located in communities where a bank has its head office or where a branch office exists if the popula tion is less than 7,500. The small size of Peoples and the presence of large banks in other sections of the District able to enter Clayton’s service area tends to reduce any anti competitive effects from the loss of Peoples' potential competition. Similar considerations apply to the possibility of Clayton expanding by de novo branching into Salem County. While Clayton has opened two new branches in the past four years, its small size, the large number of banks already operating in Salem near Peoples' offices, and the presence of very BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 129 large banks in other sections of the District tends to make unlikely any signifi cant reduction in potential competition as a result of the merger. In view of the above factors, we conclude that the proposed merger is not likely to have any significantly adverse effect on potential competition in either Salem or Gloucester Counties. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Peoples Bank of South Jersey, Pilesgrove Township (P.O. Penns Grove), New Jersey (Peoples), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $3,782,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with The Clayton National Bank, Clayton, New Jersey (National), which has total deposits of $8,999,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Peoples; and, as an incident to the merger, the three offices of National would become branches of Peoples, increasing the number of its offices to six. Approval is also requested for a reduction in the par value of common stock, but there would be no diminution of total capital funds. Competition. Peoples' main office is in the unincorporated community of Sharptown, in Pilesgrove Township (population 3,100), in Salem County. Peo ples also operates two branches in Penns Grove, which is west of Sharptown, in Salem County, on the Delaware River. Peoples' trade area is the northwest ern portion of Salem County. National operates three offices in the central sec tion of Gloucester County. The main office of National is in Clayton (popula tion 5,200) and its two branches are in the small nearby communities of Aura and Iona. The shortest distance between offices of the participating banks is the 12 miles between Sharptown and the branch of National at Aura. The trade areas served by Peoples and National do not overlap, and there are other commer cial banking offices in the intervening area at Woodstown. There is no percepti ble amount of direct competition which would be eliminated by this proposed merger. Peoples also has the necessary approvals to establish two de novo branches at Deepwater, in Salem County, and Hurffville, in Gloucester County. Deepwater is farther from the trade area served by National than are any of Peoples' existing offices, and Hurffville is also beyond National's trade area. There are commercial banking offices of competing banks in Glassboro, which is located between Hurffville and the trade area served by National. State law provides complete home office protection, and de novo branches are prohibited in communities of less than 7,500 population, if a competing bank already has a branch office in that community. The trade areas served by the participating banks are sparsely populated, and it does not seem likely that either would branch de novo into the other's trade area. Thus, potential competition between the participating banks would seem unlikely under pres ent conditions. Peoples is the smallest bank operating in its trade area, with 10.1 percent of the IPC deposits, while its principal competitor, with two offices in Penns Grove, has 41.8 percent of the IPC deposits. This proposed transaction would not reduce the number of banking offices in the relevant trade area; and, in addition to the three offices of Peoples, there are six offices of competing banks serving the residents of the area. National has the second largest share of the IPC deposits in its trade area, but the market is fairly evenly divided, with the smallest of the four banks operating in the area having 20.7 percent and the largest having 31.5 percent. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 130 Two of the banks operating in the area are larger than National, and the other is not substantially smaller than National. This proposal would not reduce the number of commercial banking offices in the area, and there would still be seven commercial banking offices to serve the residents of the area. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources. Financial and managerial resources are adequate with respect to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Future Prospects. Certain economies are anticipated as a result of this pro posal, and the future prospects of the resulting bank are favorable. Convenience and Needs of the Com m unity to be Served. This proposed transaction should result in more economical services in the relevant trade areas and should produce a bank with management responsive to the needs of the communities it serves. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources un th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 69 Southern Bank and Trust Company B a n k in g O ffice s In o p e ra tio n 67,673 15 2,323 1 To be o p e ra te d 16 Greenville, South Carolina to merge with Blacksburg State Bank Blacksburg S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, O c to b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Southern's new Gaffney branch office is located approximately 8 miles southwest of Blacksburg; there are no intervening banking alternatives. Although there are other banking offices in Gaffney, including offices of one of South Carolina's largest commercial banks, it would appear that the proposed merger may eliminate some existing competition, particularly in view of the small number of banking offices in Cherokee County. The proposed merger would reduce the number of banking alternatives in Cherokee County from four to three. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Southern Bank and Trust Company, Greenville, South Carolina (Applicant), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $57,161,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior approval to merge with Blacksburg State Bank, Blacksburg, South Carolina (Blacksburg), which has total deposits of $2,096,000. The banks would merge under the charter and with the title of Applicant; and, as an incident to the merger, the one office of Blacksburg would become a branch of Applicant, increasing the number of its authorized offices to 17, two of which are approved but unopened. Com petition. Applicant serves a trade area consisting of six counties in the western piedmont and northwestern sections of South Carolina. This area, BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 131 known as the Piedmont Industrial Crescent, has an estimated population of between 300,000 and 400,000. The economy of this area is largely dominated by the textile and related industries. Blacksburg is located approximately 60 miles northeast of Applicant’s main office in Greenville. Its 1960 population was 2,174, and that of its trade area, which includes nearby Gaffney, is estimated at 25,000. The textile industry is important in this trade area, but agriculture is also of importance, with the principal products being peaches, cotton, and livestock. Blacksburg is the only bank in its community, and its primary competition is from three banks operating in Gaffney, 8 miles to the southwest. These com petitors consist of one local bank, a branch of the second largest bank in the State, and a branch of Applicant which opened in March 1969. The proposed merger would reduce the number of banking alternates from four to three and increase Applicant's share of the relevant market by a small amount, but Applicant would have the smallest share of the three remaining banks. This proposal would eliminate the smallest of the four banks operating in the Blacksburg-Gaffney trade area and replace it with a branch of an aggressive medium-sized bank which has the resources to compete effectively with the other banks in the area. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the merger would not substan tially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any other manner be in restraint of trade. Financial Resources. The financial resources are satisfactory with regard to both participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Managerial Resources. The managerial resources of both institutions are regarded as satisfactory, but to Blacksburg's management the proposed transac tion would add considerable depth, which is now lacking because of the bank's relatively small size. Future Prospects. Applicant has been an aggressive com petitor and has experienced substantial growth, while Blacksburg's growth has been considera bly slower. The future prospects of Blacksburg, as a part of the resulting bank, would be enhanced; and the future prospects of the resulting bank are favor able. Convenience and Needs of the Com m unity to be Served. The proposed merger would have no significant effect on the overall trade area of Applicant, but it would improve the quantity of banking services in the Blacksburg area. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /un ■n No. 70 th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n First County Bank 1 Driver, Virginia (in organization; change title to The Bank of Nansemond) to merge with The Bank of Nansemond Nansemond To be o p e ra te d 2,757 1 132 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION S u m m a ry re p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, S e p te m b e r 2 4 , 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger is part of a plan under which First Virginia Bankshares Corporation, a registered bank holding company, proposes to acquire all of the voting shares of First County Bank, a non operating institution, which js to be the resulting bank of its proposed merger with The Bank of Nansemond. The proposed merger, therefore, will combine an operating bank with a non operat ing institution. As such, and without regard to the planned subsequent acquisi tion of First County Bank by First Virginia Bankshares Corporation, the pro posed merger will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for First County Bank, Driver, Virginia (First), a proposed new bank in organization, and for consent to its merger with The Bank of Nansemond, Driver, Virginia (Nansemond), with total resources of $2,757,000, under First's charter and with Nansemond’s title. The resulting bank will operate from the sole office of Nansemond. The new bank formation and merger are designed solely as a vehicle for First Virginia Bankshares Corporation, Arlington, Virginia, a registered bank holding company, to acquire controlling ownership of Nansemond. The holding company has filed the appropriate application with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for consent to the acquisition of 90 percent or more of the voting shares of the successor bank to the merger. First will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to the merger, following which it will operate the same banking business at the same location as Nansemond and with the same executive management. The proposal, of itself, will not change the banking services which Nansemond has provided usefully and con veniently to the Driver community for several years. Nansemond is by far the smallest bank in its service area, and its primary competition is provided by much larger banks in nearby Chesapeake and Portsmouth, Virginia, including branches of the State's two largest banks which operate multiple branch sys tems. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. R esources /un m th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 71 Union State Bank B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 8,428 1 1,390 1 To be o p e ra te d 1 Amery, Wisconsin to merge with State Bank of Deer Park Deer Park S u m m a ry r e p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Sixty-two percent of Union Bank’s common stock and seventy-four percent of Deer Park Bank’s common stock is owned by the Otto Bremer Foundation and the Otto Bremer Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Foundation. BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 133 The Deer Park Bank stock was acquired in April 1966, at which time two direc tors of Union Bank were elected to the board of Deer Park Bank. The Otto Bremer Foundation and the Otto Bremer Company, directly or in combination, own a majority of the stock of 30 banks located in Wisconsin, Minnesota and North Dakota. As of year-end 1968, these 30 subsidiary banks had aggregate deposits of $303.5 million; the largest subsidiary, First American National Bank, St. Cloud, Minnesota, had total deposits of $27.3 million. The merging banks are located approximately ten miles apart with no banks in the intervening area. The closest bank to the merging banks is Bank of Clear Lake (total deposits, $3.9 m illion), which is seven miles southeast of Union Bank and nine miles northeast of Deer Park Bank. Thus, it appears that, but for the common ownership, the banks would be in competition. This merger will eliminate the potential for the resumption of this competition should such common ownership be terminated. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 1, 1 9 6 9 Union State Bank, Amery, Wisconsin (Applicant), an insured State nonmem ber bank with total deposits of $7.7 million, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, for the Corporation's prior consent to merge with State Bank of Deer Park, Deer Park, Wisconsin (Deer Park Bank), an insured State nonmember bank with total deposits of $1.3 million. The merger would be effected under Applicant’s charter and with its title. Upon consummation of this proposed transaction Deer Park Bank would cease to operate. The State Attorney General has ruled that a bank may not file an application for permission to establish a branch unless the community in which the branch is to be located is "bankless.” As soon as this proposed transaction is consummated, Applicant intends to immediately file the neces sary applications for permission to establish a branch in Deer Park. Com petition. Applicant’s one office in Amery (population 2,200) is 10 miles from the one office of Deer Park Bank in Deer Park (population 250), and there are no commercial banking offices in the intervening area. There is a com mercial bank at Clear Lake, which is only 7 miles from Amery and 9 miles from Deer Park. The merging banks are subsidiaries of the Otto Bremer Foun dation, St. Paul, Minnesota, a registered bank holding company. Because of this affiliation, there is no competition between Applicant, and Deer Park Bank; and the evidence indicates that prior to the advent of their common ownership in 1966 there was little, if any, competition between them. There are no other affiliates of the Otto Bremer Foundation among the eight banks considered to be competitors of the merging banks. Deer Park Bank is the smallest, and three of the banks are each larger than Applicant. The resulting bank would be the third largest in the area, with IPC deposits of $8.4 million. The other banks have IPC deposits ranging from $1.6 million to $9.3 million. The merger would not change the share of banking business controlled by the holding company in this area and would have no material effect on the existing competitive banking structure. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These are favor able with respect to the merging banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Com m unity to be Served. This proposed transaction would have no appreciable effect in the Amery area. Temporarily at 134 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION least, consummation of this proposal would inconvenience the customers of Deer Park Bank since the community would be without a banking facility for a short period of time. However, after the branch is established at Deer Park, the credit needs of that area would be more adequately and conveniently served by the significantly increased legal lending lim it. Neither of the partici pating banks has an agricultural representative, but one will be provided by the resulting bank. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources (un in th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 72 Citizens State Bank Big Rapids, Michigan (change title to Central Michigan Bank) to merge with Central Michigan Bank Barryton B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n 13,083 3 6,423 2 To be o p e ra te d 5 S u m m a ry re p o r t by A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, N o v e m b e r 18, 1 9 6 9 The proposal would merge the $11.8 million Citizens Bank with the $5.3 million Central Bank. Head offices of the merging banks are located about 20 miles apart. How ever, Citizens Bank has a branch office in the city of Mecosta, about eight miles west of Central Bank's home office. And Central Bank has a branch office in Remus, some six miles southeast of Mecosta. There are no banks operating in the intervening areas. Thus, it would appear that substantial direct competition exists between the merging banks. This competition will, of course, be permanently eliminated by consummation of the proposed merger. Commercial banking in Mecosta County is highly concentrated. Four banks operate in the county with total deposits, as of June 30, 1968, of about $31 million. The top three banks, including the Applicants, control some 97.3 per cent of these deposits. Citizens Bank is the second largest with about 39.5 percent, and Central Bank ranks third with some 16.3 percent. Should this merger be consummated, only three banks would remain in the county, and the resulting bank would be the largest- with more than 56 percent of total county-wide deposits. The merger would result in a significant increase in the level of concentration. The proposal would merge the second and third largest commercial banks in Mecosta County. It would reduce the number of banks in the county to three, eliminate apparent substantial existing competition, and significantly increase the level of concentration. The overall effect of this merger on competition will be adverse. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 4 , 1 9 6 9 Citizens State Bank, Big Rapids, Michigan (Applicant), an insured State non member bank with total deposits of $11,488,000, has applied, pursuant to Section 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, fo r BANK ABSORPTIONS APPROVED BY THE CORPORATION 135 the Corporation's prior consent to merge with Central Michigan Bank, Barryton, Michigan (Central), which has total deposits of $5,581,000, under the charter of Applicant and with the title of Central and, incident thereto, to establish the two offices of Central as branches. Com petition. All offices of the merged bank will operate in Mecosta County, located in north-central Michigan. Big Rapids, the county seat, is located in the west-central portion of the county, while Barryton is in the northeastern por tion of the county, some 22 miles distant. There is a limited overlapping of the service areas of Applicant and Central, principally in the areas of their branches in Remus and Mecosta, which are about 6 miles apart. The merged bank will be the largest of the three banks operating in the county, but six banking offices located in contiguous counties also provide competition. The substitution of branches of Applicant for Central's offices would have no dis cernible anticompetitive effects. The Board of Directors is of the opinion that the proposed transaction would not substantially lessen competition, tend to create a monopoly, or in any manner be in restraint of trade. Financial and Managerial Resources and Future Prospects. These factors are satisfactory with respect to the participating banks and are so projected for the resulting bank. Convenience and Needs of the Com m unity to be Served. Central, because of its smaller resources, offers limited services. As a result of the merger, the areas served by Central would gain the advantage of a larger bank with a larger lending limit. Also, the increased likelihood of offering trust services after the merger is consummated indicates that the resulting bank could better serve the convenience and needs of the community. Based on the foregoing information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the application is warranted. R esources /un m th o u s a n d s o f d o lla rs ) No. 73 Great American Bank & Trust Company B a n k in g O ffices In o p e ra tio n To be o p e ra te d 100 7 Baton Rouge, Louisiana (in organization; change title to American Bank & Trust Company) to merge with American Bank & Trust Company 257,400 7 Baton Rouge S u m m a ry r e p o r t b y A tto r n e y G e n e ra l, D e c e m b e r 2, 1 9 6 9 The proposed merger is part of a transaction which will result in Great American Bank & Trust Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of a one-bank holding company. Thus, this merger is merely part of a corporate reorganization and as such will have no effect on competition. B a s is f o r C o rp o ra tio n a p p ro v a l, D e c e m b e r 18, 1 9 6 9 Pursuant to Sections 5 and 18(c) and other provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, applications have been filed for Federal deposit insur ance for Great American Bank & Trust Company, Baton Rouge, Louisiana (New 136 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Bank), a proposed new bank in organization; and for consent to merge with American Bank & Trust Company, Baton Rouge, Louisiana (Old Bank), an oper ating insured nonmember bank; and for permisssion to establish seven branches. Old Bank presently operates seven offices and has the necessary approvals to establish another de novo branch. As of September 30, 1969, Old Bank had total resources of $257 million. The resulting bank would operate under the charter of New Bank and with the title of Old Bank. The proposal involves the formation of a one-bank holding company to hold stock ownership of the resulting bank. New Bank will not be in operation as a commercial bank prior to consummation of the transaction and will begin busi ness at the present locations of Old Bank with the latter’s assets, liabilities, capital, and management. Old Bank has provided needed and useful banking services to its trade area on a convenient and successful basis for many years. The subject proposal will not alter these services or the service area and, involving only a change in form of corporate organization, will, of itself, have no effect on competition. All factors required to be considered relative to each application are favorably resolved. On the basis of the above information, the Board of Directors has concluded that approval of the applications is warranted. 1 B a n k o f A m e ric a o p e ra te d 962 b ra n ch e s in C a lifo rn ia as o f A p ril 1, 1968. FDIC s ta tis tic s do n o t in c lu d e b ra n ch e s in fo re ig n c o u n trie s . In a c o n c u rre n t a p p lic a tio n , R oa ch d ale B a n k and T ru s t C o m p a n y s o u g h t th e a p p ro v a l o f th e B oard o f G o ve rn ors o f th e Federal Reserve S yste m to m e rge The S ta te B a n k o f R u s s e llv ille u n d e r th e title “ T ri-C o u n ty B a n k & T ru s t C o m p a n y ” ; th e sole o ffic e o f R u s s e llv ille B a n k w o u ld be d is c o n tin u e d , and its o p e ra tio n s c o m b in e d w ith th e sole o ffic e o f th e S ta te B a n k o f R u s s e llv ille w o u ld be o p e ra te d as a b ra n ch o f th e A p p lic a n t. 3 R ep re se nts p r o fo rm a a m o u n t o f assets o f W in d s o r H e ig h ts o ffic e o f B a n kers T ru s t C o m p an y to be tra n s fe rre d to th e p rop o se d new bank. 2 4 B a n k o f H aw a ii o p e ra te s 53 o ffic e s in th e S ta te o f H a w a ii and seven o ffic e s on v a rio u s P a cific Isla n d s. 5 M illik in T ru s t C o m p a n y and A p p lic a n t a t p re se n t o c c u p y o ffic e s in th e sam e b u ild in g . LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS PART THREE 139 FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 P u b lic L a w 9 1 -7 1 9 1 s t C o n g re s s , S .J . R es. 1 4 9 S e p te m b e r 2 2 , 1 9 6 9 An Act To extend for three months the authority to limit the rates of interest or divi dends payable on time and savings deposits and accounts. R esolved by th e S en a te a n d H ouse of R epresentatives of th e U n ite d S tates of A m erica in Congress assem b led, That: Section 7 of the Act of September 21, 1966, as amended (Public Law 89597), is amended by striking out “ September" and inserting in lieu thereof “ December". Approved September 22, 1969. P u b lic L a w 9 1 -1 5 1 9 1 s t C o n g re s s , S. 2 5 7 7 D ecem ber 23, 1969 An Act To lower interest rates and fight inflation; to help housing, small business, and employment; to increase the availability of mortgage credit; and for other purposes. Be it en acted by th e S en a te a n d H ouse of R epresentatives of th e U n ite d S tates of A m erica in C ongress assem bled, TITLE I— AMENDMENTS TO EXISTING ACTS Section 1. Section 7 of the Act of September 21, 1966 (Public Law 89-587; 80 Stat. 823) is amended to read: “ Sec. 7. Effective March 22, 1971: “ (1) So much of section 19(j) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371(b)) as precedes the third sentence thereof is amended to read as it would without the amendment made by section 2(c) of this Act. “ (2) The second and third sentences of section 18(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(g)) are amended to read as they would without the amendment made by section 3 of this Act. “ (3) The last three sentences of section i**(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(g)) are repealeo. “ (4) Section 5B of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1425b) is repealed." Sec. 2. (a) Section 18(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(g)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sen 140 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION tences: “ The authority conferred by this subsection shall also apply to nonin sured banks in any State if (1) the total amount of time and savings deposits held in all such banks in the State, plus the total amount of deposits, shares, and withdrawable accounts held in all building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associations (including cooperative banks) in the State which are not members of a Federal home loan bank, is more than 20 per centum of the total amount of such deposits, shares, and withdrawable accounts held in all banks, and building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associations (including cooperative banks) in the State, and (2) there does not exist under the laws of such State a bank supervisory agency with authority comparable to that conferred by this subsection, including specifically the authority to regu late the rates of interest and dividends paid by such noninsured banks on time and savings deposits, or if such agency exists it has not issued regulations in the exercise of that authority. Such authority shall only be exercised by the Board of Directors with respect to such noninsured banks prior to July 31, 1970, to lim it the rates of interest or dividends which such banks may pay on tim e and savings deposits to maximum rates not lower than 5 y 2 per centum per annum. Whenever it shall appear to the Board of Directors that any non insured bank or any affiliate thereof is engaged or has engaged or is about to engage in any acts or practices which constitute or will constitute a violation of the provisions of this subsection or of any regulations thereunder, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the principal office of the non insured bank or affiliate thereof is located to enjoin such acts or practices, to enforce compliance with this subsection or any regulations thereunder, or for a combination of the foregoing, and such courts shall have jurisdiction of such actions, and, upon a proper showing, an injunction, restraining order, or other appropriate order may be granted without bond." (b) Section 5B of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1425b) is amended to read as follows: "Sec. 5B. (a) The Board may from tim e to time, after consulting with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, prescribe rules governing the payment and advertisement of interest or dividends on deposits, shares, or withdrawable accounts, including lim itations on the rates of interest or divi dends on deposits, shares, or withdrawable accounts that may be paid by members, other than those the deposits of which are insured in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, by institutions which are insured institutions as defined in section 401(a) of the National Housing Act, and by nonmember building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associations, and cooperative banks. The Board may prescribe different rate lim itations for different classes of deposits, shares, or withdrawable accounts, for deposits, shares, or withdrawable accounts of different amounts or with d if ferent maturities or subject to different conditions regarding withdrawal or repayment, according to the nature or location of such members, institutions, or nonmembers or their depositors, shareholders or withdrawable account hold ers, or according to such other reasonable bases as the Board may deem desirable in the public interest. The authority conferred by this subsection shall apply to nonmember building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associations, and cooperative banks in any State if (1) the total amount of deposits, shares, and withdrawable accounts held in all such nonmember asso ciations and banks in the State, plus the total amount of time and savings FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 141 deposits held in all banks in the State which are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, is more than 20 per centum of the total amount of such deposits, shares, and withdrawable accounts held in all banks, and building and loan, savings and loan, and homestead associations (includ ing cooperative banks) in the State, and (2) there does not exist under the laws of such State a bank supervisory agency with authority comparable to that conferred by the first two sentences of this subsection, including specifi cally the authority to regulate the rates of interest and dividends paid by any such association or bank on deposits, shares, or withdrawable accounts, or if such agency exists it has not issued regulations in the exercise of that author ity. Such authority shall only be exercised by the Board with respect to such nonmember associations and banks prior to July 31, 1970, to lim it the rates of interest or dividends which such associations or banks may pay on depos its, shares, or withdrawable accounts to maximum rates not lower than 5Y2 per centum per annum. “ (b) In addition to any other penalty provided by this or any other law, any institution subject to this section which violates a rule promulgated pursuant to this section shall be subject to such civil penalties, which shall not exceed $100 for each violation, as may be prescribed by said Board by rule and such rule may provide with respect to any or all such violations that each day on which the violation continues shall constitute a separate violation. The Board may recover any such civil penalty for it own use, through action or other wise, including recovery thereof in any other action or proceeding under this section. The Board may, at any time before collection of any such penalty, whether before or after the bringing of an action or other legal proceeding, the obtaining of any judgment or other recovery, or the issuance or levy of any execution or other legal process therefor, and with or without consideration, compromise, remit, or mitigate in whole or in part any such penalty or any such recovery. “ (c) Whenever it shall appear to the Board that any nonmember institution is engaged or has engaged or is about to engage in any acts or practices which constitute or will constitute a violation of the provisions of this section or of any regulations thereunder, the Board may, in its discretion, bring an action in the United States district court for the judicial district in which the principal office of the institution is located to enjoin such acts or practices, to enforce compliance with this section or any regulations thereunder, or for a combination of the foregoing, and such courts shall have jurisdiction of such actions, and, upon a proper showing, an injunction, restraining order, or other appropriate order may be granted without bond. “ (d) All expenses of the Board under this section shall be considered as nonadministrative expenses." Sec. 3. Section 11 (i) of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1431 (i)) is amended— (1) by striking out “ $1,000,000,000" and inserting in lieu thereof “ $4,000,000,000"; (2) by striking out the last sentence thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “ Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subsection shall be upon terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury and shall bear such rate of interest as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury taking into consideration the current average market yield for the month FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 142 preceding the month of such purchase on outstanding marketable obliga tions of the United States."; and (3) by adding at the end thereof a new paragraph as follows: “ The authority provided in this subsection shall be used by the Secretary of the Treasury, when alternative means cannot effectively be employed, to permit members of the Home Loan Bank System to continue to supply reason able amounts of funds to the mortgage market whenever the ability to supply such funds is substantially impaired during periods of monetary stringency and rapidly rising interest rates and any funds so borrowed shall be repaid by the Home Loan Bank Board at the earliest practicable date." Sec. 4. (a) Section 19(a) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461) is amended by inserting after the word “ interest," the following: “ to determine what types of obligations, whether issued directly by a member bank or indi rectly by an affiliate of a member bank or by other means, shall be deemed a deposit,". (b)(1) The fourth sentence of section 18(g) of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(g)) is amended to read as follows: “ The Board of Directors is authorized for the purposes of this subsection to define the terms ‘time deposits' and ‘savings deposits', to determine what shall be deemed a payment of interest, and to prescribe such regulations as it may deem neces sary to effectuate the purposes of this subsection and to prevent evasions thereof." (2) Section 18(g) of such Act is further amended by inserting after the fifth sentence the following: “ The provisions of this subsection and of regulations issued thereunder shall also apply, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, to obligations other than deposits that are undertaken by insured nonmember banks or their affiliates for the purpose of obtaining funds to be used in the banking business. As used in this subsection, the term ‘affiliate’ has the same meaning as when used in section 2(b) of the Banking Act of 1933, as amended (12 U.S.C. 221a(b)), except that the term ‘member bank’, as used in such section 2(b), shall be deemed to refer to an insured nonmember bank." (c) The first sentence of section 18(g) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(g)) is amended by inserting “ or dividends" after “ interest’ Sec. 5. Section 19(b) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461) is amended by adding at the end thereof a new sentence as follows: “ The Board may, however, prescribe any reserve ratio, not more than 22 per centum, with respect to any indebtedness of a member bank that arises out of a transaction in the ordinary course of its banking business with respect to either funds received or credit extended by such bank to a bank organized under the law of a foreign country or a dependency or insular possession of the United States." Sec. 6. (a) Effective as of the close of December 31, 1969, section 404 of the National Housing Act is amended (1) by striking out “ plus any creditor obligations of such institu tio n " in subsection (b)(1), and the amendment made by this subdivision (1) shall be applicable also to any then unexpired portion of any then current premium year under subsection (b)(1). (2) by striking out “ and creditor obligations" in subsection (b)(2). (3) by striking out “ and its creditor obligations" in subsection (c). (4) by striking out “ and creditor obligations" each place it appears in subsection (g). The condition in the first sentence of that subsection shall FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 143 be deemed to be met as of the close of December 31, 1969. The words "such year” in that sentence shall be deemed to include also the year beginning January 1, 1970. (b) The Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation is authorized by regulation or otherwise (1) to make such provisions as it may deem advisable with respect to the order in which and the extent to which the components of a pro rata share of its secondary reserve shall be applied or be deemed to have been applied in the case of a reduction of such share through a use under the second sentence of section 404(e) of the National Housing Act or the first sentence of section 404(g), a transfer of part of such share under the third sentence of section 404(e), or otherwise. (2) to take such action, including without limitation such adjustments and refunds and such deferrals of premium payments and other pay ments, as it may determine to be necessary or appropriate for or in connection with the implementation of this section or other legislation amending or supplementing said section 404. Sec. 7. (a) The following provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act are amended by changing "$15,000", each place it appears therein, to read " $ 20,000": (1) The first sentence of section 3(m) (12 U.S.C. 1813(m)). (2) The first sentence of section 7(i) (12 U.S.C. 1817(i)>. (3) The last sentence of section 11(a) (12 U.S.C. 1821(a)). (4) The fifth sentence of section 11 (i) (12 U.S.C. 1821 (i)). (b) The amendments made by this section are not applicable to any claim arising out of the closing of a bank prior to the date of enactment of this Act. Sec. 8. (a) The following provisions of title IV of the National Housing Act are amended by changing "$15,000", each place it appears therein, to read " $ 20,000": (1) Section 401(b)(12 U.S.C. 1724(b)). (2) Section 405(a) (12 U.S.C. 1728(a)). (b) The amendments made by this section are not applicable to any claim arising out of a default, as defined in section 401(d) of the National Housing Act, where the appointment of a conservator, receiver, or other legal custodian as set forth in that section becomes effective prior to the date of enactment of this Act. Sec. 9. (a) Section 708(b) of the Defense Production Act of 1950 (50 U.S.C. 2158(b)) is amended by striking out everything after "United States", the first time it appears, and inserting a period in lieu thereof. (b) Section 708(f) of that Act (50 U.S.C. 2158(f)) is repealed. TITLE II— AUTHORITY FOR CREDIT CONTROL Sec. 201. Short title This title may be cited as the Credit Control Act. Sec. 202. Definitions and rules of construction (a) The definitions and rules of construction set forth in this section apply to the provisions of this title. (b) The term "B oard" refers to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 144 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (c) The term “ organization” means a corporation, government or govern mental subdivision or agency, trust, estate, partnership, cooperative, or asso ciation. (d) The term “ person" means a natural person or an organization. (e) The term “ credit" means the right granted by a creditor to a debtor to defer payment of debt or to incur debt and defer its payment. (f) The term “ creditor" refers to any person who extends, or arranges for the extension of, credit, whether in connection with a loan, a sale of property or services, or otherwise. (g) The term “ credit sale" refers to any sale with respect to which credit is extended or arranged by the seller. The term includes any rental-purchase con tract and any contract or arrangement for the bailing or leasing of property when used as a financing device. (h) The terms “ extension of credit" and “ credit transaction" include loans, credit sales, the supplying of funds through the underwriting, distribution, or acquisition of securities, the making or assisting in the making of a direct placement, or otherwise participating in the offering, distribution, or acquisition of securities. (i) The term “ borrower" includes any person to whom credit is extended. (j) The term “ loan" includes any type of credit, including credit extended in connection with a credit sale. (k) The term “ State" refers to any State, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, and any territory or possession of the United States. (I) Any reference to any requirement imposed under this title of any provi sion thereof includes reference to the regulations of the Board under this title or the provision thereof in question. Sec. 203. Regulations The Board shall prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this title. These regulations may contain such classifications, differentiations, or other provisions, and may provide for such adjustments and exceptions for any class of transactions, as in the judgment of the Board are necessary or proper to effectuate the purposes of this title, to prevent circumvention or evasion thereof, or to facilitate compliance therewith. Sec. 204. Determination of interest charge Except as otherwise provided by the Board, the amount of the interest charge in connection with any credit transaction shall be determined under the regulations of the Board as the sum of all charges payable directly or indi rectly to the person by whom the credit is extended in consideration of the extension of credit. Sec. 205. Authority for institution of credit controls (a) Whenever the President determines that such action is necessary or appropriate for the purpose of preventing or controlling inflation generated by the extension of credit in an excessive volume, the President may authorize the Board to regulate and control any or all extensions of credit. (b) The Board may, in administering this Act, utilize the services of the Federal Reserve banks and any other agencies, Federal or State, which are available and appropriate. FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 145 Sec. 206. Extent of control The Board, upon being authorized by the President under section 205 and for such period of time as he may determine, may by regulation (1) require transactions or persons or classes of either to be registered or licensed. (2) prescribe appropriate limitations, terms, and conditions for any such registration or license. (3) provide for suspension of any such registration or license for viola tion of any provision thereof or of any regulation, rule, or order pre scribed under this Act. (4) prescribe appropriate requirements as to the keeping of records and as to the form, contents, or substantive provisions of contracts, liens, or any relevant documents. (5) prohibit solicitations by creditors which would encourage evasion or avoidance of the requirements of any regulation, license, or registration under this Act. (6) prescribe the maximum amount of credit which may be extended on, or in connection with, any loan, purchase, or other extension of credit. (7) prescribe the maximum rate of interest, maximum maturity, m ini mum periodic payment, maximum period between payments, and any other specification or limitation of the terms and conditions of any exten sion of credit. (8) prescribe the methods of determining purchase prices or market values or other bases for computing permissible extensions of credit or required downpayment. (9) prescribe special or different terms, conditions, or exemptions with respect to new or used goods, minimum original cash payments, tem po rary credits which are merely incidental to cash purchases, payment or deposits usable to liquidate credits, and other adjustments or special situ ations. (10) prescribe maximum ratios, applicable to any class of either credi tors or borrowers or both, of loans of one or more types or of all types (A) to deposits of one or more types or of all types. (B) to assets of one or more types or of all types. (11) prohibit or lim it any extensions of credit under any circumstances the Board deems appropriate. Sec. 207. Reports Reports concerning the kinds, amounts, and characteristics of any exten sions of credit subject to this title, or concerning circumstances related to such extensions of credit, shall be filed on such forms, under oath or other wise, at such times and from tim e to time, and by such persons, as the Board may prescribe by regulation or order as necessary or appropriate for enabling the Board to perform its functions under this title. The Board may require any person to furnish, under oath or otherwise, complete information relative to any transaction within the scope of this title including the production of any books of account, contracts, letters, or other papers, in connection therewith in the custody or control of such person. 146 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Sec. 208. Injunctions Whenever it appears to the Board that any person has engaged, is engaged, or is about to engage in any acts or practices constituting a violation of any regulation under this title, it may in its discretion bring an action, in the proper district court of the United States or the proper United States court of any territory or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, to enjoin such acts or practices, and upon a proper showing a permanent or tem porary injunction or restraining order shall be granted without bond. Upon application of the Board, any such court may also issue mandatory injunctions commanding any person to comply with any regulation of the Board under this title. Sec. 209. Civil penalties (a) For each willful violation of any regulation under this title, the Board may assess upon any person to which the regulation applies, and upon any partner, director, officer, or employee thereof who w illfully participates in the violation, a civil penalty not exceeding $1,000. (b) In the event of the failure of any person to pay any penalty assessed under this section, a civil action for the recovery thereof may, in the discretion of the Board, be brought in the name of the United States. Sec. 210. Criminal penalty Whoever w illfully violates any regulation under this title shall be fined not more than $1,000 or imprisoned not more than one year, or both. TITLE III— SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ACTIVITY Sec. 301. The Small Business Administration shall promptly increase the level of its financing functions utilizing the business loan and investment fund established under section 4(c)(1)(B ) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 633(c)(1)(B )) by $70,000,000 above the level prevailing at the time of enact ment of this Act. The Small Business Administration shall submit to Congress a monthly report of its implementation of this section. Approved December 23, 1969. P u b lic L a w 9 1 -1 5 6 9 1 s t C o n g re s s , H .R . 7 4 9 1 D ecem ber 24, 1969 An Act To clarify the liability of national banks for certain taxes. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, § 1. Temporary amendment of section 5219, Revised Statutes (a) Section 5219 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 548) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “ 5. (a) In addition to the other methods of taxation authorized by the fore going provisions of this section and subject to the lim itations and restrictions specifically set forth in such provisions, a State or political subdivision thereof may impose any tax which is imposed generally on a nondiscriminatory basis FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 147 throughout the jurisdiction of such State or political subdivision (other than a tax on intangible personal property) on a national bank having its principal office within such State in the same manner and to the same extent as such tax is imposed on a bank organized and existing under the laws of such State. “ (b) Except as otherwise herein provided, the legislature of each State may impose, and may authorize any political subdivision thereof to impose, the fo l lowing taxes on a national bank not having its principal office located within the jurisdiction of such State, if such taxes are imposed generally throughout such jurisdiction on a nondiscriminatory basis: “ (1) Sales taxes and use taxes complementary thereto upon purchases, sales, and use within such jurisdiction. "(2 ) Taxes on real property or on the occupancy of real property located within such jurisdiction. “ (3) Taxes (including documentary stamp taxes) on the execution, delivery, or recordation of documents within such jurisdiction. “ (4) Taxes on tangible personal property (not including cash or cur rency) located within such jurisdiction. “ (5) License, registration, transfer, excise, or other fees or taxes imposed on the ownership, use, or transfer of tangible personal property located within such jurisdiction. “ (c) No sales tax or use tax complementary thereto shall be imposed pur suant to this paragraph 5 upon purchases, sales, and use within the taxing jurisdiction of tangible personal property which is the subject matter of a w rit ten contract of purchase entered into by a national bank prior to September 1, 1969. “ (d) As used in this paragraph 5, the term 'State' means any of the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam." (b) The amendment made by subsection (a) of this section shall be effec tive from the date of enactment of this Act until the effective date of the amendment made by section 2(a) of this Act. § 2. Permanent amendment of section 5219, Revised Statutes (a) Section 5219 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 548) is amended to read: “ Sec. 5219. For the purposes of any tax law enacted under authority of the United States or any State, a national bank shall be treated as a bank orga nized and existing under the laws of the State or other jurisdiction within which its principal office is located." (b) The amendment made by subsection (a) becomes effective on January 1, 1972. § 3. Saving provision (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, prior to January 1, 1972, no tax may be imposed on any class of banks by or under authority of any State legislation in effect prior to the enactment of this Act unless (1) the tax was imposed on that class of banks prior to the enactment of this Act, or (2) the imposition of the tax is authorized by affirmative action of the State legislature after the enactment of this Act. 148 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (b) The prohibiton of subsection (a) of this section does not apply to (1) any sales tax or use tax complementary thereto, (2) any tax (including a documentary stamp tax) on the execution, delivery, or recordation of documents, or (3) any tax on tangible personal property (not including cash or cur rency), or for any license, registration, transfer, excise or other fee or tax imposed on the ownership, use or transfer of tangible personal property, imposed by a State which does not impose a tax, or an increased rate of tax, in lieu thereof. § 4. Study by Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (a) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (hereinafter referred to as the “ Board") shall make a study to determine the probable impact on the banking systems and other economic effects of the changes in existing law to be made by section 2 of this Act governing income taxes, intangible property taxes, so-called doing business taxes, and any other similar taxes which are or may be imposed on banks. In conducting the study the Board shall consult with the Secretary of the Treasury and appropriate State banking and taxing authorities. (b) The Board shall make a report of the results of its study to the Con gress not later than December 31, 1970. The report shall include the Board's recommendations as to what additional Federal legislation, if any, may be needed to reconcile the promotion of the economic efficiency of the banking systems of the Nation with the achievement of effectiveness and local auton omy in meeting the fiscal needs of the States and their political subdivisions. Approved December 24, 1969. P u b lic L a w 9 1 -1 7 2 9 1 s t C o n g re s s , H .R . 1 3 2 7 0 D ecem ber 30, 1969 An Act To reform the income tax laws. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assem bled , SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE, ETC. (a) Short Title.— This Act may be cited as the “ Tax Reform Act of 1969". ❖ ❖ ❖ TITLE III— MINIMUM TAX; ADJUSTMENTS PRIMARILY AFFECTING INDIVIDUALS SUBTITLE A— MINIMUM TAX SEC. 301. MINIMUM TAX FOR TAX PREFERENCES. (a) In General.— Subchapter A of chapter 1 (relating to determination of tax liability) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new part: “ PART VI— MINIMUM TAX FOR TAX PREFERENCES "S e c . 56. Im p o s itio n o f ta x . “ Sec. 57. Ite m s o f ta x p re fe re n ce . “ Sec. 58. R ules fo r a p p lic a tio n o f th is p a rt. FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 149 "SEC. 56. IMPOSITION OF TAX. “ (a) In General.— In addition to the other taxes imposed by this chapter, there is hereby imposed for each taxable year, with respect to the income of every person, a tax equal to 10 percent of the amount (if any) by which— “ (1) the sum of the items of tax preference in excess of $30,000, is greater than "(2 ) the taxes imposed by this chapter for the taxable year (computed without regard to this part and without regard to the taxes imposed by sections 531 and 541) reduced by the sum of the credits allowable under— "(A ) section 33 (relating to foreign tax credit), "(B ) section 37 (relating to retirement income), and "(C) section 38 (relating to investment credit). "(b ) Deferral of Tax Liability in Case of Certain Net Operating Losses.— "(1 ) In General.— If for any taxable year a person— "(A ) has a net operating loss any portion of which (under section 172) remains as a net operating loss carryover to a succeeding taxable year, and "(B ) has items of tax preference in excess of $30,000, then an amount equal to the lesser of the tax imposed by subsection (a) or 10 percent of the amount of the net operating loss carryover described in subparagraph (A) shall be treated as tax liability not imposed for the taxable year, but as imposed for the succeeding taxable year or years pursuant to paragraph (2). "(2 ) Year.of liability.— In any taxable year in which any portion of the net operating loss carryover attributable to the excess described in para graph (1)(B) reduces taxable income, the amount of tax liability described in paragraph (1) shall be treated as tax liability imposed in such taxable year in an amount equal to 10 percent of such reduction. "(3 ) Priority of application.— For purposes of paragraph (2), if any por tion of the net operating loss carryover described in paragraph (1)(A) is not attributable to the excess described in paragraph (1)(B), such portion shall be considered as being applied in reducing taxable income before such other portion. "SEC. 57. ITEMS OF TAX PREFERENCE. "(a) In General.— For purposes of this part, the items of tax preference are— "(1 ) Excess investment interest.— The amount of the excess invest ment interest for the taxable year (as determined under subsection (b)). "(2 ) Accelerated depreciation on real property.— With respect to each section 1250 property (as defined in section 1250 (c)), the amount by which the deduction allowable for the taxable year for exhaustion, wear and tear, obsolescence, or amortization exceeds the depreciation deduc tion which would have been allowable for the taxable year had the tax payer depreciated the property under the straight line method for each taxable year of its useful life (determined without regard to section 167(k)) for which the taxpayer has held the property. "(3 ) Accelerated depreciation on personal property subject to a net lease.— With respect to each item of section 1245 property (as defined in section 1245(a)(3)) which is the subject of a net lease, the amount by which the deduction allowable for the taxable year for exhaustion, wear and tear, obsolescence, or amortization exceeds the depreciation deduc 150 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION tion which would have been allowable for the taxable year had the tax payer depreciated the property under the straight line method for each taxable year of its useful life for which the taxpayer has held the property. “ (4) Amortization of certified pollution control facilities.— With respect to each certified pollution control facility for which an election is in effect under section 169, the amount by which the deduction allowable for the taxable year under such section exceeds the depreciation deduction which would otherwise be allowable under section 167. "(5 ) Amortization of railroad rolling stock.— With respect to each unit of railroad rolling stock for which an election is in effect under section 184, the amount by which the deduction allowable for the taxable year under such section exceeds the depreciation deduction which would other wise be allowable under section 167. "(6 ) Stock options.— With respect to the transfer of a share of stock pursuant to the exercise of a qualified stock option (as defined in section 422(b)) or a restricted stock option (as defined in section 424(b)), the amount by which the fair market value of the share at the time of exer cise exceeds the option price. "(7 ) Reserves for losses on bad debts of financial institutions.— In the case of a financial institution to which section 585 or 593 applies, the amount by which the deduction allowable for the taxable year for a rea sonable addition to a reserve for bad debts exceeds the amount that would have been allowable had the institution maintained its bad debt reserve for all taxable years on the basis of actual experience. "(8 ) Depletion.— With respect to each property (as defined in section 614), the excess of the deduction for depletion allowable under section 611 for the taxable year over the adjusted basis of the property at the end of the taxable year (determined without regard to the depletion deduction for the taxable year). “ (9) Capital gains.— “ (A) Individuals.— In the case of a taxpayer other than a corpora tion, an amount equal to one-half of the amount by which the net long-term capital gain exceeds the net short-term capital loss for the taxable year. "(B ) Corporations.— In the case of a corporation, if the net long term capital gain exceeds the net short-term capital loss for the tax able year, an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying such excess by a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the normal tax rate and the surtax rate under section 11, minus the alternative tax rate under section 1201(a), for the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the sum of the normal tax rate and the surtax rate under section 11 for the taxable year. In the case of a corporation to which section 1201(a) does not apply, the amount under this subparagraph shall be determined under regulations pre scribed by the Secretary or his delegate in a manner consistent with the preceding sentence. Paragraph (1) shall apply only to taxable years beginning before January 1, 1972. Paragraphs (1) and (3) shall not apply to a corporation other than an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b)) and a per sonal holding company (as defined in section 542). "(b ) Excess Investment Interest.— "(1 ) In general.— For purposes of paragraph (1) of subsection (a), the excess investment interest for any taxable year is the amount by which FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 151 the investment interest expense for the taxable year exceeds the net investment income for the taxable year. “ (2) Definitions.— For purposes of this subsection— “ (A) Net investment income.— The term ‘net investment income’ means the excess of investment income over investment expenses. “ (B) Investment income.— The term ‘investment income' means— “ (i) the gross income from interest, dividends, rents, and royalties, “ (ii) the net short-term capital gain attributable to the dispo sition of property held for investment, and “ (iii) amounts treated under sections 1245 and 1250 as gain from the sale or exchange of property which is neither a capital asset nor property described in section 1231, but only to the extent such income, gain, and amounts are not derived from the conduct of a trade or business. “ (C) Investment expenses.— The term ‘investment expenses’ means the deductions allowable under sections 164(a) (1) or (2), 166, 167, 171, 212, 243, 244, 245, or 611 directly connected with the production of investment income. For purposes of this subpara graph, the deduction allowable under section 167 with respect to any property may be treated as the amount which would have been allowable had the taxpayer depreciated the property under the straight line method for each taxable year of its useful life for which the taxpayer has held the property, and the deduction allowable under section 611 with respect to any property may be treated as the amount which would have been allowable had the taxpayer deter mined the deduction under section 611 without regard to section 613 for each taxable year for which the taxpayer has held the prop erty. “ (D) Investment interest expense.— The term ‘investment interest expense’ means interest paid or accrued on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry property held for investment. For pur poses of the preceding sentence, interest paid or accrued on indebt edness incurred or continued in the construction of property to be used in a trade or business shall not be treated as an investment interest expense. “ (3) Property subject to net lease.— For purposes of this subsection, property which is subject to a net lease entered into after October 9, 1969, shall be treated as property held for investment, and not as prop erty used in a trade or business. “ (c) Net Leases.— For purposes of this section, property shall be considered to be subject to a net lease for a taxable year if— “ (1) for such taxable year the sum of the deductions with respect to such property which are allowable solely by reason of section 162 is less than 15 percent of the rental income produced by such property, or “ (2) the lessor is either guaranteed a specified return or is guaranteed in whole or in part against loss of income. “ SEC. 58. RULES FOR APPLICATION OF THIS PART. “ (a) Husband and Wife.— In the case of a husband or wife who files a sep arate return for the taxable year, the $30,000 amount specified in section 56 shall be $15,000. 152 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION "(b ) Members of Controlled Groups.— In the case of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 1563(a)), the $30,000 amount specified in section 56 shall be divided equally among the component members of such group unless all component members consent (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary or his delegate prescribes by regulations) to an apportionment plan providing for an unequal allocation of such amount. "(c) Estates and Trusts.— In the case of an estate or trust— "(1 ) the sum of the items of tax preference for any taxable year of the estate or trust shall be apportioned between the estate or trust and the beneficiaries on the basis of the income of the estate or trust allocable to each, and "(2 ) the $30,000 amount specified in section 56 applicable to such estate or trust shall be reduced to an amount which bears the same ratio to $30,000 as the portion of the sum of the items of tax preference allo cated to the estate or trust under paragraph (1) bears to such sum. "(d ) Electing Small Business Corporations and Their Shareholders.— "(1 ) In general.— Except as provided in paragraph (2), the items of tax preference of an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b)) for each taxable year of the corporation shall be treated as items of tax preference of the shareholders of such corporation, and, except as provided in paragraph (2), shall not be treated as items of tax preference of such corporation. The sum of the items so treated shall be apportioned pro rata among such shareholders in a manner consistent with section 1374(c)(1). For purposes of this paragraph, this part shall be treated as applying to such corporation. "(2 ) Certain capital gains.— If for a taxable year of an electing small business corporation a tax is imposed on the income of such corporation under section 1378, such corporation shall, notwithstanding the provisions of section 1371(b)(1), be subject to the tax imposed by section 56, but computed only with reference to the item of tax preference set forth in section 57(a)(9)(B) to the extent attributable to gains subject to the tax imposed by section 1378. "(e) Participants in a Common Trusc Fund.— The items of tax preference of a common trust fund (as defined in section 584(a)) for each taxable year of the fund shall be treated as items of tax preference of the participants of such fund and shall be apportioned pro rata among such participants. For purposes of this subsection, this part shall be treated as applying to such fund. " (f) Regulated Investment Companies, Etc.— In the case of a regulated investment company to which part I of subchapter M applies or a real estate investment trust to which part II of subchapter M applies— "(1 ) the item of tax preference set forth in section 57(a)(9) shall not be treated as an item of tax preference of such company or such trust for each taxable year to the extent that such item is attributable to amounts taken into account as income by the shareholders of such com pany under section 852(b)(3), or by the shareholders or holders of bene ficial interests of such trust under section 857(b)(3), and "(2 ) the items of tax preference of such company or such trust for each taxable year (other than the item of tax preference set forth in sec tion 57(a)(9) and, in the case of a real estate investment trust, the item of tax preference set forth in section 57(a)(2)) shall be treated as items of tax preference of the shareholders of such company, or the sharehold ers or holders of beneficial interests of such trust (and not as items of FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 153 tax preference of such company or such trust), in the same proportion that the dividends (other than capital gain dividends) paid to each such shareholder, or holder of beneficial interest, bears to the taxable income of such company or such trust determined without regard to the deduc tion for dividends paid. "(g ) Tax Preferences Attributable to Foreign Sources.— "(1 ) In general.— For purposes of section 56, the items of tax prefer ence set forth in section 57(a) (other than in paragraphs (6) and (9) of such section) which are attributable to sources within any foreign country or posession of the United States shall be taken into account only to the extent that such items reduce the tax imposed by this chapter (other than the tax imposed by section 56) on income derived from sources within the United States. For purposes of the preceding sentence, items of tax preference shall be treated as reducing the tax imposed by this chapter before items which are not items of tax preference. "(2 ) Capital gains and stock options.— For purposes of section 56, the items of tax preference set forth in paragraphs (6) and (9) of section 57(a) which are attributable to sources within any foreign country or possession of the United States shall not be taken into account if, under the tax laws of such country or possession— "(A) in the case of the item set forth in paragraph (6) of section 57(a), preferential treatment is not accorded transfers of shares of stock pursuant to stock options described in such paragraph, and “ (B) in the case of the item set forth in paragraph (9) of section 57(a), preferential treatment is not accorded gain from the sale or exchange of capital assets (or property treated as capital assets)." (b) Technical and Conforming Amendments.— (1) The table of parts for subchapter A of chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new item: " P a rt VI. M in im u m ta x fo r ta x p re fe re n c e s ." (2) Section 5(a) (relating to cross references to other rates of tax on individuals, etc.) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph: “ (5) For minimum tax for tax preferences, see section 56." (3) Section 12 (relating to cross references relating to tax on corpora tions) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new para graph: “ (8) For minimum tax for tax preferences, see section 56." (4) Section 46(a)(3) (relating to liability for tax for determining amount of investment credit) is amended by inserting “ section 56 (relat ing to minimum tax for tax preferences)," before "section 531". (5) Section 51(b)(1) (relating to adjusted tax for purposes of tax sur charge) is amended by inserting "section 56," after "th is section,". (6) Section 443 (relating to returns for a period of less than 12 months) is amended by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection (e) and inserting after subsection (c) the following new subsection: "(d ) Adjustment in Exclusion for Computing Minimum Tax for Tax Prefer ences.— If a return is made for a short period by reason of subsection (a), then the $30,000 amount specified in section 56 (relating to minimum tax for tax preferences), modified as provided by section 58, shall be reduced to the amount which bears the same ratio to such specified amount as the number of days in the short period bears to 365." FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 154 (7) Section 453(c)(3) (relating to rule for change from accrual to installment basis) is amended by inserting, “ other than by section 5 6 /' after “ prior revenue laws)". (8) Section 511 (relating to tax on unrelated business income of chari table, etc., organizations) is amended by adding after subsection (c) (as added by section 121(a)(3) of this Act) the following new subsection: “ (d) Tax Preferences.— The tax imposed by section 56 shall apply to an organization subject to tax under this section with respect to items of tax pref erence which enter into the computation of unrelated business taxable income." (9) The last sentence of section 901(a) (relating to allowance of credit for taxes of foreign countries and of possessions of the United States) is amended by inserting “ against the tax imposed by section 56 (relating to minimum tax for tax preferences)," after “ not be allowed". (10) Section 1373(c) (relating to definition of undistributed taxable income) is amended by striking out “ tax imposed by section 1378(a)" and inserting in lieu thereof “ taxes imposed by sections 56 and 1378(a)". (11) Section 1375(a)(3) (relating to reduction for taxes imposed) is amended— (A) by striking out “ tax imposed by section 1378" in the heading of such section and inserting in lieu thereof “ taxes imposed"; and (B) by striking out “ tax imposed by section 1378(a) on the income o f" in the text of such section and inserting in lieu thereof “ taxes imposed by sections 56 and 1378(a) on". (12) Section 6015(c) (relating to definition of estimated tax) is amended by inserting after “ taxable year" in paragraph (1) “ (other than the tax imposed by section 5 6 )". (13) Section 6654(f) (relating to definition of tax) is amended by inserting after “ chapter 1" in paragraph (1) “ (other than by section 5 6 )". (c) Effective Date.— The amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years ending after December 31, 1969. In the case of a taxable year beginning in 1969 and ending in 1970, the tax imposed by section 56 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as added by subsection (a)) shall be an amount equal to the tax imposed by such section (determined without regard to this sentence) multiplied by a fraction— (1) the numerator of which is the number of days in the taxable year occurring after December 31, 1969, and (2) the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire tax able year. SUBTITLE D— ACCUMULATION TRUSTS, MULTIPLE TRUSTS, ETC. SEC. 331. TREATMENT OF EXCESS DISTRIBUTIONS BY TRUSTS. (a) In General.— Subpart D of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 is amended to read as follows: “ SUBPART D— TREATMENT OF EXCESS DISTRIBUTIONS BY TRUSTS “ Sec. “ Sec. “ Sec. “ Sec. “ Sec. 665. 666. 667. 668. 669. D e fin itio n s a p p lic a b le to s u b p a rt D. A c c u m u la tio n d is tr ib u tio n a llo c a te d to p re c e d in g ye ars. D en ia l o f re fu n d to tru s ts ; a u th o riz a tio n o f c re d it to b e n e fic ia rie s . T re a tm e n t o f a m o u n ts deem ed d is trib u te d in p re c e d in g ye ars. T re a tm e n t o f c a p ita l g a in deem ed d is trib u te d in p re c e d in g years. FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 155 “ SEC. 665. DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBPART D. “ (a) Undistributed Net Income.— For purposes of this subpart, the term 'undistributed net income' for any taxable year means the amount by which the distributable net income of the trust for such taxable year exceeds the sum of— “ (1) the amounts for such taxable year specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 661(a), and “ (2) the amount of taxes imposed on the trust attributable to such distributable net income. “ (b) Accumulation Distribution.— For purposes of this subpart, the term ‘accumulation distribution' means, for any taxable year of the trust, the amount by which— “ (1) the amounts specified in paragraph (2) of section 661(a) for such taxable year, exceed “ (2) distributable net income for such year reduced (but not below zero) by the amounts specified in paragraph (1) of section 661(a). “ (c) Special Rule Applicable to Distributions by Certain Foreign Trusts.— For purposes of this subpart, any amount paid to a United States person which is from a payor who is not a United States person and which is derived directly or indirectly from a foreign trust created by a United States person shall be deemed in the year of payment to have been directly paid by the foreign trust. “ (d) Taxes Imposed on the Trust.— For purposes of this subpart, the term 'taxes imposed on the tru s t’ means the amount of the taxes which are imposed for any taxable year of the trust under this chapter (without regard to this subpart) and which, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, are properly allocable to the undistributed portions of distributable net income and gains in excess of losses from sales or exchanges of capital assets. The amount determined in the preceding sentence shall be reduced by any amount of such taxes deemed distributed under section 666 (b) and (c) or 669 (d) and (e) to any beneficiary. “ (e) Preceding Taxable Year.— For purposes of this subpart— “ (1) in the case of a trust (other than a foreign trust created by a United States person), the term 'preceding taxable year' does not include any taxable year of the trust— “ (A) which precedes by more than 5 years the taxable year of the trust in which an accumulation distribution is made, if it is made in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1974, “ (B) which begins before January 1, 1969, in the case of an accumulation distribution made during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1973, or “ (C) which begins before January 1, 1969, in the case of a capi tal gain distribution made during a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1968; and “ (2) in the case of a foreign tru st created by a United States person, such term does not include any taxable year of the trust to which this part does not apply. In the case of a preceding taxable year with respect to which a trust qualifies (without regard to this subpart) under the provisions of subpart B, for pur poses of the application of this subpart to such trust for such taxable year, such trust shall, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, be treated as a trust to which subpart C applies. “ (f) Undistributed Capital Gain.— For purposes of this subpart, the term ‘undistributed capital gain’ means, for any taxable year of the trust beginning after December 31, 1968, the amount by which— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 156 “ (1) gains in excess of losses from the sale or exchange of capital assets, to the extent that such gains are allocated to corpus and are not (A) paid, credited, or required to be distributed to any beneficiary during such taxable year, or (B) paid, permanently set aside, or used for the purposes specified in section 642(c), exceed "(2 ) the amount of taxes imposed on the trust attributable to such gains. For purposes of paragraph (1), the deduction under section 1202 (relating to deduction for excess of capital gains over capital losses) shall not be taken into account. "(g) Capital Gain Distribution.— For purposes of this subpart, the term 'cap ital gain distribution’ for any taxable year of the trust means, to the extent of undistributed capital gain for such taxable year, that portion of— “ (1) the excess of the amounts specified in paragraph (2) of section 661(a) for such taxable year over distributable net income for such year reduced (but not below zero) by the amounts specified in paragraph (1) of section 661(a), over "(2 ) the undistributed net income of the trust for all preceding taxable years. "SEC. 666. ACCUMULATION YEARS. DISTRIBUTION ALLOCATED TO PRECEDING "(a) Amount Allocated.— In the case of a trust which is subject to subpart C, the amount of the accumulation distribution of such trust for a taxable year shall be deemed to be an amount within the meaning of paragraph (2) of sec tion 661(a) distributed on the last day of each of the preceding taxable years, commencing with the earliest of such years, to the extent that such amount exceeds the total of any undistributed net income for all earlier preceding tax able years. The amount deemed to be distributed in any such preceding tax able year under the preceding sentence shall not exceed the undistributed net income for such preceding taxable year. For purposes of this subsection, undistributed net income for each of such preceding taxable years shall be computed without regard to such accumulation distribution and without regard to any accumulation distribution determined for any succeeding taxable year. "(b ) Total Taxes Deemed Distributed.— If any portion of an accumulation distribution for any taxable year is deemed under subsection (a) to be an amount within the meaning of paragraph (2) of section 661(a) distributed on the last day of any preceding taxable year, and such portion of such distribu tion is not less than the undistributed net income for such preceding taxable year, the trust shall be deemed to have distributed on the last day of such preceding taxable year an additional amount within the meaning of paragraph (2) of section 661(a). Such additional amount shall be equal to the taxes imposed on the trust for such preceding taxable year attributable to the undis tributed net income. For purposes of this subsection, the undistributed net income and the taxes imposed on the trust for such preceding taxable year attributable to such undistributed net income shall be computed without regard to such accumulation distribution and without regard to any accumula tion distribution determined for any succeeding taxable year. "(c) Pro Rata Portion of Taxes Deemed Distributed.— If any portion of an accumulation distribution for any taxable year is deemed under subsection (a) to be an amount within the meaning of paragraph (2) of section 661(a) dis tributed on the last day of any preceding taxable year and such portion of the FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 157 accumulation distribution is less than the undistributed net income for such preceding taxable year, the trust shall be deemed to have distributed on the last day of such preceding taxable year an additional amount within the mean ing of paragraph (2) of section 661(a). Such additional amount shall be equal to the taxes imposed on the trust for such taxable year attributable to the undistributed net income multiplied by the ratio of the portion of the accumu lation distribution to the undistributed net income of the trust for such year. For purposes of this subsection, the undistributed net income and the taxes imposed on the trust for such preceding taxable year attributable to such undistributed net income shall be computed without regard to the accumula tion distribution and without regard to any accumulation distribution deter mined for any succeeding taxable year. "(d ) Rule When Information Is Not Available.— If adequate records are not available to determine the proper application of this subpart to an amount dis tributed by a trust, such amount shall be deemed to be an accumulation dis tribution consisting of undistributed net income earned during the earliest pre ceding taxable year of the trust in which it can be established that the trust was in existence. "SEC. 667. DENIAL OF REFUND TO TRUSTS; AUTHORIZATION OF CREDIT TO BENEFICIARIES. "(a) Denial of Refund to Trusts.— No refund or credit shall be allowed to a trust for any preceding taxable year by reason of a distribution deemed to have been made by such trust in such year under section 666 or 669. "(b ) Authorization of Credit to Beneficiary.— There shall be allowed as a credit (without interest) against the tax imposed by this subtitle on the benefi ciary an amount equal to the amount of the taxes deemed distributed to such beneficiary by the trust under sections 666 (b) and (c) and 669 (d) and (e) during preceding taxable years of the trust on the last day of which the benefi ciary was in being, reduced by the amount of the taxes deemed distributed to such beneficiary for such preceding taxable years to the extent that such taxe^ are taken into account under sections 668(b)(1) and 669(b) in determining the amount of the tax imposed by section 668. "SEC. 668. TREATMENT OF AMOUNTS DEEMED DISTRIBUTED IN PRE CEDING YEARS. "(a ) General Rule.— The total of the amounts which are treated under sec tions 666 and 669 as having been distributed by the trust in a preceding tax able year shall be included in the income of a beneficiary of the trust when paid, credited, or required to be distributed to the extent that such total would have been included in the income of such beneficiary under section 662(a) (2) and (b) if such total had been paid to such beneficiary on the last day of such preceding taxable year. The tax imposed by this subtitle on a beneficiary for a taxable year in which any such amount is included in his income shall be determined only as provided in this section and shall consist of the sum of— "(1 ) a partial tax computed on the taxable income reduced by an amount equal to the total of such amounts, at the rate and in the manner as if this section had not been enacted, "(2 ) a partial tax determined as provided in subsection (b) of this sec tion, and 158 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION "(3 ) in the case of a beneficiary of a trust which is not required to distribute all of its income currently, a partial tax determined as provided in section 669. For purposes of this subpart, a trust shall not be considered to be a trust which is not required to distribute all of its income currently for any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which income is accumulated. “ (b) Tax on Distribution.— “ (1) Alternative Methods.— Except as provided in paragraph (2), the partial tax imposed by subsection (a)(2) shall be the lesser of— “ (A) the aggregate of the taxes attributable to the amounts deemed distributed under section 666 had they been included in the gross income of the beneficiary on the last day of each respective preceding taxable year, or “ (B) the tax determined by multiplying, by the number of preced ing taxable years of the trust, on the last day of which an amount is deemed under section 666(a) to have been distributed, the average of the increase in tax attributable to recomputing the beneficiary’s gross income for each of the beneficiary’s 3 taxable years immedi ately preceding the year of the accumulation distribution by adding to the income of each of such years an amount determined by divid ing the amount deemed distributed under section 666 and required to be included in income under subsection (a) by such number of preceding taxable years of the trust, less an amount equal to the amount of taxes deemed distributed to the beneficiary under sections 666 (b) and (c). “ (2) Special Rules.— “ (A) If a beneficiary was not in existence on the last day of a pre ceding taxable year of the trust with respect to which a distribution is deemed made under section 666(a), the partial tax under either paragraph (1)(A) or (1)(B) shall be computed as if the beneficiary were in existence on the last day of such year on the basis that the beneficiary had no gross income (other than amounts deemed distrib uted to him under sections 666 and 669 by the same or other trusts) and no deductions for such year. “ (B) The partial tax shall not be computed under the provisions of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) if, in the same prior taxable year of the beneficiary in which any part of the accumulation d istri bution is deemed under section 666(a) to have been distributed to such beneficiary, some part of prior accumulation distributions by each of two or more other trusts is deemed under section 666(a) to have been distributed to such beneficiary. “ (C) If the partial tax is computed under paragraph (1)(B), and the amount of the undistributed net income deemed distributed in any preceding taxable year of the trust is less than 25 percent of the amount of the accumulation distribution divided by the number of preceding taxable years to which the accumulation distribution is allocated under section 666(a), the number of preceding taxable years of the trust with respect to which an amount is deemed dis tributed to a beneficiary under section 666(a) shall be determined without regard to such year. “ (3) Effect of other accumulation distributions and capital gain distri butions.— In computing the partial tax under paragraph (1) for any bene ficiary, the income of such beneficiary for each of his prior taxable years— FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 159 “ (A) shall include amounts previously deemed distributed to such beneficiary in such year under section 666 or 669 as a result of prior accumulation distributions or capital gain distributions (whether from the same or another trust), and “ (B) shall not include amounts deemed distributed to such benefi ciary in such year under section 669 as a result of a capital gain distribution from the same trust in the current year. “ (4) Multiple distributions in the same taxable year.— In the case of accumulation distributions made from more than one trust which are includible in the income of a beneficiary in the same taxable year, the distributions shall be deemed to have been made consecutively in which ever order the beneficiary shall determine. “ (5) Information requirements with respect to beneficiary.— “ (A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the partial tax shall not be computed under the provisions of paragraph (1)(A) unless the beneficiary supplies such information with respect to his income, for each taxable year with which or in which ends a taxable year of the trust on the last day of which an amount is deemed distributed under section 666(a), as the Secretary or his delegate prescribes by regulations. “ (B) If by reason of paragraph (2)(B) the provisions of para graph (1)(B) do not apply, the determination of the amount of the beneficiary’s income for a taxable year for which the beneficiary has not supplied the information required under subparagraph (A) shall be made by the Secretary or his delegate on the basis of information available to him. “ SEC. 669. TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAIN PRECEDING YEARS. DEEMED DISTRIBUTED IN “ (a) Amount Allocated.— In the case of a trust which is not required to dis tribute all of its income currently, the amount of a capital gain distribution of such trust for a taxable year shall be deemed to be an amount properly paid, credited, or required to be distributed on the last day of each of the preceding taxable years, commencing with the earliest of such years, to the extent that such amount exceeds the total of any undistributed capital gain for all earlier preceding taxable years. The amount deemed to be distributed in any such preceding taxable year under the preceding sentence shall not exceed the undistributed capital gain for such preceding taxable year. For purposes of this subsection, undistributed capital gain for each of such preceding taxable years shall be computed without regard to such capital gain distribution and without regard to any capital gain distribution determined for any succeeding taxable year. “ (b) Tax on Distribution.— The partial tax imposed by section 668(a)(3) shall be the lesser of—* “ (1) the aggregate of the taxes attributable to the amounts deemed distributed under this section, had such amounts been included in the gross income of the beneficiary on the last day of each respective preced ing taxable year, or “ (2) the tax determined by multiplying by the number of preceding taxable years of the trust, on the last day of which net gains from the sale or exchange of capital assets are deemed under subsection (a) to have been distributed, the average of the increase in tax attributable to FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 160 recomputing the beneficiary’s gross income for each of the beneficiary’s 3 taxable years immediately preceding the year of the capital gain distribu tion by adding to the income of each of such years an amount deter mined by dividing the total of the amounts deemed distributed under this section and required to be included in income under section 668(a) by such number of preceding taxable years of the trust, less an amount equal to the amount of taxes deemed distributed to the bene ficiary under subsections (d) and (e) which are attributable to the capital gain distribution. “ (c) Effect of Other Distributions; Special Rules, Etc.— In computing the partial tax under subsection (b) for any beneficiary, the income of such benefi ciary for each of his prior taxable years— “ (1) shall include amounts previously deemed distributed to such ben eficiary in such year under section 666 or 669 as a result of prior accu mulation distributions or capital gain distributions (whether from the same or another trust), and “ (2) shall include amounts deemed distributed to such beneficiary in such year under section 666 as a result of an accumulation distribution from the same trust in the current year. Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, rules sim ilar to the rules provided by paragraphs (2), (4), and (5) of section 668(b) shall be applied for purposes of this section. “ (d) Total Taxes Deemed Distributed.— If any portion of a capital gain dis tribution for any taxable year is deemed under subsection (a) to be an amount properly paid, credited or required to be distributed on the last day of any pre ceding taxable year, and such portion of such capital gain distribution is not less than the undistributed capital gain for such preceding taxable year, the trust shall be deemed to have properly distributed on the last day of such pre ceding taxable year an additional amount. Such additional amount shall be equal to the taxes imposed on the trust for such preceding taxable year a ttrib utable to such undistributed capital gain. For purposes of this subsection, the undistributed capital gain and the taxes imposed on the trust for such preced ing taxable year attributable to such gain shall be computed without regard to such capital gain distribution and without regard to any capital gain distribu tion determined for any succeeding taxable year. “ (e) Pro Rata Portion of Taxes Deemed Distributed.— If any portion of a capital gain distribution for any taxable year is deemed under subsection (a) to be an amount properly paid, credited, or required to be distributed on the last day of any preceding taxable year and such portion of the capital gain dis tribution is less than the undistributed capital gain for such preceding taxable year, the trust shall be deemed to have properly distributed on the last day of such preceding taxable year an additional amount. Such additional amount shall be equal to the taxes imposed on the trust for such taxable year a ttrib u t able to such undistributed capital gain multiplied by the ratio of the portion of the capital gain distribution to the undistributed capital gain of the trust for such year. For purposes of this subsection, the undistributed capital gain and the taxes imposed on the trust for such preceding taxable year attributable to such gain shall be computed without regard to the capital gain distribution and without regard to any capital gain distribution determined for any succeed ing taxable year. FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 161 “ (f) Character of Capital Gain.— For purposes of this section, the character of the capital gain of a trust for any taxable year with respect to a beneficiary shall be the same as it was with respect to the tru st." (b) Distributions in First Sixty-Five Days of Taxable Year.— Section 663(b) (2) (relating to limitation on sixty-five day rule) is amended to read as follows: “ (2) Limitation.— Paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to any taxable year of a trust only if the fiduciary of such trust elects, in such manner and at such time as the Secretary or his delegate prescribes by regula tions, to have paragraph (1) apply for such taxable year." (c) Excessive Credits.— Section 6401(b) (relating to excessive credits) is amended— (1) by striking out “ Linder Sections 31 and 3 9 " in the heading of such section; (2) by striking out “ and 39 (relating" in the text of such section and inserting in lieu thereof 39 (relating” ; and (3) by inserting after “ lubricating o il)" in the text of such section “ and 667(b) (relating to taxes paid by certain tru sts)". (d) Effective Date.— (1) General Rule.— Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1968. (2) Exceptions.— (A) Amounts paid, credited, or required to be distributed by a trust (other than a foreign trust created by a United States person) on or before the last day of a taxable year of the trust beginning before January 1, 1974, shall not be deemed to be accumulation dis tributions to the extent that such amounts were accumulated by a trust in taxable years of such trust beginning before January 1, 1969, and would have been excepted from the definition of an accu mulation distribution by reason of paragraphs (1), (2), (3), or (4) of section 665(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as in effect on December 31, 1968, if they had been distributed on the last day of the last taxable year of the trust beginning before January 1, 1969. (B) For taxable years of a trust beginning before January 1, 1970, the first sentence of section 666(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as amended by this section) shall not apply, and the amount of the accumulation distribution of the trust for such taxable years shall be deemed to be an amount within the meaning of paragraph (2) of section 661(a) distributed on the last day of each of the pre ceding taxable years to the extent that such amount exceeds the total of any undistributed net income for any taxable years interven ing between the taxable year with respect of which the accumulation distribution is determined and such preceding taxable year. (C) In the case of a trust which was in existence on December 31, 1969, section 669 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended by this section, shall not apply to capital gain distributions made to a beneficiary before January 1, 1972. If the beneficiary receives capital gain distributions from more than one such trust before January 1, 1972, the preceding sentence shall apply to capi 162 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION tal gain distributions from only one of such trusts, such one to be designated by the taxpayer in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate. For purposes of the preceding sen tence, capital gain distributions received from a trust qualifying under section 2056(b)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 by a surviving spouse (who is the beneficiary of only one such trust) shall be disregarded. SEC. 332. TRUST INCOME FOR BENEFIT OF A SPOUSE. (a) Income for Benefit of Grantor's Spouse.— (1) Paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section 677(a) (relating to income for benefit of grantor) are amended by striking out "the grantor" each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof "the grantor or the grantor’s spouse". (2) Section 677(b) is amended by striking out "beneficiary" and insert ing in lieu thereof "beneficiary (other than the grantor’s spouse)". (b) Effective Date.— The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply in respect of property transferred in trust after October 9, 1969. TITLE IV— ADJUSTMENTS PRIMARILY AFFECTING CORPORATIONS ❖ * * SUBTITLE D— FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SEC. 431. RESERVE FOR LOSSES ON LOANS; NET OPERATING LOSS CAR RYBACKS. (a) Bad Debt Deductions of Financial Institutions.— Part I of subchapter H of chapter 1 (relating to rules of general application to banking institutions) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sections: "SEC. 585, RESERVES FOR LOSSES ON LOANS OF BANKS. "(a ) Institutions to Which Section Applies.— This section shall apply to the following financial institutions: "(1 ) any bank (as defined in section 581) other than an organization to which section 593 applies, and "(2 ) any corporation to which paragraph (1) would apply esxcept for the fact that it is a foreign corporation, and in the case of any such fo r eign corporation this section shall apply only with respect to loans out standing the interest on which is effectively connected with the conduct of a banking business within the United States. "(b ) Addition to Reserves for Bad Debts.— "(1 ) General Rule.— For purposes of section 166(c), the reasonable addition to the reserve for bad debts of any financial institution to which this section applies shall be an amount determined by the taxpayer which shall not exceed the greater of— "(A ) fo r taxable years beginning before 1988 the addition to the reserve for losses on loans determined under the percentage method as provided in paragraph (2), or “ (B) the addition to the reserve fo r losses on loans determined under the experience method as provided in paragraph (3). FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 “ (2) Percentage Method.— The graph for a taxable year shall be balance of the reserve for losses year) to the allowable percentage time, except that— 163 amount determined under this para the amount necessary to increase the on loans (at the close of the taxable of eligible loans outstanding at such “ (A) If the reserve for losses on loans at the close of the base year is less than the allowable percentage of eligible loans outstand ing at such time, the amount determined under this paragraph with respect to the difference shall not exceed one-fifth of such differ ence. “ (B) If the reserve for losses on loans at the close of the base year is not less than the allowable percentage of eligible loans out standing at such time, the amount determined under this paragraph shall be the amount necessary to increase the balance of the reserve at the close of the taxable year to (i) the allowable percentage of eli gible loans outstanding at such time, or (ii) the balance of the reserve at the close of the base year, whichever is greater, but if the amount of eligible loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year is less than the amount of such loans outstanding at the close of the base year, the amount determined under clause (ii) shall be the amount necessary to increase the balance of the reserve at the close of the taxable year to the amount which bears the same ratio to eli gible loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as the bal ance of the reserve at the close of the base year bears to the amount of eligible loans outstanding at the close of the base year. For purposes of this paragraph, the term 'allowable percentage' means 1.8 percent for taxable years beginning before 1976; 1.2 percent fo r tax able years beginning after 1975 but before 1982; and 0.6 percent fo r tax able years beginning after 1981. The amount determined under this para graph shall not exceed 0.6 percent of eligible loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year or an amount sufficient to increase the reserve for losses on loans to 0.6 percent of eligible loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year, whichever is greater. For purposes of this para graph, the term 'base year' means: for taxable years beginning before 1976, the last taxable year beginning on or before July 11, 1969, for tax able years beginning after 1975 but before 1982, the last taxable year beginning before 1976, and for taxable years beginning after 1981, the last taxable year beginning before 1982; except that for purposes of subparagraph (A) such term means the last taxable year before the most recent adoption of the percentage method, if later. “ (3) Experience method.— The amount determined under this para graph for a taxable year shall be the amount necessary to increase the balance of the reserve for losses on loans (at the close of the taxable year) to the greater of— “ (A) the amount which bears the same ratio to loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as (i) the total bad debts sustained during the taxable year and the 5 preceding taxable years (or, with the approval of the Secretary or his delegate, a shorter period), adjusted for recoveries of bad debts during such period, bears to (ii) 164 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION the sum of the loans outstanding at the close of such 6 or fewer taxable years, or “ (B) the lower of— “ (i) the balance of the reserve at the close of the base year, or “ (ii) if the amount of loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year is less than the amount of loans outstanding at the close of the base year, the amount which bears the same ratio to loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year as the bal ance of the reserve at the close of the base year bears to the amount of loans outstanding at the close of the base year. For purposes of this paragraph, the base year shall be the last taxable year before the most recent adoption of the experience method, except that for taxable years beginning after 1987 the base year shall be the last taxable year beginning before 1988. “ (4) Regulations; definition of eligible loan, etc.— The Secretary or his delegate shall define the terms ‘loan’ and 'eligible loan' and prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section; except that the term 'eligible loan’ shall not include— “ (A) a loan to a bank (as defined in section 581), “ (B) a loan to a domestic branch of a foreign corporation to which subsection (a)(2) applies, “ (C) a loan secured by a deposit (i) in the lending bank, or (ii) in an institution described in subparagraph (A) or (B) if the lending bank has control over withdrawal of such deposit, “ (D) a loan to or guaranteed by the United States, a possession or instrum entality thereof, or a State or a political subdivision thereof, “ (E) a loan evidenced by a security as defined in section 165(g)(2)(C), “ (F) a loan of Federal funds, and “ (G) commercial paper, including short-term which may be purchased on the open market. promissory notes SEC. 432. MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS, ETC. (a) Reserve for Losses on Loans.— Section 593(b) (relating to addition to reserves for bad debts) is amended— (1) by striking out subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “ (A) the amount determined to be a reasonable addition to the reserve for losses on nonqualifying loans, computed in the same manner as is provided with respect to additions to the reserves for losses on loans of banks under section 585(b)(3), plus". (2) by striking out paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (5) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “ (2) Percentage of taxable income method.— “ (A) In general.— Subject to subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D), the amount determined under this paragraph for the taxable year shall FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 165 be an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the taxable income for such year (determined under the following table): " F o r a ta x a b le y e a r b e g in n in g in — The a p p lic a b le p e rc e n ta g e u n d e r th is p a ra g ra p h s h a ll be— 1969 60 percent. 1970 ........................ 57 percent. ................................................................................ 54 percent. 1971 1972 51 percent. 1973 49 percent. 1974 .......................................................................... 47 percent. 1975 ............................................ 45 percent. 1976 43 percent. 1977 42 percent. 1978 41 percent. 1979 or thereafter ............................................................................... 40 percent. “ (B) Reduction of applicable percentage in certain cases.— If, for the taxable year, the percentage of the assets of a taxpayer described in subsection (a), which are assets described in section 7701(a)(19)(C), is less than— “ (i) 82 percent of the total assets in the case of a taxpayer other than a mutual savings bank, the applicable percentage for such year provided by subparagraph (A) shall be reduced by % of 1 percentage point for each 1 percentage point of such d if ference, or “ (ii) 72 percent of the total assets in the case of a mutual savings bank, the applicable percentage for such year provided by subparagraph (A) shall be reduced by i y 2 percentage points for each 1 percentage point of such difference. If, for the taxable year, the percentage of the assets of such tax payer which are assets described in section 7701(a)(19)(C) is less than 60 percent (50 percent for a taxable year beginning before 1973 in the case of a mutual savings bank), this paragraph shall not apply. “ (C) Reduction for amounts referred to in paragraph (1)(A ).— The amount determined under subparagraph (A) shall be reduced by that portion of the amount referred to in paragraph (1)(A) for the taxable year (not in excess of 100 percent) which bears the same ratio to such amount as (i) 18 percent (28 percent in the case of mutual savings banks) bears to (ii) the percentage of the assets of the tax payer for such year which are not assets described in section 7701(a)(19)(C). “ (D) Overall limitation on paragraph.— The amount determined under this paragraph shall not exceed the amount necessary to increase the balance at the close of the taxable year of the reserve for losses on qualifying real property loans to 6 percent of such loans outstanding at such time. “ (E) Computation of taxable income.— For purposes of this para graph, taxable income shall be computed— “ (i) by excluding from gross income any amount included therein by reason of subsection (f), “ (ii) without regard to any deduction allowable for any addi tion to the reserve for bad debts, 166 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION “ (iii) by excluding from gross income an amount equal to the net gain for the taxable year arising from the sale or exchange of stock of a corporation or of obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income under section 103, “ (iv) by excluding from gross income an amount equal to the lesser of % of the net long-term capital gain for the taxable year or % of the net long-term capital gain for the taxable year from the sale or exchange of property other than property described in clause (iii), and "(v ) by excluding from gross income dividends with respect to which a deduction is allowable by part VIII of subchapter Bf reduced by an amount equal to the applicable percentage (determined under subparagraphs (A) and (B)) of the dividends received deduction (determined without regard to section 596) for the taxable year. "(3 ) Percentage method.— The amount determined under this para graph to be a reasonable addition to the reserve for losses on qualifying real property loans shall be computed in the same manner as is provided with respect to additions to the reserves for losses on loans of banks under section 585(b)(2), reduced by the amount referred to in paragraph (1)(A) for the taxable year. “ (4) Experience method.— The amount determined under this para graph for the taxable year shall be computed in the same manner as is provided with respect to additions to the reserves for losses on loans of banks under section 585(b)(3). "(5 ) Determination of reserve for percentage method.— For purposes of paragraph (3), the amount deemed to be the balance of the reserve for losses on loans at the beginning of the taxable year shall be the total of the balances at such time of the reserve for losses on nonqualifying loans, the reserve for losses on qualifying real property loans, and the supplemental reserve for losses on loans.” (b) Certain Corporate Acquisitions.— Section 593(f)(1) (relating to distribu tions to shareholders) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: “ This paragraph shall not apply to any transaction to which sec tion 381 (relating to carryovers in certain corporate acquisitions) applies." (c) Investment Standards.— Section 7701(a)(19) (defining domestic building and loan association) is amended to read as follows: “ (19) Domestic building and loan association.— The term 'domestic building and loan association’ means a domestic building and loan asso ciation, a domestic savings and loan association, and a Federal savings and loan association— “ (A) which either (i) is an insured institution within the meaning of section 401(a) of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C., sec. 1724(a)), or (ii) is subject by law to supervision and examination by State or Federal authority having supervision over such associations; “ (B) the business of which consists principally of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in loans; and “ (C) at least 60 percent of the amount of the total assets of which (at the close of the taxable year) consists of— “ (i) cash, “ (ii) obligations of the United States or of a State or political subdivision thereof, and stock or obligations of a corporation FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 167 which is an instrum entality of the United States or of a State or political subdivision thereof, but not including obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income under section 103, “ (iii) certificates of deposit in, or obligations of, a corpora tion organized under a State law which specifically authorizes such corporation to insure the deposits or share accounts of member associations, “ (iv) loans secured by a deposit or share of a member, "(v ) loans (including redeemable ground rents, as defined in section 1055) secured by an interest in real property which is (or, from the proceeds of the loan, will become) residential real property or real property used primarily for church purposes, loans made for the improvement of residential real property or real property used primarily for church purposes, provided that for purposes of this clause, residential real property shall include single or m ultifam ily dwellings, facilities in residential developments dedicated to public use or property used on a nonprofit basis for residents, and mobile homes not used on a transient basis, “ (vi) loans secured by an interest in real property located within an urban renewal area to be developed for predominantly residential use under an urban renewal plan approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development under part A or part B of title I of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, or located within any area covered by a program eligible for assist ance under section 103 of the Demonstration Cities and Metro politan Development Act of 1966, as amended, and loans made for the improvement of any such real property, “ (vii) loans secured by an interest in educational, health, or welfare institutions or facilities, including structures designed or used primarily for residential purposes for students, residents, and persons under care, employees, or members of the staff of such institutions or facilities, “ (viii) property acquired through the liquidation of defaulted loans described in clause (v), (vi), or (vii), “ (ix) loans made for the payment of expenses of college or university education or vocational training, in accordance with such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, and “ (x) property used by the association in the conduct of the business described in subparagraph (B). At the election of the taxpayer, the percentage specified in this subparagraph shall be applied on the basis of the average assets out standing during the taxable year, in lieu of the close of the taxable year, computed under regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate. For purposes of clause (v), if a m ultifam ily structure secur ing a loan is used in part for nonresidential purposes, the entire loan is deemed a residential real property loan if the planned residential use exceeds 80 percent of the property's planned use (determined as of the time the loan is made). For purposes of clause (v), loans made to finance the acquisition or development of land shall be 168 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION deemed to be loans secured by an interest in residential real prop erty if, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, there is reasonable assurance that the property will become residen tial real property within a period of 3 years from the date of acquisi tion of such land; but this sentence shall not apply for any taxable year unless, within such 3-year period, such land becomes residential real property.” (d) Conforming Amendments.— Section 7701(a)(32) (defining cooperative bank) is amended— (1) by striking out subparagraph (B) and inserting in lieu thereof the following; “ (B) meets the requirements of subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (19) of this subsection (relating to definition of domestic building and loan association).” , and (2) by striking out the third sentence thereof. (e) Effective Date.— The amendments made by this section shall be effec tive for taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969. SEC. 433. TREATMENT OF BONDS, ETC., HELD BY FINANCIAL INSTITU TIONS. (a) Gain on Securities Held by Financial Institutions.— Subsection (c) of section 582 (relating to bad debt and loss deduction with respect to securities held by banks) is amended by striking out such subsection and inserting the following in lieu thereof: “ (c) Bond, Etc., Losses and Gains of Financial Institutions.— “ (1) General rule.— For purposes of this subtitle, in the case of a finan cial institution to which section 585, 586, or 593 applies, the sale or exchange of a bond, debenture, note, or certificate or other evidence of indebtedness shall not be considered a sale or exchange of a capital asset. “ (2) Transitional rule for banks.— In the case of a bank, if the net long-term capital gains of the taxable year from sales or exchanges of qualifying securities exceed the net short-term capital losses of the tax able year from such sales or exchanges, such excess shall be considered as gain from the sale of a capital asset held for more than 6 months to the extent it does not exceed the net gain on sales and exchanges described in paragraph (1). “ (3) Special rules.-— For purposes of this subsection— “ (A) The term ‘qualifying security' means a bond, debenture, note, or certificate or other evidence of indebtedness held by a bank on July 11, 1969. “ (B) The amount treated as capital gain or loss from the sale or exchange of a qualifying security shall be determined by multiplying the amount of capital gain or loss from the sale or exchange of such security (determined without regard to this subsection) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days before July 12, 1969, that such security was held by the bank, and the denominator of which is the number of days the security was held by the bank.” (b) Conforming Amendment.— Paragraph (1) of section 1243 (relating to loss of a small business investment company) is amended to read as follows: “ (1) a loss is on stock received pursuant to the conversion privilege of convertible debentures acquired pursuant to section 304 of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and". FEDERAL BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 169 (c) Clerical Amendment.— The heading for section 582 is amended to read as follows: "SEC. 582. BAD DEBTS, LOSSES, AND GAINS WITH RESPECT TO SECURI TIES HELD BY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS.” (d) Effective Date.— (1) In general.— The amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969. (2) Election for small business investment companies and business development corporations.— Notwithstanding paragraph (1), in the case of a financial institution described in section 586(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, the amendments made by this section shall not apply for its taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969, and before July 11, 1974, unless the taxpayer so elects at such time and in such manner as shall be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate. Such elec tion shall be irrevocable and shall apply to all such taxable years. SEC. 434. LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS, ETC. FOR DIVIDENDS RECEIVED BY (a) Special Limitation.— Part II of subchapter H of chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section: "SEC. 596. LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS RECEIVED DEDUCTION. "In the case of an organization to which section 593 applies and which computes additions to the reserve for losses on loans for the taxable year under section 593(b)(2), the total amount allowed under sections 243, 244, and 245 (determined without regard to this section) for the taxable year as a deduction with respect to dividends received shall be reduced by an amount equal to the applicable percentage for such year (determined under subpara graphs (A) and (B) of section 593(b)(2)) of such total amount.” (b) Technical and Clerical Amendments.— (1) Section 246 (relating to rules applying to deductions for dividends received) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: "(d ) Cross Reference.— “ For sp e cia l ru le re la tin g a p p lie s, see s e ctio n 596.” to m u tu a l s a vin g s ban ks, etc., to w h ic h s e c tio n 593 (2) The table of sections for part II of subchapter H of chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end thereof: “ Sec. 596. L im ita tio n on d iv id e n d s received d e d u c tio n ." (c) Effective Date.— The amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969. SEC. 435. FOREIGN DEPOSITS IN UNITED STATES BANKS. (a) Income From Sources Within the United States.— (1) Effective with respect to amounts paid or credited after December 31, 1969, subparagraphs (C) and (D) of section 861(a)(1) (relating to interest) are each amended by striking out "a fte r December 31, 1972,” . (2) Section 861(c) (relating to interest on deposits, etc.) is amended by striking out "1 9 7 2 ” and inserting in lieu thereof "1 9 7 5 ” . (b) Property Within the United States.— The second sentence of section 2104(c) (relating to debt obligations) is amended by striking out "December 31, 1972” and inserting in lieu thereof "December 31, 1969” . Approved December 30, 1969, 9:30 a.m. 170 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION—1969 TITLE 12— BANKS AND BANKING CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SUBCHAPTER B— REGULATIONS AND STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY PART 330— CLARIFICATION AND DEFINITION OF DEPOSIT INSURANCE COVERAGE Public Unit Accounts; Political Subdivision Effective January 8, 1969, § 330.8 of the rules and regulations of the Fed eral Deposit Insurance Corporation (12 CFR Part 330) is amended to add a new paragraph (c) to read as follows: § 330.8 Public unit accounts. * * * * * (c) Political subdivision. The term “ political subdivision" includes any subdi vision of a public unit, as defined in section 3(m ) of the Federal Deposit Insur ance Act, or any principal department of such public unit, (1) the creation of which subdivision or department has been expressly authorized by State stat ute, (2) to which some functions of government have been delegated by State statute, and (3) to which funds have been allocated by statute or ordinance for its exclusive use and control. It also includes drainage, irrigation, naviga tion, improvement, levee, sanitary, school or power districts, and bridge or port authorities and other special districts created by State statute or compacts between the States. Excluded from the term are subordinate or nonautonomous divisions, agencies, or boards within principal departments. * * * * * [F.R. Doc. 69-198; Filed, Jan. 7, 1969; 8:47 a.m.] CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SUBCHAPTER B— REGULATIONS AND STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY PART 326— MINIMUM SECURITY DEVICES AND PROCEDURES FOR INSURED NONMEMBER BANKS Effective January 16, 1969, a new Part 326 of the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (12 CFR Part 326) is added to read as follows: PART 326— MINIMUM SECURITY DEVICES AND PROCEDURES FOR INSURED NONMEMBER BANKS Sec. 326.0 326.1 326.2 326.3 326.4 326.5 Scope of part. Definitions. Designation of security officer. Security devices. Security procedures. Filing by insured State nonmember banks of reports with the Corpora tion. Corrective action. Penalty provision. 326.6 326.7 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION Appendix A Minimum Standards for Security Devices. Appendix B Proper Employee Conduct During and After a Robbery. 171 AUTHORITY: The provisions of this Part 326 issued under sec. 3, 82 Stat. 295. Interpret or apply sec. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 82 Stat. 294, 295. § 326.0 Scope of part. Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Federal Deposit Insurance Cor poration by section 3 of the Bank Protection Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 295), the regulations contained in this part— (a) establish minimum standards with which each insured State nonmember bank must comply with respect to the installation, maintenance, and operation of security devices and procedures to discourage robberies, burglaries, and lar cenies and to assist in the identification and apprehension of persons who comm it such acts; (b) establish time limits within which each such bank shall comply with such standards; and (c) require the submission of reports with respect to the installation, main tenance, and operation of security devices and procedures. § 326.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this part— (a) The term “ insured State nonmember bank" means any bank (including any mutual savings bank), incorporated under the laws of any State of the United States, any Territory of the United States, Puerto Rico, Guam, or the Virgin Islands, that is not a member of the Federal Reserve System but the deposits of which are insured in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1811-1832), but the term does not include any bank located in the District of Columbia. (b) The term “ banking hours" means the time during which a banking office is open for the normal transaction of business with the banking public. (c) The term “ banking office" includes the main office of any insured State nonmember bank and any branch thereof. (d) The term “ branch" includes any branch bank, branch office, branch agency, additional office, or any branch place of business located in any State of the United States or in any Territory of the United States, Puerto Rico, Guam, or the Virgin Islands at which deposits are received or checks paid or money lent. (e) The term “ Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Fed eral Deposit Insurance Corporation. (f) The term “ teller’s station or window" means a location in a banking office at which bank customers routinely conduct transactions with the bank which involve the exchange of funds, including a walk-up or drive-in teller's station or window. § 326.2 Designation of security officer. On or before February 15, 1969, or within 30 days after the bank becomes a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the board of directors of each insured State nonmember bank shall designate an officer or other employee of the bank who shall be charged, subject to supervision by the bank’s board of directors, with responsibility for the installation, maintenance, and operation of security devices and for the development and administration 172 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION of a security program which equal or exceed the standards prescribed by this part. § 326.3 Security devices. (a) Installation, maintenance, and operation of appropriate security devices. Before January 1, 1970, or within 30 days after the bank becomes a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the security officer of each insured State nonmember bank, under such directions as shall be given him by the bank’s board of directors, shall survey the need for security devices in each of the bank’s banking offices and shall provide for the installation, main tenance, and operation, in each such office, of— (1) a lighting system for illuminating, during the hours of darkness, the area around the vault, if the vault is visible from outside the banking office; (2) tamper-resistant locks on exterior doors and exterior windows designed to be opened; (3) an alarm system or other appropriate device for promptly notifying the nearest responsible law enforcement officers of an attempted or perpetrated robbery or burglary; and (4) such other devices as the security officer, after seeking the advice of law enforcement officers, shall determine to be appropriate for discouraging robberies, burglaries, and larcenies and for assisting in the identification and apprehension of persons who comm it such acts. (b) Considerations relevant to determining appropriateness. For the pur poses of subparagraph (4) of paragraph (a) of this section, considerations rel evant to determining appropriateness include, but are not limited to— (1) the incidence of crimes against the particular banking office a n d /o r against financial institutions in the area in which the banking office is or will be located; (2) the amount of currency or other valuables exposed to robbery, burglary, or larceny; (3) the distance of the banking office from the nearest responsible law enforcement officers and the time required for such law enforcement officers ordinarily to arrive at the banking office; (4) the cost of the security devices; (5) other security measures in effect at the banking office; and (6) the physical characteristics of the banking office structure and its sur roundings. (c) Implementation. It is appropriate for banking offices in areas with a high incidence of crime to install many devices which would not be practicable because of costs for small banking offices in areas substantially free of crimes against financial institutions. Each insured State nonmember bank shall con sider the appropriateness of installing, maintaining, and operating security devices which are expected to give a general level of bank protection at least equivalent to the standards described in Appendix A of this part. In any case in which (on the basis of the factors listed in paragraph (b) of this section or similar ones, the use of other measures, or the decision that technological change allows the use of other measures judged to give equivalent protection) it is decided not to install, maintain, and operate devices at least equivalent to these standards, the bank shall preserve in its records a statement of the rea sons for such decision. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 173 § 326.4 Security procedures. (a) Development and administration. On or before July 15, 1969, or within 30 days after the bank becomes a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, each insured State nonmember bank shall develop and provide for the administration of a security program to protect each of its banking offices from robberies, burglaries, and larcenies and to assist in the identification and apprehension of persons who comm it such acts. The security program shall be reduced to writing, approved by the bank's board of directors, and retained by the bank in such form as will readily permit determination of its adequacy and effectiveness. (b) Contents of security programs. Such security programs shall— (1) provide for establishing a schedule for the inspection, testing, and ser vicing of all security devices installed in each banking office; provide for desig nating the officer or other employee who shall be responsible for seeing that such devices are inspected, tested, serviced, and kept in good working order; and require such officer or other employee to keep a record of such inspec tions, testings, and servicings; (2) require that each banking office's currency be, kept at a reasonable m ini mum and provide procedures for safely removing excess currency; (3) require that the currency at each teller’s station or window be kept at a reasonable minimum and provide procedures for safely removing excess cur rency and other valuables to a locked safe, vault, or other protected place; (4) require that the currency at each teller's station or window include “ bait" money, i.e., used Federal Reserve notes the denominations, banks of issue, serial numbers, and series years of which are recorded, verified by a second officer or employee, and kept in a safe place; (5) require that all currency, negotiable securities, and sim ilar valuables be kept in a locked vault or safe during nonbusiness hours, that the vault or safe be opened at the latest time practicable before banking hours, and that the vault or safe be locked at the earliest tim e practicable after banking hours; (6) provide, where practicable, for designation of a person or persons to open each banking office and require him or them to inspect the premises, to ascertain that no unauthorized persons are present, and to signal other employees that the premises are safe before permitting them to enter; (7) provide for designation of a person or persons who will assure that all security devices are turned on and are operating during the periods in which such devices are intended to be used; (8) provide for designation of a person or persons to inspect, after the clos ing hour, all areas of each banking office where currency, negotiable securities, or sim ilar valuables are normally handled or stored in order to assure that such currency, securities, and valuables have been put away, th a t no unauthor ized persons are present in such areas, and that the vault or safe and all doors and windows are securely locked; and (9) provide for training, and periodic retraining, of employees in their responsibilities under the security program, including the proper use of secu rity devices and proper employee conduct during and after a robbery, in accordance with the procedures listed in Appendix B of this part. § 326.5 ration. Filing by insured State nonmember banks of reports with the Corpo (a) Compliance reports. As of the last business day in June of 1970, and as of the last business day in June of each calendar year thereafter, each insured 174 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION State nonmember bank shall file with the Supervising Examiner of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation District in which its main office is located a statement certifying to its compliance with the requirements of this part. The statement shall be dated and signed by the president, or cashier, or other managing officer of the bank and may be in a form substantially as follows: “ I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge and belief, that this bank has developed and administers a security program that equals or exceeds the standards prescribed by § 326.4 of the rules and regulations of the Fed eral Deposit Insurance Corporation; that such security program has been reduced to writing, approved by the bank's board of directors, and retained by the bank in such form as will readily perm it determination of its ade quacy and effectiveness; and that the bank security officer, after seeking the advice of law enforcement officers, has provided for the installation, mainte nance, and operation of appropriate security devices, as prescribed by § 326.3 of the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corpo ration, in each of the bank's banking offices." (b) Records of consultation. The bank's files shall contain a readily avail able record showing the name(s) and title(s) of the law enforcement officer(s) whose advice the security officer sought prior to the installation, maintenance, and operation of appropriate security devices. (c) Reports on security devices. On or before March 15, 1969, and upon such other occasions as the Board of Directors may specify, each insured State nonmember bank shall file with the Supervising Examiner of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation District in which it is located a report on Form P - l (in duplicate) for each of its offices that is subject to this part. (d) External crime reports. Each time a robbery, burglary, or nonbank employee larceny is perpetrated or attempted at a banking office operated by an insured State nonmember bank, the bank shall, within a reasonable time, file a report in conformity with the requirements of Form P-2. One copy of such report shall be filed with the appropriate State supervisory authority and three copies of such report shall be filed with the Supervising Examiner of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation District in which the main office of the reporting bank is located. (e) Special reports. Each insured State nonmember bank shall file such other reports as the Board of Directors or its designee may require. § 326.6 Corrective action. Whenever the Board of Directors or its designee determines that the security devices or procedures used by an insured State nonmember bank are deficient in meeting the requirements of this part, or that the requirements of this part should be varied in the circumstances of a particular banking office, it may take or require the bank to take necessary corrective action. If the Board of Directors or its designee determines that such corrective action is appropriate or necessary, the bank will be so notified and will be furnished a statement of what the bank must do to comply with the requirements of this part. § 326.7 Penalty provision. Pursuant to section 5 of the Bank Protection Act of 1968 (82 Stat. 295), an insured State nonmember bank that violates any provision of this part shall be subject to a civil penalty not to exceed $100 fo r each day of the violation. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 175 APPENDIX A Minimum Standards for Security Devices (1) Surveillance systems— (i) General. Surveillance systems should be: (A) equipped with one or more photographic, recording, monitoring, or like devices capable of reproducing images of persons in the banking office with sufficient clarity to facilitate (through photographs capable of being enlarged to produce a one-inch vertical head-size of persons whose images have been reproduced) the identification and apprehension of robbers or other suspicious persons; (B) reasonably silent in operation; and (C) so designed and constructed that necessary services, repairs, or inspec tions can readily be made. Any camera used in such a system should be capable of taking at least one picture every two seconds and, if it uses film, should contain enough unex posed film at all times to be capable of operating for not less than three m in utes, and the film should be at least 16mm. (ii) Installation, maintenance, and operation of surveillance systems providing surveillance of other than walk-up or drive-in teller's stations or windows. Surveillance devices for other than walk-up or drive-in teller's stations or win dows should be: (A) located so as to reproduce identifiable images of persons either leaving the banking office or in a position to transact business at each such station or window; and (B) capable of activation by initiating devices located at each teller's station or window. (iii) Installation, maintenance, and operation of surveillance systems provid ing surveillance of walk-up or drive-in teller's stations or windows. Surveillance devices for walk-up and drive-in teller’s stations or windows should be located in such a manner as to reproduce identifiable images of persons in a position to transact business at each such station or window and areas of such station or window that are vulnerable to robbery or larceny. Such devices should be capable of activation by one or more initiating devices located within or in close proximity to such station or window. Such devices could be omitted in the case of a walk-up or drive-in teller’s station or window in which the teller is effectively protected by a bullet-resistant barrier from persons outside the station or window, but if the teller is vulnerable to larceny or robbery by mem bers of the public who enter the banking office, the teller should have access to a device to activate a surveillance system that covers the area of vulnerabil ity or the exits to the banking office. (2) Robbery alarm systems. A robbery alarm should be provided for each banking office at which the police ordinarily can arrive within five minutes after an alarm is activated. Robbery alarm systems should be: (i) designed to transm it to the police, either directly or through an interme diary, a signal (not detectable by unauthorized persons) indicating th a t a crime against the banking office has occurred or is in progress; (ii) capable of activation by initiating devices located at each teller's station or window (except walk-up or drive-in teller’s stations or windows in which the teller is effectively protected by a bullet-resistant barrier and effectively iso 176 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION lated from persons, other than fellow employees, inside a banking office of which such station or window may be a part); (iii) safeguarded against accidental transmission of an alarm; (iv) equipped with a visual and audible signal capable of indicating im proper functioning of or tampering with the system; and (v) equipped with an independent source of power (such as a battery) sufficient to assure continuously reliable operation of the system for at least twenty-four hours in the event of failure of the usual source of power. (3) Burglar alarm systems. Burglar alarm systems should be: (i) capable of detecting promptly an attack on the outer door, walls, floor, or ceiling of each vault, and each safe not stored in a vault, in which currency, negotiable securities, or sim ilar valuables are stored when the office is closed, and any attempt to move any such safe; (ii) designed to transm it to the police, either directly or through an interme diary, a signal (not detectable by unauthorized persons) indicating that any such attempt is in progress; and in the case of a banking office at which the police ordinarily cannot arrive within five minutes after an alarm is activated, designed to activate a loud sounding bell or other device that is audible inside the banking office and for a distance of approximately 500 feet outside the banking office; (iii) safeguarded against accidental transmission of an alarm; (iv) equipped with a visual and audible signal capable of indicating im proper functioning of or tampering with the system; and (v) equipped with an independent source of power (such as a battery) sufficient to assure continuously reliable operation of the system for at least eighty hours in the event of failure of the usual source of power. (4) Walk-up and drive-in teller's stations or windows. Walk-up and drive-in teller's stations or windows contracted for after February 15, 1969, should be constructed in such a manner that tellers are effectively protected by bullet-re sistant barriers from robbery or larceny by persons outside such stations or windows. Such barriers should be of glass at least one and three-sixteenths inches thick,1 or of material of at least equivalent bullet-resistance. Pass through devices should be designed and constructed so as not to afford a person outside the station or window a direct line of fire at a person inside the station or window. (5) Vaults, safes, and night depositories. Vaults and safes (if not to be stored in a vault) in which currency, negotiable securities, or sim ilar valuables are to be stored when the office is closed, and night depositories, contracted for after February 15, 1969, should meet or exceed the following standards: (A) Vaults.— Vault walls, roof, and floor contracted for after February 15, 1969, should be made of steel-reinforced concrete, at least 18 inches thick; vault doors should be made of steel or other drill- and torch-resistant material, at least three and one-half inches thick, and be equipped with a dial combina tion lock and a tim e lock and a substantial, lockable day-gate; or vaults and vault doors should be constructed of materials that afford at least equivalent burglary-resistance. 1 It sh o u ld be e m p h a s iz e d th a t th is th ic k n e s s is m e re ly b u lle t-re s is ta n t a nd n o t b u lle t p ro o f. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 177 (B) Safes.— Safes contracted for after February 15, 1969, should weigh at least 750 pounds empty or be securely anchored to the premises where located. The door should be equipped with a combination lock and with a relocking device that will effectively lock the door if the combination lock is punched. The body should consist of steel, at least one inch in thickness, with an ultimate tensile strength of 50,000 pounds per square inch, either cast or fabricated, and be fastened in a manner equal to a continuous one-fourth inch penetration weld having an ultimate tensile strength of 50,000 pounds per square inch. One hole not exceeding %6-inch diameter may be provided in the body to permit insertion of electrical conductors but should be located so as not to permit a direct view of the door or locking mechanism. The door should be made of steel that is at least one and one-half inches thick and at least equivalent in strength to that specified for the body; or safes should be constructed of materials that afford at least equivalent burglary-resistance. (C) Night depositories.— Night depositories (excluding envelope drops not used to receive substantial amounts of currency) contracted for after February 15, 1969, should consist of a receptacle chest having cast, or welded, steel walls, top and bottom, at least one inch thick; a combination locked steel door at least one and one-half inches thick; and a chute, made of steel that is at least one inch thick, securely bolted or welded to the receptacle and to a depository entrance of strength sim ilar to the chute; or night depositories should be constructed of materials that afford at least equivalent burglaryresistance. The depository entrance should be equipped with a lock. Night depositories should be equipped with a burglar alarm and be designed to pro tect against the "fis h in g " of a deposit from the deposit receptacle and to protect against the “ trapping" of a deposit for extraction. Each device mentioned in this Appendix should be installed and regularly inspected, tested, and serviced by competent persons so as to assure realiza tion of its maximum performance capabilities. Activating devices fo r surveil lance systems and robbery alarms should be operable with the least risk of detection by unauthorized persons that can be practicably achieved. APPENDIX B Proper Employee Conduct During and After a Robbery With respect to proper employee conduct during and after a robbery, employees should be instructed— (1) to avoid actions that might increase danger to themselves or others; (2) to activate the robbery alarm system and the surveillance system during the robbery, if it appears that such activation can be accomplished safely; (3) to observe the robber’s physical features, voice, accent, mannerisms, dress, the kind of weapon he has, and any other characteristics that would be useful for identification purposes; (4) that if the robber leaves evidence (such as a note), to try to put it aside and out of sight, if it appears that this can be done safely; retain the evidence, do not handle it unnecessarily, and give it to the police when they arrive; and refrain from touching, and assist in preventing others from touch ing, articles or places the robber may have touched or evidence he may have left, in order that fingerprints of the robber may be obtained; FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 178 (5) to give the robber no more money than the amount he demands and include “ bait” money in the amount given; (6) that if it can be done safely, to observe the direction of the robber's escape and the description and license plate number of the vehicle used, if any; (7) to telephone the local police, if they have not arrived, and the nearest office of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, or inform a designated officer or other employee who has this responsibility that a robbery has been committed; (8) that if the robber leaves before the police arrive, to assure that a desig nated officer or other employee waits outside the office, if it is safe to do so, to inform the police when they arrive that the robber has left; (9) to attempt to determine the names and addresses of other persons who witnessed the robbery or the escape and request them to record their observa tions or to assist a designated officer or other employee in recording their observations; and (10) to refrain from discussing the details of the robbery with others before recording the observations respecting the robber's physical features and other characteristics as hereinabove described and the direction of escape and description of vehicle used, if any. # * * * * [F.R. Doc. 69-566; Filed, Jan. 15, 1969; 8:50 a.m.] TITLE 12— BANKS AND BANKING CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SUBCHAPTER B— REGULATIONS AND STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY PART 329— PAYMENT OF DEPOSITS AND INTEREST THEREON BY INSURED NONMEMBER BANKS Mutual Savings Banks in Massachusetts Effective April 14, 1969, § 329.7 of the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (12 CFR 329.7) is amended by adding a new paragraph (f) as follows: § 329.7 Maximum rates of interest or dividends payable on deposits by insured nonmember mutual savings banks. >]t * sje i'fi 9je Special notice account deposits in Massachusetts. Notwithstanding para (f) graph (b) of this section, any insured nonmember mutual savings bank located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts may pay a higher rate of interest or dividends on any deposit which is subject to a written agreement with the depositor that such deposit may not be withdrawn in whole or in part other than pursuant to the terms of a withdrawal notice signed by the depositor and to be received by the bank not less than 90 days in advance of a 9-day w ith drawal period. * * * Jjc [F.R. Doc. 69-4520; Filed, Apr. 16, 1969; 8:48 a.m.] * RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 179 CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SUBCHAPTER B— REGULATIONS AND STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY PART 329— INTEREST ON DEPOSITS Advertising of Interest on Deposits Effective August 1, 1969, Part 329 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regu lations is amended as follows: 1. The heading of the part is amended to read as set forth above. 2. In the table of sections, § 329.3 entitled “ Maximum rate of interest on tim e and savings deposits" is amended to read “ Interest on time and savings deposits"; a new § 329.8 entitled “ Advertising of interest on deposits" is added; and § 329.101 entitled “ Payment of interest on basis that 360 days equals one year" is deleted. § 329.0 [Amended] 3. In § 329.0, “ § § 329.7 and 329.8" is substituted for “ § 329.7". 4. In § 329.3 the heading, paragraph (a) and paragraph (e) are amended to read as follows: § 329.3 Interest on time and savings deposits. (a) Maximum rate. Except as provided in this section, no insured nonmem ber bank shall, directly or indirectly, by any device whatsoever, pay interest on any time deposit or savings deposit at a rate in excess of such applicable maximum rate as the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Cor poration shall prescribe from time to time in § 329.6 of this part. In determin ing the maximum amount of interest permitted to be paid, the effects of com pounding may be disregarded. * $ # # # (e) Technical grace periods in computing interest on certain time deposits. Where a time deposit matures in 30 days, 90 days, 180 days, 360 days, or even multiples of these periods, or where a time deposit matures in 1 month, 3 months, 6 months, 12 months, or even multiples of these periods, insured nonmember banks may pay interest for such periods at one tw elfth of the maximum rate, one quarter of the maximum rate, one half of the maximum rate, or at the maximum rate, or even multiples thereof, respectively. In the case of any other time deposit no insured nonmember bank shall pay interest at the maximum rate based on more days than the number of days the funds are actually on deposit. $ $ $ $ # § 329.6 [Amended] 5. The last two sentences in § 329.6 are revoked. § 329.7 [Amended] 6. The last sentence of § 329.7(c) is revoked, and the firs t sentence is amended to read: “ In determining the maximum amount of interest or divi dends permitted to be paid, the effects of compounding may be disregarded." 7. A new § 329.8 is added, as follows: § 329.8 Advertising of interest on deposits. Every advertisement, announcement, or solicitation relating to the interest or dividends paid on deposits in insured nonmember banks (including insured nonmember mutual savings banks) shall be governed by the following rules: FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 180 (a) Annual rate of simple interest. Interest or dividend rates shall be stated in terms of annual rates of simple interest or dividends. In no case shall a rate be advertised which is in excess of the applicable maximum rate for the particular deposit. (b) Percentage yields based on 1 year. Where a percentage yield achieved by compounding interest during 1 year is advertised, the annual rate of simple interest shall be stated with equal prominence, together with a reference to the basis of compounding. No insured nonmember bank shall advertise a per centage yield based on the effect of grace periods permitted such banks in this part. (c) Percentage yields based on periods in excess of 1 year. No advertise ment shall include any indication of a total percentage yield, compounded or simple, based on a period in excess of a year, or an average annual percent age yield achieved by compounding during a period in excess of a year. (d) Time or amount requirements. If an advertised rate is payable only on deposits that meet time or amount requirements, such requirements shall be clearly and conspicuously stated. Where the tim e requirement for an advertised rate is in excess of a year, the required number of years for the rate shall be stated with equal prominence, together with an indication of any lower rate or rates that will apply if the deposit is withdrawn at an earlier maturity. (e) Profit. The term "p ro fit” shall not be used in referring to interest or div idends paid on deposits. (f) Accuracy of advertising. No insured nonmember bank shall make any advertisement, announcement or solicitation relating to the interest or divi dends paid on deposits which is inaccurate or misleading or which misrepre sents its deposit contracts. (g) Solicitation of deposits for banks. Any person or organization which solicits deposits for an insured nonmember bank shall be bound by the rules contained in this section with respect to any advertisement, announcement or solicitation relating to such deposits. No such person or organization shall advertise a percentage yield on any deposit it solicits for an insured nonmem ber bank which is not authorized to be paid and advertised by such bank. § 329.101 [Revoked] 8. Section 329.101 is revoked. [F.R. Doc. 69-7302; Filed, June 20, 1969; 8:45 a.m.] TITLE 12— BANKS AND BANKING CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SUBCHAPTER B— REGULATIONS AND STATEMENT OF GENERAL POLICY PART 329— INTEREST ON DEPOSITS 1. Effective November 5, 1969, § 329.3(g) is amended to read as follows: (g) Time deposits of foreign governmental entities and international organi zations. Section 329.6 does not apply to the rate of interest that may be paid by an insured nonmember bank on a time deposit having a maturity of two years or less and representing funds deposited and owned by (1) a foreign government, or an agency or instrum entality thereof engaged principally in activities which are ordinarily performed in the United States by governmental 181 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION entities, (2) an international entity of which the United States is a member, or (3) any other foreign, international or supranational entity specifically desig nated by the Board of Directors as exempt from § 329.6. All certificates of deposit issued by insured nonmember banks to such entities on which the contract rate of interest exceeds the maximum prescribed under § 329.6 shall provide that (i) in the event of transfer, the date of transfer, attested to in writing by the transferor, shall appear on the certificate, and (ii) the maximum rate limitations of § 329.6 in effect on the date of issuance of the certificate shall apply to the certificate for any period during which it is held by a person other than an entity exempt from § 329.6 under the foregoing sentence.n Upon the presentment of such a certificate for payment, the bank may pay the holder the contract rate of interest on the deposit for the time that the certifi cate was actually owned by an entity so exempt. 2. The present footnote 11 at the end of § 329.3(f) is redesignated as foot note 10. # * * # * [F.R. Doc. 69-13353; Filed, Nov. 7, 1969; 8:48 a.m.] TITLE 12— BANKS AND BANKING CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION INCREASE IN INSURANCE COVERAGE Effective December 23, 1969, Parts 306, 308, 328, 330, and 331 of the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (12 CFR Parts 306, 308, 328, 330, and 331) are amended as follows: PART 306— RECEIVERSHIPS AND LIQUIDATIONS 1. The fifth sentence of § 306.2 is amended by deleting "$15,000” and by inserting the figure "$20,000” in lieu thereof. the figure 2. The sixth sentence of § 306.2 is amended by deleting “ $15,000” and by inserting the figure “ $20,000” in lieu thereof. the figure 3. Footnote 1 to § 306.2 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000” and by inserting the figure “ $20,000” in lieu thereof. PART 308— RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURES 4. The third paragraph of the notice of termination of insured status pre scribed by § 308.26 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000” and by inserting the figure “ $20,000” in lieu thereof. PART 328— ADVERTISEMENT OF MEMBERSHIP 5. The design of the official sign prescribed by § 328.1 is amended by delet ing the figure “ $15,000” and by inserting the figure “ $20,000” in lieu thereof. 6. Subparagraph (11) of paragraph (c) of §328.2 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000” and by inserting the figure “ $20,000” in lieu thereof. 2 A new c e rtific a te n o t m a tu rin g p rio r to th e m a tu r ity date o f th e o rig in a l c e rtific a te m a y be issued by th e in su re d n o n m e m b e r b a n k to th e tra n s fe re e , in w h ic h e v e n t th e o rig in a l m u s t be re ta in e d by th e b an k. The new c e rtific a te m a y n o t p ro v id e fo r in te re s t a fte r th e d a te o f tra n s fe r a t a ra te in excess o f th e a p p lic a b le m a x im u m ra te a u th o riz e d by § 329.6 as o f th e d ate o f issua n ce o f th e o rig in a l c e rtific a te . 182 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION PART 330— CLARIFICATION AND DEFINITION OF DEPOSIT INSURANCE COVERAGE 7. Subparagraph (2) of paragraph (c) of § 330.1 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 8. The first sentence of § 330.2 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 9. Paragraph (a) of § 330.2 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 10. Paragraph (b) of § 330.2 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 11. Paragraph (c) of § 330.2 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 12. Paragraph (a) of § 330.3 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 13. Paragraph (b) of § 330.3 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 14. Section 330.4 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 15. The “ $15,000" 16. The “ $15,000" first sentence of § 330.5 is amended and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu second sentence of § 330.5 is amended and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu by deleting the figure thereof. by deleting the figure thereof. 17. The “ $15,000" 18. The “ $15,000" first sentence of § 330.6 is amended and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu second sentence of § 330.6 is amended and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu by deleting the figure thereof. by deleting the figure thereof. 19. The first sentence of paragraph (a) of § 330.8 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 20. The second sentence of paragraph (a) of § 330.8 is amended by delet ing the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 21. The third sentence of paragraph (a) of § 330.8 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 22. Paragraph (b) of § 330.8 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 23. Paragraph (c) of § 330.9 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 24. Paragraph (d) of § 330.9 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 25. Paragraph (e) of § 330.9 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. 26. Section 330.10 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. PART 331— INSURANCE OF TRUST FUNDS 27. Paragraph (d) of §331.1 is amended by deleting the figure “ $15,000" and by inserting the figure “ $20,000" in lieu thereof. (Sec. 9, 65 Stat. 881; 12 U.S.C. 1819) [F.R. Doc. 70-480; Filed, Jan. 13, 1970; 8:47 a.m.] 183 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION CHAPTER III— FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SUBCHAPTER B— REGULATIONS AND STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY PART 335— SECURITIES OF INSURED NONMEMBER STATE BANKS Effective December 31, 1969, Part 335 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows: 1. Section 335.2 is amended to revise paragraph (z )(l), as set forth below: § 335.2 Definitions. * * * * * (z) The term "significant subsidiary” means a subsidiary meeting either of the following conditions: (1) The investments in the subsidiary by its parent plus the parent's propor tion of the investments in such subsidiary by the parent’s other subsidiaries, if any, exceed 5 percent of the equity capital accounts of the bank. "Invest ments" refers to the amount carried on the books of the parent and other subsidiaries or the amount equivalent to the parent's proportionate share in the equity capital accounts of the subsidiary, whichever is greater. * * * * * 2. Section 335.3 is amended to revise paragraph (b), as set forth below: § 335.3 Inspection and publication of information filed under the A c t * * * * * (b) Inspection. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, all infor mation filed regarding a security registered with the Corporation will be avail able for inspection at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street NW., Washington, D.C. In addition, copies of the registration statement and reports required by § 335.4 (exclusive of exhibits), the statements required by § 335.5(a), and the annual reports to security holders required by § 335.5(c) will be available for inspection at the New York, Chicago, and San Francisco Federal Reserve Banks and at the Reserve bank of the district in which the bank filing the statements or reports is located. * * * * * 3. Section 335.4 is amended to revise paragraphs (a), (e), (h), and (q ) (l) , as set forth below: § 335.4 Registration statements and reports. (a) Requirement of registration statement. Securities of a bank shall be reg istered under the provisions of either section 12(b) or section 12(g) of the Act by filing a statement in conformity with the requirements of Form F - l (or Form F-10, in the case of registration of an additional class of securities). No registration shall be required under the provisions of section 12(b) or section 12(g) of the Act of any warrant or certificate evidencing a right to subscribe to or otherwise acquire a security of a bank if such warrant or certificate by its terms expires within 90 days after the issuance thereof. * * * * * (e) Requirement of annual reports. Every registrant bank shall file an annual report for each fiscal year after the last full fiscal year fo r which finan cial statements were filed with the registration statement. The report, which shall conform to the requirements of Form F-2, shall be filed within 90 days after the close of the fiscal year or within 30 days of the mailing of the bank's annual report to stockholders, whichever occurs first. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 184 (h) Quarterly reports. Every registrant bank shall file a quarterly report in conformity with the requirements of Form F—4 for each fiscal quarter ending after the close of the latest fiscal year for which financial statements were filed in a registration statement except that no report need be filed for the fiscal quarter which coincides with the end of the fiscal year of the bank. Such reports shall be filed not later than 30 days after the end of such quarterly period, except that the report for any period ending prior to the date on which a class of securities of the bank first becomes effectively registered may be filed not later than 30 days after the effective date of such registration. # * * * * (q) Number of copies; signatures; binding. (1) Except where otherwise pro vided in a particular form, six copies of each registration statement and report (including financial statements) and four copies of each exhibit and each other document filed as a part thereof, shall be filed with the Corporation. At least one complete copy of each statement shall be filed with each exchange, if any, on which the securities covered thereby are being registered. At least one copy of each report shall be filed with each exchange, if any, on which the bank has securities registered. * * * ❖ ❖ 4. Section 335.5 is amended to revise paragraphs (a), (c), (d) (2), (3), and (4), and (f) (1) through (4); add paragraph (f) (9) and (10); revise paragraph (h); and to add paragraph (o), as set forth below: § 335.5 Proxy statements and other solicitations under section 14 of the Act. (a) Requirement of statement. No solicitation of a proxy with respect to a security of a bank registered pursuant to section 12 of the Act shall be made unless each person solicited is concurrently furnished or has previously been furnished with a written proxy statement containing the information required by Form F-5. If the management of any bank having such a security outstand ing fails to solicit proxies from the holders of any such security in such a manner as to require the furnishing of such a proxy statement, such bank shall transm it to all holders of record of such security a statement containing the information required by Form F-5. The “ information statement” required by the preceding sentence shall be transmitted (1) at least 20 calendar days prior to any annual or other meeting of the holders of such security at which such holders are entitled to vote or (2) in the case of corporate action taken with the written authorization or consent of security holders, at least 20 days prior to the earliest date on which the corporate action may be taken. A proxy statement or a statement where management does not solicit proxies required by this paragraph is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Statement". ❖ $ # * # (c) Annual report to security holders to accompany statements. (1) Any statement furnished on behalf of the management of the bank that relates to an annual meeting of security holders at which directors are to be elected shall be accompanied or preceded by an annual report to such security holders containing such financial statements for the last 2 fiscal years as will, in the opinion of the management, adequately reflect the financial position of the bank at the end of each such year and the results of its operations for each such year. The financial statements included in the annual report may om it details or summarize information if such statements, considered as a whole in the light of other information contained in the report and in the light of the financial statements of the bank filed or to be filed with the Corporation, will not by such procedure om it any material information necessary to a fa ir pres RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 185 entation or to make the financial statements not misleading under the circum stances. Subject to the foregoing requirements with respect to financial state ments, the annual report to security holders may be in any form deemed suitable by the management. This paragraph (c) shall not apply, however, to solicitations made on behalf of management before the financial statements are available if solicitation is being made at the time in opposition to the man agement and if the management’s statement includes an undertaking in bold faced type to furnish such annual report to all persons being solicited at least 20 days before the date of the meeting. Notes: 1. To reflect adequately the financial position and results of opera tions of a bank in its annual report to security holders, the financial presenta tion shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: (a) Comparative statements of condition at the end of each of the last 2 fiscal years. (b) Comparative statements of income in a form providing fo r the determi nation of “ net income” for each fiscal year and per share earnings data. (c) Comparative statements of changes in capital accounts for each fiscal year, similar in form to Form F-9C. (d) Comparative reconciliations of the “ Allowance fbr Possible Loan Losses" account and of the “ Reserve on Securities" account sim ilar in form to Sched ule VII and Schedule VIII, Form F-9D. (e) Supplemental notes to financial statements to the extent necessary to furnish a fair financial presentation. 2. The financial statements should be prepared on a consolidated basis to the extent required by § 335.7(d). Any difference from the principles of consoli dation or other accounting principles or practices, or methods of applying accounting principles or practices, applicable to the financial statements of the bank filed or to be filed with the Corporation, which have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the bank, shall be noted and the effect thereof reconciled or explained in the annual report to security hold ers. 3. When financial statements included in the annual report (Form F-2) filed, or proposed to be filed, with the Corporation are accompanied by an opinion of an independent public accountant, the financial statements in the annual report to security holders should also be accompanied by an opinion of such independent public accountant. 4. The requirement for sending an annual report to each person being solic ited will be satisfied with respect to persons having the same address by send ing at least one report to a holder of record at that address provided (i) that management has reasonable cause to believe that the record holder to whom the report is sent is the “ beneficial owner" (see definition in § 335.2(ff)) of securities registered in the name of such person in other capacities or in the name of other persons at such address or (ii) the security holders at such address consent thereto in writing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any person so consenting of any obligation to obtain or send such annual report to any other person. (2) Six copies of each annual report sent to security holders pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be sent to the Corporation not later than (i) the date on which such report is first sent or given to security holders or (ii) the date on which preliminary copies of the management statement are filed with the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, whichever date is later. 186 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Such annual report is not deemed to be “ soliciting m aterial" or to be “ filed" with the Corporation or otherwise subject to this § 335.5 or the liabilities of section 18 of the Act, except to the extent that the bank specifically requests that it be treated as a part of the proxy soliciting material or incorporates it in the proxy statement by reference. (d) Requirements as to proxy. * * * (2) (i) Means shall be provided in the form of proxy whereby the person solicited is afforded an opportunity to specify by ballot a choice between approval or disapproval of each matter or group of related matters referred to therein as intended to be acted upon, other than elections to office. A proxy may confer discretionary authority with respect to matters as to which a choice is not so specified if the form of proxy states in bold-faced type how the shares represented by the proxy are intended to be voted in each such case. (ii) A form of proxy which provides both for the election of directors and for action on other specified matters shall be prepared so as clearly to pro vide, by a box or otherwise, means by which the security holder may withhold authority to vote for the election of directors. Any such form of proxy which is executed by the security holder in such manner as not to withhold authority to vote for the election of directors shall be deemed to grant such authority, pro vided the form of proxy so states in bold-faced type. Instruction. Subparagraph (2) (ii) of this paragraph does not apply (a) in the case of a merger, consolidation or other plan if the election of directors is an integral part of the plan and is not to be separately voted upon or (b) if the only matters to be acted upon are the election of directors and the elec tion, selection or approval of other persons such as clerks or auditors. (3) A proxy may confer discretionary authority to vote with respect to any of the following matters: (i) Matters which the persons making the solicitation do not know, a rea sonable time before the solicitation, are to be presented at the meeting, if a specific statement to that effect is made in the proxy statement or form of proxy; (ii) Approval of the minutes of the prior meeting if such approval does not amount to ratification of the action taken at that meeting; (iii) The election of any person to any office for which a bona fide nominee is named in the proxy statement and such nominee is subsequently unable to serve or for good cause refuses to serve; (iv) Any proposal omitted from the proxy statement and form of proxy pur suant to paragraph (k) of this section; (v) Matters incident to the conduct of the meeting. (4) No proxy shall confer authority (i) to vote fo r the election of any person to any office for which a bona fide nominee is not named in the proxy state ment, or (ii) to vote at any annual meeting other than the next annual meet ing (or any adjournment thereof) to be held after the date on which the proxy statement and form of proxy are first sent or given to security holders. A person shall not be deemed to be a bona fide nominee and he shall not be named as such unless he has consented to being named in the proxy state ment and to serve if elected. (f) Material required to be filed. (1) Three preliminary copies of each State ment, form of proxy, and other item of soliciting material to be furnished to 187 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION security holders concurrently therewith, shall be filed with the Corporation by management or any other person making a solicitation subject to this § 335.5 at least 10 calendar days (or 15 calendar days in the case of other than rou tine meetings, as defined below) prior to the date such item is first sent or given to any security holders, or such shorter period prior to that date as may be authorized. For the purposes of this subparagraph ( l ) f a routine meeting means a meeting with respect to which no one is soliciting proxies subject to this § 335.5 other than on behalf of management and at which management intends to present no matters other than the election of directors, election of inspectors of election, and other recurring matters. In the absence of actual knowledge to the contrary, management may assume that no other such solici tation of the bank's security holders is being made. In cases of annual meet ings, one additional preliminary copy of the statement, the form of proxy, and any other soliciting material, marked to show changes from the material sent or given to security holders with respect to the preceding annual meeting, shall be filed with the Corporation. (2) Three preliminary copies of any additional soliciting material relating to the same meeting or subject matter, furnished to security holders subsequent to the proxy statement shall be filed with the Corporation at least 2 days (exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays) prior to the date copies of such material are first sent or given to security holders, or such shorter period prior to such date as may be authorized upon a showing of good cause there for. (3) Six copies of each Statement, form of proxy, and other item of soliciting material, in the form in which such material is furnished to security holders, shall be filed with, or mailed for filing to, the Corporation not later than the date such material is first sent or given to any security holders. Three copies of such material shall at the same time be filed with, or mailed for filing to, each exchange upon which any security of the bank is listed. (4) If the solicitation is to be made in whole or in part by personal solicita tion, three copies of all written instructions or other material that discusses or reviews, or comments upon the merits of, any matter to be acted upon and is furnished to the individuals making the actual solicitation for their use directly or indirectly in connection with the solicitation shall be filed with the Corpora tion by the person on whose behalf the solicitation is made at least 5 days prior to the date copies of such material are first sent or given to such individ uals, or such shorter period prior to that date as may be authorized upon a showing of good cause therefor. * iif * * # (9) The date that proxy material is “ file d " with the Corporation fo r pur poses of subparagraphs (1), (2), and (4) of this paragraph is the date of receipt by the Corporation, not the date of mailing to the Corporation. In com puting the advance filing period for preliminary copies of proxy soliciting mate rial referred to in such subparagraphs, the filing date of the preliminary mate rial is to be counted as the first day of the period and definitive material should not be planned to be mailed or distributed to security holders until after the expiration of such period. Where additional tim e is required for final printing after receipt of comments, the preliminary proxy material should be filed as early as possible prior to the intended mailing date. (10) Where preliminary copies of material are filed with the Corporation pur suant to this paragraph, the printing of definitive copies for distribution to 188 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION security holders should be deferred until the comments of the Corporation's staff have been received and considered. $ $ $ « $ (h) False or misleading statements. (1) No solicitation or communication subject to this section shall be made by means of any statement, form of proxy, notice of meeting, or other communication, written or oral, containing any statement that, at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or that omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the state ments therein not false or misleading or necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of a proxy for the same meeting or subject matter that has become false or misleading. Depend ing upon particular circumstances, the following may be misleading within the meaning of this paragraph: Predictions as to specific future market values, earnings, or dividends; material that directly or indirectly impugns character, integrity, or personal reputation, or directly or indirectly makes charges con cerning improper, illegal, or immoral conduct or associations, without factual foundation; failure so to identify a statement, form of proxy, and other solicit ing material as clearly to distinguish it from the soliciting material of any other person or persons soliciting for the same meeting or subject matter; claims made prior to a meeting regarding the results of a solicitation. (2) The fact that a proxy statement, form of proxy, or other soliciting mate rial has been filed with or reviewed by the Corporation or its staff shall not be deemed a finding by the Corporation that such material is accurate or com plete or not false or misleading, or that the Corporation has passed upon the merits of or approved any statement therein or any matter to be acted upon by security holders. No representation contrary to the foregoing shall be made. $ >;« i’f (o) Solicitation prior to furnishing required proxy statement. (1) Notwith standing the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, a solicitation (other than one subject to paragraph (i) of this section) may be made prior to fu r nishing security holders a written proxy statement containing the information specified in Form F-5 with respect to such solicitation if— (i) The solicitation is made in opposition to a prior solicitation or an invita tion for tenders or other publicized activity, which if successful, could reason ably have the effect of defeating the action proposed to be taken at the meet ing; (ii) No form of proxy is furnished to security holders prior to the tim e the written proxy statement required by paragraph (a) of this section is furnished to security holders: Provided, however, That this subdivision (ii) shall not apply where a proxy statement then meeting the requirements of Form F-5 has been furnished to security holders by or on behalf of the person making the solicita tion; (iii) The identity of the person or persons by or on whose behalf the solici tation is made and a description of their interests direct or indirect, by secu rity holdings or otherwise, are set forth in each communication sent or given to security holders in connection with the solicitation; and (iv) A written proxy statement meeting the requirements of this section is sent or given to security holders at the earliest practicable date. (2) Three copies of any soliciting material proposed to be sent or given to security holders prior to the furnishing of the written proxy statement required 189 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION by paragraph (a) of this section shall be filed with the Corporation in prelim i nary form at least 5 business days prior to the date definitive copies of such material are first sent or given to security holders, or such shorter period as the Corporation may authorize upon a showing of good cause therefor. 5. Section 335.7 is amended to revise the introductory texts of subpara graphs (9) and (10) of paragraph (c) and subparagraph (2) of paragraph (f), as set forth below: § 335.7 Form and content of financial statements. * t'fi * ❖ * (c) (9) General notes to balance sheets. If present with respect to the person for which the statement is filed, the following shall be set forth in the balance sheet or in referenced notes thereto: Sl< (10) General notes to statements of income. If present with respect to the person for which the statement is filed, the following shall be set forth in the statement of income or in referenced notes thereto: V V V v ^ (f) Schedules to be filed. (1) The following schedules shall be filed with each balance sheet filed pursuant to this part: Schedule I— U.S. Treasury Securities, Securities of Other U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations, and Obligations of States and Political Subdivisions; Schedule II— Other Securi ties; Schedule III— Other Loans; Schedule IV— Bank Premises and Equipment; Schedule V— Investments in, Income from Dividends, and Equity in Earnings and Loss of Unconsolidated Subsidiaries; and Schedule VI— Other Liabilities for Borrowed Money. (2) The following schedules shall be filed with each statement of income filed pursuant to this part: Schedule VII— Allowance for Possible Loan Losses and Schedule VIII— Reserves on Securities. * * *:« * * 6. Section 335.42 is amended to revise paragraphs (1) and (2) of the Instructions As To Financial Statements, as set forth below: § 335.42 sjc Form for annual report of bank (Form F-2). * * * * Instructions As To Financial Statements $ * * * # 1. Financial statements of the bank. (a) There shall be filed for the bank, in comparative columnar form, verified balance sheets as of the close of the last 2 fiscal years and verified state ments of income for such fiscal years. * * $ * * 2. Consolidated statements. There shall be filed for the bank and its majority-owned (i) bank premises subsidiaries, (ii) subsidiaries doing a foreign banking business, and (iii) signifi cant subsidiaries, in comparative columnar form, verified consolidated balance sheets as of the close of the last 2 fiscal years of the bank and verified con solidated statements of income for such fiscal years. $ # # ❖ * 7. Section 335.44 is amended to revise Form F-4, as set forth below: 190 § 335.44 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Form for quarterly report of bank (Form F-4). Federal D e p o sit In s u ra n c e C o rp o ra tio n Form F -4 Q u a rte rly R e p o rt o f— (N am e o f B ank) (C ity and S ta te ) 3 m o n th s e n d in g Fisca l y e a r to d a te (. . . .m o n th s e n d in g ................. ) ... Ite m 19. . (c u rre n t ye ar) 19. . ( p rio r y e ar) 19. . (c u rre n t ye ar) 1 9. . ( p rio r ye ar) 1. O p e ra tin g inco m e : (a) In te re s t and fees on lo a n s ............ (b) In te re s t and d iv id e n d s on s e c u ritie s (c) O th e r o p e ra tin g in co m e ................... (d) T o ta l o p e ra tin g in c o m e ...................... 2. O p e ra tin g expenses: (a) S a la rie s and o th e r c o m p e n s a tio n . . (b) In te re s t expense .................................. (c) O the r o p e ra tin g expenses ............... (d) T o ta l o p e ra tin g expenses ................. 3. In co m e b e fo re in co m e ta xe s and s e c u ritie s g a in s (losses) ...................... 4. A p p lic a b le in c o m e ta xe s ........................... 5. In co m e b efo re s e c u ritie s g a in s (losses) 6. N et s e c u rity g a in s (losses), less re la te d ta x e ffe c t ................................................... 7. N et inco m e ..................................................... Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the bank has duly caused this quarterly report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. (Name of Bank) By ..................................................................................................... (Name and title of signing officer) Date ........................................................ A. Use of Form F-4. Form F—4 is a guide for use in preparation of the quarterly report to be filed with the Corporation. B. Persons for Whom the Information Is To Be Given. The required information is to be given as to the registrant bank or, if the bank files consolidated financial statements with the annual reports filed with the Corporation it shall cover the bank and its consolidated subsidiaries. If the information is given as to the bank and its consolidated subsidiaries, it need not be given separately for the bank. C. Presentation of Information. The form calls only for the items of information specified. It is not neces sary to furnish a formal statement of income. The information is not required to be verified (see § 335.7(b)). The report may carry a notation to that effect and any other qualification considered necessary or appropriate. Amounts may be stated in thousands of dollars if a notation to that effect is made. D. Incorporation by Reference to Published Statements. If the bank makes available to its stockholders or otherwise publishes, within the period prescribed for filing the report, a financial statement contain RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 191 ing the information required by this form, such information may be incorpo rated by reference to such published statement if copies thereof are filed as an exhibit to this report. E. Extraordinary Items. If present with respect to any interim period reported herein, extraordinary items less applicable income tax effect shall be appropriately segregated and included in the determination of net income. (See Form F-9B, Statement of Income.) 8. A new § 335.46 is added, as set forth below: § 335.46 Form for registration of additional class of securities of a bank pur suant to section 12(b) or section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Form F-10). Form F-10— Registration Statement for Additional Classes of Securities of a Bank Pursuant to section 12(b) or section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exact name of bank as specified in charter) (Address of principal office) Securities being registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: Name of each exchange on which class is being Title of class registered Title of each class of equity securities being registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: General Instructions 1. Applicability of This Form. This form may be used for registration of the following securities pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: (a) For registration pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act of any class of equity securities of a bank which has one or more other classes of securities registered pursuant to either section 12(b) or (g) of the Act. (b) For registration on a national securities exchange pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act of any class of securities of a bank which has one or more other classes of securities so registered on the same securities exchange. 2. Preparation of Registration Statem ent This form is not to be used as a blank form to be filled in but only as a guide in the preparation of a registration statement. Particular attention should be given to the general requirements in § 335.4 of Part 335. The statement shall contain the numbers and captions of all items, but the text of the items may be omitted if the answers with respect thereto are prepared in the manner specified in § 335.4(s). 192 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Information Required in Registration Statement Item 1— Stock To Be Registered. If stock is being registered, state the title of the class and furnish the fo l lowing information (see Instruction 1): (a) Outline briefly (1) dividend rights; (2) voting rights; (3) liquidation rights; (4) preemptive rights; (5) conversion rights; (6) redemption provisions; (7) sinking fund provisions; and (8) liability to further calls or to assessment. (b) If the rights of holders of such stock may be modified otherwise than by a vote of a majority or more of the shares outstanding, voting as a class, so state and explain briefly. (c) Outline briefly any restriction on the repurchase or redemption of shares by the bank while there is any arrearage in the payment of dividends or sink ing fund installments. If there is no such restriction, so state. Instructions. 1. If a description of the securities comparable to that required here is contained in any other document filed with the corporation, such description may be incorporated by reference to such other filing in answer to this item. If the securities are to be registered on a national securi ties exchange and the description has not previously been filed with such exchange, copies of the description shall be filed with copies of the registra tion statement filed with the exchange. 2. This item requires only a brief summary of the provisions which are per tinent from an investment standpoint. A complete legal description of the pro visions referred to is not required and should not be given. Do not set forth the provisions of the governing instruments verbatim; only a succinct resume is required. 3. If the rights evidenced by the securities to be registered are materially limited or qualified by the rights evidenced by any other class of securities or by the provisions of any contract or other document, include such information regarding such limitation or qualification as will enable investors to understand the rights evidenced by the securities to be registered. Item 2— Debt Securities To Be Registered. If the securities to be registered hereunder are bonds, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness, outline briefly such of the following as are relevant (see Instruction 2 below): (a) Provisions with respect to interest, conversion, maturity, redemption, amortization, sinking fund, or retirement. (b) Provisions with respect to the kind and priority of any lien, securing the issue, together with a brief identification of the principal properties subject to such lien. (c) Provisions restricting the declaration of dividends or requiring the main tenance of any ratio of assets, the creation or maintenance of reserves or the maintenance of properties. (d) Provisions permitting or restricting the issuance of additional securities, the withdrawal of cash deposited against such issuance, the incurring of addi tional debt, the release or substitution of assets securing the issue, the m odifi cation of the terms of the security, and similar provisions. Instruction 1. Provisions permitting the release of assets upon the deposit of equivalent funds or the pledge of equivalent property, the release of property RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 193 no longer required in the business, obsolete property or property taken by eminent domain, the application of insurance moneys, and sim ilar provisions, need not be described. (e) The name of the trustee and the nature of any material relationship with the bank or any of its affiliates; the percentage of securities of the class necessary to require the trustee to take action; and what indemnification the trustee may require before proceeding to enforce the lien. (f) The general type of event which constitutes a default and whether or not any periodic evidence is required to be furnished as to the absence of default or as to compliance with the terms of the indenture. Instruction 2. In most cases, debt securities issued by banks need not be registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act; the regis tration requirements of that section apply only to an "equity security". The term “ equity security" is defined by section 3 ( a ) ( ll) of the Act to mean “ any stock or sim ilar security; or any security convertible, with or without considera tion, into such a security; or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any other security which the Corporation shall deem to be of sim ilar nature and consider neces sary or appropriate, by such rules and regulations as it may prescribe in the public interest or for the protection of investors, to treat as an equity secu rity." Instruction 3. The instructions to Item 1 also apply to this item. Item 3— Other Securities To Be Registered. If securities other than those referred to in Items 1 and 2 are to be regis tered hereunder, outline briefly the rights evidenced thereby. If subscription warrants or rights are to be registered, state the title and amount of securities called for, and the period during which and the price at which the warrants or rights are exercisable. Instruction. The instructions to Item 1 also apply to this item. Item 4— Exhibits. List all exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Signature Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the bank has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date ........................................................................................ (Name of Bank) By ................................................................................... (Name and title of signing officer) Instructions As To Exhibits Subject to § 335.4(o) of Part 335 regarding the incorporation of exhibits by reference, the exhibits enumerated hereinafter shall be filed as a part of the registration statement. Exhibits shall be appropriately lettered or numbered for convenient reference. Exhibits incorporated by reference may bear the des ignation given in the previous filing. Where exhibits are incorporated by refer ence, the reference shall be made in the list of exhibits in Item 4. 1. Specimens or copies of each security to be registered hereunder. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 194 2. Copies of all constituent instruments defining the rights of the holders of each class of such securities, including any contracts or other documents which lim it or qualify the rights of such holders. § 335.51 [Amended] 9. Section 335.51 is amended as follows: Item 2— Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal. Outline briefly the rights of appraisal or similar rights of dissenters with respect to any matter to be acted upon and indicate any statutory procedure required to be followed by dissenting security holders in order to perfect such rights. Where such rights may be exercised only within a limited time after the date of the adoption of a proposal, the filing of a charter amendment or other similar act, state whether the person solicited will be notified of such date. Instruction. Indicate whether a security holder's failure to vote against a proposal will constitute a waiver of his appraisal or sim ilar rights and whether a vote against a proposal will be deemed to satisfy any notice requirements under State law with respect to appraisal rights. If the State law is unclear, state what position will be taken in regard to those matters. Item 5— Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof. * * >:< >;« >:< (d) If to the knowledge of the persons on whose behalf the solicitation is made, any person and his associates owns of record or beneficially more than 10 percent of the outstanding voting securities of the bank, name such person or persons, state the approximate amount of such securities owned of record but not owned beneficially, and the approximate amount owned beneficially, and the percentage of outstanding voting securities represented by the amount of securities so owned in each such manner. * $ * >'f * Item 6— Nominees and Directors. i’fi »;« »;« >:« # (4) State, as of the most recent practicable date, the approximate amount of each class of equity securities of the bank, or any of its parents or subsidi aries, "beneficially owned" (as defined in § 335.2(ff)) directly or indirectly by him. If he disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities, make a state ment to that effect. (5) [De/eted] * $ * $ * (c) If fewer nominees are named than the number fixed by or pursuant to the governing instruments, state the reasons for this procedure and that the proxies cannot be voted for a greater number of persons than the number of nominees named. Item Others. 7— Remuneration # 5jC and Other Transactions ifc With SjC Management and SfS (a) Furnish the following information in substantially the tabular form indi cated below as to all direct remuneration paid by the bank and its subsidiaries during the bank's latest fiscal year to the following persons for services in all capacities: (1) Each director of the bank whose aggregate direct remuneration exceeded $30,000, and each of the two highest paid officers of the bank RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 195 whose aggregate direct remuneration exceeded that amount, naming each such director and officer. i'fi $ $ (b) * * * Instructions. * * * 3. In the case of any plan (other than those specified in Instruction 1) where the amount set aside each year depends upon the amount of earnings or profits of the bank or its subsidiaries for such year or a prior year (or where otherwise impracticable to state the estimated annual benefits upon retirement) there shall be set forth, in lieu of the information called by Column (C), the aggregate amount set aside or accrued to date, unless impracticable to do so, in which case the method of computing such benefits shall be stated. In addition, furnish a brief description of the material terms of the plan, including the method used in computing the bank's contribution, and the amount set aside or accrued during the bank's last fiscal year for all officers and directors as a group, indicating the number of persons in such group without naming them. ❖ * * * ❖ (d) Furnish the following information as to all options to purchase securi ties, from the bank or any of its subsidiaries, which were granted to or exer cised by the following persons since the beginning of the bank's last fiscal year and as to all options held by such persons as of the latest practicable date: (i) Each director or officer named in answer to paragraph (a)(1), naming each such person; and (ii) all directors and officers of the bank as a group, without naming them: (1) As to options granted, state (i) the title and amount of securities called for; (ii) the prices, expiration dates, and other material provisions; and (iii) the market value of the securities called for on the granting date. (2) As to options exercised, state (i) the title and amount of securities pur chased; (ii) the aggregate purchase price; and (iii) the aggregate market value of the securities purchased on the date of purchase. (3) As to all unexercised options held as of the latest practicable date, regardless of when such options were granted, state (i) the title and aggregate amount of securities called for; (ii) the average option price per share; and (iii) the per share market price of the securities subject to the option, as of the latest practicable date. Instructions. 1. The extension, regranting, or material amendment of options shall be deemed the granting of options within the meaning of this paragraph. 2. This item need not be answered with respect to options granted, exer cised, or outstanding, as may be specified therein, where the total market value (i) on the granting date of the securities called for by all options granted during the period specified; (ii) on the dates of purchase of all securities pur chased through the exercise of options during the period specified; or (iii) as of the latest practicable date of the securities called for by all options held at such time, does not exceed $10,000 for any officer or director named in answer to paragraph (a)(1), or $30,000 for all officers and directors as a group. * * * * * (e) If to the knowledge of management any indebtedness to the bank has arisen since the beginning of the bank's last fiscal year under section 16(b) of 196 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as a result of transactions in the bank's stock (or other equity securities) by any director, officer, or security holder named in answer to Item 5(d), which indebtedness has not been discharged by payment, state the amount of any profit realized and whether suit will be brought or other steps taken to recover such profit. If, in the opinion of coun sel, a question reasonably exists as to the recoverability of such profit, only facts necessary to describe the transactions, including the prices and number of shares involved, need be stated. (fj * * * Instructions. * * * (5) * * * (iii) The specified person is subject to this Item 7(f) solely as a director of the bank (or associate of a director) and his interest in the transaction is solely that of a director, officer of, a n d /o r owner of less than 10 percent inter est in, another person that is a party to the transaction. (iv) The transaction consists of extensions of credit by the bank in the ordi nary course of its business that (A) are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the tim e for com parable transactions with other than specified persons, (B) at no time exceed 10 percent of the equity capital accounts of the bank, or $10 million, whichever is less, and (C) do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if aggregate extensions of credit to the specified persons, as a group, exceeded 20 percent of the equity capital accounts of the bank at any time during the preceding year, (1) the aggregate amount of such extensions of credit shall be disclosed, and (2) a statement shall be included, to the extent applicable, th a t the bank has had, and expects to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordi nary course of its business with directors, officers, principal stockholders, and their associates, on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the same tim e for comparable transactions with others. For the purpose of determining "aggregate extensions of credit" in this instruction, transactions which are exempted from disclosure pursuant to other instructions to this item may be excluded. Item 9— Bonus, Profit Sharing, and Other Remuneration Plans. If action is to be taken with respect to any bonus, profit sharing, or other remuneration plan, furnish the following information: * * * * * (d) Furnish such information, in addition to that required by this item and Item 7, as may be necessary to describe adequately the provisions already made pursuant to all bonus, profit sharing, pension, retirement, stock option, stock purchase, deferred compensation, or other remuneration or incentive plans, now in effect or in effect within the past 2 years, for (i) each director or officer named in answer to Item 7(a) who may participate in the plan to be acted upon; (ii) all directors and officers of the bank as a group, if any direc tor or officer may participate in the plan; and (iii) all employees, if employees may participate in the plan. * * * * * (f) If action is to be taken with respect to the amendment or modification of an existing plan, the item shall be answered with respect to the plan as proposed to be amended or modified and shall indicate any material differ ences from the existing plan. 197 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION Instruction. * * * Item 10— Pension and Retirement Plans. If action is to be taken with respect to any pension or retirement plan, fu r nish the following information: ;I; * & * ❖ (d) Furnish such information, in addition to that required by this item and Item 7, as may be necessary to describe adequately the provisions already made pursuant to all bonus, profit sharing, pension, retirement, stock option, stock purchase, deferred compensation, or other remuneration or incentive plans, now in effect or in effect within the past two years, for (i) each director or officer named in answer to Item 7(a) who may participate in the plan to be acted upon; (ii) all directors and officers of the bank as a group, if any direc to r or officer may participate in the plan; and (iii) all employees, if employees may participate in the plan. * * ❖ ❖ # (f) If action is to be taken with respect to the amendment or modification of an existing plan, the item shall be answered with respect to the plan as proposed to be amended or modified and shall indicate any material differ ences from the existing plan. Instructions. * * * Item 11— Options, Warrants, or Rights. If action is to be taken with respect to the granting or extension of any options, warrants, or rights to purchase securities of the bank or any subsidi ary, furnish the following information: (a) State (i) the title and amount of securities called for or to be called for by such options, warrants or rights; (ii) the prices, expiration dates and other material conditions upon which the options, warrants or rights may be exer cised; and (iii) in the case of options, the Federal income tax consequences of the issuance and exercise of such options to the recipient and to the bank. * * jje i'fi * (c) Furnish such information, in addition to that required by this item and Item 7 as may be necessary to describe adequately the provisions already made pursuant to all bonus, profit sharing, pension, retirement, stock option, stock purchase, deferred compensation, or other remuneration or incentive plans for (i) each director or officer named in answer to Item 7(a) who may participate in the plan to be acted upon; (ii) all directors and officers of the bank as a group, if any director or officer may participate in the plan; and (iii) all employees, if employees may participate in the plan. Instructions. 1. Paragraphs (b) and (c) do not apply to warrants or rights to be issued to security holders as such on a pro rata basis. 2. The instruction to Item 9 shall apply to paragraph (c) of this item. 3. Include in the answer to paragraph (c) as to each director or officer named in answer to Item 7(a) and as to all directors and officers as a group (i) the amount of securities acquired during the past 2 years through the exer cise of options granted during the period or prior thereto; (ii) the amount of securities sold during such period of the same class as those acquired through the exercise of such options; and (iii) the amount of securities subject to all unexercised options held as of the latest practicable date. Item 12— Authorization Exchange. or Issuance of Securities Otherwise than for FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 198 If action is to be taken with respect to the authorization or issuance of any securities otherwise than in exchange for outstanding securities of the bank furnish the following information: * * * * * (b) Furnish a description of the material provisions of the securities such as would be required in a registration statement filed pursuant to this part. If the terms of the securities cannot be stated or estimated with respect to any or all of the securities to be authorized, because no offering thereof is contem plated in the proximate future, and if no further authorization by security hold ers for the issuance thereof is to be obtained, it should be stated th a t the terms of the securities to be authorized, including dividend or interest rates, conversion prices, voting rights, redemption prices, maturity dates, and sim ilar matters will be determined by the Board of Directors. If the securities are additional shares of common stock of a class outstanding, the description may be omitted. (c) Describe briefly the transaction in which the securities are to be issued, including a statement as to (1) the nature and approximate amount of consid eration received or to be received by the bank, and (2) the approximate amount devoted to each purpose so far as determinable, for which the net proceeds have been or are to be used. If it is impracticable to describe the transaction in which the securities are to be issued, indicate the purpose of the authorization of the securities, and state whether further authorization for the issuance of the securities by a vote of security holders will be solicited prior to such issuance and whether present security holders will have preemp tive rights to purchase such securities. (d) [Deleted] Item 13— Modification or Exchange of Securities. * * * * * (c) State the reasons for the proposed modification or exchange, and the general effect thereof upon the rights of existing security holders. * * * * * Item 14— Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions, and Similar Matters. If action is to be taken with respect to any plan for (i) the merger or con solidation of the bank into or with any other person or of any other person into or with the bank; (ii) the acquisition by the bank or any of its subsidiaries of securities of another bank; (iii) the acquisition by the bank of any other going business or of the assets thereof; (iv) the sale or other transfer of all or any substantial part of the assets of the bank; or (v) the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the bank: (a) Outline briefly the material features of the plan. State the reasons there fo r and the general effect thereof upon the interests of existing security hold ers. If the plan is set forth in a written document, file three copies thereof with the Corporation when preliminary copies of the Statement are filed pur suant to § 335.5(f). (b) Furnish the following information as to the bank and each person (other than subsidiaries substantially all of the stock of which are owned by the bank) which is to be merged into the bank or into or with which the bank is to be merged or consolidated or the business or assets of which are to be acquired or which is the issuer of securities to be acquired by the bank or any of its subsidiaries in exchange for all or a substantial part of its assets: RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 199 (1) A brief description of the business and property of each such person in substantially the manner described in Items 3 and 4 of Form F - l. (2) A brief statement as to defaults in principal or interest in respect of any securities of the bank or of such person, and as to the effect of the plan thereon and such other information as may be appropriate in the particular case to disclose adequately the nature and effect of the proposed action. (3) Such information with respect to the proposed management of the sur viving bank as would be required by Items 6 and 7 of this Form F-5. Informa tion concerning remuneration of management may be projected for the current year based on remuneration actually paid or accrued by each of the constitu ent persons during the last calendar year. If significantly different, proposed compensation arrangements should also be described. (4) A tabular presentation of the existing and pro forma capitalization. (5) In columnar form, for each of the last 3 fiscal years, a historical sum mary of earnings. Such summary to be concluded by indicating per share amounts of income before securities gains (losses), net income, and dividends declared for each period reported. (Extraordinary items, if any, should be appropriately reported and per share amounts of securities gains (losses) may be included.) (6) In columnar form, for each of the last 3 fiscal years, a combined pro forma summary of earnings, as appropriate in the circumstances, similar in structure to the historical summary of earnings. If the transaction establishes a new basis of accounting for assets of any of the persons included therein, the pro forma summary of earnings shall be furnished only for the most recent fiscal year and interim period and shall reflect appropriate pro forma adjustments resulting from such new basis of accounting. (7) A tabular presentation of comparative per share data of the constituent banks or other persons pertaining to: (A) (i) Income before securities gains (losses); (ii) net income; and (iii) div idends declared, for each of the last 3 fiscal years; and (B) Book value per share, at the date of the balance sheets included in the statement. The comparative per share data shall be presented on a historical and pro forma basis (except dividends which are to be furnished on historical basis only) and equated to a common basis in exchange transactions. (8) To the extent material for the exercise of prudent judgment, the histori cal and pro forma earnings data specified in (5), (6), and (7) above fo r the latest available interim period of the current and prior fiscal years. Instructions. 1. Historical statements of income in their entirety, as required by Item 15, may be furnished in lieu of the summary of earnings specified in paragraph 5. If summary earnings information is presented, show, as a m ini mum, operating revenues, operating expenses, income before income taxes and security gains (losses), applicable income taxes, income before securities gains (losses), securities gains (losses), and net income. The summary shall reflect retroactive adjustments of any material items affecting the comparabil ity of the results. 2. In connection with any interim period or periods between the end of the last fiscal year and the balance sheet date, and any comparable prior period, a statement shall be made that all adjustments necessary to a fair statement of the results for such interim period or periods have been included, and results of the interim period for the current year are not necessarily indicative of 200 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION results for the entire year. In addition, there shall be furnished in such cases, as supplemental information but not as a part of the proxy statement, a letter describing in detail the nature and amount of any adjustments, other than normal recurring accruals, entering into the determination of the results shown. 3. The information required by this Item 14(b) is required in a Statement of the “ acquiring” or “ surviving” bank only where a “ significant” merger or acquisition is to be voted upon. For purposes of this item, the term “ signifi cant” merger or acquisition shall mean a transaction where either (1) the net book value of assets to be acquired or the amount to be paid therefor exceeds 5 percent of the equity capital accounts of the acquiring bank, or (2) in an exchange transaction, the number of shares to be issued exceeds 5 percent of the outstanding shares of the acquiring bank, or (3) gross operating revenues for the last fiscal year of the person to be acquired exceeded 5 percent of the gross operating revenues for the last fiscal year of the acquiring bank. If less than a “ significant” merger or acquisition is to be voted upon, such inform a tion need only be included to the extent necessary for the exercise of prudent judgment with respect thereto. * * * >«c Item 15— Financial Statements. (a) If action is to be taken with respect to any matter specified in Items 12, 13, or 14 above, furnish verified financial statements of the bank and its sub sidiaries such as would be required in a registration statement filed pursuant to this part. In addition, the latest available interim date balance sheet and statement of income for the interim period between the end of the last fiscal year and the interim balance sheet date, and comparable prior period, shall be furnished. All schedules, except Schedule VII— “ Allowance for Possible Loan Losses” and Schedule VIII— “ Reserve on Securities” , may be omitted. (b) If action is to be taken with respect to any matter specified in Item 14(b), furnish for each person specified therein, other than the bank, financial statements such as would be required in a registration statement filed pur suant to this part. In addition, the latest available interim date balance sheet and statement of income for the interim period between the end of the last fiscal year and the interim balance sheet date, and comparable prior period, shall be furnished. However, the following may be omitted: (1) All schedules, except Schedule VII— “ Allowance for Possible Loan Losses” ; and (2) state ments for a subsidiary, all of the stock of which is owned by the bank, that is included in the consolidated statement of the bank and its subsidiaries. Such statements shall be verified, if practicable. (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, any or all of such finan cial statements which are not material for the exercise of prudent judgment in regard to the matter to be acted upon may be omitted. Such financial state ments are deemed material to the exercise of prudent judgment in the usual case involving the authorization or issuance of any material amount of senior securities, but are not deemed material in cases involving the authorization or issuance of common stock, otherwise than in an exchange, merger, consolida tion, acquisition, or similar transaction. * * * * * Item 18— Amendment of Charter, Bylaws, or Other Documents. If action is to be taken with respect to any amendment of the bank’s charter, bylaws, or other documents as to which information is not required above, state briefly the reasons for and general effect of such amendment. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 201 Item 20— Vote Required for Approval. As to each matter which is to be submitted to a vote of security holders, other than elections to office or the selection or approval of auditors, state the vote required for its approval. 10. Section 335.71 is amended as set forth below: § 335.71 Forms for financial statements (Forms F—9 A, B, C, and D). Forms F -9— Financial Statements A. B. C. D. Balance Sheet (Form F-9A). Statement of Income (Form F-9B). Statement of Changes in Capital Accounts (Form F-9C). Schedules (Form F-9D). General Instructions 1. Preparation of Forms. The forms for financial statements are not to be used as blank forms to be filled in but only as guides in the preparation of financial statements. The requirements with respect to the filing of balance sheets and statements of income are contained in the instructions as to certain other forms required by this part. Particular attention should be given to the general requirements as to financial statements in § 335.7, including paragraphs (e) and (f) thereof, which prescribe when statements of changes in capital accounts and schedules will be filed. Although inapplicable items specified in the forms for financial statements should be omitted, the detailed instructions that relate to applica ble items shall be followed. 2. Accrual Accounting. Financial statements shall generally be prepared on the basis of accrual accounting whereby all revenues and all expenses shall be recognized during the period earned or incurred regardless of the time received or paid, with certain exceptions: (a) Where the results would be only insignificantly different on a cash basis, or (b) where accrual is not feasible. Statements with respect to the first fiscal year that a bank reports on the accrual basis shall indicate clearly, by footnote or otherwise, the beginning-of-year adjustments that were necessary and their effect on prior financial statements filed under this part. (Name of Bank) A. Balance Sheet Assets 1. 2. Cash and due from b a n k s ...................... Investment securities: (a) U.S. Treasury securities ................................................................... (b) Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations . (c) Obligations of States and political s u b d iv is io n s ............................. (d) Other securities ..................................................................................... 3. Trading account securities ........................................................................ 4. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell .......................................................................................................... 5. Other loans ................................................................................................... 6. Bank premises and equipment ................................................................. 7. Other real estate owned ............................................................................. 8. Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated .................................. 2 02 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 9. Customers' acceptance liability ............................................................. 10. Other assets ............................................................................................... 11. Total assets .......................................................................... Liabilities Deposits: (a) Demand deposits in domestic offices ........................................... (b) Savings deposits in domestic offices ............................................... (c) Time deposits in domestic offices .................................................... (d) Deposits in foreign offices ................................................................. 13. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to re purchase ..................................................................................................... 14. Other liabilities for borrowed money ........................................................ 15. Bank's acceptances outstanding ............................................... 16. Mortgages payable ........................... ............................................. .. 17. Other liabilities . ........................................... 18. Total liabilities ............................................................................................... 19. Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries .................................. 12. Reserves on Loans and Securities 20. 21. Allowance for possible loan losses ...................................... Reserves on securities Capital Accounts 22. 23. Capital notes and debentures . Equity capital: (a) Capital stock: Preferred stock ............................................................... Common stock ................................................................................. (b) Surplus ............................................................................... (c) Undivided profits ............................................................................... (d) Reserve for contingencies and other capital re s e rv e s ................ 24. Total capital accounts ............................................................................... 25. Total liabilities, reserves, and capital ................................................. Assets 1. Cash and due from banks, (a) State the total of (1) currency and coin (A) owned and held in the bank’s vaults and (B) in transit to or from a Fed eral Reserve Bank; (2) the bank’s total reserve balance with the Federal Reserve Bank as shown by the bank’s books; (3) demand and time balances with other banks; and (4) cash items in process of collection. (b) Reciprocal demand balances with banks in the United States, except those of private banks and American branches of foreign banks, shall be reported net. (c) Do not include unavailable balances with closed or liquidating banks. Such balances should be reported in “ other assets". (d) Cash items in process of collection include: (1) checks in process of collection drawn on another bank, private bank, or any other banking institu tion that are payable immediately upon presentation (including checks with a Federal Reserve Bank in process of collection and checks on hand that will be presented for payment or forwarded for collection on the following business day); (2) Government checks and warrants drawn on the Treasurer of the RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 203 United States that are in process of collection; and (3) such other items in process of collection, including redeemed U.S. savings bonds, payable immedi ately upon presentation in the United States, as are customarily cleared or col lected by banks as cash items. (e) Checks drawn on a bank other than the reporting bank that have been deposited in the reporting bank (or offices or branches of such bank) and have been forwarded for collection to other offices or branches of the reporting bank are cash items in the process of collection. (f) Do not include commodity or bill-of-lading drafts payable upon arrival of goods against which drawn, whether or not deposit credit therefor has been given to a customer. If deposit credit has been given, such drafts should be reported as “ loans"; but if the drafts were received by the reporting bank on a collection basis they should not be included in the reporting bank’s statement until such time as the funds have been actually collected. (g) Unposted debits should preferably be deducted from the appropriate deposit liability caption. If such items are included hereunder, the amount shall be stated parenthetically. 2. Investment securities, (a) State separately bdok value of (1) U.S. Treas ury securities; (2) securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corpora tions; (3) obligations of States and political subdivisions; and (4) other securi ties owned by the bank; include securities pledged, loaned or sold under repurchase agreements and similar arrangements. (b) Book value with respect to investment quality securities reported in par agraph (a) shall be cost adjusted for amortization of premium and, at the option of the bank, for accretion of discount. There shall be set forth in a note to financial statements ( 1 ) the basis of accounting for book value, and ( 2 ) if bond discount is systematically accrued and amounts to 5 percent or more of interest and dividends on investments, the total of accretion income and deferred income taxes applied thereto. (c) Include in category (3) of paragraph (a) obligations, including warrants and tax anticipation notes, of the States of the United States and their politi cal subdivisions, agencies, and instrumentalities; also obligations of territorial and insular possessions of the United States. Do not include obligations of fo r eign states. (d) Do not include borrowed securities, or securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements. 3. Trading account securities. State the aggregate value at the balance sheet date, of securities of all types carried by the bank in a dealer trading account (or accounts) that are held principally for resale to customers. Indi cate parenthetically, or otherwise in a note to financial statements, whether the inventory is valued at (1) cost, (2) lower of cost or market, or (3) market. If cost basis of valuation is used, furnish aggregate market value of the trad ing account inventory at the current fiscal year balance sheet date. 4. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, (a) State the aggregate value of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreement or sim ilar arrangements. All securities purchased under transactions of this type should be included regardless of ( 1 ) whether they are called simultaneous purchases and sales, buybacks, turnarounds, overnight transactions, delayed deliveries, etc., and ( 2 ) whether the transac tions are with the same or different institutions if the purpose of the transac tions is to resell identical or similar securities. 204 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (b) Federal funds sold and purchases of securities under resale agreements should be reported gross and not netted against purchases of Federal funds and sales of securities under repurchase agreements. 5. Other loans, (a) State the aggregate gross value of all loans including ( 1 ) acceptances of other banks and commercial paper purchased in the open market; ( 2 ) acceptances executed by or for the account of the reporting bank and subsequently acquired by it through purchase or discount; (3) customers’ liability to the reporting bank on drafts paid under letters of credit for which the bank has not been reimbursed; and (4) “ cotton overdrafts” or “ advances,” and commodity or bill-of-lading drafts payable upon arrival of goods against which drawn, for which the reporting bank has given deposit credit to custom ers. (b) Include (1) paper rediscounted with the Federal Reserve or other banks; and ( 2 ) paper pledged as collateral to secure bills payable, as marginal collat eral to secure bills rediscounted, or for any other purpose. (c) Do not include contracts of sale or other loans indirectly representing bank premises or other real estate; these should be included in “ bank prem ises” or “ other real estate” . (d) Do not deduct bona fide deposits accumulated by borrowers for the pay ment of loans. 6 . Bank premises and equipment, (a) State the aggregate cost of (1) bank premises owned, (2) leasehold improvements, and (3) equipment less any accumulated depreciation or amortization with respect to such assets. (b) All fixed assets acquired subsequent to December 31, 1959, shall be stated at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. (c) All fixed assets acquired prior to January 1, 1960, that are not presently accounted for by the bank on the basis of cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization, may be stated at book value. Any such assets that are still in use and would not have been fully depreciated on an acceptable method of accounting for depreciation if the bank had recorded depreciation on such basis shall be described briefly in a footnote, together with an explanation of the accounting that was used with respect to such assets. (d) The term “ leasehold improvements” comprehends two types of situa tions: ( 1 ) Where the bank erects a building on leased property; and (2) where a bank occupies leased quarters or uses leased parking lots and appropriately capitalizes disbursements for vaults, fixed machinery and equipment directly related to such leased quarters, or resurfacing or other improvements directly related to such parking lots that will become an integral part of the property and will revert to the lessor on expiration of the lease. (e) Bank premises includes vaults, fixed machinery and equipment, parking lots owned adjoining or not adjoining the bank premises that are used by cus tomers or employees, and potential building sites. (f) Equipment includes all movable furniture and fixtures of the bank. 7. Other real estate owned, (a) State the aggregate cost of all real estate owned by the bank that is not a part of bank premises. (b) With respect to real estate acquired through default of a loan, aggregate cost shall include the unpaid balance on the defaulted loan plus the bank’s out-of-pocket costs in acquiring clear title to the property. Any adjustments from aggregate cost shall be explained in a footnote. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 205 (c) The aggregate market value of all real estate owned by the bank that is not a part of bank premises shall be set forth in a footnote, together with an explanation of the method of determining such market value. 8 . Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated. State the aggregate invest ment, including advances, in subsidiaries not consolidated. 9. Customers' acceptance liability, (a) State the liability to the reporting bank of its customers on drafts and bills of exchange that have been accepted by the reporting bank or by other banks for its account and that are outstand ing— that is, not held by the bank, on the reporting date. (If held by the reporting bank, they should be reported as “ loans” .) (b) In case a customer anticipates his liability to the bank on outstanding acceptances by paying the bank either the full amount of his liability of any part thereof in advance of the actual m aturity of the acceptance, the bank should decrease the amount of the customer’s liability on outstanding accept ances. If such funds are not received for immediate application to the reduc tion of the indebtedness to the bank or the receipt thereof does not immedi ately reduce or extinguish the indebtedness, then such funds held to meet acceptances must be reported in “ demand deposits” . (c) Do not include customer’s liability on unused commercial and travelers’ letters of credit issued under guaranty or against the deposit of security— that is, not issued for money or its equivalent. 10. Other assets. State separately, if material, (1) income earned but not collected; (2) prepaid expenses; (3) property acquired for the purpose of direct lease financing; and (4) any other asset not included in the preceding items. 11. Total assets. State the sum of all asset items. Liabilities 12. Deposits, (a) State separately (1) demand deposits in domestic offices of the bank, (2) savings deposits in domestic offices of the bank, (3) time deposits in domestic offices of the bank, and (4) deposits in foreign offices. Related unposted debits, if any, should preferably be deducted from domestic deposits. (b) The domestic deposit liability categories shall be segregated in accord ance with the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corpora tion, Part 327.2 Classification of Deposits. (c) The term “ unposted debit” means a cash item in the bank's possession drawn on itself that has been paid or credited and is chargeable against, but has not been charged against, deposit liabilities at the close of the reporting period. This term does not include items that have been reflected in deposit accounts on the general ledger, although they have not been debited to indi vidual deposit accounts. (d) Reciprocal demand deposit balances with banks in the United States, except those of private banks and American branches of foreign banks, shall be reported net. (e) Include outstanding drafts (including advices or authorizations to charge the bank’s balance in another bank) drawn in the regular course of business by the reporting bank on other banks pursuant to customer order. (f) Do not include trust funds held in the bank’s own trust department that the bank keeps segregated and apart from its general assets and does not use in the conduct of its business. 206 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 13. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repur chase. (a) State the aggregate value of Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements or similar arrangements. All securities sold under transactions of this type should be included regardless of ( 1 ) whether they are called simultaneous purchases and sales, buybacks, turnarounds, overnight transactions, delayed deliveries, etc., and ( 2 ) whether the transac tions are with the same or different institutions if the purpose of the transac tions is to repurchase identical or similar securities. (b) Federal funds purchased and sales of securities under repurchase agree ments should be reported gross and not netted against sales of Federal funds and purchases of securities under resale agreements. 14. Other liabilities for borrowed money. State the aggregate amount bor rowed by the reporting bank on its own promissory notes, on notes and bills rediscounted (including commodity drafts rediscounted), or on any other instruments given for the purpose of borrowing money. 15. Bank's acceptances outstanding, (a) State the aggregate of unmatured drafts and bills of exchange accepted by the reporting bank, or by some other bank as agent for the reporting bank (other than those reported in “ demand deposits” ), less the amount of such acceptances acquired by the reporting bank through discount or purchase and held on the reporting date. (b) Include bills of exchange accepted by the reporting bank that were drawn by banks or bankers in foreign countries, or in dependencies or insular possessions of the United States, for the purpose of creating dollar exchange as required by usage of trade in the respective countries, dependencies, or insular possessions. 16. Mortgages payable, (a) State separately here, or in a note referred to herein, such information as will indicate ( 1 ) the general character of the debt including the rate of interest; (2) the date of maturity; (3) if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of such contin gency; and (4) a brief indication of priority. (b) If there are any liens on bank premises or other real estate owned by the bank or its consolidated subsidiaries which have not been assumed by the bank or its consolidated subsidiaries, report in a footnote the amount thereof together with an appropriate explanation. 17. Other liabilities. State separately, if material, (a) accrued payrolls; (b) accrued income tax liability (Federal and State combined); (c) accrued interest; (d) cash dividends declared but not paid; (e) income collected but not.earned; and (f) any other liability not included in Items 12 through 16. 18. Total liabilities. State the sum of Items 12 through 17. 19. M inority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. State the aggregate amount of m inority stockholders’ interests in capital stock, surplus, and undi vided profits of consolidated subsidiaries. Reserves 20. Allowance for possible loan losses, (a) State the balance of the loan loss allowance account at the end of the fiscal year. Include in this allowance only ( 1 ) any provision that the bank makes for possible loan losses pursuant to the Treasury tax formula and (2) any amount in excess of the provision taken under such formula that (A) represents management’s judgment as to possible loss or value depreciation and (B) has been established through a charge against income. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 207 (b) Any provision for possible loan losses that the bank establishes as a precautionary measure that is in excess of the amount reported in paragraph (a) shall not be included in this allowance but shall be reported as a contin gency reserve— that is, as a segregation of undivided profits. 21. Reserves on securities. State the balance of the reserves on securities at the end of the fiscal year of any allowance that ( 1 ) represents manage ment's judgment as to possible loss or value depreciation in investment securi ties and ( 2 ) has been established through an appropriate charge against income shall be separately stated. Any provision for possible security losses that the bank establishes as a precautionary measure only (such as to reflect normal fluctuations in market value of readily marketable securities) shall not be included in this allowance but shall be reported as a contingency reserve— that is, as a segregation of undivided profits. Capital Accounts 22. Capital notes and debentures. State separately here, or in a note referred to herein, each issue or type of obligation and such information as will indicate (a) the general character of each type of debt including the rate of interest; (b) the date of maturity (or dates if maturing serially) and call pro visions; (c) the aggregate amount of maturities, and sinking fund require ments, each year for the 5 years following the date of the balance sheet; (d) if the payment of principal or interest is contingent, an appropriate indication of the nature of the contingency; (e) a brief indication of priority; and (f) if con vertible, the basis. 23. Equity capital, (a) Capital stock. State for each class of shares the title of issue, the number of shares authorized, the number of shares outstanding and the capital share liability thereof, and, if convertible, the basis of conver sion. Show also the dollar amount, if any, of capital shares subscribed but unissued, and of subscriptions receivable thereon. (b) Surplus. State the net amount formally transferred to the surplus account on or before the reporting date, subject to the conditions set forth in the instruction relating to “ undivided profits". (c) Undivided profits. State the amount of undivided profits shown by the bank's books. (d) Reserve for contingencies and other capital reserves. (1) State separately each such reserve and its purpose. (2) These reserves constitute amounts set aside for possible decrease in the book value of assets, or for other unforeseen indeterminable liabilities not otherwise reflected on the bank's books and not covered by insurance. (3) As these reserves represent a segregation of undivided profits, do not include any element of known losses, or losses the amount of which can be estimated with reasonable accuracy. (4) Reserves for possible security losses, reserves for possible loan losses, and other contingency reserves that are established as precautionary measures only shall be included in these reserves, as they represent segregations of “ undivided profits". 24. Total capital accounts. State the total of Items 22 and 23. 25. Total liabilities, minority interests, reserves and capital. State the total of Items 18, 19, 20, 21, and 24. 208 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (N am e o f B ank) B. S ta te m e n t o f In co m e 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. O p e ra tin g In co m e : (a) In te re s t and fees on loa n s ..................................................................................................... (b) In co m e on Federal fu n d s sold and s e c u ritie s p u rc h a s e d u n d e r a g re e m e n ts to resell ............................................................................................................................................ (c) In te re s t and d iv id e n d s on in v e s tm e n ts : 1. U.S. T re a s u ry s e c u ritie s ........................................................................................................ 2. S e c u ritie s o f o th e r U.S. G o ve rn m e n t a ge n cies and c o rp o ra tio n s ........................ 3. O b lig a tio n s o f S ta te s and p o litic a l s u b d iv is io n s ..................................................... 4. O th e r s e c u ritie s ........................................................................................................................ (d) T ru s t d e p a rtm e n t inco m e .......................................................................................................... (e) S ervice ch a rg e s on d e p o s it a c c o u n ts .................................................................................. (f) O th e r s e rv ic e ch arg e s, c o lle c tio n and excha n g e ch arg e s, c o m m is s io n s , and fees .................................................................................................................................................. (g) O th e r o p e ra tin g inco m e ............................................................................................................... (h) T o ta l o p e ra tin g in c o m e ............................................................................................................... O p e ra tin g Expenses: (a) S a la rie s and w ages ...................................................................................................................... (b) P ensions and o th e r e m plo ye e b e n e fits ................................................................................ (c) In te re s t on d e p o s its ...................................................................................................................... (d) Expense o f Federal fu n d s p urch a se d and s e c u ritie s so ld u n d e r a g re e m e n ts to re p u rc h a s e ........................................................................................................................... (e) In te re s t on o th e r b orro w e d m o ne y ....................................................................................... (f) In te re s t on c a p ita l notes and d e b e n tu re s ........................................................................ (g) O ccu p a n cy expense o f b an k p rem ise s, net: G ross o c c u p a n c y expense......... .......................................................................................... Less: R ental in c o m e ......... ...................................................................................................... (h) F u rn itu re and e q u ip m e n t expense (In c lu d in g d e p re c ia tio n o f $--------) ................. (i) P ro visio n fo r loa n losses .......................................................................................................... (j) O th e r o p e ra tin g e xpenses .......................................................................................................... (k) T o ta l o p e ra tin g e xpenses .......................................................................................................... In co m e B e fo re In co m e Taxes a nd S e c u ritie s G a ins (Losses) ......................................... A p p lic a b le In co m e Taxes ................................................................................................................. In co m e B e fo re S e c u ritie s G ains (Losses) .................................................................................. N et S e c u rity G ains (Losses), less re la te d ta x effe ct, $......... ............................................... In co m e (b efo re e x tra o rd in a ry ite m s, if any) ........................................................................... E x tra o rd in a ry Item s, less re la te d ta x effe ct, $......... ................................................................ Less M in o rity In te re s t in C o n s o lid a te d S u b s id ia rie s .......................................................... N e t In co m e .............................................................................................................................................. E a rn in g s p e r co m m o n s h a re :* In co m e b e fo re s e c u ritie s g a in s (losses) ................................................................................ N e t In co m e ......................................................................................................................................... *T h e p e r sh a re a m o u n t o f s e c u ritie s g a in s (losses) m a y be s ta te d s e p a ra te ly . If e x tra o rd in a ry ite m s are re p o rte d , p e r sh a re a m o u n t o f in c o m e b e fo re e x tra o rd in a ry ite m s and p er s h a re a m o u n t o f e x tra o rd in a ry ite m s s h a ll be sta te d s e p a ra te ly . 1. Operating income. State separately: (a) Interest and fees on loans. (1) Include interest, fees and other charges on all assets that are reported on the balance sheet as other loans. (2) Include interest on acceptances, commercial paper purchased in the open market, drafts for which the bank has given deposit credit to customers, etc. Also include interest on loan paper that has been rediscounted with Fed eral Reserve or other banks or pledged as collateral to secure bills payable or for any other purpose. (3) Include service charges and other fees on loans. (4) Include profits (or losses) resulting from the sale of acceptances and commercial paper at discount rates other than those at which such paper was purchased. (5) Current amortization or premiums on mortgages or other loans shall be deducted from interest on loans and current accumulation of discount on such items shall be added to interest on loans. (b) Income on Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agree ments to resell. Include the total gross revenue from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. (c) Interest and dividends on investments. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 209 (1) State separately interest and dividends from (A) U.S. Treasury securi ties, (B) securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations, (C) obligations of States and political subdivisions, and (D) other securities owned by the bank, including securities pledged, loaned, or sold under repurchase agreements and similar arrangements. (2) Include accretion of discount on securities, if any; deduct amortization of premiums on securities. If the reporting bank accrues bond discount and such income amounts to 5 percent or more of the total of interest and divi dends on investments, state in a note to financial statements, the amount of accretion income and deferred income taxes applicable thereto. (3) When securities are purchased, any payment for accrued interest shall not be charged to expenses, nor when collected be credited to earnings. Such interest shall be charged to a separate account that will be credited upon collection of the next interest payment. The balance in the account shall be shown as "other assets” in the balance sheet. (d) Trust department income. (1) Include income from commissions and fees for services performed by the bank in any authorized fiduciary capacity. (2) This item may be reported on the cash tyasis in those instances where the presentation of the item on the financial statements would not be mate rially affected thereby. The cash basis may also be used with respect to an individual trust or estate if accrual of income therefrom is not feasible. If any portion of trust department income is not reported on the accrual basis, there shall be a footnote explaining the method of reporting and the reason for departing from reporting on the accrual basis. (e) Service charges on deposit accounts. Include amounts charged deposi tors that fail to maintain specified minimum deposit balances; charges based on the number of checks drawn on and deposits made in deposit accounts; charges for account maintenance and for checks drawn on "no minimum bal ance” deposit accounts; return check charges; etc. (f) Other service charges, collection and exchange charges, commissions, and fees. State the aggregate of other service charges, collection and exchange charges, commissions, and fees. Exclude charges on loans and deposits and those related to the Trust Department. Do not include reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenditures made by the bank for the account of customers. If expense accounts were charged with the amount of such expenditures, the reimbursements should be credited to the same expense accounts. (g) Other operating income. (1) Include all operating income not reported in Items 1(a) through 1(f). (2) Include (A) net trading account income consisting of profits and losses, interest, and other income and expense related to securities carried in a dealer trading account or accounts that are held principally for resale to customers, but exclude salaries, commissions, and other indirect expenses; (B) income from lease financing; (C) gross rentals from "other real estate" and safe deposit boxes; (D) net remittable profits (or losses) of foreign branches and consolidated subsidiaries less any m inority interests (unless the reporting bank preferably combines or consolidates each item of income and expense); (E) interest on tim e balances with other banks; and (F) all other recurring credits (such as miscellaneous recoveries) and immaterial nonrecurring credit items. (3) Do not include rentals from bank premises. Such rental income shall be reported in the inset to Item 2(g). In the event there is a net occupancy income, the amount shall be shown in parenthesis in Item 2(g). 210 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (4) Itemize (A) net trading account income, (B) net remittable profits (or losses) of foreign branches and consolidated subsidiaries (if included in this subitem), and (C) all other amounts that represent 25 percent or more of the total of this subitem, unless “ other operating income" is less than 5 percent of “ total operating income." (h) Total operating income. State the sum of Items 1(a) through 1(g). 2. Operating expenses. State separately: (a) Salaries. (1) Include compensation for personal services of all officers and employees, including dining room and cafeteria employees but not build ing department employees. (2) Include amounts withheld from salaries for Social Security taxes and contributions to the bank’s pension fund. Do not include Social Security taxes paid by the bank for its own account and the bank's contribution to pension funds. Such amounts shall be included in Item 2(b). (3) Include bonus and profit sharing whether paid directly or through a trustee. Such compensation that is deferred and not distributed to employees shall be reported in Item 2(b). (4) Do not include compensation of officers and employees who spent the major portion of their working tim e on bank building and related functions. Such compensation shall be included in Item 2(g). (5) Do not include amounts paid to legal, management, and investment counsel for professional services if such counsel are not salaried officers or employees of the bank. Such amounts shall be included in Item 2(j). (b) Pensions and other employee benefits. (1) Include all supplementary benefits, other than direct compensation included in Item 2(a) accrued during the report period on behalf of all officers and employees except building department personnel (see Item 2(g)). (2) Include the bank’s own contribution to its pension fund; unemployment and Social Security taxes for the bank’s own account; life insurance premiums (net of dividends received) and hospitalization insurance payable by the bank; and other employee benefits. (3) Do not include expenses related to testing, training, or education of officers and employees; the cost of bank newspapers and magazines; premi ums on insurance policies where the bank is beneficiary; and athletic activities where the principal purpose is for publicity or public relations and employee benefits are only incidental. Such amounts shall be included in Item 2(j). (c) Interest on deposits. Include interest on all deposits. (d) Expense of Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Include the total gross expenses of Federal funds pur chased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. (e) Interest on other borrowed money. (1) Include all interest on bills payable, rediscounts, unsecured notes pay able, and other instruments issued for the purpose of borrowing money other than Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repur chase. (2) Do not include interest on mortgages on bank premises. Such interest shall be included in Item 2(g). (f) Interest on capital notes and debentures. (1) Include all interest on capi tal notes and debentures. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 211 (2) Amortization of premium or discount shall be deducted from or included in the amount reported. (3) Do not include premium or discount paid or realized on retirement of such securities. Such amount shall be reported in Item 1(g) or 2(i). (g) Occupancy expense of bank premises, net. (1) Include in “ gross occupancy expense” inset, the aggregate amount of (A) salaries, wages, and supplementary compensation of bank personnel who devote the major portion of their time to the operation of bank premises or its consolidated premises subsidiaries; (B) depreciation of bank premises and amortization of leasehold improvements; (C) rent expense of bank premises; (D) real estate taxes; (E) interest on mortgages on bank premises owned; and (F) other bank premises operating and maintenance expenses. (2) Include in “ rental income" inset, the aggregate amount of rentals from bank premises leased by the bank or its consolidated premises subsidiaries. (3) Report the net occupancy expense (or net income) of bank premises. If net income is reported, the amount shall be shown in parenthesis. (h) Furniture and equipment expense. (1) Include normal and recurring depreciation charges; rental costs of office machines and tabulating and data processing equipment; and ordinary repairs to furniture and office machines, including servicing costs. The amount applicable to depreciation charges shall be shown in parenthesis. (2) Include taxes on equipment. (i) Provision for loan losses. (1) Banks which provide for loan losses on a reserve basis shall include an estimated amount for credit losses. Such amount shall be determined by man agement in light of past loan loss experience and evaluation of potential loss in the current loan portfolio. The estimated loan loss factor allocable to oper ating expense shall not be less than the amount computed under one of the elective methods set forth in subitem ( 2 ). (2) The bank may elect in 1969, and thereafter consistently use for finan cial reporting purposes, one of the following methods for allocating loan losses to operating expense: (A) Average ratio of loss over the past five years applied to average loans outstanding during the current year. Ratio of loss shall be the single decimal quotient of total net chargeoffs (losses less recoveries) and total average loans for the 5 most recent years, including the current year. (B) Average ratio of loss on a forward moving average beginning with the year 1969 applied to average loans outstanding during the current year. Ratio of loss shall be the single decimal quotient of total net chargeoffs and total average loans fo r the number of years beginning with 1969 and ending with the year of report. In 1973, banks which elect the forward moving average method will compute the minimum allocable credit loss expense on the same basis as banks which elect method ( 1 ). Note: For purposes of Item 2(A) and Item 2(B), average annual loans out standing shall include Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and ( 2 ) may be computed on any reasonable schedule of frequency. In the absence of other procedures “ Other loans” , and “ Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell” , as reported in Statements of Condition called by supervisory authorities, shall be averaged. (C) Actual net chargeoffs as experienced in the current year. 212 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (3) An estimated amount for loan losses allocable to operating expense in excess of the minimurh amount computed as instructed in subitem ( 2 ) should be provided when judged appropriate in the opinion of management. (4) Furnish in a note to financial statements an explanation of the basis for allocating loan losses to operating expense including (A) the method followed, and (B) amount added at the discretion of management, if any. (5) The amount may be expressed in even dollars or thousands of dollars. Note: The amount reported for loan losses in operating expense shall be adjusted, if necessary, to the amount transferred to the allowance for loan losses recorded on the books of the bank by an entry to the undivided profits account in the statement of changes in capital accounts. For example, if the estimated loan loss expense reported in the statement of income is less than the amount transferred to the allowance for loan losses, the amount of differ ence, less related tax effect, should be charged against the undivided profits account. If the estimated loan loss expense reported in the statement of income ( 1 ) is more than the amount transferred to the allowance for loan losses, and ( 2 ) represents the minimum amount the bank is required to allo cate under its elected method, the amount of difference, less related tax effect, should be credited to the undivided profits account. ( 6 ) Banks which do not provide for loan losses on a reserve basis shall include the amount of actual net chargeoffs (losses less recoveries) for the current year. (j) Other operating expenses. (1) Include all operating expenses, not reported in Items 2(a) through 2(i). (2) Include advertising, business promotion, contributions, cost of examina tions by supervisory authorities, deposit insurance assessments, fees paid to directors and members of committees, memberships, net cash shortages or overages, operating expenses (except salaries) of “ Other real estate owned," postage, premium on fidelity insurance, publicity, retainer fees, stationery and office supplies, subscriptions, taxes not reported against other items, telegrams and cables, telephone, temporary agency help, travel, unreimbursed losses on counterfeits, forgeries, payments over stops and all other recurring expenses and immaterial nonrecurring charges. (3) Deposit insurance assessment expense shall be reported as a net figure — that is, all assessment credits during the period shall be applied against the assessment expense. (4) Itemize all amounts that represent 25 percent of this item. (k) Total operating expenses. State the sum of Items 2(a) through 2(j). 3. Income before income taxes and security gains (losses). State the differ ence of Item 1(h) minus Item 2(k). 4. Applicable income taxes, (a) State the aggregate of Federal and State taxes applicable to the amount reported in Item (3). (b) Do not include taxes applicable to net security gains (losses) and extraordinary items. Such taxes (or tax reductions) shall be reported in Items 6 and 8 . 5. Income before securities gains (losses). State the difference of Item 3 minus Item 4. 6 . Net security gains (losses). State the net result of security gains and losses realized. Related income taxes (or tax reductions) shall be shown paren thetically. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 213 7. Income (before extraordinary items, if any). State the sum of difference of Items 5 and 6 . Note: If extraordinary items are reported (See Item 8 ) the caption to this Item shall read, “ Net income before extraordinary item s". 8 . Extraordinary items. State the material results of nonrecurring transac tions that have occurred during the current reporting period. Only the results of major events outside of the ordinary operating activity of the bank are to be reported herein. Such events would include, but not be limited to, material gain or loss from sale of bank premises, expropriation of properties, and major devaluation of foreign currency. Related income taxes (or tax reductions) shall be shown parenthetically. (Less than material results of nonrecurring transac tions are to be included in Items 1(g) or 2(j), as appropriate.) 9. Less minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries. State the aggregate amount of profit or loss accruing to m inority interests. 10. Net income. State the sum or difference of Items 7, 8 , and 9. Earnings per common share. State the per share amounts applicable to common stock (including common stock equivalents) and per share amounts on a fully diluted basis, if applicable. The basis of computation, including the number of shares used, shall be furnished in a note to the financial state ments. (Name of Bank) C. STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL ACCOUNTS Increase (Decrease) Capital notes and debentures Preferred stock $______ Par Common stock $ Par Surplus Reserve for contin Undivided gencies and other profits capital reserves 1. Net income transferred to undivided profits.................... ......... .......................... 2. Capital notes and debentures, preferred stock and common stock sold (par or face value)_____ ______ ______________ 3. Stock issued incident to mergers and acquisitions_________________________ 4. Premium on capital stock sold_____ __ 5. Additions to, or reductions in, surplus, undivided profits, and reserves in cident to mergers____________________ 6. Transfers to allowance for loan loss, exclusive of portion charged against income, less related income tax effect $ - - ...........- ............- ................... - - - - 7. Cash dividends declared on preferred stock____ ________ __________________ 8. Cash dividends declared on common stock_____________ __________________ 9. Stock issued in payment of stock div i dend, ______shares at par value______ 10. All other increases (decreases)1_______ 11. Net increase (decrease) for the year 12. Balance at beginning of y ear2__________ 13. Balance at end of year_________________ 1 State separately any material amounts, indicating clearly the nature of the transaction out of which the item arose. 2 If the statement is filed as part of an annual or other periodic report and the balances at the beginning of the period differ from the closing balances as filed for the previous fiscal period, state in a footnote the difference and explain. FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 214 D. SCHEDULES SCHEDULE I— U.S. TREASURY SECURITIES, SECURITIES OF OTHER U.S. GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND CORPORATIONS, AND OBLIGATIONS OF STATES AND POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS Type and m aturity grouping Principal amount Book va lu e 1 U.S. Treasury Securities____________________________________________ _____ _______________ Within 1 year_________________________________________________________________________ After 1 but within 5 years______________ _____________ _____ _____ _______ _______ _____ After 5 but w ithin 10 years__________________________________________________ ______ _ After 10 y e a rs ._______ ___________________________________________ ______ ______________ Total U.S. Treasury Securities__________________________ _____ ________ _________ Securities of other U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations___________________________ Within 1 year____________________________________ _________ ______ ____________________ After 1 but within 5 y e a rs .. _______________________________________ ______ ___________ After 5 but within 10 years____________________________________________________________ After 10 years____ __________ _____ ____________________________________________________ Total securities of Other U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations_____________ Obligations of States and political subdivisions2-3. ___________________________ _____ _______ Within 1 year___________ ____________________________________ _____ ___________________ After 1 but w ithin 5 years___________ __________ ______ _____________________________ After 5 but w ithin 10 years__________ ____________________ _________________ _______ After 10 years_________________________________________________________ _________ _____ Total obligations of States and political subdivisions______________ ______ ________ 1 State briefly in a footnote the basis for determining the amounts in this column. 2 Include obligations of the States of the United States and their political subdivisions, agencies, and instrum entalities; also obligations of territorial and insular possessions of the United States. Do not include obligations of foreign States. 3 State in a footnote the aggregate (a) principal amount, (b) book value, and (c) market value of securities th a t are less than “ investment grade” . If market value is determined on any basis other than market quotations at balance sheet date, explain. SCHEDULE I I — OTHER SECURITIES Amount Type Book v a lu e 1 Bonds, notes, and debentures2*3_______ ______________________________________________ Stocks2-4. . - _____________ ______________________________________________________________ Totals_____ _______ _______ ______________________________________________ ________ 1 State briefly in a footnote the basis for determining the amounts shown in this column. 2 State in a footnote the aggregate amount and book value of foreign securities included. 3 State in a footnote the aggregate (a) principal amount, (b) book value, and (c) market value of bonds, notes, and debentures that are less than "investm ent grade” . If market value is determined on any basis other than market quota tions at balance sheet date, explain. 4 State in a footnote the aggregate market value. SCHEDULE I I I — OTHER LOANS 1 Type Book value Real estate loans: Insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies___ _____ ______________________________ O ther_________________________________________________ . --------------------------------------------------------Loans to financial institutions____ __ __ ____________ ______ _____ _______ _____________________ ______ Loans for purchasing or carrying securities (secured or unsecured)_________________________________ ____ Commercial and industrial loans_________ ______________________________________ _______ _______ _____ Loans to individuals for household, fam ily, and other consumer expenditures__________ ______ __________ All other loans (including overdrafts)_______________________ ___________ ___________________ __________ Total other loans reported in balance s h e e t........................ ..................... ......... ....................................... 1 If impractical to classify foreign branch and foreign subsidiary loans in accordance with this schedule, a separate caption stating the total amount of such loans may be inserted. Such action should be explained in a footnote. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION 215 SCHEDULE IV— BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Classification 1 Column A Column B Column C Gross book va lu e 2 Accumulated depreciation and amortization v Amount at which carried on balance sheet Bank premises (including land $ ____ ) _______________ Equipment___________________________________________ Leasehold improvements___ ______ ___________ _______ T otals5________________________________________ H f impractical to consolidate foreign branch and foreign subsidiary bank premises and equipment in accordance with the breakdown required by this schedule, a separate caption stating the total amount of all such property may be inserted. Such caption should be explained appropriately in a footnote. 2 State the basis of determining the amounts in column A. 3 If provision for depreciation and amortization is credited in the books directly to the asset accounts, the amounts for the last fiscal year shall be stated in an explanatory footnote. 4 The nature and amount of significant additions (other than provisions for depreciation and amortization) and de ductions from depreciation accounts shall be stated in an explanatory footnote. 5 Show totals (corresponding to columns A and B) representing amounts reported for Federal income tax purposes. SCHEDULE V— INVESTMENTS IN, INCOME FROM DIVIDENDS, AND EQUITY IN EARNINGS AND LOSS OF UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES Column A Name of subsidiary Percent of voting stock owned Column B Column C Total invest ment, includ ing advances Equity in underlying net assets at balance sheet d a te 1 Column D Column E Amount of dividends2 Bank's propor tionate part of earnings or loss for the period T o ta ls ____________ 1 Equity shall include advances reported in column B to the extent recoverable. 2 State as to any dividends other than cash the basis on which they have been reported as income. If any such dividend received has been credited to income in an amount differing from that charged to surplus and/or undivided profits by the disbursing subsidiary, state the amount of such difference and explain. SCHEDULE VI— “ OTHER” LIABILITIES FOR BORROWED MONEY Item Borrowings from Federal Reserve Bank ................................................................... Unsecured notes payable within 1 year .................................................................... Unsecured notes payable after 1 year ................................................................... Other obligations ........................................................................................................... Total ......................................................................................................................... Amount 216 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION SCHEDULE VII— A L L O W A N C E FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES Item ' Amount set up pursuant to Treasury tax formula Other amount 1 Balances at beginning of period ....................................... Recoveries credited to Allowance .................................... Additions due to mergers and absorptions2 ........................... Transfers to Allowance: From income ...................................................... From undivided profits3 ........................................... Totals ..................................................... Losses charged to Allowance .......................................... Balances at end of period4 .............. 1 Do not include any provision for possible loan losses that the bank establishes as a precautionary mea sure. Include only any provision that (1) has been established through a charge against income, (2) repre sents management’ s judgment as to possible loss or value depreciation, and (3) is in excess of the pro vision taken under the Treasury tax formula. 2 Describe briefly in a footnote any such addition. 3 Indicate by parenthesis the gross amount of any credit adjustment to undivided profits. 4 Describe briefly in a footnote the basis used in computing the amount accumulated in the allowance at the end of the period. State the amount that could have been deducted for Federal income tax purposes if such amount is in excess of the amount provided by the bank pursuant to the Treasury tax formula. Note: The sum of the balances should equal the amount of allowance for loan losses reported in the balance sheet. SCHEDULE VIII— RESERVES ON SECURITIES Item Amount1 Balance at beginning of period ...................................... Additions due to mergers and absorptions2 ........................... Transfers to reserve: From income ... ................................................... From undivided profits ............................................. Totals ..................................................... Losses charged to reserve ............................................ Transfers from reserve .............................................. Balance at end of period3 ............................................ 1 Do not include any provision the bank establishes as a precautionary measure. 2 Describe briefly in a footnote any such addition. 3 Balance should equal the amount of Reserves on securities reported in the balance sheet. [F.R. Doc. 69-15249; Filed, Dec. 29, 1969; 8:45 a.m.] SUBCHAPTER A— PROCEDURE AND RULES OF PRACTICE PART 309— PUBLISHED AND UNPUBLISHED RECORDS AND INFORMATION Information Made Available to the Public 217 RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE CORPORATION Effective December 31, 1969, Part 309 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows: § 309.1 Published and unpublished information. (a) * * * (3) Information made available to the public. Except to the extent that the matters set forth in this paragraph relate to or contain information which is exempted from the public disclosure provisions of section 3 of the Administra tive Procedure Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552), or other law, the Corporation makes available for public inspection and copying, upon request to the Secre tary of the Corporation in its office in Washington, D.C., during normal busi ness hours, (i) all final opinions (including concurring and dissenting opinions) and all orders made in the adjudication of cases, (ii) those statements of policy and interpretations which have been adopted by the Corporation and are not published in the Federal Register, and (iii) Manual of Examination Policies and Instructions to Liquidators. To the extent required to prevent a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, the Corporation may delete identify ing details when it makes available or publishes an opinion, statement of policy, interpretation, or staff manual or instruction. In each case the justifica tion for the deletion will be fully explained in writing. The Corporation also maintains and makes available for public inspection and copying a current index providing information for the public as to any matter which is issued, adopted, or promulgated after July 4, 1967, and which is required by the Administrative Procedure Act to be made available or published. The Corpora tion makes available at its Washington office, at the New York, Chicago, and San Francisco Federal Reserve Banks, and at the Reserve bank of the district in which the bank filing a report is located, for public inspection and copying reports from insured State nonmember banks required under the provisions of section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (15 U.S.C. 78). All requests for copies of records enumerated in subdivisions (i), (ii), and (iii) of this subparagraph must be accompanied by a deposit with the Corpora tion of the estimated costs of copying such records at the rate of 10 cents per page. Such requests must provide a reasonably specific description of the record sought which will enable the Corporation to locate the record or records without undue difficulty. Except to the extent that the records relate to or contain information which is exempted from the public disclosure provisions of section 3 of the Adminis trative Procedure Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552) or other law, the Corpora tion upon request for identifiable records of the Corporation to the Secretary of the Corporation in its office in Washington, D.C., during normal business hours, will make such records available to any person who agrees to pay the costs of searching, preparing and copying such records at the rate of $5 per hour for searching and preparing and 10 cents per page for copying and has paid in advance to the Corporation the estimated costs thereof. Such requests must provide a reasonably specific description of the record sought which will enable the Corporation to locate the record without undue difficulty. Any denial by an officer or employee of the Corporation of a request for any information or record made under this part by any member of the public may be appealed by a written request to the Board of Directors of the Corporation from the person whose request is denied. ❖ * * [F.R. Doc. 69— 15250; Filed, Dec. 29, 1969; 8:45 a.m.] J{e 218 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION STATE B A N K IN G L E G IS L A T IO N - 1 9 6 9 The legislatures of forty-eight States held either regular or special sessions during 1969 and all of them enacted statutes affecting the banking industry. Some of the State banking statutes enacted in 1969 are listed below on a State-by-State basis. ALABAM A Interest rates on loans of c o rp o ra tio n s ................ . . SB Bank investments in debts incurred under the National Housing A c t ............................................................. SB Branch b a n k in g ............................................................................ SB SB SB SB HB Municipal and revenue bond issues as legal investments for banks .................................... . . SB SB HB 53 768 867 23 HB HB 993 1530 Banks filing fees to be paid with merger applications ............................................................................ SB Recordation of instruments .................................................... HB Frauds relating to negotiable in s tru m e n ts ............................. HB State bank holidays ................................................................... HB Fraudulent use of credit cards ............................................... SB 278 1051 632 1427 205 51 9-X 191 814 900 555 ALASKA Mutual savings bank investments ........................................... SB Bank loans and investments .................................................... SB 305 173 A R IZ O N A Savings and loan association loans and investments ............................................................................. HB Overdrafts and checks on insufficient funds ...................... HB Banks and financial institutions - holding payments made under funeral plan arrangem ents........... HB 60 28 53 Interest rates on installment loans ...................................... Fraudulent use of credit cards ............................................... Licensing and regulation of escrow agents ...................... HB HB HB 57 173 174 Eligibility of banks as depositories of public funds ......... HB 213 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 219 ARKANSAS Fraudulent use of credit cards ....................... .. Additional procedures for organization of State banks ........................................................................ Charges for collection of accounts ...................................... Credit statements required to be furnished to borrowers ................................................................................. Taxation of national and State b a n k s .................................... Banks - investment of funds ................................................. HB 109 SB HB 127 98 HB HB HB 338 82 239 AB 571 AB AB AB AB AB AB AB Bank and savings and loan association investments . . . . AB AB Bank loans to officers ............................................................. AB Examination of savings and loan a sso c ia tio n s .................... AB Savings and loan association issuance of more than one class of stock ......................................... . . AB Bank tax returns - authority of State Attorney General to inspect ................................................................. SB Authorized loans for savings and loan associations ......... AB State banks - prohibition against offering and selling securities without a permit .................................... AB Banks — assessments levied by superintendent.................... AB Branch b a n k in g ............................................................................ AB Banks - issuance of capital notes and d e b e n tu re s.............. AB Foreign banking corporations - authorization to do business within State ...................................................... AB Establishment of places of business by banks .................. AB Real estate investments of savings and loan associations ............................................................................. AB Taxation of financial corporations ........................................ AB SB Acquisition and holding by banks of stock of corporations that perform functions a bank may perform ..................................................................................... AB Creditors - liability to third p a r tie s ........................................ SB Bank h o lid a y s ............................................................................... AB Banks as depositories of public funds .................................. SB Secured transactions ............................................................... AB 727 765 766 1654 1070 1763 1764 1681 1970 1695 1518 C A L IF O R N IA Savings bank investments ........................................ .. Savings and loan associations - shares and investment certificates as "savings d e p o s its " .................. Financial statements and reports of credit unions ........... Regulation of check sellers and cashers ........................... Bank examinations on calendar year basis ......................... Fraudulent use of credit cards ............................................. CO LO R ADO Savings and Loan Inspection Fund ........................................ Saturday closing of banks ...................................................... Powers of savings and loan associations defined ............. Public trustees and deeds of t r u s t ........................................ SB SB HB HB 763 506 1447 1429 1437 1011 2346 1752 1749 717 2315 1127 1703 1301 66 966 1377 152 151 1255 1495 220 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Powers of trust companies ...................................................... ..SB Branch banking .......................................................................... ..HB Per diem expenses of Banking Board . . . . . HB Bond required of State depositories ...................................... HB Eligible security for depository bonds ............................. .......HB 102 1365 1459 1519 1520 C O N N E C T IC U T Mortgage loans - mutual savings banks and savings and loan association participations .................................. HB Bank investments in GNMA o b lig a tio n s .................................. HB Reserve requirements of building and savings and loan associations ............................................. . . HB State banks and trust companies - interest on preferred shares, capital notes, and d e b e n tu re s ............. SB Investments of savings banks ................................................. SB Powers of State banks and trust companies ......................... SB Savings and loan associations - amendments implementing the National Housing A c t ...................................................... HB Mobile home financing by savings and loan associations ............................................................................. HB Study of demand deposits in savings b a n k s ......................... SB Savings and loan association ownership of service c o rp o ra tio n s ............................................................... HB Restrictions on credit unions .................................................... SB Savings bank mortgage loans ............................................... SB Savings bank acquisition of real e s ta te .................................. SB Savings bank charters ............................................................... SB Limitations on savings deposits in State banks and trust companies ............................................................. SB Savings bank construction loans on housing projects . . . . SB Savings bank issuance of securities guaranteed under the National Housing A c t ...................................................... SB Dividends and surplus accounts of savings banks ........... SB Savings and loan association FHA- and VAinsured mortgage loan investment lim its . . . HB Savings and loan associations - interest charges ............................................................. . . HB Savings and loan associations investment in urban renewal areas ........................................... . . HB Savings and loan association loan limits on personal, home improvement, and educational loans .......................................................................... . HB Loans by savings and loan associations to ecclesiastical societies ...................................... . . HB Savings and loan association investments in loans approved and guaranteed by the Agency for International Development ...........................................HB HB Compensation of officers and employees of savings and loan a s s o c ia tio n s............................................. HB Sale of assets by savings and loan associations ............. HB Authority of savings and loan associations to offer “ savings deposits" .................................... . . HB 6402 6403 6404 841 859 860 6401 6410 861 6406 842 862 864 928 483 482 484 485 6405 6408 6409 6411 6414 6415 8698 6417 6418 7753 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 221 Authority of credit unions to make unsecured loans and to borrow money ............................. SB Retirement of officers and employees of credit unions ........................................................................................ SB Organization of credit unions ............................................... SB Credit unions - annual m e e tin g s ............................................. SB Withdrawal or expulsion of credit union m e m b e rs ............. SB .................. SB Supervisory committees of credit unions . Membership of credit unions ............................................. SB Central credit unions ........................ ............................. SB Credit union dividends to m e m b e rs ........................................ SB Derogatory statements affecting financial institutions ............................................................................... SB Small loan regulation ... ... SB Branch banking ............................................. . SB Bank holding companies and acquisition of banks ...................................................... SB Solicitation of insurance contracts from credit card h o ld e rs ................................................................. HB Distribution of unsolicited credit cards ............................... HB Connecticut Mortgage Authority Act ...................................... SB HJR Uniform Consumer Credit Code s t u d y ............................. 844 845 847 848 850 851 853 854 855 852 604 996 1119 6662 6630 813 284 D ELAW ARE Interest rates on lo a n s ............................................................. Revision of State business taxes ......................... ... HB HB 190 296 F L O R ID A Credit unions - loans to officers and directors, investments, and organization ............................................. HB Home Improvement Sales and Finance A c t ......................... HB Municipal bonds as bank in v e s tm e n ts .................................... SB Legal holidays ............................................................................ SB Names of bank holding c o m p a n ie s ........................................ HB State bonds as legal investments for b a n k s ......................... SB Banks - loan limitation regulation ...................................... HB Banks - credit card financing arrangements ...................... SB Investments of industrial savings b a n k s ............................. SB Community redevelopment corporation bond issues as legal investments for b a n k s ........................................... SB Organization and operation of building and savings and loan associations ........................... . . SB Municipal bond issuance . ............. HB HB 282 92 628 1067 2078 991 1716 909 642 513 618 1777 2981 G E O R G IA Purchase of stocks and investment securities by banks ................................................................. .. Conversion of regulated certificated banks into State-chartered banks .......................................................... Investments by trustees .......................................................... Banks - increase in common stock categorized as authorized but unissued stock ........................................... Limitations on bank loans to one b o rro w e r......................... SB 194 SB SB 190 184 SB SB 157 155 222 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Banks - right of charge-back or r e fu n d .................................. Unpaid deposits of banks and credit unions .................... Interest rates ............................................................................... Lender Credit Card Act ............................................................. Interest rates on investment capital ...................................... Bank re s e rv e s ............................................................................... Illegal use of credit cards ........................................................ Bank Holding Company Study Committee ........................... State depositories ...................................................................... Investment of public funds ...................................................... SB SB SB HB HB SB SB HR HB SB 156 198 121 413 289 50 115 358 144 182 HB 493 SB 29 HB HB SB SB HB . . HB 896 1006 1073 1105 303 1046 SB SB 701 280 SB 1028 HB SB SB SB HB HB 93 1201 1206 1024 265 383 SB SB 1025 1029 . . HB HB Currency exchanges - licenses and f e e s ............................... HB Probate Act - investments by g u a rd ia n s ............................... HB Sales finance a g e n c ie s ............................................................... HB Organization of credit unions ................................................. HB County treasurers - reporting of interest on public funds ............................................................................ HB Consumer installment loans .................................................... HB Use of credit cards ................................................................... SB Billing of customers under revolving charge accounts ................................................................................... HB Consumer financing ................................................................... HB 1913 1980 2149 1101 1593 779 H A W A II Revenue bonds as legal investments for banks . . .. Business development corporation securities .. as legal investments for b a n k s ............................. Privileges and immunities of building and loan associations ............................................................................ Industrial loan licenses ............................................................. Powers of State banks ............................................................. Branch banks - fees ................................................................. Security for deposits of public f u n d s ................ Investments authorized for institutional and fiduciary investors ................................................................. Regulation of credit life and disability in s u ra n c e .................. ID A H O Eligibility of banks and trust companies as depositories of public f u n d s .................................................. Savings and loan associations - savings accounts as legal investments for fid u c ia rie s .................................... Possession of forged checks .................................................... Loans to bank officers ............................................................... State bank activities ................................................................. Organization of savings and loan a s s o cia tio n s .................... Interest rates ............................................................................... Eligibility of banks and trust companies as depositories of State funds ............................. .. IL L IN O IS Interest rates ........................................................ 2872 1916 765 1914 1915 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 Consumer fraud ........................................................... Retail installment sales ................................................. Banks - general corporate p o w e rs ...................................... Criminal usury .................... ........................................................ 223 HB HB HB HB IN D IA N A Organization of savings b a n k s ................................................. SB Powers and duties of building and loan a s s o c ia tio n s......... HB Interest rates and usury .......................................................... HB Credit unions - powers ............................................................. HB Investments of executors and fiduciaries ......................... SB Authority of savings and loan associations to raise capital in the form of savings deposits ........................... HB Powers of industrial loan and investment companies . . . . HB Financial institutions - approval of o rg a n iz a tio n .................. HB Authority of savings and loan associations to make unsecured property improvement loans ........................... HB Uniform Gifts to Minors Act amendments ........................... SB Uniform Consumer Credit Code study ............................... SCR 1917 1918 2420 1802 126 1239 1386 1221 209 1156 1177 1416 1155 172 58 IO W A Iowa Banking Act of 1969 ........................................................ False uttering or drawing of checks ...................................... Operation of savings and loan a s s o c ia tio n s ......................... Credit unions - dividends ........................................................ KANSAS Insurance companies— reserves and legal investments . . . Activities and dividends of credit unions ............................. Deposit of State funds ............................................................. Savings and loan associations— shares, earnings, and general powers ............................................................... Par value of bank stock .......................................................... Fees for bank examinations .................................................... Truth-in-Lending Act ................................................................. Powers and investments of b a n k s ........................................... Examination fees for savings and loan a s s o c ia tio n s ......... SB SB SB SB 18 139 140 412 SB SB SB SB 314 65 SB HB HB SB SB HB HB 215 1470 1471 125 388 1018 1580 SB HB SB SB SB 53 240 45 95 121 SB SB 83 7 HB HB 159 1121 66 123 L O U IS IA N A Usurious interest - exemption of certain transactions . . . . Banks as judicial depositories ................................................. Guaranteed student loans ........................................................ Bank capital stock and s u r p lu s ............................................... Fidelity and surety insurance ................................................. Industrial development corporations - securities as legal investments for banks ........................................... Rates of interest paid by c o rp o ra tio n s .................................. M A IN E Clarification of banking laws ................................................. Approval and disapproval of savings bank m e rg e rs ........... 224 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Revision of savings and loan association laws . HB Bank reporting, reserves, and loan limits ............................. HB General revision of credit union laws ......................... . . . . SB SB General revision of savings bank laws . . . HB 314 542 200 402 1021 M AR YLAN D . . SB HB Counterfeiting and forgery ...................................................... HB Credit cards - unsolicited issuance ........................................ HB Savings and loan association investments .................... HB HB HB State banks and trust companies authorized to engage in banking activities permitted to national banks ......... HB Savings and loan associations - raising capital ................ HB Fees for examination of banks and trust c o m p a n ie s ......... SB Industrial finance companies - license and examination fees ............................................... . . SB SB SB Retail Credit Accounts Law amendments ........................... HB Credit unions - supervisory committees ............................. SB SB Increase in annual registration fees for mortgage brokers and bankers ........................................... SB Credit union examination fees ............................................... SB Articles of incorporation filing fees and new branch application fees for banks and trust companies ........... SB Service fees for student loans ............................................... SB Savings and loan association mortgages ............................. HB HB Mortgages - future advances .................................................... HB Affiliates of banks and trust companies ............................. HB Interest and usury . ...................... 3-XX 21 25 72 741 742 743 4 1133 751 754 755 756 110 387 410 752 749 750 325 930 931 932 5 MASSACHUSETTS Savings banks - guaranties incidental to the transfer of investment securities ............................................................. HB HB Credit union disclosures relative to interest on certain group club accounts ........................................ HB Savings b a n k s -lim its on personal loans ............................. HB Qualifications of directors of co-operative banks ............. SB Retirement benefits for savings bank e m p lo y e e s ................ HB Limiting certain collateral loans by credit unions ............. HB Forged credit cards .................................................................... SB Increasing lim its on deposits in savings banks and trust companies ............................................................. SB Reserve funds of credit unions ............................................. SB Savings bank improvement loans ........................................... HB Uniform Common Trust Fund A c t ........................................... SB Collateral loans of co-operative banks .................................. HB 638 783 20 3617 4 4919 4920 6 1361 1323 2645 650 973 225 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 Savings bank investments . . . HB HB Savings bank collateral loans .................................................. HB Supervision and licensing of premium finance agencies . . HB Misuse of credit cards ............................................................... SB Liquidity reserves of co-operative banks ............................. SB Salary deductions for credit union payments ...................... SB Reimbursement for costs of examining and auditing banks ...................................................................... HB Savings bank investment in bank holding companies . . . . HB Licensing of small loan c o m p a n ie s ......................... . . HB 638 780 782 16 1551 1515 1529 14 5704Appx. A 13 M IC H IG A N Uniform Commercial Code - commercial transactions . . . . Organization and powers of credit unions ........................... Organization and powers of savings and loan associations ............................................................................. Urban redevelopment corporations - general obligation bonds as legal investments for b a n k s ............................... Banking Code of 1969 ............................................................. Consumer financing study ........................................................ HB HB 3154 2605 SB 785 SB SB SR 1049 215 114 Banks as depositories of State and municipal funds . . . . SB SB SB Mutual savings bank investments ........................................... SB Inactive accounts of credit unions ......................................... SB Savings Association Act ............................................................. SB B a n k s -to ta l liabilities of any one b o rro w e r...................... HB Unsecured loans of savings banks to college students . . HB Mortgages by financial institutions ...................................... HB Application fees of building and loan associations ........... HB Banks and banking - applications, examinations, and investment powers ........................................... . . HB Credit cards - limitation of liability for unauthorized use .................................................... . . HB 110 602 1140 405 914 1355 1831 1866 1636 1162 M IN N E S O T A 1163 826 M IS S IS S IP P I Bank loans and advances of credit ...................................... State bond authorization .......................................................... SB SB 1598-X 1515-X M IS S O U R I Organization of credit unions ................................................. HB Regulation of savings and loan associations ...................... SB Savings and loan association savings deposits .................. HB Par clearance of checks .......................................................... SB B a n k s -s a fe deposit business ............................................... SB 117 33 293 201 279 M O NTANA State banks - limitations on loans to any one person . . . . SB Withdrawal of funds from financial institutions by surviving spouse ............................................................. SB 42 65 226 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION NEBRASKA Banking fees ............................................................................... Building and loan associations - charges and lo a n s ........... Authority of building and loan associations to purchase stock in service corporations ............................................... Maximum interest rates on certain bank loans .................. Banks loans and investments ................................................. Department of Banking - interest complaints .................. Bank loans to officers and employees .................................. Rights and powers of building and loan associations . . . . Mergers and consolidations of building and loan associations ........................................................................ Building and loan association real estate investment . . . . Additional powers for credit unions ...................................... Industrial loan and investment companies - issuance of capital notes and debentures ......................................... Life membership in credit unions ........................................... Audit, in lieu of examination, of industrial loan and investment companies ........................................................... Merger and consolidation of credit unions ........................... Bank reserve requirements ...................................................... Certain stock investments of banks ...................................... Maximum unsecured loans of credit unions ...................... Bank deposits of the Tax Commissioner ............................. Taxation of credit unions ........................................................... Banks - statements of amounts of loans and rates of interest .................................................................... Investments of State money in building and loan or Federal savings and loan associations ............................. Building and loan association investments ........................... LB LB 105 192 LB LB LB LB LB LB 199 202 461 122 304 329 LB LB LB 327 557 923 LB LB 611 955 LB LB LB LB LB LB LB 613 954 1024 246 924 1362 1068 LB 1383 LB LB 838 328 AB AB SB SB . . SB 24 581 196 406 179 AB AB AB 409 538 410 SB AB 167 94 SB 72 SB 77 HB HB 304 619 NEVADA Fraudulent use of credit cards ............................................... Trustees and fiduciaries - trust powers .................................. Savings and loan association investments ........................... Regulation of savings and loan a sso cia tio n s........... Capital stock requirements of banks and trust companies ............................................................................... State banks - capital stock ...................................................... Licensing and regulation of trust c o m p a n ie s ......................... Banking corporations as executors, administrators, and guardians ........................................................................ State Board of Finance ............................................................. NEW H A M P S H IR E Small Business Administration - participation loans by cooperative banks and building and loan associations . . Unsecured loans of cooperative banks and building and loan associations ................................................................. Real estate loans of building and loan associations and cooperative banks ........................................................ Appeals in proceedings relating to banks ............................. STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 Loans to members of credit and supervisory committees of credit u n io n s ............................................... Investment of State funds in savings bank d e p o s its ......... Qualifications of bank officials ............................................... Bank Advisory Board ................................................................. Legal investments for building and loan associations . . . . Merger or consolidation of cooperative banks, savings and loan associations, building and loan associations, Federal savings and loan associations, and mutual savings banks ............................................................... Powers of attorney regarding bank a c c o u n ts ...................... Savings bank loans .................................................................... Investments of town trustees ................................................. Second mortgage loans ............................................................. Savings bank deposits ............................................................. Savings bank investments ........................................................ Conversion between cooperative banks, savings and loan associations, and mutual savings b a n k s ............................. Use of nominees by savings banks ...................................... Amendments to charters of Strafford Savings Bank and Cheshire County Savings B a n k ............................................. Investment by banks of savings d e p o s its ............................. 227 HB HB HB HB SB 511 330 248 790 73 HB HB HB HB HB HB HB 766 305 696 749 755 697 693 SB HB 196 679 HB HB 470 386 SB SB 560 517 AB AB 600 840 AB SB SB AB Bank stock ownership ............................................................... SB AB General revision of laws regarding banking and banking institutions ............................................................................... SB AB AB Consumer credit transactions .................................................. AB Legal holidays ............................................................................. SB Interest limitations applicable to borrowings by public authorities and agencies ...................................................... AB Uniform Consumer Credit Code Study Commission ........... AB Bank loan lim itations ............................................................... AB 598 287 520 988 942 679 NEW JE R S E Y Operation of savings and loan associations ......................... Regulation of bank holding companies .................................. Savings and loan association investments and participations in mortgage loans ...................................... Taxation of stock of banks and tru st c o m p a n ie s ................ Amendments to Higher Education Assistance Authority Law .......................................................................................... Capital loans to businessm en................................................. Savings and Loan Act amendments ...................................... NEW 1058 692 993 M E X IC O Accounts of deceased depositors in savings and loan associations ............................................................................. SB Credit cards ................................................................................. SB Designation of agents for service of process on foreign banks ........................................................................................ HB 240 432 677 850 77 264 112 279 228 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Liability for unauthorized use of credit c a r d s ...................... Banking and Financial Corporations Tax A c t ...................... Securing deposits of public m o n e y ........................................ General revision of laws relating to credit u n io n s ............. Fees for examination of credit unions .................................. Bank investment in banking premises .................................. Uniform Consumer Credit Code study .................................. HB HB HB HB HB HB SM 224 26 118 196 254 286 32 NEW Y O R K Special duties of credit union directors ............................... Payment of dividends or interest by savings b a n k s ........... SB SB AB AB Real property holdings of banks ............................................. SB Investments of savings and loan associations, savings banks, and credit unions ...................................................... SB Secured loans by commercial banks .................................... SB Duties of credit committees of credit unions .................... AB General powers of credit unions ............................................. SB AB AB AB AB Dividends to shareholders of credit unions . . . . AB AB Personal loan departments of banks and trust companies . SB Changes of bank s h a re s ............................................................. AB Maintenance of assets in New York by agencies of foreign banking corporations ............................................. SB Investment of New York trusts in foreign common trust funds ........................................................................................ SB Purchase of life insurance and annuity policies from savings banks ........................................................................ SB Extension of credit to bank officers and d ire c to r s ............. AB Issuance of money by banks .................................................. AB Mortgage loans of savings banks and savings and loan associations ............................................................................. SB Reports and statements required of licensed transm itters of money ........... ..................................................................... AB Savings and loan association investments in securities . . SB Issuance of certain obligations by savings and loan associations .................................................... . . AB Expenses for examination of affiliates of bank holding companies ............................................................... AB Federal funds transactions by banks, trust companies, savings banks, and savings and loan associations . . . . AB Investments of officers in capital notes or debentures of banks and trust companies ........................................... SB “ Leeway" investments of savings banks and savings and loan associations ........................................................... SB Purchases of securities by credit unions ............................. AB Disclosure of credit charges .................................................... SB SB 1174 1638 2396 5644 1640 1613 1635 2052 1172 2053 2070 2134 2267 2054 2068 1643 2389 2483 2434 2043 2395 2992 1614 2398 2507 2375 5232 5250 1639 2517 2136 4778 5281 229 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 Prohibition against trust companies voting their own stock held in trust ............................................................... Loans by banks, trust companies, and industrial banks . . Investment powers of mutual trust investment companies . Membership of credit u n io n s .................................................... Powers of banks, trust companies, and industrial banks . . Loans and investments of savings and loan associations Minimum charges on premium fin a n c in g ............................. Real property investments of savings banks and savings and loan associations ........................................................ Liability of officers, directors, and stockholders of banking organizations owning a multiple dwelling declared a public nuisance ...................................................................... Financing of cooperative apartments .................................... Retirement benefits for savings bank officers and employees ............................................................................... Term loans by banks and private b a n k e rs ............................. Nondiscriminatory treatm ent of foreign savings banks and savings and loan a s s o c ia tio n s ......... Unimproved real property loans of savings banks and savings and loan associations .................................... Property improvement and equipment loans of savings banks and savings and loan a s s o c ia tio n s ......................... Merger of savings banks and savings and loan associations ............................................................................. Participation by savings banks in certain m o rtg a g e s ......... Conversion of savings banks and savings and loan associations .................................................................... Small loans ................................................................................. Time deposits of savings banks and savings and loan associations .......................................................... General powers of savings banks and savings and loan associations ............................................................................ Regulation of bank holding companies .................................. Taxation of banking corporations .................................... NORTH AB AB AB AB AB AB AB 2391 3148 2332 2135 1032 2138 5810 AB 3663 AB SB 4773 2421 SB SB 3981 3752 SB 4001 AB 3181 SB 2495 SB SB 1075 3696 AB SB 5740 3694 SB 5579 AB AB SB 6180 6431 5572 HB HB HB SB HB 960 962 82 156 356 C A R O L IN A Investment of public funds in privately insured savings and loan associations ........................................................... Loans to bank officers ............................................................. Powers, officers, and supervision of credit u n io n s ............. State Banking Commission fees ............................................. Real property and mobile home financing by savings and loan associations .................................................................... SB Right of survivorship with respect to bank d e p o s its ........... HB Worthless check penalties ........................................................ HB Procedure of savings and loan associations for accepting savings deposits .................................................. SB Bank Taxation Study Commission ........................................ SJR Excise tax payments of banks ............................................... SB 404 967 1260 403 878 658 230 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION NORTH DAKO TA Par clearance of checks .......................................................... SB Lending and investment powers of the Bank of North Dakota ..................................................................................... SB Bank installment loan charges ............................................... SB Bank reserve requirements ...................................................... SB Investment in loans and obligations secured by Federal and State Governments ........................................................ SB SB Conversions into national banks - removals to new locations ................................................................................. HB Bank reports of income .......................................................... SB Penalties and liabilities of bank employees for overdrafts ............................................................................... HB Liability for unauthorized use of credit cards .................... SB Usury and maximum contract rates of in te re s t.................... HB State examiner and appointment of deputies .................... HB Restrictions on loans to and purchases from directors, officers, and employees of State banks ........................... HB General revision of laws relating to credit u n io n s ................ HB State Banking Board - State Credit Union Board ................ SB Capital notes of banking associations .................................. HB Bad checks .................................................................................. HB Bank reports to State e x a m in e r........................................ HB Management and control of State Department of Banking and Financial In s titu tio n s .................................... SB 128 320 256 147 207 209 113 299 278 345 133 122 445 191 446 108 413 400 181 O H IO Loans and investments of building and loan associations ............................................................................ Accounts of fiduciaries ............................................................. Building and loan association drive-in and pedestrian facilities ............................................................... Administration and supervision of credit unions ................ Exclusion of certain loans from usury la w s ......................... Investment of public funds .................................................... Investments in bank premises - loans to directorslicense fees for trust companies ...................................... Conversion of building and loan associations .................... Investment of public employees retirement f u n d s ................ SB HB 44 176 SB SB SB SB 45 230 233 171 HB SB SB SB Theft of credit cards ................................................................. SB Legal holidays ............................................................................ HB Consumer protection study .................................................... HR 739 340 176 408 346 5 74 O KLAHO M A Interest on time deposits on surplus public fu n d s ................ HB Oklahoma Savings and Loan Act of 1969 ............................. SB Preventing certain corporations from acting in certain fiduciary capacities .................................................. HB 1129 208 1337 231 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 OREGON Powers of banks and trust companies ........... ... SB HB SB SB SB SB 133 1603 130 131 203 228 HB SB 1353 134 HB HB 1394 1329 Regulation of corporate fiduciary p o w e rs ............................. SB Merger, consolidation, and conversion of banks and savings banks .................................................... SB Powers of savings and loan associations ............................. SB Fiduciary powers of banks and trust companies ................ SB 603 Banking Division records ........................................................ Fees for examination of banks and trust c o m p a n ie s ......... Insurers' deposits ...................................................................... Death of depositors in financial in s titu tio n s ........................... Conflicts of interest involving directors and officers of mutual savings banks ........................................................ Branch banking .......................................................................... Foreign banks, trust companies, and savings and loan associations authorized to transact certain business . Investments of fiduciaries in stocks ...................................... P E N N S Y L V A N IA RHODE 761 755 854 IS L A N D Loan and investment companies - mortgage loans ........... Unauthorized banking business ............................................. Investments of credit unions ................................................. Allowing successor banks to succeed to fiduciary appointments .......................................................................... Conversion of building and loan associations into savings banks ........................................................................ Commercial bank investment in political subdivisions . . . . Investment of savings deposits in bank holding companies ............................................................................... Rhode Island Share and Deposit Insurance Corporation . . Tax on bank deposits - advance tax payment by corporations ...................................................................... HB HB SB 1763 1979 685 SB 758 HB SB 2036 757 HB HB 1978 2037 HB 1825 SB HB 133 1480 HB 1838 Corporations - claims of u s u r y ................................................. SB Installment loan interest rates ............................................... HB Powers of State-chartered savings and loan associations . HB Codification and revision of banking la w s ........................... HB 90 605 756 606 S O U T H C A R O L IN A Merger, consolidation, and transfer of assets of banks and trust companies ........................................... Investments by fiduciaries ...................................................... Memorializing a Congressional investigation of the prime interest-rate increase ............................................... SOUTH DAKOTA TENNESSEE Governor's Advisory Commission on Consumer Protection . HB Legal rates of interest ............................................................. HB Banking institutions - powers of attorney ............................. SB 17 201 407 232 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION State Credit Card Crime Act ................................................. Veterans’ estates - savings and loan a c c o u n ts .................... Bad checks .................................................................................. Deposit of public funds in savings and loan associations . Depositories for State funds ................................................. SB SB HB SB SB 271 496 456 422 621 Consumer Credit Study Committee .................................... SCR Organization and regulation of credit unions .................... SB Fees charged and received by the banking commissioner . HB Organization of Savings and Loan Section of the Finance Commission ................................................... HB Qualifications of directors of State banks ........................... SB Qualifications of managing officers of savings and loan associations .................................. . . HB Acquisition of interest in investment trust and mutual funds by trustees ...................... . . SB Transfer of security - requirement of signature guarantee ................................................................................. SB Payment of wages - bad checks ........................................... SB Credit card fraud ...................................................................... HB General revision of laws relating to savings and loan associations ........................................ . . HB State banks - examinations, stock option plans, authority to make loans, and liabilities ........................... HB Refunding bonds ........................................................................ SB SB 9-XX 317 685 TEXAS UTAH ............................... Consumer credit transactions . Fraudulent credit d e v ic e s .......................................................... Drafts or orders against insufficient fu n d s .................... HB HB HB HB Creation and regulation of public transit districts ............. SB Loans to bank officers ............................................................... SB Saturday closing for banks . ....................................................... SB 739 88 965 466 469 13 1006 397 684 675 676 9-X 12 10 11 4-X 99 100 VERMONT Regulation of credit unions ...................................................... HB Regulation of financial institutions ........................................ HB Savings and Loan Law ............................................................. HB 31 173 198 W A S H IN G T O N Dishonored checks ...................................................................... Interest on judgments ............................................................... Regulation of credit unions .................................................... Incorporation of savings and loan associations ................ Mutual savings bank powers, payment of deposits and interest thereon ........................................................ .. . State regulation of financial institutions ............................. State fiscal agencies ............................................................... Insurance Premium Finance Company Act ......................... HB SB HB HB HB HB SB SB 196 121 301 282 131 333 205 648 STATE BANKING LEGISLATION— 1969 Financial interest reports required of public officers and employees ...................................................... ...SB Investment of retirement funds ............................................. HB Business and occupation taxes payable by banks . . SB 233 629 425 196 W E S T V IR G IN IA Powers, privileges, authorities, and duties of building and loan associations .................................... HB State Banking Code of West V ir g in ia ...................................... .. SB Interest charges on installment loans .................................... .. SB Fraudulent use of credit c a r d s ................................................. .. SB Investments of fiduciaries ........................................................ .. SB 716 176 221 244 248 W IS C O N S IN Loan lim itations applicable to savings and loan associations ......................... . . AB Deficiency appropriations for school aid and veteran’s housing loans ............................................... ..AB State finances and appropriations ........................................ ..SB Loans and investments of savings and loan associations .......................................................... ..SB Limitation of actions for payment of cashier’s checks . . . . AB Payment of dividends by savings and loan associations . . . AB Judicial review of actions of credit union review boards ...............................................................SB Powers of savings and loan associations ............................. ..SB Dividends of central credit u n io n s .............................................SB State Bond Board ........................................................................SB Savings and loan a c c o u n ts ........................................................ ..SB W Y O M IN G Removal of officers of and issuance of cease-and-desist orders against banks ........................... .. HB Payment of bank deposits ......................................................HB Interest rates on installment loans ........................................ ..SB Bank and trust company records as e v id e n c e .................... ..HB Deposit of collateral security by State depositories ...........HB Temporary emergency rules of State examiner regarding banking activities ................................................. .SB Amount of permanent land funds invested in farm loans . . SB Interest charges of the Farm Loan Board ............................. .SB Authority of State examiner to examine bank holding companies ............................................. . . SB Study of capitalization and ad valorem tax structure of banks ...................................... . . HB 99 747 95 252 695 558 255 253 380 655 254 129 20 9 50 246 14 38 138 49 343 STATISTICS OF BANKS AND DEPOSIT INSURANCE PART FOUR 236 NUMBER OF BANKS AND BRANCHES INSURANCE CORPORATION Branches include all offices of a bank other than its head office, at which deposits are received, checks paid, or money lent. Bank ing facilities separate from a banking house, banking facilities at government establishments, offices, agencies, paying or receiv ing stations, drive-in facilities and other facilities operated for limited purposes are defined as branches under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Section 3(o), regardless of the fact that in certain States, including several which prohibit the operation of branches, such limited facilities are not considered branches within the meaning of State law. DEPOSIT Tabulations for all banks are prepared in accordance with an agreement among the Federal bank supervisory agencies. Pro vision of deposit facilities for the general public is the chief criterion for distinguishing between banks and other types of financial institutions. However, tru st companies engaged in gen eral fiduciary business though not in deposit banking are included; and credit unions and savings and loan associations are excluded except in the case of a few which accept deposits under the terms of special charters. FEDERAL Table 101. Changes in number and classification of banks and branches in the United States (States and other areas) during 1969 Table 102. Changes in number of commercial banks and branches in the United States (States and other areas) during 1969, by State Table 103. Number of banking offices in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 Grouped according to insurance status and class of bank, and by State or area and type of office Table 104. Number and deposits of all commercial and mutual savings banks (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 G rouped by class and deposit size OF BANKS AND BRANCHES 237 Mutual savings banks include all banks operating under State banking codes applying to mutual savings banks. Institutions excluded. Institutions in the following categories are excluded, though such institutions may perform many of the same functions as commercial and savings banks; Banks which have suspended operations or have ceased to accept new deposits and are proceeding to liquidate their assets and pay off existing deposits; Building and loan associations, savings and loan associations, credit unions, personal loan companies, and sim ilar institutions, chartered under laws applying to such institutions or under gen eral incorporation laws, regardless of whether such institutions are authorized to accept deposits from the public or from their members and regardless of whether such institutions are called “ banks" (a few institutions accepting deposits under powers granted in special charters are included); Morris Plan companies, industrial banks, loan and investment companies, and similar institutions except those mentioned in the description of institutions included; Branches of foreign banks, and private banks, which confine their business to foreign exchange dealings and do not receive “ deposits" as that term is commonly understood; Institutions chartered under banking or trust company laws, but operating as investment or title insurance companies and not engaged in deposit banking or fiduciary activities; Federal Reserve Banks $nd other banks, such as the Federal Home Loan Banks and the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York, which operate as rediscount banks and do not accept deposits except from financial institutions. NUMBER Commercial banks include the following categories of banking institutions: National banks; Incorporated State banks, trust companies, and bank and trust companies, regularly engaged in the business of receiving deposits, whether demand or time, except mutual savings banks; Stock savings banks, including guaranty savings banks in New Hampshire; Industrial and Morris Plan banks which operate under general banking codes, or are specifically authorized by law to accept deposits and in practice do so, or the obligations of which are regarded as deposits fo r deposit insurance; Special types of banks of deposit; a cash depository in South Carolina; regulated certificated banks, and a savings and loan company operating under Superior Court charter, in Georgia; government-operated banks in North Dakota and Puerto Rico; a cooperative bank, usually classified as a credit union, operating under a special charter in New Hampshire; a savings institution, known as a “ tru st company," operating under special charter in Texas; an employee's mutual banking association in Pennsylvania; the Savings Banks Trust Company in New York; and branches of foreign banks engaged in a general deposit business in New York, Oregon, Washington, Puerto Rico, and Virgin Islands. Private banks under State supervision, and such other private banks as are reported by reliable unofficial sources to be engaged in deposit banking. Nondeposit trust companies include institutions operating under trust company charters which are not regularly engaged in deposit banking but are engaged in fiduciary business other than that incidental to real estate title or investment activities. Noninsured Insured Total Non insured Not mem bers F.R. Sys tem Members F.R. System Total Total Na tional State Banks of de posit Net change during y e a r............................................................................... + 1 ,2 5 2 + 1 ,2 4 3 1,499 1,467 O ffices opened............................................................................................. 137 117 Banks ......................................................................................... 1,350 1,362 Branches ..........................................................................................*. +9 Offices closed............................................................................................... Banks........................................................................................................ Branches 247 158 89 Change in classification Among banks Among branches 241 152 89 32 20 12 6 6 Banks ceasing operation.......................................................................... Absorptions, consolidations, and mergers (without FDIC a id ) ___ Closed-financial difficulties Other liquidations................................................................................... 1 9 81 72 9 8 1 1 331 334 166 167 -3 -1 238 152 233 147 86 94 49 45 44 23 95 75 4 4 1 1 6 -2 8 9 -4 4 -2 4 5 + 182 +75 + 107 -1 6 -1 6 —1 -1 -1 -1 -1 1,261 7,603 7,511 159 160 49 50 497 501 -1 -4 4,669 4,716 -1 7 152 148 4 ..................................... +8 74 548 92 456 13,473 13,488 158 153 4 New banks Banks added to c o u n t5 +65 83 189 7 182 13,681 13,698 117 117 +73 +635 656 16 640 374 377 -1 8 -1 1 1 -1 4 4 1,393 115 1,278 + 125 -1 4 + 139 137 132 5 +2 22 +687 1,416 135 1,281 + 18 + 17 + 1 -2 1 ............................................................... 345 337 + 1,179 + 1,178 BANKS Banks beginning operation 1,138 1,073 12,710 12,075 86 1 + 1 Net change during year .............................................................................. 1,483 1,410 4,683 4,827 + 13,804 13,822 57 58 16,428 15,741 -1 7 -^17 14,178 14,199 219 33,821 32,643 34,099 32,920 + 17 + 17 Number of banks, December 31,1969 ........................................................ Number of banks, December 31, 1968.......................................................... 221 CORPORATION 623 614 INSURANCE 34,959 33,716 35,582 34,330 21 1,201 20 19 3 -1 5 -4 7 -6 0 +92 20 135 130 5 115 115 16 16 7 7 92 92 19 15 4 6 152 147 4 147 143 4 49 47 23 75 74 4 3 -3 15 5 5 1 Non insured In sured Total 1 2 22 1 1 DEPOSIT ALL BANKING OFFICES Number of offices, December 31, 19692...................................................... Number of offices, December 31, 19682 .......................................... Non deposit trust com panies1 FEDERAL In sured Type of change Mutual savings banks Commercial banks and nondeposit trust companies All banks 238 Table 101. CHANGES IN NUMBER AND CLASSIFICATION OF BANKS AND BRANCHES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS) DURING 1969 1 1 1 1 1 2 9 3 2 5 3 2 2 2 2 6 6 5 5 1 1 Noninsured banks becoming insured.................. + 18 Other changes in classification............................ -1 National succeeding State ban k............................ State succeeding national b a n k ............................. Admission of insured bank to FRS....................... W ithdrawal from FRS w ith continued insurance. Insured bank becoming noninsured ba n k........... -1 8 +2 + 18 -1 +1 -1 4 + 16 -3 0 -1 +1 -4 6 -8 +1 -4 1 -1 + 3 Changes not involving number in any c la s s ... in in in in in t it le .......................................................... location.................................................... title and location................................... name of location.................................... location w ith in c ity ................................ Changes in corporate powers............................................. Converted to commercial ban king.................................... Granted trust powers (State nonmember banks o n ly ). 247 17 18 245 17 18 237 17 18 237 17 18 279 278 274 273 10 1 68 10 8 1 1 68 -8 -1 -1 7 +1 + 27 + 41 +1 10 122 5 9 5 185 8 1 NUMBER Change Change Change Change Change + 16 + 59 1 67 67 67 20,418 19,222 20,348 19,155 11,759 11,025 3,482 3,566 5.107 4,564 62 59 986 909 807 739 179 170 + 12 + 1,196 + 1,193 + 734 -8 4 + 543 +3 + 77 +68 +9 640 182 456 3 81 72 BRANCHES Net change during y e a r............................................................ 21.404 20,131 21.155 19.894 + 1,273 + 1.261 132 130 1,194 Branches discontinued........................................... Facilities designated by Treasury...................... Branches.................................................................. Branches and/or facilities deleted from count. Facilities designated by Treasury...................... Absorbed banks converted to branches............. Branches replacing head offices relocated........ New branches......................................................... Branches and /or facilities added to count3....... 12 ..... 2 1,281 4 1,278 4 1,185 128 19 1,119 127 19 1,117 89 89 86 77 77 20 12 6 6 20 11 6 6 Other changes in classification..................................................... Branches changing class as a result of conversion.................... Branches transferred through absorption, consolidation, or merger Branches of insured banks, withdrawing from FRS.................. 6 6 +1 +1 11 86 6 74 6 +1 +1 180 439 180 439 11 74 Changes not involving number in any class............................. Changes in operating powers of branches.................................. Branches transferred through absorption, consolidation, or merger Changes in title , location, or name of location........................... 191 460 190 459 3 68 8 12 2 556 5 168 45 21 6 1 38 -245 -187 + 29 -1 1 -4 7 6 117 241 6 .... 2 '" 4 1 1 75 1 68 11 21 10 20 20 + 107 + 77 -1 7 +47 2 54 140 9 " “ 3 " ' 15 5 + 139 + 110 1 47 9 393 BRANCHES 1.350 4 AND 1,362 4 Branches opened for business............................. 249 237 OF BANKS Number of branches, December 31, 19692.............................. Number of branches, December 31, 19682.............................. 1Includes one trust company member of the Federal Reserve System. 2 Includes facilities established at request of the Treasury or Commanding Officer of Government installations, and also a few seasonal branches that were not in operation as of December 31. 3 Offices opened prior to 1969 but not included in count as of December 31, 1968. 239 240 Table 102. CHANGES IN NUMBER OF COMMERCIAL BANKS AND BRANCHES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS) DURING 1969, BY STATE Dec. 31, 1969 Banks O th e r A re a s ............ 19,222 19,013 -1 7 -1 7 20 221 20 209 N.A. +12 268 247 59 299 155 2,900 268 N.C. +11 13 248 162 236 55 278 141 2,793 12 257 10 +10 100 19 14 461 270 129 149 74 601 428 26 1,074 415 298 61 306 359 209 673 601 346 229 43 10 12 249 155 Georgia........................ H aw aii.......................... Idaho............................ Illin o is .......................... Ind ia n a ........................ 433 26 1,088 410 Io w a ............................. Kansas......................... Kentucky..................... Louisiana..................... M aine........................... 603 345 231 44 M aryland..................... Massachusetts............ M ichigan...................... M innesota.................... M ississippi.................. 161 332 724 181 11 668 122 668 136 442 8 76 405 79 29 491 713 1,153 12 66 11 122 -2 -1 +1 -7 +1,196 +1,184 +4 +21 +14 +107 130 129 Other Other New 1,130 1,119 152 151 147 146 11 1 1 10 3 21 15 99 1 2 2 1 2 2 11 10 4 1 4 +30 100 +2 +1 25 -4 N.A. N.A. +14 2 27 2 1 3 248 123 142 45 576 +5 N.A. N.A. +14 -5 +22 23 8 8 29 21 375 78 282 61 286 329 -5 200 +2 -1 +2 +1 469 683 N.C. +3 321 10 158 338 723 185 1,101 10 85 5 39 81 52 667 135 441 9 77 85 5 37 78 41 296 -6 +1 -4 +1 +'1 +1 -1 -1 N.C. +4 +6 +7 +29 +25 +16 N.C. +20 +30 +9 +22 +30 +52 N.A. +25 N.C. N.C. +2 +3 +11 Absorptions 1 2 2 5 3 6 4 1 1 17 1 20 30 10 4 19 32 48 3 1 10 2 1 8 24 4 4 3 1 3 2 7 Branches 2 1 1 1 4 1 4 Other Branches 74 74 Other 12 12 CORPORATION 13,698 13,678 New INSURANCE 20,418 20,197 267 62 19 14 475 Branches 13,681 13,661 Colorado...................... Connecticut................. Delaware..................... D istrict of Colum bia. F lorida......................... M issouri....................... M ontana............ .......... Nebraska..................... Nevada........................ New Hampshire......... Banks DEPOSIT State Alabam a.................... A laska.......................... A rizo na........................ Arkansas..................... C a lifornia.................... Branches FEDERAL T o ta l U n ite d States 50 States and D .C ... Banks Banks Branches Banks Dec. 31, 1968 Branches Ceasing operation in 1969 Beginning operation in 1969 Net change during 1969 In operation State New Jersey............................... New M exico............................... New Y o rk................................... North Carolina.......................... North Dakota............................ 228 64 320 109 169 891 121 2,298 1,016 68 229 63 319 121 169 797 114 2,214 930 69 -1 +1 +1 -1 2 N.A. +94 +7 +84 +86 -1 12 1 4 1 84 7 92 75 O hio............................................ Oklahoma.................................. Oregon....................................... Pennsylvania............................ Rhode Is la n d ............................ 521 426 51 492 13 1,217 58 319 1,616 161 525 424 50 509 13 1,130 55 307 1,519 158 -4 +2 +1 -1 7 N.A. +87 +3 +12 +97 +3 1 2 2 1 82 3 10 85 6 South C arolina.......................... South Dakota............................ Tennessee................................. Texas.......................................... U tah............................................ 105 163 305 1,166 51 380 94 449 67 126 118 165 303 1,151 54 351 91 417 63 115 -1 3 -2 +2 +15 -3 +29 +3 +32 +4 +11 Verm ont..................................... V irg in ia ...................................... Washington............................... West V irg in ia ............................ W isconsin................................... W yoming.................................... 44 233 92 195 604 70 78 765 523 5 252 2 45 237 94 195 603 70 71 709 487 4 223 1 -1 -4 -2 N.A. +1 N.A. +7 +56 +36 +1 +29 +1 1 13 7 16 2 183 20 i" ' i ; n 2 175 r -1 N.A. +1 N.A. +3 N.A. +8 +1 1 10 2 1 9 5 2 18 1 18 20 1 33 6 7 13 2 13 2 4 2 3 6 49 33 1 29 1 1 8 5 1 8 4 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 20 4 2 3 1 6 3 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BRANCHES 8 1 4 AND 241 3 3 13 OF BANKS N.A. = No A ctivity N.C. = No Change 12 7 13 3 13 NUMBER O ther Areas Pacific Island s.......................... Panama Canal Zone................ Puerto Rico............................... Virgin Islands........................... 14 242 Table 103. NUMBER OF BANKING OFFICES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969 GROUPED ACCORDING TO INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK, AND BY STATE OR AREA AND TYPE OF OFFICE Noninsured Insured In sured Total Non insured Na tional 35,582 14,178 34,959 13,804 Branches.................................................... Non deposit trust com panies3 State 623 374 34,099 13,681 33,821 13,473 16,428 4,669 4,683 1,201 12,710 7,603 221 159 57 49 1,483 497 1,138 331 345 166 Total 345 166 98.5 97.8 99.4 98.9 76.7 66.5 986 807 179 99.0 99.8 81.8 86.7 50.0 86.7 47.4 100.0 100.0 90.0 90.0 216 159 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 57 100.0 100.0 98.6 91.7 98.6 90.0 11,759 3,482 5,107 62 8 986 50 States and D.C.— a ll o ffic e s ............. B anks......................................................... 35,340 14,157 34,750 13,794 590 363 33,858 13,661 33,613 13,464 16,384 4,668 4,683 1,201 12,546 7,595 189 149 133 16 56 48 21,183 20,956 227 20,197 20,149 11,716 3,482 4,951 40 43 5 Branches.................................................... 8 O ther Areas— a ll o ffic e s ......................... Banks......................................................... 242 21 209 10 33 11 241 20 208 9 44 1 164 8 1 7 1 1 1 32 10 7 221 199 43 156 22 515 268 515 268 265 88 Unit banks .................................................. Banks operating branches Branches 10,007 4,150 10 11 221 9,750 4,044 2 8 199 257 106 8 3 22 9,802 3,859 9 11 9,626 3,838 1 8 3,032 1,636 752 449 5,842 1,753 3 44 5 1 205 291 1 1 1 125 206 124 206 1 1 1 81 85 97.9 97.6 22.2 72.7 98.6 99.6 12.5 72.7 60.5 70.8 100.0 State A labam a— a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches A laska— a ll o ffic e s .. .. Banks......................................................... Unit banks. . ............................. Banks operating branches Branches ....................................... A rizo n a — a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches A rkansas— a ll o ffic e s Banks Unif banks Banks operating branches Branches.................................................... FRASER Digitized for 515 268 188 80 515 268 188 80 247 247 71 12 70 11 59 311 12 5 7 5 7 188 80 247 247 177 69 10 68 9 58 5 59 59 59 53 311 12 311 12 311 12 207 4 4 7 1 1 1 5 7 299 299 404 249 401 246 155 155 169 80 188 80 47 41 166 80 3 7 5 7 3 3 3 2 7 5 7 34 21 15 6 13 2 2 126 33 10 4 2 5 2 2 2 80.0 100.0 66.7 100.0 100.0 19 1 85 7 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 1 4 100.0 100.0 99.5 99.2 99.5 99.2 299 203 18 78 147 68 32 12 222 166 155 155 79 20 56 5 7 100.0 100.0 3 401 246 35 33 1 100.0 299 166 80 2 2 2 1 1 100.0 100.0 6 404 249 169 80 100.0 100.0 126 40 2 2 2 1 1 1 98.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 CORPORATION 1,137 330 20,348 140 19 INSURANCE 81.8 1,482 496 20,418 Unit banks .................................................. Banks operating branches ....................... 60.7 70.8 99.7 249 752 76.7 66.6 98.9 21,155 3,032 1,637 98.6 99.5 179 21,404 9,627 3,846 99.4 98.8 807 449 5,843 1,760 9,811 3,870 98.4 97.7 97.8 97.5 265 109 10,017 4,161 Mutual savings banks 81 85 206 291 9,752 4,052 Unit banks .................................................. Banks operating branches ....................... Com mercial banks of deposit All banks of de posit DEPOSIT U n ited States— a ll o ffic e s ...................... Banks......................................................... Non insured In sured Banks of de p osit2 Not mem bers F. R. Sys tem Members F. R. System Total FEDERAL State and type of bank or office Percentage insured1 Mutual savings banks Commercial banks and nondeposit trust companies A ll banks C alifornia— all o ffices......... Banks.................................... Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 3,055 155 31 124 3,043 148 26 122 Branches................................ 2,900 2,895 Colorado— all o ffices............ Banks...................................... 279 267 235 223 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches . Branches.............................. Connecticut— all o ffic e s .. . Banks...................................... Branches.............................. Delaware— all offices ........ Banks.................................... Branches.............................. D.C.— all offices................... Banks.................................... Unit banks ......................... Banks operating branches Florida— all offices ............... Banks.................................... Branches............................... 47 84 541 110 21 10 11 89 114 14 1 IS 3 8 326 97 135 7 7 175 26 116 4 3 3 212 11 114 6 3 12 JA 149 20 42 10 9 5 10 10 10 79 114 14 114 14 3 1 1 1 13 100 100 504 475 29 450 25 703 433 336 97 270 5 4 10 9 79 1 13 5 5 17 42 140 11 3 8 205 69 27 42 27 42 99.7 98.5 99.6 96.7 100.0 100.0 95.7 100.0 89.5 100.0 100.0 100 0 12 2 12 2 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 12 7 5 9 1 2 10 2 221 60 51 270 161 39 135 7 8 1 7 1 9 8 1 12 5 7 268 252 239 13 291 60 6 6 121 33 7 4 26 2 2 3 3 3 10 10 10 27 11 5 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.6 99.6 3 1 1 100.0 100.0 99.6 99.6 99.6 100.0 99.6 100.0 98.6 97.7 98.6 97.7 100.0 97.0 100.0 97.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 5 4 100.0 100 0 100.0 100.0 100.0 70 127 7 2 16 421 351 2 10 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 ’ 1 693 423 107 205 69 54 2 28 3 5 1 100.0 36 77 11 115 8 1 1 82.8 100 0 100.0 100.0 1 149 18 2 2 2 84.2 83.5 100.0 12 12 H 82.8 100.0 44 100.0 29 175 26 10 42 30 30 84.2 83.5 100.0 100.0 136 10 175 26 119 28 34 198 11 100.0 44 44 4 3 1 10 100.0 136 221 209 326 97 82 5 91 499 470 445 25 86 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 112 27 128 149 3 2 ""4 66 129 12 14 20 16 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100 0 100.0 100.0 243 4 29 175 26 14 1 1 13 Idaho— all o ffic e s ................ Banks.................................... 149 7 256 11 12 114 14 128 Branches............................... 1 12 44 89 129 12 90 8 5 Branches.............................. Unit banks ......................... Banks operating branches 18 17 98 19 270 11 127 120 98 19 270 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches 235 223 10 11 Branches............................... 140 279 267 110 21 693 423 Hawaii— all o ffices............. Banks.................................... 44 44 202 703 433 336 97 294 405 445 25 57 270 12 7 5 2 14 2,331 405 499 470 '’ 9 365 71 2,895 541 504 475 279 9 2,900 229 27 7 Georgia— all o ffices............ Banks.................................... Unit banks ......................... Banks operating branches 12 56 464 59 100 29 2,399 68 467 62 44 84 100 450 25 26 122 5 12 669 128 124 3,043 148 BRANCHES Unit banks ......................... Banks operating branches 672 131 31 AND Branches.............................. 12 3,055 155 OF BANKS Unit banks ......................... Banks operating branches 11 212 11 5 2 NUMBER Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 256 12 7 244 Table 103. NUMBER OF BANKING OFFICES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969—CONTINUED GROUPED ACCORDING TO INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK, AND BY STATE OR AREA AND TYPE OF OFFICE In sured Noninsured Total Na tional Illin o is — a ll o f f i c e s ............................. Banks......................................................... Banks operating branches....................... Branches Unit banks .................................................. Banks operating branches Branches . . . . Iowa— a ll o ffic e s Banks. .................................... Branches Kansas— a ll o ffic e s Banks ................................................. Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches K e n tu cky— a ll o ffic e s Banks .................... Unit banks ....................................... Banks operating branches Branches Lou isia n a — a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches 74 74 1,015 414 223 191 1,014 71 1,012 411 220 191 601 601 966 668 956 658 454 214 4U 214 664 603 663 602 298 543 59 651 345 646 340 212 133 3 3 3 3 10 10 10 1 61 5 5 306 306 590 231 589 230 1 1 359 107 123 359 1 89 83 603 584 1 1 2 2 77 6 1 49 6 565 19 1,011 410 1,008 407 441 122 133 69 434 216 2 2 219 191 74 216 191 51 71 43 26 2 9 9 64 218 966 668 956 658 150 100 78 54 728 504 214 214 61 39 298 50 24 224 663 602 201 172 664 603 4U 544 59 543 59 651 345 646 340 212 133 61 207 133 145 27 37 17 44 37 30 7 29 7 216 80 61 14 44 8 36 6 346 158 418 393 368 25 165 81 306 306 136 47 123 590 231 589 230 215 49 47 10 1 327 171 108 123 359 107 123 359 15 34 166 9 37 9 1 1 1 25 369 246 91 80 156 A ll banks of de posit 99.9 99.9 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 Com mercial banks of deposit 99.9 100.0 99.8 99.5 99.8 99.5 99.1 100.0 100.0 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.1 98.7 99.1 98.7 98.0 100.0 98.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.8 99.8 99.8 99.8 100.0 99.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.2 98.6 99.2 98.6 97.6 100.0 97.6 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.8 99.6 99.8 99.6 99.1 100.0 100.0 Mutual savings banks 99.9 99.9 99.9 100.0 100.0 122 94 319 454 Non insured 19 601 61 5 467 418 372 46 298 1 1 1,159 1,085 1,014 71 601 207 133 108 123 1,162 1,088 1,017 71 74 298 544 59 61 3 3 In sured Total 99.1 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 CORPORATION Unit banks Banks operating branches 1,159 1,085 1,017 71 Non deposit trust com panies3 INSURANCE In d ia n a — a ll o ffic e s .................................. Banks......................................................... 1,162 1,088 State Banks of de po s it2 DEPOSIT Not mem bers F. R. Sys tem Members F. R. System Total FEDERAL Total Percentage insured1 Noninsured Insured State and type of bank or office Mutual savings banks Commercial banks and nondeposit trust companies A ll banks Maine— all offices............... Banks.................................... 308 76 301 72 Branches.............................. 232 229 661 127 653 126 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches M aryland— all offices.......... Banks.................................... Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches 27 49 47 80 24 48 47 79 7 4 253 44 247 41 114 21 3 209 206 93 8 1 613 122 605 12 1 291 47 3 1 1 10 34 47 75 8 33 47 74 4 17 13 34 65 6 67 7 1 6 68 14 6 3 55 32 54 31 54 3 23 23 247 67 8 1 48 5 48 5 34 1 5 5 2 12 33 527 7 491 484 244 60 180 7 Massachusetts—-all offices Banks.................................... 1,261 334 909 164 352 170 874 161 866 156 493 86 174 16 199 54 6 4 Branches4............................ 212 927 745 182 713 M ichigan— all o ffic e s ......... Banks.................................... 1,485 332 1,481 330 4 2 Branches.............................. 1,153 1,151 2 Unit banks .......................... Banks operating branches. Minnesota— all o ffic e s ........ Banks................................... Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches Mississippi— all o ffic e s ... Banks.................................... 133 199 735 725 719 6 10 502 181 39 125 132 198 732 722 716 6 Missouri— all o ffices............ Banks.................................... 753 668 746 661 85 85 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches, 583 85 576 85 7 1 1 141 136 140 135 Branches................................ 5 5 Nebraska— all offices.......... Banks.................................... Branches................................ 481 442 405 37 39 130 5 476 437 400 37 39 1 5 5 5 2 1 633 98 519 105 329 127 3 1 1 1 535 414 64 202 2 502 498 3 3 1,485 332 1,481 330 1,153 1,151 133 199 734 724 718 6 37 119 132 198 731 721 715 6 10 502 181 73 108 26 72 203 197 195 2 43 62 26 26 63 494 72.2 49.2 99.3 97.5 214 35 179 80.5 99.7 82 91 2 6 80 85 32.0 59.2 99.8 99.7 100.0 99.5 1 1 1 71 1 1 1 92.5 99.2 85 22 16 47 141 136 140 135 50 48 43 41 47 46 5 5 2 75 22 46 2 148 126 105 21 22 57 16 39 2 2 13 12 11 1 1 444 4 4 4 3 3 3 47 99.8 99.6 99.6 45 1 1 1 1 1 315 299 284 15 16 5 5 5 99.3 100.0 99.6 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 11.1 4.6 6.6 16.4 100.0 2.4 99.8 99.7 99.6 99.6 99.6 100.0 94.1 100.0 100.0 99.5 99.8 100.0 100.0 66 85 39 344 165 99.5 99.4 5 175 37 43 8 99.5 99.4 312 137 1 538 491 39 387 173 100.0 6 19 13 476 437 98.6 100.0 6 32 89 73 400 98.7 43 171 38 133 481 442 100.0 100.0 98.7 100.0 119 97 405 37 98.7 99.2 98.8 99.2 100.0 98.7 100.0 100.0 321 130 5 100.0 100.0 746 661 131 5 98.6 100.0 100.0 321 576 85 98.7 43 1 3 98.2 96.9 80.0 97.1 6 753 668 583 85 1 1 97.6 93.2 88.9 98.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 245 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 131 5 145 407 73 108 7 158 710 502 181 7 3 1 "Y e 10 321 Montana— all offices............ Banks...................................... Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 3 16 38 21 65 40 121 97.7 94.7 BRANCHES 73 108 Branches.............................. 3 3 502 181 73 108 321 1 1 10 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. Branches............................... 83 87 1 1 AND Branches.............................. 122 2 1 1 OF BANKS 534 ........... 16 15 NUMBER Branches................................ Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches 17 15 2 1 246 Table 103. NUMBER OF BANKING OFFICES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969—CONTINUED GROUPED ACCORDING TO INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK, AND BY STATE OR AREA AND TYPE OF OFFICE Total Not mem bers F. R. Sys tem Members F. R. System Total Total Na tional Banks operating branches ....................... Unit banks .................................................. R ra n r hoc Unit banks .................................................. R ra n rh p c New Mexico— all o ffices.......................... Banks........................................................... Banks operating branches ....................... Branches.................................................... New York— all o ffices............................... Banks........................................................... Unit banks .................................................. Banks operating branches ....................... Branches4 ................................................... North Carolina— all o ffices..................... Banks........................................................... Unit banks .................................. Banks operating branches .................... Branches...................................................... 89 89 61 15 13 8 8 8 4 1 3 2 6 81 2 6 81 1 3 2 81 81 57 14 27 22 Q i 173 170 3 128 125 96 2 107 70 87 104 3 76 73 50 1 66 66 1,174 1,172 249 247 65 184 67 87 63 184 3 2 2 2 1 46 1 18 4 741 199 177 137 36 53 48 28 45 28 27 23 52 52 1,119 1,117 228 56 172 226 54 172 80 107 7 29 891 891 604 163 124 185 185 185 101 11 73 64 64 64 64 3 3 5 20 17 47 121 17 47 17 47 121 121 17 47 121 68 6 5 3 2 2 2 86 925 9 24 1,339 1 089 157 Zj D 1 1p 110 173 ' 80 42 13 6 2,609 2,601 8 2,298 2,290 1,125 1,118 7 1,125 1,118 519 4 109 108 1 109 108 23 2 37 72 1,016 37 71 1,010 1 6 37 72 1,016 37 71 1,010 4 19 496 1 1 2 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 14 55 21 55 21 34 34 9 12 22 115 595 83 51 512 19 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 7 _ / 1 1 6 7 433 433 99.1 99.0 6 5 122 122 95.6 93.9 311 311 I 1 30 92 30 92 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 2,585 54 100.0 14 100.0 100.0 iL\} 1,009 100.0 22 9 100.0 2,618 103 93.8 100.0 48 25 1,166 96.1 95.7 100.0 100.0 33 179 97.2 100.0 417 134 186 97.7 31 100.0 100.0 3,018 100.0 98.3 100.0 442 18 7 100.0 45 22 9 9 12 Mutual savings banks 100.0 100.0 3,051 146 271 100.0 100.0 25 26 164 278 45 31 3 17 185 33 3 5 925 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 10 Com mercial banks of deposit 100.0 100.0 1 2 2 6 All banks of de posit 91.8 97.8 89.9 96.8 99.7 99.7 99.4 99.1 99.4 100.0 98.6 99.4 99.1 100.0 98.6 99.4 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 CORPORATION New Jersey— all o ffices........................... Banks........................................................... 89 8 Non insured INSURANCE New Hampshire— all o ffices................... Banks.'......................................................... 89 Total In sured DEPOSIT Nevada— all o ffices.................................... Banks........................................................... State Banks of de posit2 Non deposit trust com panies3 FEDERAL Non insured In sured Percentage insu re d 1 Noninsured Insured State and type of bank or office Mutual savings banks Commercial banks and nondeposit trust companies All banks North Dakota— all o ffic e s .. Banks...................................... 237 169 Branches................................. 68 Ohio— all o ffices.................... Banks...................................... 1,739 522 Unit banks ......................... Banks operating branches. Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 120 49 254 268 1,217 Oklahoma— all offices.......... Banks...................................... 484 426 Branches................................ 58 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 371 55 66 1,737 520 252 268 483 425 370 55 Branches4 .............................. 320 320 Pennsylvania— all o ffic e s .. Banks...................................... 2,198 499 2,187 490 245 254 2 68 66 2 2 2 20 30 237 253 120 49 1,738 521 253 268 1,217 1 1 1 484 426 371 55 58 2 2 2 11 9 8 1 53 42 32 10 3 1,736 519 911 217 451 11 122 1,217 694 329 483 425 261 218 25 58 43 3 370 55 142 178 40 Branches................................ 161 153 89 1 1 485 105 484 104 245 20 380 380 380 225 257 163 257 163 257 163 257 163 88 33 94 94 94 94 55 166 139 449 749 301 163 138 448 125 38 5 4 3 1 1 754 305 166 139 449 42 62 125 38 749 301 163 138 448 4 16 24 9 338 77 17 60 261 67 74 6 90.9 100.0 90.9 100.0 90 7 99.6 98.8 99.6 98.8 83 83 99.9 99.9 72 7 72 7 95.9 90.0 94.3 84.6 "l 6 5 1 2 1 6 "7 64 11 100.0 100.0 65 "l 1 1 6 "7 65 100.0 97.9 99.6 90.0 100.0 97.9 99.6 84.6 96.5 95.0 99.8 99.0 99.8 99.0 6 228 78 5 150 100.0 100.0 29 25 22 140 105 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 4 35 100.0 100.0 367 213 99.5 99.0 99.5 99.0 154 99.8 99.8 3 3 3 44 11 6 5 33 35 43 79 26 140 73 97.7 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.8 99.3 97.7 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.8 99.3 247 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 8 15 2 1 100.0 BRANCHES 5 43 62 16 22 100.0 100.0 AND 11 754 305 99.5 96.1 10 13 Tennessee— all offices........ Banks...................................... 99.5 96.2 2 1 70 2 Branches................................ 100.0 12 2 18 125 38 100.0 12 399 20 125 38 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 231 ’ ’ "20 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 100.0 100.0 173 90 7 94 5 South Dakota— all offices.. Banks...................................... 197 185 540 141 157 158 99.2 100.0 100.0 258 27 12 236 247 97.1 100.0 1,299 315 244 248 97.9 98.2 194 2,097 483 164 11 380 99.2 100.0 2,108 492 174 13 Branches................................ 108 72 1 10 2 1 99.9 99.6 97.1 78 236 18 42 62 99.9 99.6 53 241 246 484 104 374 180 319 Rhode Island— all o ffic e s .. Banks...................................... 43 62 98.3 98.0 319 984 485 105 98.3 98.0 116 38 1,614 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 19 3 4 7 1,616 South Carolina— all offices Banks...................................... 22 97.9 98.2 252 11 20 29 2 218 54 120 83 37 368 49 22 29 1,697 226 68 173 370 51 1,699 Branches................................ 1 2 75 251 268 Branches4.............................. Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 6 4 118 48 OF BANKS 370 50 Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 232 166 58 372 52 22 30 237 169 1,217 Oregon— all o ffices............... Banks...................................... Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. 5 3 2 1 NUMBER Branches................................ 232 166 118 48 248 Table 103. NUMBER OF BANKING OFFICES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969—CONTINUED GROUPED ACCORDING TO INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK, AND BY STATE OR AREA AND TYPE OF OFFICE Non insured Total Na tional Unit banks Banks operating branches U tah— a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches V e rm ont— a ll o ffic e s Banks ........................ Branches V irg in ia __a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches W ashington— a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches4 W est V irg in ia — a ll o ffic e s Banks Unit banks Banks operating branches Branches.................................................... 67 67 1,093 64 30 21 126 24 26 80 998 233 85 148 9 177 51 177 51 130 50 9 9 23 26 67 67 177 51 30 21 126 129 49 1,224 1,157 1,102 64 177 51 30 21 1 1,233 1,166 1 1 1 80 99.2 100.0 100.0 75 10 34 7 68 34 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 34 100.0 6 4 A 27 45 998 233 85 552 103 28 75 21 13 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 285 88 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9 99.0 99.8 98.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 1 8 6 8 6 4 4 2 2 33 20 22 100.0 100.0 100.0 7 10 161 42 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 1 i 50 17 12 U 78 100.0 100.0 2 2 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 37 51 100.0 100.0 765 449 119 197 614 91 445 27 45 8 124 56 573 523 523 418 37 68 200 195 200 195 200 195 200 195 81 81 36 34 83 80 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 5 5 190 5 5 5 5 2 3 100.0 100.0 573 45 56 190 5 765 765 673 100 44 56 190 1 1 1 43 49 42 49 190 5 11 16 81 3 5 32 28 28 77 3 1 1 1 59 9 59 9 50 50 2 7 2 7 97.8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 615 92 765 674 101 Mutual savings banks 99.3 99.2 100.0 65 148 99.2 100.0 9 40 71 26 85 148 99.3 99.2 9 9 20 126 19 24 612 572 Com mercial banks of deposit 533 39 121 43 20 24 63 56 A ll banks of de posit 49 7 7 126 998 233 85 148 30 21 549 529 511 18 122 44 78 998 233 1,093 64 Non insured In sured Total 97.7 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 CORPORATION Unit banks Banks operating branches 1,224 1,157 1,102 64 Non deposit trust com panies8 INSURANCE Branches 1,233 1,166 State Banks of de p osit2 DEPOSIT Not mem bers F. R. Sys tem Members F. R. System Total FEDERAL In sured Total Percentage insured 1 Noninsured Insured State and type of bank or office Mutual savings banks Commercial banks and nondeposit trust companies All banks Wisconsin— all o ffic e s ......... Banks...................................... Unit banks ........................... Banks operating branches. Branches................................. Wyoming— all o ffices ........... Banks...................................... Branches................................. O ther Areas Pacific Islands— all o ffic e s 5. Banks.......................................... 855 603 856 604 852H 6001 447 252 156 444 1 252 156 448 252 252 | 72 70 72 70 72 70 72 70 68 2 2 68 2 68 2 2 10 16 178 121 || 610 435 99.9 99.8 99.9 99.8 100.0 175 100.0 18 100.0 100.0 100.0 320 115 99.8 1 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 92.4 64.3 92.3 61.5 94.5 94.5 80.8 80.8 10 Branches6.................................. OF BANKS Unit banks ................................ Banks operating branches. . . Panama Canal Zone— all offices. Banks................................................. Unit banks. ..................................... Banks operating branches........... Branches 7 ......................................... Puerto Rico— all o ffic e s ... Banks...................................... Unit banks. .......................... Banks operating branches. 197 182 196 181 14 9 2 13 8 8 10 7 7 4 7 3 Branches 8 .............................. 10 183 173 183 Virgin Islands— all offices.. Banks...................................... 27 7 21 1 27 7 Unit banks ............................ Banks operating branches. Branches9 .............................. 1 20 6 1 20 173 21 1 18 163 1 155 50.0 70.0 33.3 70.0 16.7 16.7 ... 100.0 20 100.0 ’ 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 249 6 1 BRANCHES 100.0 100.0 100.0 16 100.0 AND 100.0 1 100.0 100.0 100.0 16 17 2 99.8 NUMBER Unit banks ............................ Banks operating branches. 859 607 451 156 250 G R O U P E D A C C O R D IN G TO IN S U R A N C E S T A T U S A N D CLASS OF B A N K , A N D BY S TA T E OR A R E A A N D TY P E OF OFFIC E INSURANCE CORPORATION Mariana Islands: 5 branches— (4 insured on Guam and 1 noninsured on Saipan)— operated by a national bank in California. Guam: 2 insured branches—operated by an insured bank in Hawaii (not member of F. R. System ); and a national bank in New York. Caroline Islands: 2 noninsured branches (1 on Palau Islands (Koror) and 1 on Ponape Island (Kolonia)—operated by an insured bank ih Hawaii (not member of F. R. System). Marshall Islands: Kwajalein— 2 noninsured branches operated by an insured bank in Hawaii (not member of F. R. System). Majuro— 1 noninsured branch operated by a national bank in California. Midway Islands on Sand Island: 1 noninsured branch operated by an insured bank in Hawaii (not member of F. R. System). Wake Island: 1 noninsured branch operated by an insured bank in Hawaii (not member of F. R. System). 7 Panama Canal Zone: 2 noninsured branches operated by 2 national banks in New York. 8 Puerto Rico: 18 insured branches operated by 2 national banks in New York. 9 Virgin Islands: 13 insured branches operated by 2 national banks in New York; and 1 national bank in California. DEPOSIT 1 Nondeposit trust companies are excluded in computing these percentages, in c lu d e s 12 noninsured branches of insured banks; 10 branches in the Pacific Islands and 2 in the Panama Canal Zone. 3 Includes one trust company in Massachusetts, member of the F. R. System, operating one branch. 4 Massachusetts: 1 branch operated by a noninsured bank in New York. New York: 8 branches operated by two insured banks in Puerto Rico (not members of F. R. System). Oregon: 1 branch operated by a national bank in California. Pennsylvania: 2 branches— 1 operated by a noninsured bank in New York and 1 operated by a national bank in New Jersey. Washington: 2 branches operated by a national bank in California. 5United States possessions (American Samoa, Guam, Midway Islands, and Wake Island); Trust Territories (Kwajalein, Majuro, Palau Islands, Ponape Island, Saipan and Truk). 6 Pacific Islands: 16 branches. American Samoa: (Pago Pago); 1 noninsured branch— operated by an insured bank in Hawaii (not member of F. R. System). Caroline Islands on Truk; 1 noninsured branch— operated by a national bank in Cali fornia. FEDERAL Table 103. NUMBER OF BANKING OFFICES IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969—CONTINUED Table 104. NUMBER AND DEPOSITS OF ALL COMMERCIAL AND MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS, (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY CLASS AND DEPOSIT SIZE Insured commercial banks All banks Members F.R. System Total National 21 120 758 1,184 1,403 584 272 253 43 31 T o t a l.................................................................................................... 14.178 13,473 4,669 203,986 1,661,684 12,079,774 25,150,159 51,120,600 41,935,828 40,588,288 107,829,001 60,094,729 166,865,773 170,693 1,633,715 11,963,707 24,798,466 48,879,720 37,670,889 32,960,204 85,316,628 41,701,511 151,894,132 15,847 188,479 2,724,653 8,764,839 21,959,612 20,145,996 18,732,803 54,329,140 31,183,641 99,798,781 507,529,822 436,989,665 257,843.791 A m oun t o f deposits Less than 1 m illion ••- • 1 to 2 m illion ............................................ 2 to 5 m illio n ............................................................................................ 5 to 10 m illion ....................................................................................... 10 to 25 m illio n ........................................................................................ 25 to 50 m illio n ........................................................................................ 50 to 100 m illio n ...................................................................................... 100 to 500 m illio n ................................................................................... 500 m illion to 1 billion .............................................. 1 billion or m ore...................................................................................... T o t a l.................................................................................................... 117 15 22 14 14 8 8 10 7,603 1,201 (In thousands of dollars) 151,391 3,455 1,365,177 80,059 8,393,134 845,920 13,930,204 2,103,423 5,028,179 21,891,929 12,941,501 4,583,392 9,895,101 4,332,300 17,305,260 13,682,228 8,067,252 2,450,618 52,095,351 208 33,293 26,110 72,475 105,429 264,243 311,296 551,066 1,635,781 94,444.591 2,999,693 84,701,283 9 15 71 63 60 78 26 9 331 36,511 116,969 1,257,272 2,196,501 4,275,027 18,212,370 17,801,557 14,971,641 58,867,848 1 2 17 41 49 40 15 1 166 1,859 7,081 129,295 719,365 1,757,142 2,801,991 2,664,222 591,661 8,672,616 251 205 881 2,501 1,961 1,460 381 142 68 4 5 50 235 289 317 131 62 82 12 18 Non insured Insured BRANCHES 231 1,051 3,494 3,434 3,180 1,096 476 403 59 49 Mutual savings banks AND 348 1,067 3,527 3,480 3,306 1,216 584 506 86 58 Non insured banks and tru s t companies OF BANKS N um ber o f banks 1 than 1 m illion 1 to 2 m illion .. ........................................................ 2 to 5 m illio n ............................................................................................ 5 to 10 m illio n .......................................................................................... 10 to 25 m illio n ........................................................................................ 25 to 50 m illio n ........................................................................................ 50 to 100 m illio n ...................................................................................... 100 to 500 m illio n ................................................................................... 500 m illion to 1 billion .................. 1 billion or more .................. State Non members F.R. System NUMBER Deposit' size (in dollars) ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF BANKS Table 105. Assets and liabilities of all commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), June 30, 1969 B a n k s g ro u p e d by in s u ra n c e s ta tu s a n d class o f b a n k Table 106. Assets and liabilities of all commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 B a n k s g ro u p e d by in s u ra n c e s ta tu s a n d class o f b a n k Table 107. Assets and liabilities of all mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), June 30, 1969, and December 31, 1969 B a n k s g ro u p e d by in s u ra n c e s ta tu s Table 108. Assets and liabilities of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and o th e r a re a s ), D e ce m b e r c a ll dates, 1 9 6 1 , 1 9 6 5 -1 9 6 9 Table 109. Assets and liabilities of insured mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), December call dates, 1961, 1965-1969 Table 110. Percentages of assets and liabilities of insured commercial banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 B a n ks g ro u p e d by a m o u n t o f d e p o sits Table 111. Percentages of assets and liabilities of insured mutual savings banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 B a n ks g ro u p e d by a m o u n t o f d e p o s its Table 112. Distribution of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), December 31, 1969 B a n k s g ro u p e d a c c o rd in g to a m o u n t o f d e p o s its a n d by ra tio s o f s e le c te d ite m s to a ss e ts o r d e p o s its AND LIABILITIES OF BANKS 253 Individual loan items are reported gross. Installment loans, how ever, are ordinarily reported net if the installment payments are applied directly to the reduction of the loan. Such loans are reported gross if, under contract, the payments do not immediately reduce the unpaid balances of the loan but are assigned or pledged to assure repayment at maturity. The category “ Trading account securities" was added to the condition report of commercial banks in 1969 to obtain this segre gation for banks that regularly deal in securities with other banks or with the public. Banks occasionally holding securities purchased for possible resale report these under “ Investment securities." Assets and liabilities held in or administered by a savings, bond, insurance, real estate, foreign, or any other department of a bank, except a trust department, are consolidated with the respective assets and liabilities of the commercial department. “ Deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations" includes trust funds deposited by a trust department in a commercial or savings depart ment. Other assets held in tru st are not included in statements of assets and liabilities. Demand balances with and demand deposits due to banks in the United States, except private banks and American branches of foreign banks, exclude reciprocal interbank deposits. (Reciprocal interbank deposits arise when two banks maintain deposit accounts with each other.) Asset and liability data for noninsured banks are tabulated from reports pertaining to the individual banks. In a few cases, these reports are not as detailed as those submitted by insured banks. Additional data on assets and liabilities of all banks as of June 30, 1969, and December 31, 1969, are shown in the Corporation's semiannual publication Assets and Liabilities, Commercial and Mutual Savings Banks. Sources of data. Insured banks: see p.275; noninsured banks: State banking authorities; and reports from individual banks. ASSETS Before 1969, statements of assets and liabilities were submitted by insured commercial banks on either a cash or an accrual basis, depending upon the bank’s method of bookkeeping. Beginning in 1969, insured commercial banks having total resources of $50 million or more (the cut-off will fall to $25 million after December 31, 1969) report their assets and liabilities on the basis of accrual accounting. Where the results are not significantly different, par ticular accounts may be reported on a cash basis. Banks not sub ject to full accrual accounting are required to report the installment loan function on an accrual basis, or else to submit a statement of unearned income on installm ent loans carried in surplus accounts. All banks are required to report income taxes on an accrual basis. Beginning in 1969, all majority-owned premises subsidiaries are fully consolidated. Consolidation is required of other majorityowned domestic subsidiaries (but not domestic commercial bank subsidiaries) meeting either of the following criteria: any sub sidiary in which the bank's investment represents 5 percent or more of its equity capital accounts, or any subsidiary whose gross operating revenues am ount to 5 percent of the bank’s gross revenues. In the case of insured banks with branches outside the 50 States, net amounts due from such branches are included in “ Other as sets," and net amounts due to such branches are included in “ Other liabilities." Branches of insured banks outside the 50 States are treated as separate entities but not included in the count of banks. Data for such branches are not included in the figures for the States in which the parent banks are located. Prior to 1969, securities held by commercial banks were reported net of valuation reserves; total loans were reported both gross (be fore deductions for reserves) and net, the latter included in “ Total assets." Beginning in 1969, loans and securities are shown on a gross basis in “ Total assets" of commercial banks. All reserves on loans and securities, including the reserves for bad debts set up pursuant to Internal Revenue Service rulings, are included in “ Re serves on loans and securities” on the liability side of the balance sheet. 254 Table 105. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), JUNE 30, 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Asset, lia b ility , or capital account item Members of Federal Reserve System Total Total Total National State1 Not members of F.R. System Total Banks of deposit2 Nondeposit trust companies4 119.358,226 90.201.696 4.663.514 4.273,352 390.162 52.344.448 3,638,199 14,653,252 26.343.997 1,200,097 5,151,338 8.867.256 1,427,986 0 974.671 35,532 0 924,251 34,840 0 50,420 692 0 17,471,905 265,144 303,218 44,383,701 16,670,366 200,062 274,898 44,339,503 10,276,701 100,753 248,405 43,419,700 8,084,076 84,913 143,309 25,740,699 2,192,625 15,840 105,096 17,679,001 6,393,665 99,309 26,493 919,803 801,539 65,082 28,320 44,198 759,780 57,126 28,320 44,165 41,759 7,956 0 13 S e c u ritie s — t o t a l.......................................................................................... 126.910.762 U.S. Treasury securities............................................................................ 54,242,371 Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations. 10,019,473 Obligations of States and subdivisions................................................... 60,261,432 2,387,486 Other securities........................................................................................... 125,686,352 53,836,946 9,777,013 59,859,454 2,212,939 95.780.476 39,391,221 5,975,464 48,624,872 1,788,919 71.441,350 29,489,337 4,864,778 35,651,412 1,435,823 24.339.126 9,901,884 1,110,686 12,973,460 353,096 29.905.876 14,445,725 3,801,549 11,234,582 424,020 1.224.410 405,425 242,460 401,978 174,547 969,540 361,461 220,506 314,938 72,595 254,910 43,964 21,954 87,040 101,952 Investment securities— to ta l..................................................................... 123,655,598 U.S. Treasury securities ................................................................................. 53,230,741 Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations.......... 9,551,400 Obligations of States and subdivisions ........................................................ 58,505,735 Other securities ................................................................................................... 2,367,722 122,437,623 52,825,316 9,310,940 58,106,192 2,195,175 92,578,544 38,399,369 5,517,079 46,888,326 1,773,770 28,867,721 4,549,752 34,336,301 69,175,198 23,403,346 29,859,079 14,425,947 3,793,861 11,217,866 421,405 1,217,975 405,425 240,460 399,543 172,547 963,065 361,461 218,506 312,503 70,595 254,910 1,421,424 9,531,648 967,327 12,552,025 352,346 Trading account securities—to ta l............................................................ 3,255,164 1,011,630 468,073 1,755,697 19,764 3,248,729 1,011,630 466,073 1,753,262 17,764 3,201,932 991,852 458,385 1,736,546 15,149 2,266,152 621,616 315,026 1,315,111 14,399 935,780 370,236 143,359 421,435 750 46,797 19,778 7,688 16,716 2,615 0 2,000 2,435 2,000 6,435 0 2,000 2,435 2,000 6,435 0 0 0 0 Federal funds sold and s e c u ritie s purchased und er agreem ents to re s e ll— t o t a l...................................................................................... With domestic commercial banks............................................................ With brokers and dealers in securities................................................... With others................................................................................................... 7.234.356 6,396,038 767,220 71,098 7,075.357 6,237,039 767,220 71,098 5.451,584 4,626,003 757,558 68,023 4.070,217 3,302,053 707,407 60,757 1.381.367 1,323,950 50,151 7,266 1.623.773 1,611,036 9,662 3,075 158.999 158,999 0 0 158,599 158,599 0 0 400 400 0 0 U.S. Treasury securities ................................................................................. Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations.......... Obligations of States and subdivisions ........................................................ Other securities ................................................................................................... 43,964 21,954 87,040 101,952 0 CORPORATION 307,018.927 78.688.445 4,838,296 19,804,590 INSURANCE 426.377.153 87.555,701 6,266,282 19,804,590 Cash, reserves, balances w ith banks, and c o lle c tio n item s— to ta l Currency and coin....................................................................................... Reserve with F.R. banks (member ban ks)............................................. Demand balances with banks in the U.S. (except American branches of foreign ban ks).................................................................................... Other balances with banks in the U.S..................................................... Balances with banks in foreign countries.............................................. Cash items in process of collection......................................................... DEPOSIT 516.578.849 88.530.372 6,301,814 19,804,590 T o ta l a s s e ts ........................................................................................................ 521.242,363 FEDERAL Noninsured banks Insured banks O ther loans and d isco u n ts— t o t a l.......................................................... 279,677.006 Real estate loans— to ta l............................................................................ 69,078,770 Secured by farm land ................................................................................... 4,088,1201 Secured by residential properties: Secured by 1- to 4-family residential properties: Insured by Federal Housing Adm inistration ............................. 7,462,753 Guaranteed by Veterans Administration ..................................... 2,743,349 Not insured or guaranteed by FHA or V A ................................. 30,376,548 Secured by multifam ily (5 or more) residential properties: Insured by Federal Housing Administration ........................... 596,801 Not insured by F H A ......................................................................... 2,352,517 Secured by other properties ..................................................................... 21,458,682 Loans to domestic commercial and foreign banks............................. Loans to other financial in stitutio ns..................................................... Loans to brokers and dealers in securities......................................... Other loans for purchasing or carrying securities.............................. Loans to farmers (excluding loans on real esta te )............................ Commercial and industrial loans (including open market paper). . . Other loans to individuals—to ta l.......................................................... 2,589,654 13,820,812 5,305,827 4,214,566 10,564,457 105,159,324 61,905,822 Passenger automobile installment loans ............................................. 22,495,867 Credit cards and related plans: Retail (charge account) credit card plans ......................................... 1,704,982 Check credit and revolving credit plans ............................................. 993,681 Other retail consumer installment loans ................................................ 5,897,710 Residential repair and modernization installment loans ............... . 3,625,376 Other installment loans for personal expenditures ............................ 9,921,835 Single-payment loans for personal expenditures ................................ 17,266,371 All other loans (including overdrafts).................................................. 7,037,774 T o ta l lo ans and s e c u ritie s ............................................................... 413.822.124 277.729,074 68,728,760 230,060.085 52,811,069 167.434,419 39,930,182 62,625.666 12,880,887 47,668,989 15,917,691 1,947,932 350,010 1.899.086 337,247 48.846 12,763 7,360,009 2,673,129 30,286,274 594,641 2,350,653 21,402,602 6,509,330 2,324,352 22,625,756 564,946 1,915,977 16,768,983 5,289,824 1,788,085 17,596,617 269,462 1,182,647 12,191,055 1,219,506 536,267 5,029,139 295,484 733,330 4,577,928 850,679 348,777 7,660,518 29,695 434,676 4,633,619 102,744 70,220 90,274 2,160 1,864 56,080 102,540 70,201 80,742 2,160 1,855 53,752 204 19 9,532 0 9 2,328 4,061,452 2,543,555 13,640,251 5,179,540 4,170,027 10,546,149 104,290,921 61,669,768 22,436,965 1,704,982 993,681 5,871,057 3,619,121 9,852,935 17,191,027 2,101,725 2,385,965 12,841,398 4,996,105 3,472,880 6,351,892 93,202,746 47,556,675 16,447,995 1,591,538 899,064 4,306,916 2,861,767 7,311,479 14,137,916 1,612,492 1,451,574 8,604,674 2,224,417 2,204,850 5,268,300 66,527,096 36,641,461 13,122,037 1,316,655 643,112 3,474,879 2,126,894 5,530,121 10,427,763 489,233 934,391 4,236,724 2,771,688 1,268,030 1,083,592 26,675,650 10,915,214 3,325,958 274,883 255,952 832,037 734,873 1,781,358 3,710,153 1,959,727 157,590 798,853 183,635 697,147 4,194,257 11,088,175 14,113,093 5,988,970 113,444 94,617 1,564,141 757,354 2,541,456 3,053,111 46,099 180,561 126,287 44,539 18,308 868,403 236,054 58,902 0 0 26,653 6,255 68,900 75,344 46,098 180,327 119,841 33,301 18,080 859,601 232,616 57,660 0 0 26,418 6,095 67,976 74,467 671 1 234 6,446 11,238 228 8,802 3,438 0 0 235 160 924 877 71,975 5,696 79,198.638 3.331.341 3.027,185 304.156 1,368,762 80,633 8,900 129,448 548,059 32,990 5,184 3,642 77,217 238,469 21,799 4,804 3,617 77,217 214,479 11,191 380 25 0 23,990 4,581,865 1,859,490 518,748 410,490,783 331.292.145 242,945,986 88.346.159 7,563,940 344,481 509,227 3,100,687 7 : 014 030 6,195,178 263,848 500,327 2,971,239 6,465,971 4,753,183 207,799 389,582 1,687,715 4,690,214 1,441,995 56,049 110,745 1,283,524 1,775,757 Bank premises, furn iture and fixtures, and other assets representing bank premises........................................................................................ Real estate owned other than bank prem ises.................................... Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated.................................... Customers' liability on acceptances outstanding............................... Other assets.............................................................................................. 7,596,930 349,665 512,869 3,177,904 7,252,499 T o ta l lia b ilitie s , reserves, and c a p ita l a c c o u n ts ................................. 521.242.363 516,578,849 426.377,153 307,018,927 119,358,226 90.201.696 4.663.514 4,273,352 390,162 B usiness and personal deposits— t o t a l................................................ 357.750.263 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations— demand....................... 163,882,836 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations— tim e ............................. 181,108,271 355.582.619 162,900,158 180,273,337 285,148,793 133,315,194 140,312,116 210,876,125 97,034,530 107,846,175 74,272,668 36,280,664 32,465,941 20,015,840 268,361 19,677,020 2.167.644 982,678 834,934 2,002,894 853,932 798,931 164,750 128,746 36,003 12,409,124 11,521,483 5,995,420 17,467,555 187,331 14,811,055 70.433,826 29,584,964 39,961,221 5,526,063 887,641 350,032 350,031 1 Savings deposits ................................................................................................ 95,288,474 Deposits accumulated for payment of personal loans ............................ 1,154,439 Other deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations............. 84,665,358 Certified and officers’ checks, letters of credit, travelers’ checks, etc.. 12,759,156 94,977,150 1,149,195 84,146,992 74,961,310 880,834 64,469,972 57,493,755 693,503 49,658,917 311,324 5,244 518,366 290,115 5,221 503,595 > CO CO 1,2 4 2 77,671 6,441,355 6,960,103 26,668 25,997 > CO m CO CO > * CO 21,209 23 14,771 ho cn CJ1 256 Table 105. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), JUNE 30, 1969—CONTINUED BANKS GROUPED BY INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Asset, liability, or capital account item Members of Federal Reserve System Total Total Total National State1 Not members of F.R. System Banks of deposit2 Total Nondeposit Trust companies4 31.267.225 24,033,299 7,233,926 8,383,787 224,783 222,100 2,683 5,636,323 361,839 16,929,297 16,723,553 4,880,206 312,191 12,938,803 13,136,025 3,539,562 194,812 9,924,410 10,374,515 1,340,844 117,379 3,014,343 2,761,510 756,117 49,648 3,990,494 3,587,528 22,841 121 131,324 70,497 20,158 121 131,324 70,497 2,683 0 0 0 D om estic in te rb a n k deposits— t o t a l....................................................... Commercial banks in the United States— dem and.............................. Commercial banks in the United States—tim e ..................................... Mutual savings banks in the United States— dem and......................... Mutual savings banks in the United States—tim e ............................... 23,647.036 23,415,718 22.599,992 13,594,533 9.005.459 815,726 231.318 230,641 677 21,812,205 527,728 1,218,545 88,558 21,763,085 525,653 1,089,803 37,177 21,051,303 464,465 1,048,544 35,680 12,857,178 312,135 399,807 25,413 8,194,125 152,330 648,737 10,287 711,782 61,188 41,259 1,497 49,120 2,075 128,742 51,381 48,443 2,075 128,742 51,381 677 0 0 0 Foreign gove rnm ent and bank deposits— t o t a l.................................. Foreign governments, central banks, etc.— dem and............................ Foreign governments, central banks, etc.—tim e .................................. Banks in foreign countries—dem and...................................................... Banks in foreign countries— tim e ............................................................ 8,004,027 7.702,356 7,522,075 4,176.106 3,345,969 180,281 301.671 300,210 1,461 877,934 4,585,500 2,258,981 281,612 810,839 4,502,679 2,135,052 253,786 775,371 4,452,988 2,071,936 221,780 444,207 2,491,272 1,141,599 99,028 331,164 1,961,716 930,337 122,752 35,468 49,691 63,116 32,006 67,095 82,821 123,929 27,826 66,729 81,821 123,834 27,826 366 1,000 95 0 Demand ....................................................................................................... 225,529,442 223,673,681 187,602,840 131,336,713 Tim e ............................................................................................................ 203,747,679 202,678,024 158,935,245 121,343,350 426.351,705 346.538,085 252.680,063 56,266,127 37,591 895 93.858.022 36,070,841 43,742,779 79.813,620 1,855,761 1,069,655 2.925.416 1,723,193 1,032,652 2.755.845 132,568 37,003 28.320,725 15.437,780 2.429.886 1,162.926 1,122,755 40,171 14,674 324,693 1,859 95,400 686,129 0 4,367 0 0 35,804 Total d e p o s its ................................................................................... 429,277,121 M iscellane ous lia b ilitie s — t o t a l............................................................... Federal funds purchased (borrowed) and securities sold under agreements to repurchase..................................................................... Other liabilities for borrowed money...................................................... Mortgage indebtedness.............................................................................. Acceptances outstanding........................................................................... Other lia b ilitie s ............................................................................................ 47.351,317 11,167,377 3,643,169 520,804 3,251,474 28,768,493 T otal lia b ilitie s ................................................................................. 476,628,438 M in o rity in te re s t in consolidated s u b s id ia rie s .................................. 2,244 46,188,391 43.758.505 169,571 10,836,305 3,162,613 411,394 3,024,409 26,323,784 7,762,894 2,131,916 295,244 1,708,438 16,422,233 3,073,411 1,030,697 116,150 1,315,971 9,901,551 316,398 151,496 107,551 131,665 1,722,776 14,674 329,060 1,859 95,400 721,933 472,540,096 390.296,590 281,000,788 109,295,802 82.243,506 4,088,342 3,878,600 209,742 1,557 14 673 0 0 0 11,152,703 3,314,109 518,945 3,156,074 28,046,560 2,244 1,571 CORPORATION 39,651,012 5,659,164 361,960 17,060,621 16,794,050 INSURANCE 39,875,795 DEPOSIT G overnm ent deposits— t o t a l..................................................................... United States Government—dem and...................................................... United States Government—tim e ............................................................ States and subdivisions— demand........................................................... States and subdivisions— tim e ................................................................. FEDERAL Noninsured banks Insured banks 5,609,896 5,271,077 113,801 225,018 5.596,156 5,261,227 112,601 222,328 4,755,392 4,524,672 64,150 166,570 3,381,986 3,222,470 46,180 113,336 1,373,406 1,302,202 17,970 53,234 840,764 736,555 48,451 55,758 13,740 9,850 1,200 2,690 12,944 9,301 1,200 2,443 796 549 0 247 Capital acco u n ts— t o t a l............................................................................. Capital notes and debentures.................................................................. Equity capital—to ta l.................................................................................. 39,001,785 2,020,312 36,981,473 38,440,353 1,970,829 36,469,524 31,323,600 1,761,739 29,561,861 22,634,596 1,142,068 21,492,528 8,689,004 619,671 8,069,333 7,116,753 209,090 6,907,663 7 , 131 561.432 49,483 511,949 381,808 49,333 332,475 179,624 150 179,474 Preferred stock ................................................................................................... 103,384 Common stock .................................................................................................... 10,477,156 Surplus ................................................................................................................ 17,072,397 Undivided profits .............................................................................................. 8,278,943 Reserve for contingencies and other capital reserves............................... 1,049,593 4,231 154,933 203,881 114,608 34,296 9.8% 20.9% 21.6% 12.9% 13.8 12.4 13.6 9.1 16.9 48.4 54.6 2.4 7.9 45.2 7.7 17.5 s 48.2 7.5 13.3 3 12.6 9.1 46.0 23.9 3 18.3 a 60.7 221 171 92,022 8,276,517 13,994,333 6,363,631 835,358 59,457 6,090,031 10,286,276 4,367,697 689,067 32,565 2,186,486 3,708,057 1,995,934 146,291 17.0% 16.9% 18.5% 17.0% 22.1% 12.0 12.3 12.0 12.3 10.3 12.2 10.9 12.4 8.8 11.6 20.2 13.0 55.0 3.6 7.5 55.1 3.6 7.4 55.2 3.8 7.3 55.9 3.8 7.4 53.6 3.9 7.3 4,081 121,963 77,044 29,233 150 54,779 81,918 37,564 5,063 2,045,706 2,874,183 1,800,704 179,939 99,153 10,322,223 16,868,516 8,164,335 1,015,297 100,154 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.0 10.4 10.6 Number of banks............................................................................................... 13,694 13,473 5,937 4,701 1,236 7,536 50 1 Excludes 1 noninsured trust company in Massachusetts not engaged in deposit banking. 2 Includes asset and lia b ility figures for 14 branches of foreign banks (tabulated as banks) licensed to do a deposit business in the State of New York. Capital is not allocated to these branches by the parent banks. 3 Data for branches of foreign banks referred to in the previous footnote have been excluded in computing this ratio for noninsured banks of deposit and in total columns. 4 Amounts shown as deposits are special accounts and uninvested trust funds, with the latter classified as demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations. Includes 1 trust company, a member of the Federal Reserve System. 6 Only asset agd liability data are included for branches located in "other areas” of banks headquartered in one of the 50 States; because no capital is allocated to these branches, they are excluded from the computation of ratios of capital accounts to assets. Note: Further information on the reports of assets and liabilities of banks may be found on page 253. 257 OF BANKS Of to ta l assets o th e r than cash and U.S. T re a su ry s e c u ritie s : Total capital accounts5.................................................................................. LIABILITIES Of to ta l assets: Cash and balances with other banks.......................................................... U.S. Treasury securities and securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations........................................................................ Other securities.............................................................................................. Loans and discounts (including Federal funds sold and securities pur chased under agreements to re s e ll)....................................................... Other assets..................................................................................................... Total capital accounts5.................................................................................. AND PERCENTAGES ASSETS Reserves on loans and s e c u ritie s — t o t a l............................................. Reserve for bad debt losses on loans..................................................... Other reserves on loans............................................................................ Reserves on securities............................................................................... 258 Table 106. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Noninsured banks Insured banks Total Total Total National State1 Not members of F.R. System Nondeposit trust companies4 Banks of deposit2 Total 95,994,012 4,965,029 4,563,522 401,507 24.312,650 10,246,526 933,072 5,690,944 21,452,826 1,385,876 5,228,052 1,656,029 0 36,151 884,395 35,722 48,677 7,383,124 21,452,826 54,775,953 4,305,068 16,224,774 20,157,862 273,943 381,128 40,619,318 19,389,950 230,150 320,921 40,594,309 11,796,479 140,547 287,244 39,720,563 9,402,859 119,439 167,261 24,556,552 2,393,620 21,108 119,983 15,164,011 7,593,471 89,603 33,677 873,746 767,912 43,793 60,207 25,009 723,961 39,505 60,207 25,000 43,951 4,288 S e c u ritie s — t o t a l.......................................................................................... 126.556,177 U.S. Treasury securities............................................................................ 54,957,364 Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations. . .. 9,961,879 Obligations of States and subdivisions................................................... 59,367,334 Other securities........................................................................................... 2,269,600 125.384,941 94.657.934 39,846,069 5,847,255 47,253,889 1,710,721 70,130.165 24.527.769 30.727.007 1.171.236 54,529,716 9,771,666 58,943,820 2,139,739 29,588,921 4,640,875 34,536,260 1,364,109 10,257,148 “ 1,206,380 12,717,629 346,612 14,683,647 3,924,411 11,689,931 429,018 427,648 190.213 423,514 129.861 938.105 382,406 175.919 317,230 62.550 233.131 45.242 14.294 106.284 67.311 122,203,185 53,262,588 38,602,065 9,239,140 5,324,411 57,572,607 45,887,755 2,128,850 1,699,869 91,514,100 68,097,886 28,818,837 4,282,344 33,642,283 1,354,422 23,416,214 30,689,085 14,660,523 3,914,729 11,684,852 428,981 1,166,629 427,349 189.213 421,206 128.861 933,498 233.131 1,267,427 533,526 1,373,521 11,889 3,181,756 1,267,128 532,526 1,371,213 10,889 3,143,834 2,032,279 770,084 358,531 893,977 9,687 1,111,555 473,920 164,313 472,157 1,165 23,124 9,682 5,079 37 37,922 4,607 299 2,308 4,607 9.947,079 9,712,405 7,374,768 8,389,581 929,617 393,207 6,076,872 913,059 384,837 5,809,058 4,676,492 823,805 308,761 1,565,710 8,624,255 929,617 393,207 1,400,380 89,254 76,076 Investment securities— to ta l............ ..................................................... 123,369,814 U.S. Treasury securities ................................................................................. 53,689,937 9,^28,353 Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations ......... Obligations of States and subdivisions ........................................................ 57,993,813 Other securities ................................................................................................... 2,257,711 Trading account securities— to ta l............................................................ U.S. Treasury securities ................................................................................. Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations........... Obligations of States and subdivisions ......................................................... Other securities ................................................................................................... Federal funds sold and s e c u ritie s purchased und er agreem ents to re s e ll— t o t a l...................................................................................... With domestic commercial banks............................................................ With brokers and dealers in securities................................................... With others................................................................................................... 3,186,363 1 , 244,004 522,844 1,366,134 10,852 9,783,228 1,042,067 12,245,472 345,447 0 0 382,107 174.919 314,922 61.550 429 0 0 9 45.242 14.294 106.284 67.311 299 2,308 1,000 1,000 0 0 0 0 0 2,337,637 234.674 232.675 2,312,709 16,558 8,370 234.674 232.675 1.999 1.999 1 ,0 0 0 0 0 1,000 0 0 0 0 CORPORATION 119,218,601 79,088,603 90,268.201 INSURANCE 315,502,098 89,335,129 7,346/973 21,452,826 535,679,740 Cash, reserves, balances w ith banks, and c o lle c tio n item s— to ta l Currency and coin....................................................................................... Reserve with F.R. banks (member ban ks)............................................ Demand balances w ith banks in the U.S. (except American branches of foreign ban ks).................................................................................... Other balances with banks in the U.S.................................................... Balances with banks in foreign countries.............................................. Cash items in process of collection......................................................... DEPOSIT 530,714,711 434,720,699 T o ta l a s s e ts ....................................................................................................... FEDERAL Asset, liability, or capital account item Members of Federal Reserve System O ther loans and d is co u n ts— t o t a l.......................................................... 288,895.911 Real estate loans—to ta l............................................................................ 70,705,002 Secured by farm land ........................................................................................ 4,018,711 Secured by residential properties: Secured by 1- to 4-fam ily residential properties: Insured by Federal Housing Administration .................................. 7,895,468 Guaranteed by Veterans Administration .......................................... 2,663,251 Not insured or guaranteed by FHA or V A ..................................... 31,297,144 Secured by multi fam ily (5 or more) residential properties: Insured by Federal Housing Administration .................................. 564,190 Not insured by F H A .............................................................................. 2,652,699 Secured by other properties ............................................................................ 22,113,539 63.994,023 12,661,487 50,353,783 16,841,611 2,144,309 379,049 2,097,209 362,110 47,100 16,939 7,262,023 2,596,261 31,210,921 562,501 2,647,857 22,053,459 6,388,479 2,245,948 23,133,532 524,737 2,167,945 17,016,881 5,318,611 1,807,161 18,071,872 261,286 1,337,081 12,436,126 1,069,868 438,787 5,061,660 263,451 830,864 4,580,755 873,544 350,313 8,077,389 37,764 479,912 5,036,578 133,445 66,990 86,223 1,689 4,842 60,080 133,366 65,049 77,280 1,689 4,842 54,806 79 1,941 8,943 0 0 5,274 2,425,147 14,938,963 5,646,962 3,994,818 10,323,657 108,393,788 63,355,683 22,706,108 2,639,497 1,082,791 6,269,924 3,654,863 9,936,340 17,066,160 2,257,583 14,040,627 5,408,314 3,285,521 6,187,398 96,470,162 48,480,073 1,590,718 1,396,205 9,211,876 2,528,286 2,240,661 5,143,046 68,580,743 37,669,202 16,459,165 2,429,559 954,924 4,530,075 2,869,374 7,361,204 13,875,772 13,342,228 1,959,465 668,758 3,678,726 2,143,874 5,646,761 10,229,390 861,378 4,828,751 2,880,028 1,044,860 1,044,352 27,889,419 10,810,871 3,116,937 470,094 286,166 851,349 725,500 1,714,443 3,646,382 1,986,111 167,564 898,336 238,648 709,297 4,136,259 11,923,626 14,875,610 6,246,943 209,938 127,867 1,739,849 785,489 2,575,136 3,190,388 25,780 63,478 206,325 93,120 39,039 14,937 970,232 287,942 100,046 0 0 25,630 6,208 77,637 78,421 25,078 62,828 205,575 88,220 30,751 14,717 962,621 284,780 98,817 0 0 25,398 6,064 76,822 77,679 702 650 750 4,900 8,288 220 7,611 3,162 1,229 0 0 232 144 815 742 7,346,631 90,187 85,607 4,580 425,399,167 421,848,948 338,430,521 248,343,019 90.087,502 83,418,427 3,550,219 3,267,989 282,230 Bank premises, furn iture and fixtures, and other assets representing bank premises........................................................................................ Real estate owned other than bank premises...................................... Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated...................................... Customers' lia b ility on acceptances outstanding................................. Other assets................................................................................................ 8,110,427 369,770 670,347 3,389,859 7,471,969 8,070,059 360,820 651,095 3,308,881 7,139,779 6,579,946 276,339 644,134 3,167,311 6,533,845 5,067,455 221,776 511,648 1,837,940 4,744,307 1,512,491 54,563 132,486 1,329,371 1,789,538 1,490,113 84,481 6,961 141,570 605,934 40,368 8,950 19,252 80,978 332,190 23,356 4,756 3,759 80,978 298,289 17,012 4,194 15,493 0 33,901 T o ta l lia b ilitie s , reserves, and c a p ita l a c c o u n ts .................................. 535,679,740 530,714,711 434,720,699 315,502,098 119,218,601 95,994,012 4,965,029 4,563,522 401,507 B usiness and personal dep osits— t o t a l................................................ 368.193,312 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations— demand....................... 179,219,467 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations—tim e ............................. 177,028,567 365.934,821 178,185,683 176,240,900 290,925.554 145,432,955 135,001,529 215.377,163 105,918,310 104,181,501 2,258,491 1,033,784 787,667 2,106,151 909,482 759,629 152,340 124,302 28,038 10,491,070 16,926,701 187,801 13,705,526 75,009,267 32,752,728 41,239,371 11,508,238 56,350,958 688,085 47,142,458 75,548,391 39,514,645 30,820,028 5,277,352 5,213,718 1,017,168 437,040 437,040 0 Certified and officers’ checks, letters of credit, travelers’ checks, etc.. 73,277,659 875,886 60,847,984 1,972,877 562,832 20,518,643 253,419 20,467,309 302,001 6,713 478,953 283,614 6,692 469,323 18,387 21 9,630 259 11,945,278 93,796,302 1,129,305 81,315,293 4,810,922 OF BANKS 7,436,818 T o ta l loans and s e c u ritie s ........................................................... Savings deposits ................................................................................................ 94,098,303 Deposits accumulated for payment of personal loans ............................. 1,136,018 Other deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corps.......................... 81,794,246 6,783,799 $16,102 LIABILITIES A ll other loans (including o verdrafts).................................................... 172.403,796 40,822,855 2,005,820 AND Passenger automobile installment loans .................................................... 22,806,154 Credit cards and related plans: Retail {charge account) credit card plans .............................................. 2,639,497 Check credit and revolving credit plans .................................................. 1,082,791 Other retail consumer installment loans ..................................................... 6,295,554 Residential repair and modernization installment loans ...................... 3,661,071 Other installment loans for personal expenditures ................................. 10,013,977 Single-payment loans for personal expenditures ..................................... 17,144,581 236.397,819 53,484,342 3,992,931 ASSETS Loans to domestic commercial and foreign banks............................... 2,488,625 Loans to other financial in stitu tio n s....................................................... 15,145,288 Loans to brokers and dealers in securities........................................... 5,740,082 Other loans for purchasing or carrying securities................................ 4,033,857 Loans to farmers (excluding loans on real estate ).............................. 10,338,594 Commercial and industrial loans (including open market paper) 109,364,020 Other loans to individuals—to ta l............................................................ 63,643,625 286,751,602 70,325,953 260 Table 106. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969-CONTINUED BANKS GROUPED BY INSURANCE STATUS AND CLASS OF BANK (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Asset, liability, or capital account item Noninsured banks Members of Federal Reserve System Total National State1 Not members of F.R. System Total Total Total Banks of deposit2 Nondeposit trust companies4 FEDERAL Insured banks 36,333.361 5,076,670 223,577 17,704,864 13,328,250 36.092.200 5,050,538 222,560 17,559,438 13,259,664 27,627,714 4,121,021 194,587 13,294,402 10,017,704 21,744,565 3,056,513 118,758 10,445,106 8,124,188 5.883,149 1,064,508 75,829 2,849,296 1,893,516 8,464.486 929,517 27,973 4,265,036 3,241,960 241.161 26,132 1,017 145,426 68,586 240.522 25,494 1,017 145,425 68,586 639 638 0 1 0 DEPOSIT Dom estic in te rb a n k deposits— t o t a l....................................................... Commercial banks in the United States—dem and.............................. Commercial banks in the United States— tim e ........................... Mutual savings banks in the United States—dem and......................... Mutual savings banks in the United States—tim e ............................. 25.055,649 23,453,874 416,026 1,128,139 57,610 24.858.037 23,394,428 415,216 1,017,123 31,270 23,827,985 22,472,139 348,571 977,075 30,200 15,124,690 14,539,116 191,884 377,846 15,844 8,703.295 7,933,023 156,687 599,229 14,356 1,030,052 922,289 66,645 40,048 1,070 197,612 59,446 810 111,016 26,340 197,142 58,976 810 111,016 26,340 470 470 0 0 0 Foreign gove rnm ent and bank deposits— t o t a l.................................. Foreign governments, central banks, etc.—dem and............................ Foreign governments, central banks, etc.— tim e .................................. Banks in foreign countries—dem and...................................................... Banks in foreign countries—tim e ............................................................ 10,407,036 992,577 6,465,942 2,624,537 323,980 10,104.607 940,239 6,378,964 2,475,098 310,306 9.907,129 910,612 6,323,127 2,402,263 271,127 5,597,373 457,876 3,552,169 1,393,440 193,888 4,309.756 452,736 2,770,958 1,008,823 77,239 197,478 29,627 55,837 72,835 39,179 302,429 52,338 86,978 149,439 13,674 300,907 51,991 85,978 149,264 13,674 1,522 347 1,000 175 0 INSURANCE To ta l d e p o s its ................................................................................... 439,989,358 436,989.665 352.288,382 257,843.791 58,635,978 35,808,613 94.444,591 40,029,248 44,672,035 84,701,283 2,014,621 985,072 2,999,693 1,888,688 956,034 2,844,722 125,933 29,038 49,326.984 47,966,725 45.118,418 30.618,355 14,500,063 2,848,307 1,360,259 1,313,054 47,205 14,730,800 3,710,922 603,447 3,485,840 26,795,975 14,684,700 3,367,342 601,562 3,387,309 25,925,812 14,275,695 3,121,971 478,077 3,245,328 23,997,347 9,997,514 2,283,717 350,451 1,880,445 16,106,228 4,278,181 838,254 127,626 1,364,883 7,891,119 409,005 245,371 123,485 141,981 1,928,465 46,100 343,580 1,885 98,531 870,163 46,100 330,054 1,885 98,531 836,484 0 13,526 0 0 33,679 T ota l l i a b i l i t i e s ............................................................................... 489,316,342 484,956,390 397.406,800 288,462,146 108,944.654 87,549,590 4,359,952 4,157,776 202,176 3.295 835 827 8 2,460 588 0 588 Demand,....................................................................................................... 242,1^5,406 240,130,785 200,101,537 141,465,559 T im e ............................................................................................................. 197,843,952 196,858,880 152,186,845 116,378,232 M isce lla n e o u s lia b ilitie s — t o ta l............................................................... Federal funds purchased (borrowed) and securities sold under agreements to repurchase..................................................................... Other liabilities for borrowed m oney...................................................... Mortgage indebtedness.............................................................................. Acceptances outstanding........................................................................... Other lia b ilitie s ............................................................................................ M in o rity in te re s t in conso lid ated s u b s id ia rie s .................................. 3,883 154,971 CORPORATION G overnm ent deposits— t o t a l..................................................................... United States Government— dem and.................................................. United States Government—tim e ........................................................ States and subdivisions— demand....................................................... States and subdivisions— tim e ................................................................. Reserves on loans and s e c u ritie s — to ta l Reserve for bad debt losses on lo ans......... Other reserves on loans................................ Reserves on securities................................... C apital a ccou nts— t o t a l............................ .................................... Capital notes and debentures.............................................. Equity capital—to ta l........................................................................ 6.194,152 5,896,865 109,904 187,383 6,178.797 5,885,873 108,824 184,100 5,259.153 5,073,782 55,030 130,341 3.784,928 3,660,232 37,878 86,818 1,474,225 1,413,550 17,152 43,523 919,644 812,091 53,794 53,759 15,355 10,992 1,080 3,283 14,430 10,325 1,080 3,025 925 667 0 258 40.165.363 2,049,141 38,116,222 39,576.229 1,998,316 37,577,913 32,053.911 1,773,399 30,280,512 23.254,197 1,119,738 22,134,459 8,799,714 653,661 8,146,053 7,522.318 224,917 7,297,401 589,134 50,825 538,309 391,316 50,825 340,491 197,818 0 197,818 32,587 2,219,773 3,896,380 1,853,475 143,838 8,376 2,143,792 3,076,080 1,866,714 202,439 4,257 159,925 160,211 157,636 56,280 4,257 105,410 124,388 71,103 35,333 0 54,515 35,823 86,533 20,947 16.9% 16.8% 18.2% 17.4% 20.4% 10.7% 18.8% 19.4% 12.1% 11.8 11.8 55.8 3.7 7.5 11.8 11.8 55.9 3.7 7.5 10.1 11.7 56.1 4.0 7.4 10.5 11.7 56.5 3.9 7.4 9.1 11.5 55.0 4.0 7.4 19.4 12.7 54.9 2.4 7.8 12.4 11.2 47.9 9.7 17.33 12.2 8.4 51.1 9.0 12.93 14.8 43.2 12.2 17.6 49.3 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.0 10.3 10.6 22.73 16.73 64.3 13,681 13,473 5,870 4,669 1,201 7,603 208 159 49 1 See table 105, note 1. parent "banks8 aSS8t ^ lia b llity figures for 15 brafiches of foreign banks (tabulated as banks) licensed to do a deposit business in the State of New York. Capital is not allocated to these branches by the l >4.5 see table 105, notes. Note: Further information on the reports of assets and liabilities of banks may be found on page 253. 261 OF BANKS Number of banks........................................................................ 62,453 6,165,757 10,488,372 4,706,598 711,279 LIABILITIES O f to ta l assets o th e r than cash and U.S. T re a su ry s e c u ritie s : Total capital accounts5.................................................................. 95,040 8,385,530 14,384,752 6,560,073 855,117 AND PERCENTAGES Of to ta l assets: Cash and balances with other banks.......................................................... U.S. Treasury securities and securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations.................................................... Other securities.................................................. ........................ Loans and discounts (including Federal funds s o id )........ Other assets................................................................................ Total capital accounts5...................................... 103,416 10,529,322 17,460,832 8,426,787 1,057,556 ASSETS Pre ferred stock ................................................................................................... 107,673 Common stock ..................................................................................................... 10,689,247 Surplus ................................................................................................................ 17,621,043 Undivided profits .............................................................................................. 8,584,423 Reserve for contingencies and other capital reserves............................... 1,113,836 262 Table 107. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF ALL MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), JUNE 30, 1969, AND DECEMBER 31, 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY INSURANCE STATUS (Amounts in thousands of dollars) December 31,1969 June 30,1969 Total Insured Noninsured T ota l a s s e ts ................................................................................................................................................. 73,300,003 63,744,591 9,555,412 74,349,679 64,633,716 9,715,963 Cash, balances w ith banks, and c o lle c tio n item s— t o t a l......................................................... Currency and coin................................................................................................................................ Demand balances with banks in the United States....................................................................... Other balances with banks in the United States............................................................................ Cash items in process of collection................................................................................................... 832,152 156,199 506,976 77,993 90,984 713,004 128,286 432,727 73,380 78,611 119,148 27,913 74,249 4,613 12,373 890,947 209,719 557,371 55,535 68,322 780,079 179,378 499,506 42,964 58,231 110,868 30,341 57,865 12,571 10,091 S e cu ritie s—t o t a l.................................................................................................................................... 14,698,712 12,155,397 2,543,315 14,226,488 11,843,577 2,382,911 O blig a tio n s o f th e U.S. G overnm ent, ne t— t o t a l......................................................................... Valuation reserves............................................................................................................................... O blig a tio n s of th e U.S. G overnm ent, gross— t o t a l..................................................................... Direct: 3,610,378 12,774 3,623,152 2,635,085 12,774 2,647,859 975,293 0 975,293 3,230,410 13,004 3,243,414 2,445,609 13,004 2,458,613 784,801 0 784,801 266,330 3,5^2 110,009 1,033,538 25,790 163,311 672,697 66,368 916,858 176,242 . 500 78,237 728,138 23,963 125,056 479,672 32,155 786,272 90,088 3,042 31,772 305,400 1,827 38,255 193,025 34,213 130,586 145,856 4,222 919,440 15,797 115,493 573,971 26,555 885,770 122,070 2,043 158,515 654,983 13,997 91,152 437,306 11,718 762,119 23,786 2,179 65,585 264,457 1,800 24,341 136,665 14,837 123,651 Treasury bills ................................................................................................................................................... Treasury certificates of indebtedness.......................................................................................................... Treasury notes maturing in 1 year or less ............................................................................................... Treasury notes maturing after 1 year ........................................................................................................ United States nonmarketable bonds ............................................................................................................ Other bonds maturing in 1 year or less ..................................................................................................... Other bonds maturing in 1 to 5 years ........................................................................................................ Other bonds maturing in 5 to 10 years ...................................................................................................... Other bonds maturing after 10 years ......................................................................................................... 224,100 Guaranteed obligations....................................................................................................................... 364,709 217,624 147,085 332,210 204,710 O b ligations o f States and su bd ivisions, n e t.................................................................................. Valuation reserves............................................................................................................................... O bligations o f States and subd ivisions, g ro s s .............................................................................. 189,893 5,725 195,618 182,450 5,725 188,175 7,443 0 7,443 192,496 5,561 198,057 185,388 5,561 190,949 7,108 0 7,108 O ther bonds, notes, and deb entu res, ne t— t o t a l......................................................................... Valuation reserves............................................................................................................................... O ther bonds, notes, and deb entures, gross— t o t a l.................................................................... Railroads................................................................................................................................................ U tilitie s ................................................................................................................................................... Ind u stria ls............................................................................................................................................. Securities of Federal agencies and corporations not guaranteed by U.S................................... All o th e r................................................................................................................................................. 8,795,085 22,834 8,817,919 592,386 4,231,003 1,048,402 1,668,489 1,277,639 7,575,065 22,757 7,597,822 513,152 3,629,935 982,347 1,311,237 1,161,151 1,220,020 77 1,220,097 79,234 601,068 66,055 357,252 116,488 8,628,655 26,842 8,655,497 583,508 4,265,854 1,019,117 1,475,696 1,311,322 7,396,659 26,765 7,423,424 512,297 3,624,115 953,590 1,149,455 1,183,967 1,231,996 77 1,232,073 71,211 641,739 65,527 326,241 127,355 C orporate stocks, net— t o t a l.............................................................................................................. Valuation reserves............................................................................................................................... Corporate stocks, gross— t o t a l.......................................................................................................... 2,103,356 38,204 2,141,560 474,659 1,666,901 1,762,797 37,862 1,800,659 248,149 1,552,510 340,559 342 340,901 226,510 114,391 2,174,927 38,015 2,212,942 485,730 1,727,212 1,815,921 37,918 1,853,839 251,903 1,601,936 359,006 97 359,103 233,827 125,276 127,500 CORPORATION Noninsured INSURANCE Insured DEPOSIT Total FEDERAL Asset, lia b ility , or surplus account item Loans and discounts, n e t— t o t a l............................................................ Valuation reserves..................................................................................... Loans and d iscounts, gross— t o t a l........................................................ Real estate loans— to ta l............................................................................ 56,495,369 132,048 56,627,417 54,843,569 49,707,935 121,788 49,829,723 48,321,900 6,787,434 10,260 6,797,694 6,521,669 57,948,031 130,189 58,078,220 56,137,885 50,828,568 120,928 50,949,496 49,329,087 7,119,463 9,261 7,128,724 6,808,798 Commercial and industrial loans (including open market paper) Loans to individuals for personal expenditures................................... All other loans (including ove rd ra fts).................................................... 284,044 1,168,666 331,138 271,705 931,561 304,557 12,339 237,105 26,581 217,850 1,243,914 478,571 206,348 987,198 426,863 11,502 256,716 51,708 Secured by farm land ........................................................................................ Secured by residential properties: Insured by F H A .......................................................................................... Guaranteed by V A ....................................................................................... Not insured or guaranteed by FHA or V A ......................................... Secured by other properties ............................................................................ 110,578 14,674,504 11,032,381 16,555,195 5,949,242 6,175 1,094,726 1,118,607 3,343,026 959,135 113,629 15,862,120 12,165,969 20,654,641 7,341,526 106,943 14,742,577 11,030,456 17,193,309 6,255,802 6,686 1,119,543 1,135,513 3,461,332 1,085,724 9,330,749 72,174,519 62,672,145 9,502,374 389,840 94,269 38,273 645,873 42,706 17,708 4,747 40,354 444,671 114,939 51,310 673,293 400,375 96,684 47,607 636,826 44,296 18,255 3,703 36,467 To ta l lia b ilitie s and surp lu s a c c o u n ts ..................................................... 73,300,003 63,744,591 9,555,412 74,349,679 64,633,716 9,715,963 Deposits— t o t a l............................................................................................ Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations___ Time deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations........... Other deposits (official checks, e tc .)...................................................... States and subdivisions............................................................................ United States Government....................................................................... Inte rb a n k.................................................................................................... 66,756,656 570,635 66,125,568 22,762 28,382 6,665 2,644 58,288,940 526,471 57,703,374 22,679 27,766 6,006 2,644 8,467,716 44,164 8,422,194 83 616 659 0 67,540,464 527,043 66,951,492 18,405 33,293 7,921 2,310 58,867,848 503,982 58,303,307 18,378 32,660 7,213 2,308 8,672,616 23,061 8,648,185 27 633 708 2 Total demand deposits .................................................................................... Total savings and time deposits ................................................................... 602,019 66,154,637 557,106 57,731,834 44,913 8,422,803 557,635 66,982,829 533,836 58,334,012 23,799 8,648,817 1,137,177 848,640 288,537 1,287,835 1,068,152 219,683 Tota l lia b ilitie s (e x c lu d in g su rp lu s a c c o u n ts ).......................... 67,893,833 59,137,580 8,756,253 68,828,299 59,936,000 8,892,299 S u rplus accou nts— t o t a l............................................................................ S urplus........................................................................................................ Undivided profits....................................................................................... Other segregations of surplus................................................................. 5,406,170 3,771,060 1,145,666 489,444 4,607,011 3,321,762 882,797 402,452 799,159 449,298 262,869 86,992 5,521,380 3,777,347 1,244,572 499,461 4,697,716 3,317,372 970,376 409,968 823,664 459,975 274,196 89,493 PERCENTAGES Of to ta l assets: Cash and balances with other banks......................................................... U.S. Government obligations, direct and guaranteed.............................. Other securities.............................................................................................. Loans and discounts...................................................................................... Other assets.................................................................................................... Total surplus accounts.................................................................................. 15.1 77.1 1.7 7.4 l:i* 1.1% 4.1 14.9 78.0 1.8 7.2 1.2% 10.2 16.4 71.0 1.1 8.4 1.2% 4.3 14.8 77.9 1.7 7.4 1.2% 3.8 14.5 78.6 1.8 7.3 16.4 73.3 1.1 8.5 7.9 7.6 9.4 7.9 7.7 9.3 Number of banks............................................................................................... 500 333 167 497 331 166 263 Of to ta l assets o th e r than cash and U.S. G overnment obliga tions: Total surplus accounts.................................................................................. OF BANKS M iscellane ous lia b ilitie s .......................................................................... LIABILITIES 61,863,332 432,546 111,977 43,020 686,227 AND 71,194,081 Bank premises............................................................................................... Furniture and fixtu re s................................................................................... Real estate owned other than bank premises.......................................... Miscellaneous assets..................................................................................... ASSETS T o ta l loans and s e c u r itie s .......................................................... 116,753 15,769,230 12,150,988 19,898,221 6,908,377 264 Table 108. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER CALL DATES, 1961, 1965-1969 (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Asset, liability, or capital account item Dec. 30, 1961 Dec. 31, 1966 Dec. 31, 1965 Dec. 31, 1968 Dec. 30, 1967 Dec. 31, 1969 1 379,405,384 505.453.732 2 530,714,711 56,181,467 3 , 6 9 2 ,5 9 3 16 ,9 17 ,83 4 1 3, 816, 911 80,713 249,421 2 1 ,4 2 3 ,9 9 5 60,436,719 4,865,803 17 ,9 9 2 ,3 9 5 1 4 , 3 5 4 ,1 8 6 484 ,8 17 255 ,8 65 2 2 ,4 8 3 ,6 5 3 68,651,850 5, 4 5 7 ,2 8 1 19 ,0 6 8 ,8 2 0 1 5 ,1 36 ,61 1 2 5 7, 06 6 2 5 0, 87 2 2 8 ,4 8 1 , 2 0 0 77,532,592 5,953,155 2 0 ,2 7 5 ,0 5 1 1 6 ,5 2 0 ,0 6 0 544 , 6 5 8 28 0, 24 9 33,959,419 83,269.951 7,216,003 2 1 ,2 3 0 , 2 4 6 1 8 ,0 8 9 ,8 8 6 334, 91 7 264 , 4 3 3 36,134,466 89,335,129 7 ,3 4 6 , 9 7 3 2 1 , 4 5 2 ,8 2 6 1 9 ,3 8 9 ,9 5 0 2 30 ,1 50 320,921 4 0 , 5 9 4 ,3 0 9 FEDERAL I n v e s t m e n t s e c u r i t i e s — t o t a l .................................................................................................................. U.S. Trea sury sec u rit ie s............................................................................................................................ Securities of other U.S. Gove rnm ent agencies and co rpo rat ion s......................................... Obligations of States and subd ivis ions .............................................................................................. Other secu ritie s.............................................................................................................................................. 89,661,642 6 6 ,0 9 0 ,8 6 9 2, 1 1 2 ,2 9 2 2 0 ,1 0 3 ,5 3 8 1,3 5 4 ,9 4 3 103,650,708 5 9 ,2 0 9 , 8 3 2 4,513,114 3 8 ,4 8 0 ,3 4 9 1 ,4 4 7 ,4 1 3 104,285,823 5 5 ,9 0 3 ,9 9 6 5,959,194 40,831,664 1 ,5 9 0 ,9 6 9 123,263,625 62,229,348 8,901,164 49,820,973 2,312,140 135,242,315 6 4 ,1 7 1 , 3 2 4 10 ,0 8 1 ,6 4 1 5 8 ,3 9 1 , 7 3 8 2 ,5 9 7 , 6 1 2 122.203,185 5 3 ,2 6 2 , 5 8 8 9 ,2 3 9 , 1 4 0 5 7 ,5 7 2 ,0 0 7 2,128,850 DEPOSIT 2,064,215 2,460,941 3,924,357 6,526,458 9,712,405 127,413,856 2 3 0 ,3 3 0 ,4 3 2 1,731,465 203,061,2012 49,393,933 2 ,88 8, 01 2 220,331,6902 5 4 , 0 9 9 ,5 9 0 237,518,086 5 8 ,6 7 8 , 0 1 4 5,966,563 2,613,165 12,570,2 73 7,5 92,40 5 2,6 37 ,4 3 9 21,929,5 84 7,441,201 2,5 5 6 ,52 7 2 4,659,8 45 7 ,603,10 0 2 ,6 13 ,0 6 0 2 7,1 5 7 ,6 32 7 ,8 09,56 7 2 ,6 26 ,56 0 3 0 ,712,6 79 7,2 62 ,02 3 2,5 96 ,261 31,210,9 21 20,4 4 8,7 5 9 562,501 2 ,6 47 ,8 5 7 22, 053, 459 2 407,283,2692 455,445,184 2 3,181,756 T r a d i n g a c c o u n t s e c u r i t i e s 3................................................................................................................... F e d e r a l f u n d s s o l d 4......................................................................................................................................... O t h e r lo a n s a nd d i s c o u n t s — t o t a l .......................................................................................................... Real estate loans— t o t a l............................................................................................................................... Loans to domestic commercial and foreign b a n k s ......................................................................... Loans to other financial institutions...................................................................................................... Loans to brokers and dealers in secu riti es ...................................................................................... Other loSns for purchasing or carrying secu riti es.......................................................................... Loans to farme rs (excluding loans on real e s t a t e ) ........................................................................ Commercial and industrial loans (including open m ar k et p a p e r ) ........................................ Other loans to individuals— t o t a l ............................................................................................................. Passenger automobile installment loans ......................................................................................... Credit cards and related plans: Retail (charge account) credit card p la n s ................................................................................. Check credit and revolving credit p l a n s ..................................................................................... Other retail consumer installment l o a n s ....................................................................................... Residential repair and modernization installment lo a n s ....................................................... Other installment loans for personal expenditures ................................................................... Single-payment loans for personal expenditures ........................................................................ All other loans (including o v e r d r a ft s ).................................................................................................. 7,448,966 1, 03 2 ,8 6 4 7, 3 1 0 ,1 1 2 4 ,0 3 0 ,0 0 0 2 , 1 0 7 ,3 6 0 6, 2 2 4,0 41 4 5 , 1 5 6 ,6 0 7 27 ,8 1 9 ,6 6 9 9 ,0 62,043 3 ,1 12 ,4 2 2 3 ,4 1 9 ,3 3 6 286.751.602 7 0 ,3 2 5 , 9 5 3 3,9 92,93 1 1 6,329,595 17,884,8 86 2,132,957 1 3 , 1 8 6 ,4 5 3 5 , 6 4 3 ,1 1 2 3,149,552 8 ,5 4 9 , 3 9 9 8 0 , 4 0 8 ,4 8 2 47,992,068 1 ,8 4 7 ,6 8 3 1 2 , 4 4 7 ,0 7 7 6,017,418 3,724,055 9,260,220 88,257,588 5 1 ,6 2 8 , 0 8 3 2,145,604 1 3 , 6 7 6 ,9 5 3 6,409,302 4,068,900 9,712,410 9 8 ,1 6 1 ,3 8 1 5 8 ,4 1 4 , 7 9 9 2 ,4 2 5 , 1 4 7 1 4 , 9 3 8 ,9 6 3 5,646,962 3,994,818 1 0 , 3 2 3 ,6 5 7 1 0 8 , 3 9 3 ,7 8 8 63,355,683 1 ,3 12,02 0 798,115 5 ,5 20 ,27 4 3 ,4 9 4 ,81 3 9 ,3 9 0 ,55 9 16,698,575 2 ,6 3 9 ,4 9 7 1 ,0 82,791 6 ,2 69 ,9 2 4 3 ,6 54 ,8 6 3 9 ,9 36 ,3 4 0 17,066,1 60 6 ,7 4 9 , 3 0 1 7 ,3 4 6 , 6 3 1 17,139,2 14 18,29 0,164 18,890,458 8,776,345 4,1 76 ,9 5 0 3 ,126,80 4 7 ,3 88,64 0 1 3,665,8 53 4 ,6 92,533 3 ,2 16 ,16 2 8 ,0 91,439 13,701,7 70 3,4 0 2 ,7 7 1 5 ,1 8 7 ,7 9 1 5 , 1 7 0 ,0 7 7 5,657,948 (5) (5) (5) , 3 ,7 3 5 ,18 0 1 4,346,4 93 (5) 4 480,462 264.671.395 2 65,332,745 2 .0 9 5 . 0 1 2 1 3 , 1 8 6 ,0 3 8 5 ,0 8 7 , 6 9 4 3,175,076 8 .2 0 3 . 0 1 3 71,235,183 4 5 ,4 9 7 ,4 6 1 828,313 521, 909 4 ,7 81 ,23 2 3 ,3 51 ,5 5 4 8 ,3 61 ,18 0 1 4,893,4 37 2,807,751 2 ,693,068 2 (5) (5) 21,20 0 ,4 43 2 2 ,70 6,1 08 CORPORATION Secured, by f a r m l a n d ................................................................................................................................ Secured by residential properties: Secured by 1- to 4-famxUi residential properties: Insured by Federal Housing A d m in istr a tio n .................................................................... Guaranteed by Veterans A d m in istr a tio n .......................................................................... Not insured or guaranteed by F H A or V A ....................................................................... Secured by multi fam ily (5 or more) properties: Insured by Federal Housing Adm inistration 3 ................................................................. Not insured by F H A 3 ................................................................................................................. Secured by other properties ...................................................................................................................... INSURANCE 279,980,5912 C a s h , r e s e r v e s , b a l a n c e s w i t h b a n k s , a n d c o l le c t io n i t e m s — t o t a l ............................. Currency and c o in ......................................................................................................................................... Reserve with Federal Reserve banks ( m e m b e r b a n k s ) ............................................................ Dema nd balances with banks in the U.S. (except American branc hes of foreign banks) Other balances with banks in the U .S ................................................................................................ Balances with banks in foreign cou nt rie s......................................................................................... Cash items in process of colle ctio n..................................................................................................... T o t a l a s s e t s ............................................................................................................................................................. Total loans and securities 3 6 4 , 7 0 6 ,0 6 8 4 0 6 , 4 4 0 ,1 6 8 4 2 1 , 8 4 8 ,9 4 8 Bank premises, furniture and fixtures, and other assets representing bank prem ises... Real estate owned other than bank prem ises........................................................................ Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated3 ..................................................................... Customers' liab ility on acceptances outstanding................................................................... Other assets.................................................................................................................................. 3 ,4 5 0 ,2 1 7 93, 7 7 8 5 ,1 4 4 , 2 2 2 6 5 ,6 1 9 , 9 8 7 6 6,007,170 282 ,7 04 6 ,6 5 6 , 8 5 6 32 3, 2 5 7 1 ,6 5 1 ,5 9 5 1 ,5 2 8 ,0 3 6 1 ,8 6 2 ,5 7 1 3 ,1 8 5 , 7 4 8 2 ,1 7 8 ,0 1 7 3 ,7 5 4 ,9 6 1 2 , 3 1 4 ,7 7 2 4,601,878 2,472,778 6,290,722 8 , 0 7 0 ,0 5 9 360 ,8 20 651 ,0 95 3, 3 0 8 ,8 8 1 7 , 1 3 9 ,7 7 9 Total liabM ities, reserves, and cap ita l a c c o u n ts ............................................................... 2 7 9 , 9 8 0 ,5 9 1 3 7 9 , 4 0 5 ,3 8 4 4 0 7 , 2 8 3 ,2 6 9 4 5 5 , 4 4 5 ,1 8 4 5 0 5 , 4 5 3 ,7 3 2 5 3 0 , 7 1 4 ,7 1 1 Business and personal deposits— t o t a l.............................................................................. Individuals, partnerships, and corporations— demand..................................................... Individuals, partnerships, and corporations—tim e ........................................................... 2 0 3 , 0 8 8 ,1 0 6 12 3, 4 8 9 ,6 8 6 7 4 ,5 6 1 ,0 8 4 2 7 5 , 2 0 5 ,3 5 7 1 3 9 , 0 7 7 ,9 2 0 1 3 0 , 1 9 5 ,4 3 6 2 9 3 , 5 6 5 ,7 5 7 1 44 ,3 2 3 ,6 7 2 1 42 ,2 6 1 ,0 8 9 3 2 9 , 8 6 0 ,0 3 3 1 5 8 , 4 9 1 ,3 4 0 16 2 , 7 2 7 ,9 1 8 36 1 , 9 9 3 ,2 4 7 17 2 , 0 0 6 ,9 7 3 1 8 0 , 5 0 6 ,2 7 8 3 6 5 , 9 3 4 .8 2 1 17 8, 1 8 5 ,6 8 3 17 6, 2 4 0 ,9 0 0 63,88 7,537 771,554 9,901, 993 3 0 8 , 7 7 6 ,1 2 4 92,554,897 1,078,207 36,562,3 32 3 2 7 , 0 7 8 ,4 5 4 90,076,746 1,223,553 50, 960, 790 9 4,451,4 58 1,283,923 66,99 2,537 96,16 6,256 1,2 15,522 8 3,124,500 93,796,3 02 1,129,305 81,315,2 93 6 ,9 8 0 , 9 9 6 8 ,6 4 0 , 7 7 5 9,479,996 1 1,5 0 8 ,2 3 8 3 3 ,7 6 8 ,3 8 2 4 ,9 9 0 , 1 6 4 257, 599 1 5 ,0 5 9 ,1 0 4 1 3 ,4 6 1 ,5 1 5 36,990.123 5 ,2 3 8 , 9 1 8 28 5, 53 3 1 5 ,5 7 7 ,9 4 2 1 5 ,8 8 7 ,7 3 0 4 1 ,3 8 5 , 2 7 8 5 ,0 1 2 , 4 4 5 376 ,6 29 1 6 , 8 8 1 ,0 4 2 1 9 , 1 1 5 ,1 6 2 36 ,0 9 2 ,2 0 0 5 , 0 5 0 ,5 3 8 222,5 60 1 7 ,5 5 9 .4 3 8 1 3 ,2 5 9 ,6 6 4 Dom estic in te rb a n k dep osits— t o t a l................................................................................... Commercial banks in the United States— dem and........................................................... Commercial banks in the United States—tim e ................................................................. Mutual savings banks in the United S ta te s-d e m a n d ..................................................... Mutual savings banks in the United States— tim e ............................................................ 1 6 , 6 8 0 ,6 0 0 1 5 ,7 5 1 ,9 1 8 213,2 14 700 ,3 55 15,113 17 ,3 1 1 ,7 1 8 15 ,7 7 9 ,0 6 2 510 ,1 59 860 , 3 7 8 162,119 1 8 , 3 5 5 .3 2 1 1 6 ,9 4 7 ,2 2 8 47 6, 89 6 782, 52 5 148,672 2 0 , 6 6 0 .0 8 7 1 8 ,7 8 8 ,4 0 6 72 7, 01 4 93 5 ,2 12 209 , 4 5 5 23,221,458 21,424,784 714,271 93 3, 7 9 9 148, 604 2 4 .8 5 8 ,0 3 7 2 3 ,3 9 4 ,4 2 8 415,2 16 1 ,0 1 7 ,1 2 3 3 1,2 70 Foreign gove rnm ent and bank dep osits— t o t a l............................................................... Foreign governments, central banks, etc.— demand......................................................... Foreign governments, central banks, etc.—tim e ............................................................... Banks in foreign countries— dem and.................................................................................. Banks in foreign countries—tim e ......................................................................................... 4 .2 5 5 , 1 6 4 656 ,9 22 2 ,1 7 8 , 0 5 5 1 ,2 9 7 ,7 8 7 122,400 6 ,7 7 8 , 7 6 3 892 ,8 67 4 ,0 8 6 , 1 2 6 1 , 5 2 9 ,0 9 7 270 ,6 73 7,150.699 869 ,2 68 4,212,084 1 , 7 8 4 ,4 0 7 284 ,94 0 8.285.680 874, 451 5 ,1 6 6 , 2 2 8 1, 9 0 9 ,9 1 1 33 5, 09 0 8,051,716 866 ,8 85 4 ,7 5 2 , 7 3 2 2,118,758 313, 341 1 0 ,1 0 4 ,6 0 7 94 0, 23 9 6 , 3 7 8 ,9 6 4 2 , 4 7 5 ,0 9 8 310, 30 6 T otal d e p o s its .................................................................................................................... Demand ............................................................................................................................................ T im e ................................................................................................................................................. 2 4 7 , 9 0 4 ,8 7 5 3 3 1 , 5 1 2 ,6 8 1 183,836,865 147,675,816 191,737,364 161,102,795 210, 456, 955 185,338,968 228,7 24,68 2 2 05,927,017 240,130,785 196,858,880 M iscellaneous lia b ilitie s — t o t a l............................................................................................. Federal funds purchased (borrow ed)7 ................................................................................ Other liabilities for borrowed money................................................................................... Mortgage indebtedness 3 ........................................................................................................ Acceptances outstanding........................................................................................................ Othar lia b ilitie s ........................................................................................................................ 7 , 3 4 6 ,2 7 2 462, 30 9 1 3 . 9 7 6 ,4 9 6 2 , 4 3 8 ,4 1 3 1 ,8 9 8 ,2 9 0 18 ,4 1 3 ,0 0 9 2 ,8 2 4 , 0 8 8 1 ,9 0 4 ,5 1 3 2 0 .9 1 0 ,7 3 1 4 ,9 8 0 , 3 2 2 568,79 7 2 8 .9 5 8 .2 1 7 7 ,4 6 8 , 2 0 0 1 ,2 1 4 ,4 4 0 1 ,6 8 9 ,4 0 6 5 ,1 9 4 ,5 5 7 1 , 8 9 7 ,5 6 9 7 ,7 4 2 , 2 2 4 2,234,455 1 1 ,4 4 9 ,9 5 3 2 ,3 8 2 ,0 7 2 1 2 ,9 7 9 ,5 4 0 2 , 5 0 8 ,7 0 7 1 7 ,7 6 6 ,8 7 0 4 7 ,9 6 6 ,7 2 5 14 ,6 8 4 ,7 0 0 3 ,3 6 7 ,3 4 2 601, 562 3 ,3 8 7 ,3 0 9 2 5 ,9 2 5 ,8 1 2 T o ta l lia b ilitie s .................................................................................................................. 2 5 5 , 2 5 1 ,1 4 7 3 4 5 , 4 8 9 ,1 7 7 3 7 1 , 2 5 3 ,1 6 8 4 1 6 , 7 0 6 ,6 5 4 463,609,916 4 8 4 , 9 5 6 ,3 9 0 2 .6 0 6 . 4 7 4 2 .6 0 6 .4 7 4 4 .0 1 1 . 2 7 3 4 . 0 1 1 .2 7 3 4 .3 3 6 . 9 3 3 4 .3 3 6 . 9 3 3 4 .7 3 2 . 6 0 6 4 .7 3 2 . 6 0 6 5 . 2 1 5 .8 1 7 5 . 2 1 5 .8 1 7 6 , 1 7 8 ,7 9 7 5 , 8 8 5 ,8 7 3 108,824 184,100 165,092,941 82,811,9 34 3 5 2 , 8 4 0 ,1 5 9 3 9 5 . 7 9 5 .9 2 3 4 3 4 , 6 5 1 .6 9 9 M in o rity in te re s t in consolidated s u b s id ia rie s .............................................................. 3, 2 9 5 265 Reserves on loans and s e c u ritie s — t o t a l.......................................................................... Reserve for bad debt losses on loans.................................................................................. Other reserves on loans3....................................................................................................... Reserves on securities3.......................................................................................................... 4 3 6 , 9 8 9 ,6 6 5 OF BANKS 5 ,9 3 2 ,0 0 1 32,216.843 5 , 5 2 3 ,8 1 6 281 ,3 30 14 ,2 4 1 ,7 2 4 1 2 ,1 6 9 ,9 7 3 LIABILITIES 5 ,0 3 7 ,3 3 6 23 .8 8 1 ,0 0 5 5,9 4 3 ,2 5 1 280,0 30 12 ,2 1 5 ,6 8 6 5 , 4 4 2 ,0 3 8 AND Certified and officers' checks, letters of credit, travelers' checks, etc........................... G overnm ent dep osits— t o t a l.................................................................................................. United States Government— dem and................................................................................... United States Government— tim e ......................................................................................... States and subdivisions— dem and....................................................................................... States and subdivisions—tim e ............................................................................................. ASSETS Savings deposits ................................................................................................................................. Deposits accumulated for payment of personal loans .............................................................. Other deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations .............................................. 2 1 7 , 0 7 5 ,4 9 8 266 Table 108. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS). DECEMBER CALL DATES, 1961, 1965-1969-CONTINUED (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Dec. 31, 1966 Dec. 30, 1967 Dec. 31, 1968 Dec. 31, 19691 Capital a ccou nts— t o t a l....................................................................................................... Capital notes and debentures................................................................................................ Equity capital— total ......................................................................................................... 22.122,970 22,107 22,100,863 29,904,934 1,652,701 28,252,233 31,693,168 1,729,902 29,963,266 34,005,924 1,984,390 32,021,534 36,627,999 2,110,137 34,517,862 39,576.229 1,998,316 37,577,913 20.1% 15.9% 16.9% 24.3 7.7 16.8 10.5 45.5 2.4 7.9 54.1 2.7 7.9 Preferred stock .................................................................................................................................... Common stock ...................................................................................................................................... Surplus ................................................................................................................................................. Undivided profits ............................................................................................................................... Reserve for contingencies and other capital reserves.................................................................. PERCENTAGES O f to ta l assets: Cash and balances with other banks.................................................................................... U.S. Treasury securities and securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corpo rations .................................................................................................................................... Other securities......................................................................................................................... Loans and discounts (including Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to re s e ll)........................................................................................................... Other assets............................................................................................................................... Total capital accounts.............................................................................................................. 14,745 6,584,701 10,798,364 4,156,764 546,289 39,890 8,507,770 13,464,797 5,437,575 802,201 90,686 9,772,605 16,173,907 7,419,669 1,060,995 103,416 10,529,322 17,460,832 8,426,787 1,057,556 17.0% 16.5% 16.8% 15.2 10.4 15.6 11.5 14.7 12.1 11.8 11.8 54.7 2.8 7.8 53.0 2.9 7.5 53.6 3.1 7.2 55.9 3.7 7.5 61,583 8,856,837 13,998,697 6,166,477 879,672 87,076 9,253,642 14,983,375 6,610,743 1,086,698 14.0 11.5 11.2 10.8 10.2 10.2 Number of banks............................................................................................................................. 13,115 13,547 13,541 13,517 13,488 13,473 1 For description of changes in 1969 in the Report of Condition, see p. 253 and notes to tables. 2 Assets in 1968 and prior years include “ Other loans and discounts" at gross (before deduction of valuation reserves) value, as reported in 1969. "Other loans and discounts" in 1965-1968 exclude Federal funds sold, now reported separately. sNot available prior to figure shown, see note 1. 4 Prior to December 31, 1965, “ Federal funds sold (loaned)" not reported separately; most were included with loans to banks. Beginning in 1967, includes securities purchased under agreements to resell, which previously were reported with “ Loans to domestic commercial and foreign banks” and “ Other loans for purchasing or carrying securities." 6Before 1967, loans extended under credit cards and related plans were distributed among other installment loan items. 6 Net of mortgages and other liens; previously included with “ Other liabilities." Includes real estate owned other than bank premises. 7 Prior to December 31, 1965, Federal funds purchased were included in “ Other liabilities for borrowed money"; beginning in 1967, includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which previously were reported with “ Other liabilities for borrowed money.” CORPORATION Of to ta l assets o th e r than cash and U.S. T re a s u ry s e c u ritie s : Total capital accounts............................................................................................................. INSURANCE Dec. 31, 1965 DEPOSIT Dec. 30, 1961 FEDERAL Asset, liab ility , or capital account item Table 109. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURED MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER CALL DATES, 1961, 1965-1969 (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Asset, liability, or surplus account item Dec. 30, 1961 Dec. 31, 1965 Dec. 31, 1966 Dec. 30, 1967 Dec. 31, 1968 Dec. 31, 1969 T o ta l a sse ts........................................................................................................................ 37,064,623 50,499,716 53,049,468 57,867,208 62,123,491 64,633,716 Cash, balances w ith banks, and c o lle c tio n item s— to ta l................................. Currency and coin....................................................................................................... Demand balances with banks in the United States.............................................. Other balances with banks in the United States................................................... Cash items in process of collection.......................................................................... 828.199 126,598 490,382 167,637 43,582 904,000 142,598 493,600 212,193 55,609 847,825 145,587 474,276 166,743 61,219 881,596 153,639 461,378 202,325 64,254 883,058 164,965 497,725 157,610 62,758 780,079 179,378 499,506 42,964 58,231 11.802,948 11,843,577 3.110,649 13,610 3,124,259 2,854,896 12,559 2,867,455 2,445,609 13,004 2,458,613 Treasury bills ........................................................................................................................ Treasury certificates of indebtedness............................................................................... Treasury notes maturing in 1 year or le ss .................................................................. Treasury notes maturing after 1 year ............................................................................. United States nonmarketable bonds ................................................................................ Other bonds maturing in 1 year or less .......................................................................... Other bonds maturing in 1 to 5 years ............................................................................ Other bonds maturing in 5 to 10 years ........................................................................... Other bonds maturing after 10 years .............................................................................. 137,757 43,881 233,269 660,190 165,631 64,902 393,825 1,328,363 1,617,533 309, 700 146,292 89,827 67,037 32,008 856,373 980,222 1,183,254 289,812 16,900 98,058 219,584 61,857 34,647 797,174 684,249 1,003,468 365,155 50 109,244 487,248 36,129 70,330 604,801 386,957 902,375 284,785 1,800 146,108 696,291 25,560 116,940 453,476 152,659 808,814 181,022 122,070 2,043 158,515 654,983 13,997 91,152 437,306 11,718 762,119 204,710 O b ligations o f States and su b d ivisio n s, n e t......................................................... Valuation reserves...................................................................................................... O b ligations of States and su b d ivisio n s, g ro s s ..................................................... 628,978 10,236 639,214 300,273 6,927 307,200 236,697 6,168 242,865 205,323 6,126 211,449 185,211 5,733 190,944 185,388 5,561 190,949 O ther bonds, notes, and deb entu res, net— t o ta l................................................ Valuation reserves....................................................................................................... O ther bonds, notes, and deb entu res, gross— t o t a l............................................ Railroads....................................................................................................................... U tilitie s .......................................................................................................................... Ind u stria ls..................................................................................................................... Securities of Federal agencies and corporations not guaranteed by U.S................ A ll other........................................................................................................................ 3,850,055 23,363 3,873,418 516,916 1,824,076 477,080 505,463 549,883 3,574,161 21,021 3,595,182 357,906 1,523,624 404,512 842,356 466,784 3,941,772 22,642 3,964,414 368,290 1,654,151 429,976 1,009,066 502,931 5,752,972 24,055 5,777,027 480,595 2,714,948 760,267 1,049,964 771,253 7,150,316 22,634 7,172,950 500,629 3,436,139 950,371 1,235,256 1,050,555 7,396.659 26,765 7,423,424 512,297 3,624,115 953,590 1,149,455 1,183,967 Corporate stocks, n e t— t o t a l..................................................................................... Valuation reserves....................................................................................................... Corporate stocks, gross— t o t a l................................................................................. Bank.............................................................................................................................. O ther.............................................................................................................................. 678,811 66,668 745,479 171,616 573,863 1,135,976 46,597 1,182,573 221,935 960,638 1,173,619 42,067 1,215,686 225,177 990,509 1,378,084 38,615 1.416,699 232,232 1,184,467 1,612,525 35,084 1.647,609 246,455 1,401,154 1.815,921 37,918 1,853,839 251,903 1,601,936 Loans and disco u n ts, ne t— t o t a l................................ ............................................ Valuation reserves....................................................................................................... Loans and d iscounts, gross— t o t a l.......................................................................... Real estate loans— to ta l.............................................................................................. 25,812,078 219,703 26,031,781 25,639,686 39,964,343 209,331 40,173,674 39,435,679 42,593,177 140,483 42,733,660 41,808,403 45,492,445 126,789 45,619,234 44,595,807 48,287,403 121,876 48,409.279 47,177,405 50,828.568 120,928 50,949,496 49,329,087 Guaranteed obligations............................................................................................... Secured by farm land ........................................................................................................... 68,388 45,346 111,035 46,819 131,417 47,719 161,970 110,695 111,935 106,943 267 10.447.028 3,323,662 13,504 3,337,166 OF BANKS 8.675.750 3,759,961 15,787 3,775,748 LIABILITIES 8,770,371 4.689,898 23,841 4,713,739 AND 9.847.742 O blig a tio n s o f th e U.S. G overnm ent, n e t— t o t a l................................................. Valuation reserves....................................................................................................... O blig a tio n s o f th e U.S. G overnm ent, gross— t o t a l............................................. ASSETS S e cu ritie s—t o t a l........................................................................................................... Table 109. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURED MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER CALL DATES, 1961, 1965-1969-CONTINUED 268 (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Asset, liability, or surplus account item Secured by residential properties: Insured by F H A .............................................................................................................. Guaranteed by V A ........................................................................................................... Not insured or guaranteed by FHA or V A .............................................................. Secured by other properties ................................................................................................ Dec. 31, 1965 Dec. 31, 1966 Dec. 30, 1967 Dec. 31, 1968 Dec. 31, 1969 7,565,963 8,378,382 7,288,248 2,361,747 12,911,024 10,427,383 12,245,612 3,804,841 13,563,472 10,473,930 13,490,913 4,232,369 14,057,536 10,756,786 14,824,567 4,846,223 14,500,512 10,940,229 16,029,770 5,594,959 14,742,577 11,030,456 17,193,309 6,255,802 112,337 235,492 44,266 144,698 515,673 77,624 191,599 617,747 115,911 158,428 734,973 130,026 237.600 869.601 124,673 206,348 987,198 426,863 55.939.473 60,090,351 62,672,145 329,951 57,444 27,798 517,523 355,946 72,833 30,617 586,743 382,353 88,068 36,449 643,212 400,375 96,684 47,607 636,826 Total liabilities and surplus accounts.......................................................................... 37,064,623 50,499,716 53,049,468 57,867,208 62,123,491 64,633,716 Deposits— to ta l................................................................................................................... Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations....................... Time deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations............................. Other deposits (official checks, e tc .)........................................................................ States and subdivisions.............................................................................................. United States Government.......................................................................................... Interban k....................................................................................................................... 33,399,591 246,989 33,121,088 6,796 17,780 6,140 798 45,887,291 345,204 45,491,617 11,952 29,929 7,202 1,387 48,255,636 366,110 47,834,854 11,513 35,384 6,445 1,330 52,912,962 412,089 52,443,585 14,327 35,548 6,151 1,262 56,861,324 463,777 56,339,968 18,571 30,499 6,231 2,278 58,867,848 503,982 58,303,307 18,378 32,660 7,213 2,308 Total demand deposits ......................................................................................................... Total savings and time deposits ....................................................... 261,901 33,137,690 366,152 45,521,139 387,162 47,868,474 435,035 52,477,927 489,980 56,371,344 533,836 58,334,012 Miscellaneous lia b ilitie s ................................................................................................ 474,350 655,013 653,735 716,615 781,183 1,068,152 Total liabilities (excluding surplus accounts).................................................. 33,873,941 46,542,304 48,909,371 53,629,577 57,642,507 59,936,000 Surplus accounts— to ta l................................................................................................. 3,190,682 2,269,864 624,503 296,315 3,957,412 2,798,625 822,112 336,675 4.140,097 2,923,692 821,662 394,743 4,237,631 3,072,343 774,284 391,004 4,480,984 3,245,950 842,645 392,389 4.697,716 3,317,372 970,376 409,968 2.2% 12.7 13.9 69.6 1.6 8.6 1.8% 7.5 9.9 79.1 1.7 7.8 1.6% 6.3 10.1 80.3 1.7 7.8 1.5% 5.4 12.7 78.6 1.8 7.3 1.4% 4.6 14.4 1.2% 3.8 14.5 78.6 1.8 7.3 Surplus........................................................................................................................... Undivided profits.......................................................................................................... Other segregations of surplus.................................................................................... PERCENTAGES Of total assets: Cash and balances with other banks............................................................................ U.S. Government obligations, direct and guaranteed................................................ Other securities.................................................................................................................... Other assets........................................................................................................................... Total surplus accounts........................................................................................................ Of total assets other than cash and U.S. Government obligations: Total surplus accounts........................................................................................................ 71.7 1.9 7.2 10.1 8.6 8.5 7.9 7.7 7.7 330 329 332 333 334 331 CORPORATION 51,268,927 308,289 45,641 27,295 479,777 INSURANCE 48,734,714 223,326 23,489 20,211 309,578 Total loans and securities................................................. ...................................... DEPOSIT 35,659,820 Bank prem ises.................................................................................................................. Furniture and fixtu re s..................................................................................................... Real estate owned other than bank prem ises............................................................. Miscellaneous assets....................................................................................................... FEDERAL Commercial and industrial loans (including open market pap er)....................... Loans to individuals for personal expenditures..................................................... A ll other loans (including o verdrafts)...................................................................... Dec. 31, 1961 Table 110. PERCENTAGES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS OPERATING THROUGHOUT 1969 IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY AMOUNT OF DEPOSITS Banks with deposits of— Asset, liability, or capital account item T ota l asse ts............................................................. All banks Less than $1 million $1 m illion to $2 million $2 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million $25 million to $50 million $50 m illion $100 million $500 million to to to $100 million $500 million $1 billion $1 billion or more 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 13.3 27.2 3.4 8.4 2.5 12.3 22.4 7.4 6.7 2.9 11.9 18.1 11.2 5.2 3.2 11.9 15.5 13.2 4.1 2.9 12.4 12.9 13.5 3.5 2.2 13.2 12.0 13.9 3.1 2.0 16.4 10.0 12.5 1.7 1.6 19.1 7.6 11.1 1.1 2.1 20.5 6.2 8.6 8 1.2 Other loans and discounts— to ta l................................ Real estate................................................................... To banks and other financial in stitutio ns .............. To purchase or carry securities............................... To farm ers................................................................... Commercial and in d u stria l....................................... Installm ent loans for personal expenditures Single-payment loans for personal expenditures.. All other loans............................................................ 54.1 13.2 3.3 1.8 2.0 20.4 8.8 3.2 1.4 38.5 7.1 1.3 .4 14.5 4.2 7.4 2.7 .8 44.1 10.6 .5 .3 16.5 5.4 7.7 2.5 .6 46.9 14.3 .5 .3 12.8 6.7 8.8 2.9 .5 48.7 15.6 .6 .6 8.7 8.7 10.7 3.2 .6 50.3 16.8 .7 .8 4.5 10.7 12.4 3.7 .7 52.9 17.6 .9 1.0 1.9 13.7 13.3 3.9 .7 52.9 17.7 1.3 1.2 1.0 15.1 12.1 3.7 .8 54.4 15.3 2.5 1.5 .8 17.8 11.1 4.0 1.4 54.7 12.9 4.7 1.2 .4 21.0 8.7 4.0 1.8 56.5 9.3 5.4 3.0 6 29.2 4.7 2.3 1.9 4.2 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.1 2.6 2.9 3.4 4.2 6.2 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 82.3 84.2 88.0 89.1 89.6 42.2 89.2 4 0 .9 4 8 .3 87.5 85.6 4 7.4 4 6 .7 4 5 .5 42.0 46.2 3 9.4 50.1 3 1.7 46.7 2 8.5 Deposits—to ta l............................................................... D e m a n d ............................................................................. T i m e ................................................................................... 4 5.3 3 7 .0 58.5 2 5 .7 5 0.3 3 7 .7 4 3.8 4 5.4 88.3 4 1.6 81.8 75.2 Individuals, partnerships, and corporations— demand.................................................................... Individuals, partnerships, and corporations— time U.S. Government......................................................... States and subdivisions............................................ Domestic interbank.................................................... Foreign government and b an k................................. Other deposits............................................................. 33.8 33.1 1.0 5.8 5.0 1.4 2.2 51.4 22.3 .4 9.3 .4 .0 .4 43.2 34.3 .6 9.2 .3 .0 .5 36.7 42.2 .8 8.5 .3 .0 .6 34.8 44.3 1.1 8.2 .3 .0 .8 33.7 45.3 1.2 7.6 .6 .0 .9 34.4 43.8 .9 6.8 1.3 .0 1.0 33.5 41.8 .9 7.5 2.5 .2 1.2 35.2 36.3 1.0 6.9 5.1 .1 1.1 36.1 29.1 1.1 7.3 6.8 .3 1.1 32.1 23.3 1.0 3.4 8.0 3.5 4.0 Federal funds purchased (borrow ed)3....................... Other liabilities for borrowed money.......................... Other lia b ilitie s4............................................................. Reserves on loans and securities................................ Capital notes and debentures...................................... Other capital accounts................................................... 2.8 .6 5.6 1.1 .4 7.1 .0 .0 .4 .3 .0 15.1 .0 .0 .7 .6 .0 10.7 .0 .1 .9 .7 .0 9.1 .1 .1 1.4 .9 .0 8.1 .2 .1 2.0 .8 .1 7.5 .3 .2 2.7 1.1 .2 7.2 .9 .3 2.8 1.0 .3 7.1 2.1 .4 3.2 1.1 .3 7.3 4.9 1.1 3.4 1.1 .7 6.8 4.7 1 1 10.5 1.4 5 6.7 Number of banks............................................................... 13,357 201 1,009 3,457 3,430 3,178 1,095 476 403 59 49 269 S e c u ritie s held in trading accounts are included in "Other assets." 2 Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell. 3 Includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase. 4 Includes minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries. Note: For income and expense data by size of bank, see tables 116 and 117, pp. 281-284 . Assets and liabilities (in $000) of all commercial banks by size of bank are contained in (with 1969 report of income), December 31, 1969. Liabilities-Commercial and Mutual Savings Banks OF BANKS Other assets1................................................................... T otal lia b ilitie s , reserves, and cap ita l a c c o u n ts .. LIABILITIES 100.0% 17.9 27.6 2.0 9.4 3.5 AND 100.0% 16.9 10.1 10.9 2.1 1.8 ASSETS 100.0% Cash and due from banks............................................. U.S. Treasury securities1.............................................. Obligations of States and political subdivisions1___ Other securities 1.................................................... Federal funds sold (loan ed)2....................................... Assets and 270 Table 111. PERCENTAGES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF INSURED MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS OPERATING THROUGHOUT 1969 IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY AMOUNT OF DEPOSITS Banks with deposits of— Asset, lia b ility, or surplus account item All banks Less than $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million $25 million to $50 million $50 m illion to $100 million $100 million to $500 million $500 million to $1 billion 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 3.7 2.5 2.1 1.8 1.7 1.3 .9 1.2 Obligations of the U.S. Government, n e t.................................................... Other securities, net ................................................................................... Valuation reserves .................................................................................... 3.8 .0 14.5 .1 5.6 .0 13.9 .5 12.5 .0 14.3 .0 6.8 .0 16.6 .1 5.7 .0 13.2 .1 4.3 .0 15.3 .1 4.0 .0 14.7 .1 3.6 .0 13.9 .1 2.9 .0 15.0 .1 Loans and discounts, n e t............................................................................... Valuation reserves...................................................................................... Real estate loans—total ......................................................................... 78.6 .2 76.3 75.0 .4 68.3 69.1 .1 64.4 73.2 .2 68.8 78.0 .2 73.6 77.2 .2 74.1 78.2 .1 75.3 79.6 .2 77.9 79.0 .2 77.4 .2 5.0 2.0 .2 3.5 1.1 .2 3.3 .9 .4 3.0 1.3 .1 2.4 .8 .4 1.8 .9 .2 1.1 .6 Secured by farmland ...................................................................................... Secured by residential properties: Insured by F H A ........................................................................................... Guaranteed by V A ........................................................................................ Not insured or guaranteed by FHA or VA ........................................ Secured by other properties ............................................................................. Commercial and industrial loans ('includinR open market p a p e r)........ Loans to individuals for personal expenditures.................................... All other loans (including overdrafts)..................................................... .2 22.8 17.1 26.6 9.7 .3 1.5 .7 1.4 10.4 2.6 49-4 4-4 .8 6.0 5-4 43.4 8.9 .6 8.3 6.5 46.5 7.0 .3 11.5 9.2 44 2 8.3 .1 15.0 11.1 39.5 8.4 .0 21.3 16.8 28.5 8.7 4 25.3 16.8 24.6 10.8 .0 26.9 21.6 18.5 10.4 .5 1.0 .4 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 1.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Deposits—total ....................................................................... Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations___ Time deposits of individuals, partnerships, and corporations........... Other deposits ......................................................................................... 91.1 .8 90.2 .1 91.4 .4 90.3 .7 90.6 .2 89.2 1.2 90.9 .5 90.0 .5 91.1 .8 89.7 .5 90.9 .9 89.9 .2 91.6 .9 90.6 .1 91.0 .7 90.3 .0 90.7 .8 89.9 .0 1.7 1.3 .7 .6 .9 1.2 1.3 1.7 2.4 Miscellaneous liabilities ........................................................................... Surplus accounts— total ........................................................................... Surplus ........................................................................... Undivided profits ........................................................................... Other segregations of surplus.................................................................. 7.3 5.1 1.5 .6 329 Note: Dollar amounts of assets and liabilities of all mutual savings banks are shown in 7.3 3.6 2.4 1.3 8.7 5.2 2.6 .8 8.5 5.0 2.7 .8 8.1 4.7 2.4 1.0 9 14 71 62 Assets and Liabilities— Commercial and Mutual Savings Banks 7.9 4.7 2.5 .7 7.2 4.9 1.7 .6 7.3 5.3 1.4 .6 7.0 5.4 .9 .7 60 78 26 9 (with 1969 report of income); see table 110 notes. CORPORATION Other assets..................................................................................................... T o ta l lia b ilitie s and su rp lu s a c c o u n ts ...................................................... INSURANCE 100.0% 1.2 DEPOSIT 100.0% Cash and due from banks............................................................................. T o ta l a s s e ts ....................................................................................................... FEDERAL 100.0% $1 billion or more Table 112. DISTRIBUTION OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1969 BANKS GROUPED ACCORDING TO AMOUNT OF DEPOSITS AND BY RATIOS OF SELECTED ITEMS TO ASSETS OR DEPOSITS Number of banks with deposits of— Less than $1 million $1 million to $2 million 782 2,220 2,886 2,510 1,854 1,285 762 511 278 166 219 $10 m illion to $25 m illion $25 m illion to $50 million $50 million $100 million $500 million to to to $100 m illion $500 m illion $1 billion $1 billion or more 1 286 215 147 166 84 66 31 18 10 10 13 5 375 375 426 530 451 404 301 220 153 103 96 60 135 87 129 293 403 547 536 456 329 198 215 106 55 34 55 140 246 461 526 543 433 295 270 122 13 8 14 40 90 134 176 189 163 123 11Q 11? 27 1 2 3 14 23 63 88 97 92 40 OO 17 14 22 25 22 32 21 21 32 15 10 17 38 77 122 139 137 142 124 91 61 41 79 160 328 517 587 549 501 331 225 130 70 96 182 482 733 735 552 358 175 113 47 35 22 204 617 813 714 443 213 95 46 23 8 4 82 296 361 212 92 36 11 3 2 38 158 161 67 36 12 3 39 175 138 34 11 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 13 37 73 73 67 61 36 OZ 7 1 2 10 11 16 8 5 3 Lo 1 2 9 13 14 5 4 1 1 1 _ R atios o f U.S. T re a su ry s e c u ritie s to to ta l assets of Less than 5 ........................................................................ 5 to 9.99............................................................................. 10 to 14.99......................................................................... 15 to 19.99......................................................................... 20 to 24.99......................................................................... 25 to 29.99......................................................................... 30 to 34.99......................................................................... 35 to 39.99......................................................................... 40 to 44.99......................................................................... 45 to 49.99......................................................................... 50 or m ore......................................................................... 12 32 5 2 1 271 13 33 11 OF BANKS 123 37 26 20 11 5 2 3 1 2 $5 m illion to $10 m illion LIABILITIES 988 759 805 1,220 1,364 1,777 1,763 1,606 1,251 810 784 346 $2 m illion to $5 million AND R atios o f o b lig a tio n s o f States and s u b d iv is io n s to to ta l assets o f— Zero............................................................................... More than 0.0 but less than 1.0..................................... 1.0 to 2.49.................................................................... 2.5 to 4.99.................................................................... 5.0 to 7.49.................................................................... 7.5 to 9.99.......................................................................... 10.0 to 12.49................................................................ 12.5 to 14.99...................................................................... 15.0 to 17.49...................................................................... 17.5 to 19.99...................................................................... 20.0 to 24.99............................................................ 25.0 or more...................................................................... All banks ASSETS Ratios (In percent) 272 Table 112. DISTRIBUTION OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), DECEMBER 31, 1 9 6 9 -CONTINUED Number of banks with deposits of— Ratios (In percent) Al! banks $1 million to $2 million $2 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million $25 million to $50 million 25 10 23 14 28 18 31 24 19 18 10 5 6 31 35 70 66 106 151 146 135 139 84 48 26 14 43 50 117 198 328 469 499 561 527 352 213 86 51 20 33 66 145 255 370 523 615 604 446 220 107 30 7 8 29 89 163 324 516 669 627 439 227 65 17 5 12 34 78 166 210 266 205 89 19 11 R atios o f cash and due fro m banks to to ta l assets o f— Less than 5 ........................................................................ 5.0 to 7.49.......................................................................... 7.5 to 9.99.......................................................................... 10.0 to 12.49...................................................................... 12.5 to 14.99...................................................................... 15.0 to 17.49...................................................................... 17.5 to 19.99...................................................................... 20.0 to 24.99...................................................................... 25.0 to 29.99...................................................................... 30.0 or m ore...................................................................... 323 1,760 2,996 2,850 2,062 1,319 838 840 311 174 2 20 19 31 35 20 27 33 18 26 31 124 189 206 141 121 79 104 33 23 103 501 762 759 495 319 222 195 91 47 82 513 810 730 542 314 190 175 57 21 66 412 830 719 483 284 165 144 50 27 28 123 240 220 203 141 58 65 15 3 1 2 1 4 4 15 33 70 121 81 100 36 11 7 44 90 105 81 59 38 41 7 4 4 11 22 43 85 115 90 28 1 2 4 23 54 68 61 48 41 62 24 18 1 4 19 22 9 4 1 3 8 19 15 2 1 1 9 9 7 8 12 12 1 1 3 12 6 10 9 4 4 CORPORATION 129 137 314 532 941 1,466 2,001 2,447 2,419 1,758 877 321 131 $1 billion or more INSURANCE R atios o f lo ans to to ta l assets o f— Less than 20...................................................................... 20 to 24.99......................................................................... 25 to 29.99......................................................................... 30 to 34.99......................................................................... 35 to 39.99......................................................................... 40 to 44.99......................................................................... 45 to 49.99......................................................................... 50 to 54.99......................................................................... 55 to 59.99......................................................................... 60 to 64.99......................................................................... 65 to 69.99......................................................................... 70 to 74.99......................................................................... 75 or m ore......................................................................... $50 million $100 million $500 million to to to $100 million $500 million $1 billion DEPOSIT Less than $1 million FEDERAL B A N KS GROUPED A C C O R D IN G TO A M O U N T OF DEPOSITS AND BY RATIOS OF SELECTED ITEM S TO ASSETS OR DEPOSITS 67 179 281 413 525 524 479 353 2 11 139 161 68 94 96 186 315 455 547 529 455 313 234 143 90 39 32 87 172 320 452 540 496 405 335 202 91 58 16 6 21 48 104 154 174 166 165 117 60 50 29 5 3 5 23 51 56 81 62 67 53 36 23 13 5 1 7 5 23 37 55 50 51 53 39 34 42 5 2 R atios of to ta l ca p ita l accou nts to to ta l assets o th e r than cash and due from banks, U.S. T re a su ry s e c u ritie s , and U.S. G overnm ent agency s e c u ritie s o f— Less than 7.5....................................................... 7.5 to 9.99.......................................................................... 10.0 to 12.49...................................................................... 12.5 to 14.99...................................................................... 15.0 to 17.49...................................................................... 17.5 to 19.99...................................................................... 20.0 to 22.49...................................................................... 22.5 to 24.99...................................................................... 25.0 to 29.99...................................................................... 30.0 to 34.99...................................................................... 35.0 to 39.99...................................................................... 40.0 or m ore...................................................................... 432 2,941 3,766 2,371 1,364 787 538 327 374 195 113 265 1 3 13 9 18 21 22 29 24 14 77 2 25 72 150 154 113 107 95 107 73 40 113 18 262 709 765 599 353 261 157 180 72 54 64 79 712 1,157 743 319 209 102 41 43 19 2 8 157 1,083 1,1 0 2 494 2 12 66 37 11 8 4 3 3 97 445 379 111 39 13 7 37 199 172 43 11 10 1 i 24 23 9 2 5 21 18 4 4 1 2 1 35 169 131 39 19 5 2 1 1 1 254 1,064 2,616 3,079 2,301 1,483 984 609 323 354 156 250 ..............2 4 7 13 16 16 30 22 35 25 61 2 16 60 109 155 147 132 122 65 104 48 91 19 132 447 691 626 530 391 263 142 127 51 75 52 271 722 859 660 396 230 109 46 55 20 14 99 377 810 827 533 263 146 57 31 21 10 6 46 145 308 302 160 60 41 18 6 6 2 2 21 68 122 141 67 29 13 6 5 3 13 44 110 112 66 33 13 3 6 3 1 2 16 19 14 5 1 1 1 7 17 12 7 4 1 13,473 231 1,051 3,494 3,434 3,180 1,096 476 403 59 49 3 6 3 6 5 8 15 10 3 2 1 8 2 6 7 5 8 6 4 R atios o f to ta l ca p ita l acco u n ts to to ta l assets Less than 5 ........................................................................ 5 to 5.99............................................................................. 6 to 6.99............................................................................ 7 to 7.99............................................................................. 8 to 8.99............................................................................. 9 to 9.99............................................................................. 10 to 10.99......................................................................... 11 to 11.99......................................................................... 12 to 12.99......................................................................... 13 to 14.99........................................................... 15 to 16.99....................................................................... 17 or m ore........................................................... Number of banks........................................... 1 273 OF BANKS 11 26 54 65 106 136 132 120 96 66 99 47 93 LIABILITIES 1 2 6 5 9 11 23 29 21 19 33 25 47 AND 295 641 1,159 1,638 2,051 1,979 1,789 1,385 912 588 541 217 278 ASSETS R a tios of to ta l demand deposits to to ta l deposits o f— Less than 2 5 ...................................................................... 25 to 29.99......................................................................... 30 to 34.99......................................................................... 35 to 39.99......................................................................... 40 to 44.99......................................................................... 45 to 49.99......................................................................... 50 to 54.99......................................................................... 55 to 59.99......................................................................... 60 to 64.99......................................................................... 65 to 69.99......................................................................... 70 to 79.99......................................................................... 80 to 89.99......................................................................... 90 or m ore......................................................................... 274 INCOME OF INSURED BANKS Table 113. Income of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 Table 115. Income of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1969 Banks groupe d by class of bank FEDERAL Table 114. Ratios of income of insured commercial banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 Table 116. Income of Insured commercial banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas) Banks grou p e d by am ount of deposits DEPOSIT Table 117. Ratios of income of insured commercial banks operating throughout 1969 in the United States (States and other areas) Banks g roupe d according to am ount of deposits INSURANCE Table 119. Ratios of income of insured mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 The income data received and published by the Corporation relate to commercial and mutual savings banks insured by the Corporation. Commercial banks Prior to 1969, reports of income and dividends were submitted to the Federal supervisory agencies on either a cash or an accrual basis. Beginning in 1969, the revised consolidated reports of income are submitted on an accrual basis for banks with assets of $50 million or more (the cutoff figure will be $25 million in 1970). Smaller banks continue to have the option of subm itting their reports on a cash or an accrual basis, except that unearned dis count on installment loans, and income taxes, must be reported on an accrual basis. For more detail on the method of cash or ac crual reporting by banks, and on the inclusion of subsidiaries in con solidated statements of condition and income, refer to page 253 of this report. CORPORATION Table 118. Income of insured mutual savings banks in the United States (States and other areas), 1961-1969 The present report of income and dividends for mutual savings banks was first used by the Corporation for the calendar year 1951. For a discussion of the history and principles of this report see pp. 50-52 in Part Two of the 1951 Annual Report. BANKS Mutual savings banks OF INSURED Sources of data National banks and State banks in the District of Columbia not members of the Federal Reserve System: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. State banks members of the Federal Reserve System: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Other insured banks: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 275 “ Total provision for income taxes" is a memorandum item. It does not necessarily equal the sum of “ Applicable income taxes" and the tax effects of security gains or losses and of extraordinary charges or credits. The principal difference is accounted for by the fact that the transfer to reserve for bad debts generally exceeds provision for loan losss and, consequently, tends to reduce tax liability. In comparing the 1969 report with prior data, certain general izations are applicable. Because of the inclusion of additional items in “ Operating expenses," “ Income before taxes or security gains or losses" is understated compared with the current operating income of prior reports. On the other hand, “ Net income" for years prior to 1969 tends to be somewhat understated because it includes transfers to bad debt reserves which would generally exceed the provision for loan losses. Table 114 provides several operating ratios which afford comparisons between years prior to 1969 and more recent earnings experience. Included in the changes in 1969 were the transfer of the tables “ Income of insured commercial banks . . . by State" and “ Income of insured mutual savings banks . . . by State", which formerly appeared in this report, to the Corporation's publication Assets and Liabilities, Commercial and Mutual Savings Banks. INCOME Income data are included fo r all insured banks operating at the end of the respective years, unless indicated otherwise. In addition, appropriate adjustments have been made for banks in operation during part of the year but not at the end of the year. The Report of Income was revised extensively in 1969. Under “ Operating income," more detailed breakdowns of investment income were specified and income from Federal funds transactions was separated from other loan income. However, the overall contents of “ Operating income" are not changed significantly from prior years, the principal changes being the consolidation of subsidiaries and conversion to accrual accounting. Under “ Operating expenses," expense of Federal funds trans actions is broken out as a separate item; in prior years this item was included under “ Interest on borrowed money." “ Interest on capital notes and debentures" is included as an operating expense, whereas in prior years it had not been included as a charge against operating earnings or net income. “ Provision for loan losses" is included as an operating expense, beginning in 1969. This item covers actual loan losses (charge-offs less recoveries), or an average percentage of loan losses experienced during the previous five years, applied to average loans outstanding in 1969. Newly organized banks and others will also be permitted to determine their loan loss ratio by averaging forward from 1969 or their first year of operation. In prior years, loan losses fo r most banks (those on a reserve basis) were not charged against operating income or net income. Instead, transfers to loan loss reserves were included as a charge against net income (but not against operating income). Actual losses charged to loan loss reserves were treated as a memorandum item. The 1969 report includes applicable income taxes for income before securities gains or losses. “ Applicable income taxes" is an estimate of the tax liability that a bank would incur if its taxes were based solely on operating income and expenses; that is, if there were no security gains or losses, no extraordinary items, etc. Beginning in 1969, income from securities gains and losses is reported in total, gross and after taxes, not as separate gain or loss items as in prior years. It is included, along with a subtraction for m inority interest in consolidated subsidiaries, before arriving at net income (after taxes). 276 Table 113. INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1961-1969 (Amounts in thousands of dollars) 1965 1966 1967 1 1968 1 1969 1 11,069,604 7,008,701 12.218.959 7,717,845 13.509.713 8,672,315 15.024.487 9,785,238 16,817.187 11,204,863 19,508.414 13,286,400 21,781.611 14,646,637 25.478.404 17,121,079 30,806.805 20,726,664 Interest on U.S. Treasury securities ........................................................ Interest and dividends on securities of other U.S. Government agencies 1,901,732 2,093,207 2,176,454 2,240,389 2,224,711 2,317,794 2,601,900 3,004,655 811,580 2,845,257 Interest and dividends on other securitie s3.............................................. 629,134 502,871 630,458 759,030 543,916 681,243 921,060 573,252 728,857 1,085,334 629,694 781,405 1,285,287 689,628 842,775 1,531,517 756,130 915,049 1,904,886 820,269 987,187 2,376,223 906,206 1,055,964 551,068 2,215,971 134,548 1,021,900 1,120,196 223,283 173,425 7.440.492 2,898,830 377,494 2,106,645 237,446 186,272 8.589.177 3,073,552 419,098 2,845,283 248,362 189,413 9.714.980 3,284,375 457,033 3,464,308 280,289 222,138 10.897.460 3,519,062 490,732 4,088,061 304,276 265,647 12.486.120 3,762,024 525,692 5,070,781 354,036 347,488 14.561.852 4,095,742 598,768 6,259,472 411,021 409,711 16.553.642 4,537,896 667,345 7,379,863 478,028 536,249 19.354.237 5,101,803 755,744 8,681,705 693,578 686,043 24.076.791 5,878,812 903,469 9,789,893 37,997 64,325 106,517 127,277 189,519 301,768 266,476 528,986 510,691 647,715 137,024 224,852 555,670 699,296 143,626 267,885 608,462 760,908 152,446 311,518 670,243 831,158 160,915 362,301 731,573 898,440 166,867 411,889 802,060 980,444 178,384 458,695 873,541 1,059,785 186,244 533,846 970,034 1,173,423 203,389 631,564 1,283,983 1,363,364 1,482,767 1,639,784 1,794,642 2,045,347 2,294,675 2,684,401 3.629.112 3.629,782 3.794.733 4,127,027 4.331,067 4.946.562 5,227,969 6,124,167 Income on Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agree- Service charges on deposit accounts.......................................................... Other service charges, collection and exchange charges, commissions, Other operating income................................................................................. O perating expense— t o t a l4 .................................................... Salaries and wages of officers and employees.......................................... Pensions and other employee benefits....................................................... 1nterest on deposits ............................................................................. Expense of Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreemonte tn rpnnrrhacp5 Interest on other borrowed money 5........................................................... Interest on capital not6s 3nd debentures * Occupancy expense of bank premises, net .............................................. Gross occupancy expense ........................................................ Less rental income ...................................................... Furniture and equipment, depreciation, rental costs, servicing, etc........ Prnuicinn fnr Inan fnccPQ *4 Other operating expenses............................................................................. Incom e before incom e taxes and s e c u ritie s £dins or losses®.......... Maf n ir r a n t n n o ratin o oarninoc fnlri A n n lira h lo in m m p t a ypc 6 1n m m a hofnro C A ru ritioc oainc nr I hccpc 6 C o n irifio c oainc nr Inccpc npf6 Gross ................................................................................................... T axes ® Kl/>f in rnm o hafnro oivtrsnrHin!)r\/ itom c 6 Gross................................................................................................................. 409,440 198,048 117,558 -1 3 ,6 7 4 -4 2 6 -3 9 2 ,4 4 7 - 4 ,3 1 2 -4 3 8 ,5 2 0 1,205,787 433,120 100,742 1,073,339 1,331,926 258,587 773,072 521,064 3,397,493 6,730,014 2,164,419 4,565,595 -2 3 7 ,7 0 7 -512,242 -2 7 4 ,5 3 5 4,327,888 6,914 3,994 - 2 ,9 2 0 235 4,334,567 CORPORATION 1964 INSURANCE 1963 DEPOSIT 1962 FEDERAL 1961 Income item Recoveries, charge-offs, transfers from reserves, net. Net income before taxes (old basis)..................................... Total provision for income ta x e s .......................................... -6 36,73 0 3.401,822 1.406,102 Federal income taxes................................................................ State and local income taxes................................................... -5 6 7 ,6 5 2 3,260.178 1,256,382 -5 3 2 ,7 4 5 3,379,546 1,226,783 -6 8 1 .5 2 1 3.431.832 1.148.203 1,317,292 88,810 -7 8 6 ,7 4 6 3,543,895 1,029,162 1,159,725 96,657 1,130,629 96,154 -8 3 9 .8 6 9 3.714,246 1.029.906 1,050,624 97,579 -9 0 4 .6 4 5 4.319.012 1.177.154 927,423 101,739 -9 9 2 .6 6 5 4.692.982 1.267.044 911,585 118,321 1,020,988 156,166 1.505,336 1,086,889 180,155 Net income after taxes (old basis)......................................... 1,287,514 217,822 1.995.720 2,003,796 2.152.763 2.283,629 2,514,733 2.684.340 3.141.858 3.425.938 895,053 941,189 993,374 1,088.310 893,230 1,823 1,202.349 939,426 1,763 990,039 3,335 1,307.387 1,062,561 25,749 1.426.202 1,146,186 56,163 1.589,114 1,240,048 67,339 1.769.314 1,342,538 83,664 1,488,670 100,444 1,762,279 7,035 73,844 9,911 84,863 4,714 96,897 6,216 157,791 4,515 124,062 4,158 143,859 3,300 168,680 5,638 219,115 1,913 209,124 1,986 249,500 22,463 238,825 16,305 323,475 17,314 394,181 43,683 429,490 25,761 545,647 60,282 601,194 29,072 629,707 32,262 697,874 12,448 256,598,531 276,869,632 516,325,483 Dividends on capital— to ta l 7.............................. Cash dividends declared on common sto ck. .. Cash dividends declared on preferred stock 7. Memoranda Average assets and liabilities 8 Assets— to ta l......................................................................... Liabilities and capital— to ta l. .. Total deposits............................... Demand deposits.......................... Time and savings deposits ........ 328,756,207 49,438,670 64,519,914 360.944.351 50,997,566 64,058,431 391.255,121 54,449,343 61,439,390 59,013,596 59,419,551 425.619.337 70,248,679 57,357,584 473.138,013 62,867,398 56,088,649 21,660,321 120,370,317 6,162,547 25,761,084 130,437,964 6,712,000 31,421,875 147,948,743 7,434,673 36,360,062 168,082,284 8,425,128 41,540,772 191,391,533 9,578,899 47,054,812 214,381,628 10,862,634 55,213,293 230,636,149 12,163,632 65,318,374 253,678,319 14,091,489 256,598.531 276,869.632 301.861.288 225,214,703 328.756.207 243,319,550 360.944,351 264,059,489 391,255.121 287,988,560 425.619,337 315,643,533 473.138.013 516.325.483 340,336,714 368,906,501 407,508,260 431,468,339 21,288,937 633,380 13,115 22,703,808 656,153 13,124 13.507.899 24.283.900 648,967 13,291 14,376,273 26,391,374 702,658 13,493 16,479,957 28,820,861 732,163 13,547 20,067,721 30,850,686 777,361 13,541 23,836,162 32,876,674 815,037 13,517 30,297,605 35,332,148 866,725 13,4 46,642,486 38,214,658 904,008 13,473 78,504,024 61,545,807 86,663,384 56,724,083io 58, 01 1,2 00i o ll,839,130io 283,479,251 19,608,435io 147,556,175 1 53,8 49,494 159,5 61,973 168,3 82,122 1 78,0 89,360 185,3 36,407 194,9 82,924 213,6 28 ,38 9 2 30,4 90,525 7 7,658,528 89,47 0,0 56 1 04 ,5 07,516 119,6 06,438 1 37,5 54,173 1 55,0 00,307 173,9 23,577 193,879,871 200,9 77,814 10,094,841 10,846,274 BANKS Borrowings and other liabilities. Total capital accounts................. Number of employees (end of period ) . Number of banks (end of perio d)........ 301.861.288 46,613,211 61,792,135 OF INSURED Cash and due from banks.............................................. United States Treasury securities................................. Obligations of States and political subdivisions 9. .. Other securities 9............................................................. Loans and discounts........................................................ All other assets................................................................ INCOME Recoveries credited to reserves (not included above): On loans........................................................................... On securities................................................................... Losses charged to reserves (not included above): On loans........................................................................... On securities................................................................... 1 Figures before 1969 may differ slightly from those published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Comptroller of the Currency because of differences in rounding techniques. Revisions in Report of Income in 19d9 are discussed on pp. 274-275; also see notes to tables. 2 “ Income on Federal funds sold" was included in "Interest and discount on loans” in 1968 and prior years (see 1968 report p. 198) 3 income from "Securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations" and from "Obligations of States and political subdivisions” were included in income from "O ther securities” in 1968 ana prior years. 4 ‘‘ Interest on capital notes and debentures" and "Provision for loan losses" not included in "Operating expense— total" in 1968 and prior years 5 "Expense of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase" were included in "Inte rest on borrowed money” in 1968 and prior vears e Data are not available prior to 1969. See p. 275 of this report. 7 ln years, “ Dividends declared on preferred stock" was reported in combination with "Interest on capital notes and debentures.” 8 *964-1969 averages of amounts reported at beginning, middle, and end of year. For 1961 and 1962, averages of amounts for four consecutive official call dates beginning with the end of the previous been revised* to8a'grossbasis current year. For 1963, averages of amounts reported at 1962 year-end, 1953 spring, midyear, and year-end calls. 1961-1968 averages of securities and loans have 277 9 In 1968 and prior years, "Obligations of States and political subdivisions" were included in "Other securities.” i° Securities held in trading accounts are included in "A ll other assets." 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 $100.00 63.31 17.18 $100.00 63.16 17.13 $100.00 64.19 16.11 $100.00 65.13 14.91 $100.00 66.63 13.23 $100.00 68.11 11.88 $100.00 67.24 11.95 $100.00 67.20 11.79 5.68 4.54 5.70 2.02 1.57 6.21 4.45 5.58 1 94 1.53 6.82 4.24 5 39 1.84 1.41 7.22 4.19 5.20 1.87 1.48 7.64 4.10 5.01 1.81 1.58 7.85 3.88 4.69 1.81 1.78 8.74 3.77 4.53 1.89 1.88 9.33 3.56 4.14 1.88 2.10 $100.00 69.91 9.23 7.19 2.23 3.32 3.64 9 95 L. CO 2.23 67.22 26.19 3.41 19.03 .34 4.61 2.03 70.29 25.15 3.43 23 28 .53 4 55 2.19 71 91 24.31 3 38 25.64 .79 4.50 2.31 72.53 23.42 3.27 27.21 .85 4.46 2.41 74.25 22.37 3.13 30.15 1.13 4.35 2.45 74.64 20.99 3.07 32.09 1.55 4.11 2.35 76.00 20.83 3.07 33.88 1.22 4.01 2.45 75.96 20.02 2.97 34.07 2.08 3.81 2.48 11.61 11.16 10.98 10.91 10.67 10.48 10.54 10.53 Net c u rre n t ope ra tin g earn in g s (old b a s is )................................................................................ 32.78 29.71 28.09 27.47 25.75 25.36 24.00 24.04 A m oun ts per $100 o f to ta l assets Operating income—to ta l................................................................................................................... Net current operating earnings (old ba sis)................................................................................... Income before income taxes and securities gains or losses....................................................... Net incom e4........................................................................................................................................ 4.31 1.41 4.41 1.31 4 48 1.26 4.57 1.26 4.66 1.20 4.99 1.26 5.12 1.23 5.38 1.29 .78 .72 .71 .69 .70 .69 .74 .72 1.30 .84 9.37 4.20 5.17 8.83 4.14 4.68 8.86 4.08 4.77 8.65 4.03 4.53 8.73 3.98 4.56 8.70 4.02 4.46 9.56 4.08 5.22 9.70 4.21 5.20 11.34 4.61 6.71 5.82 3.08 5 92 3.24 5 86 3.40 5.82 3.65 5.85 3.74 6.20 4.13 6.35 4.54 6.75 4.88 7.60 5.02 2.90 .43 2.71 2.95 .44 3.18 2.93 .46 3.31 2.98 .46 3.42 3.09 .47 3.69 3.25 .49 4.04 3.45 .51 4.24 3.64 .49 4.48 3.82 5.79 .49 4.87 13,115 13,124 13,291 13,493 13,547 13,541 13,517 13 488 13 473 O perating expense— t o t a l3............................................................................................................... Salaries and wages............................................................................................................................ Pensions and other ben efits............................................................................................................ Interest on tim e and savings deposits........................................................................................... Interest on borrowed m oney3.................................................................................................. Occupancy expense of bank premises, n e t.......................................................................... Furniture and equipment, etc............................................................................... Provision for loan losses3................................................................................................................ Other operating expenses................................................................................................................. Incom e before incom e ta xe s and s e c u ritie s gains or lo s s e s ................................................ A m ounts per $100 o f to ta l c a p ita l a ccou nts Net incom e4........................................................................................................................................ Cash dividends declared on common stock......................................................................... Net additions to capital from incom e................................................................................... Special ra tio s Income on loans per $100 of loans1............................................................. Income on U.S. Treasury securities per $100 of U.S. Treasury securities.............................. Income on obligations of States and political subdivisions per $100 of obligations of States and political subdivisions2.................................................................... 1ncome on other securities per $100 of other securities2................................................ Service charges per $100 of demand deposits.................................................................... Interest paid per $100 of time and savings deposits....................................................... Number of banks, December 31.................................................................... 78.15 19.08 2.93 31.78 5.65 3.48 9 *51 1.69 11.03 21.85 5.97 1 Includes Federal funds sold. “ Interes! on State and local government obligations” included in "Interest and dividends on other securities” in 1968 and prior years. Income from securities held in trading accounts is included in “ Other operating income. 3 “ Interest on capital notes and debentures,” which is included in "Interest on borrowed money” in 1969, and "Provision for loan losses” were not included in "Operating expenses— total” in 1968 and prior years. 4 Because of changes in the form of reporting by banks, figure in 1969 is not fu lly comparable with those in 1968 and prior years; see table 113 and p. 275. CORPORATION 1964 INSURANCE 1963 DEPOSIT 1962 FEDERAL 1961 Income item A m ounts per $100 o f o p e ra tin g incom e O perating incom e— t o t a l................................................................................................................... Income on loans 1............................................................................................................................... Interest on U.S. Treasury securities2............................................................................................ Interest on State and local government obligations2 ................................................................ Interest and dividends on other securitie s2................................................................................. Trust department income................................................................................................................. Service charges on deposit accounts.............................................................................................. Other charges, commissions, fees, etc.................................................................... Other operating income.................................................................................................................... 278 Table 114. RATIOS OF INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1961-1969 Table 115. INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1969 B A N K S G R O U PE D BY C LASS OF B A N K (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Income item National Members F.R. System State Non members F.R. System Operating throughout the year Total Operating less than fu ll year 6,777,570 4,615,033 176,714 516,895 58,012 492,965 24,436 409,803 176,623 130,489 176,600 5,808,033 3,619,075 161,685 803,660 228,890 420,783 28,521 49,729 284,472 136,302 74,916 30,794,517 20,721,529 808,250 2,843,503 550,147 2,215,860 134,469 1,021,900 1,119,676 693,396 685,787 12,288 5,135 3,330 1,754 921 111 79 O perating expense— t o t a l.............................................................................................................. Salaries and wages of officers and employees........................................................................... Pensions and other employee benefits........................................................................................ Interest on deposits........................................................................................................................ Expense of Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Interest on other borrowed m oney.............................................................................................. Interest on capital notes and debentures................................................................................... Occupancy expense of bank premises, n e t................................................................................. Gross occupancy expense........................................................................................................... Less rental incom e...................................................................................................................... Furniture and equipment, depreciation, rental costs, servicing, e tc ...................................... Provision for loan losses................................................................................................................ Other operating expenses................................................................................... 24,076,791 5,878,812 903,469 9,789,893 1,205,787 433,120 100,742 1,073,339 1,331,926 258,587 773,072 521,064 3,397,493 14,305,999 3,402,598 529,968 6,036,219 777,062 255,791 56,282 618,849 786,911 168,062 467,453 296,201 1,865,576 5,224,946 1,288,496 219,217 1,850,151 400,133 162,704 32,769 248,405 305,852 57,447 148,056 85,054 789,961 4.545,846 1,187,718 154,284 1,903,523 28,592 14,625 11,691 206,085 239,163 33,078 157,563 139,809 741,956 24,063,228 5,874,615 903,120 9,787,787 1,205,749 432,987 100,742 1,072,221 1,330,723 258,502 772,462 520,720 3,392,825 13,563 4,197 349 2,106 38 133 -1 ,2 7 5 520 182 256 1,118 1,203 85 610 344 4,668 Incom e before incom e ta xe s and s e c u ritie s gains or lo sses............................................. 6,730,014 3,915,203 1,552,624 1.262.187 6,731,289 A p p lica b le incom e ta x e s ................................................................................................................ 2,164,419 1,259,107 554,319 350,993 2,164,133 286 Incom e before s e c u ritie s g ains or lo s s e s ................................................................................. 4,565,595 2,656,096 998,305 911,194 4,567,156 - 1 .5 6 1 N et s e c u ritie s gains or lo sse s...................................................................................................... Gross.................................................................................................................................... ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ' Taxes...................................................................................................................................... -2 3 7 ,7 0 7 -5 1 2 ,2 4 2 -2 7 4 ,5 3 5 -1 2 5 .7 1 6 -2 8 1 ,7 7 5 -1 5 6 ,0 5 9 -8 3 ,3 8 7 -1 7 8 ,5 1 6 -9 5 ,1 2 9 -2 8 ,6 0 4 -5 1 ,9 5 1 -2 3 ,3 4 7 -2 3 7 ,7 1 3 -5 1 2 ,2 4 8 -2 7 4 ,5 3 5 6 6 279 BANKS 18.221,202 12,492,556 473,181 1,524,702 264,166 1,302,223 81,591 562,368 659,101 426,787 434,527 OF INSURED 30,806.805 20,726,664 811,580 2,845,257 551,068 2,215,971 134,548 1,021,900 1,120,196 693,578 686,043 INCOME O perating incom e— t o t a l................................................................................................................ Interest and fees on lo ans............................................................................................................. Income on Federal funds sold and securities .purchased under agreements to reseil......... Interest on U.S. Treasury securities.......................................................... .*............................... Interest and dividends on securities of other U.S. Government agencies and corporations Interest on obligations of States and political subdivisions.................................................... Interest and dividends on other securities................................................................................. Trust department income.............................................................................................................. Service charges on deposit accounts........................................................................................... Other service charges, collection and exchange charges, commissions, and fees................ Other operating income.................................................................................................................. 280 Table 115. INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1969 BANKS GROUPED BY CLASS OF B A N K -C O N T IN U E D (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Total State National Operating throughout the year Operating less than fu ll year 4,327,888 2.530.380 914.918 882.590 4.329.443 - 1 .5 5 5 6,914 3 ,9 9 4 — 2, 9 2 0 3.935 1 ,1 9 2 — 2 ,7 4 3 1.549 1, 19 2 — 357 1,430 1,6 1 0 180 6,960 4 ,0 6 1 — 2 ,8 9 9 -4 6 -6 7 -2 1 12 187 235 2,534.279 916,455 883,833 4,336,168 - 1 ,6 0 1 T o ta l provision fo r incom e ta x e s ................................................................................................................................ Federal income taxes...................................................................................................................................................... State and local income ta xe s........................................................................................................................................ 1,505,336 1 ,2 8 7 ,5 1 4 217 ,8 22 830.698 7 1 4 ,7 06 11 5, 992 385.286 3 1 0, 73 9 74 ,5 47 289,352 26 2, 06 9 27 ,2 8 3 1,505.112 1 ,2 8 7 , 2 9 3 21 7, 8 1 9 224 221 3 D ividends on c a p ita l— t o t a l........................................................................................................................................... Cash dividends declared on common sto c k ................................................................................................................ Cash dividends declared on preferred sto c k .............................................................................................................. 1.769,314 1 ,7 6 2 ,2 7 9 7 ,0 3 5 1.068.095 1 ,0 6 3 , 6 6 6 4, 4 2 9 455,307 45 3 , 1 8 5 2 ,1 2 2 245.912 2 4 5, 42 8 484 1.769.289 1,762,254 7, 0 3 5 25 25 Memoranda Recoveries credited to reserves (not included above): On loans............................................................................................................................................................................ On securities..................................................................................................................................................................... Losses charged to reserves (not included above): On lo ans............................................................................................................................................................................ On securities..................................................................................................................................................................... 20 9, 12 4 1,98 6 1 35 ,0 94 733 32 ,4 61 373 4 1 ,5 6 9 880 209,124 1 ,9 8 6 697,874 12,4 48 43 6, 28 1 5 ,1 7 3 10 8, 338 808 153 ,2 55 6,4 6 7 697,855 1 2, 4 48 19 Number of Employees (end of perio d )............................................................................................................................ 9 04 ,0 08 52 0 , 0 5 8 183, 441 200,509 9 0 2 ,7 62 1, 24 6 Number of banks (end of p erio d).................................................................................................................................... 13,4 73 4,669 1,201 7, 6 0 3 13 ,3 57 116 Note: The Report of Income was revised extensively in 1969; the changes are outlined on pp. 274-275, and in notes to tables. CORPORATION 36 4,334,567 .... INSURANCE 235 N e t in co m e .......................................................................................................................................................................... Less m in o rity in te re s t in conso lid ated s u b s id ia rie s DEPOSIT N et incom e b efore e x tra o rd in a ry ite m s .................................................................................................................... E x tra o rd in a ry charges or c re d its , n e t........................................................................................................................ Gross............................................................................................................................................. ..................................... Taxes....... .......................................................................................................................................................................... FEDERAL Non members F.R. System Members F.R. System Income item Table 116. INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS OPERATING THROUGHOUT 1969 AND OTHER AREAS) IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES BAN KS GROUPED BY A M O U N T OF DEPOSITS (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Banks with deposits of— Incom e item All banks1 Less than $1 million $1 million to $2 million $2 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million $25 million $50 million to to $50 million $100 million $100 million $500 million to to $500 million $1 billion $1 billion or more 759,260 4 3 9, 35 5 1.595,039 9 4 9 ,6 39 3,199,271 1 ,9 5 5 ,3 8 6 2,522,591 1 ,5 9 5 , 6 6 8 2,223.385 1, 4 3 0 ,0 5 6 5.851,279 3 ,9 1 1 , 7 1 7 2,966,656 2 ,0 6 3 , 0 9 9 11,565,453 8, 3 1 5 ,0 3 9 237 2,64 1 1,8 6 2 2 5, 4 18 20, 1 57 159, 679 54,7 11 27 3, 65 6 112,0 88 4 5 6, 54 8 84 ,1 3 6 2 9 7 ,4 15 60 ,4 4 6 240, 061 139 ,0 96 5 3 0, 68 7 58,031 206, 06 2 277, 486 6 51 ,3 36 934 7 ,2 1 0 4 6, 1 03 73,7 11 120, 150 8 2, 4 99 64 ,1 7 6 83 ,9 2 3 23, 6 42 47 ,7 99 119 116 1 414 2 ,0 7 6 583 4 3 ,8 8 6 3 2, 1 42 3, 5 5 8 495 3 1, 4 26 103 ,8 66 6 ,0 3 0 2 ,4 0 9 79,4 01 25 1, 73 9 15, 32 8 16,8 39 175, 922 2 0 7 ,4 72 9 ,9 1 8 33 ,4 9 7 1 29 ,6 34 196, 023 9 ,2 8 6 43 ,0 9 3 98 ,1 5 4 4 6 8, 32 9 2 9 ,0 1 4 2 1 7, 58 8 23 3, 4 4 7 227,7 17 12,301 147 ,55 5 9 1, 4 8 5 72 6, 377 48 ,3 3 5 560, 419 275 ,90 7 331 130 2 ,8 3 7 1,2 1 4 18,9 25 7,4 2 0 3 5, 9 59 15,6 57 6 2, 8 73 32 ,3 9 8 51 ,6 9 6 30 ,6 5 6 5 2, 2 44 2 9, 8 46 142 ,2 33 9 5 ,2 4 5 8 0, 3 30 5 6, 4 34 2 45 ,9 68 4 16 ,7 87 O perating expense— t o t a l............................................... 24,063.228 Salaries and wages of officers and e m p lo ye es .............. 5 ,8 7 4 ,6 1 5 Pensions and other em ployee be n e fi ts ............................. 903 ,1 20 Intere st on dep os its .................................................................... 9 ,7 8 7 ,7 8 7 Expense of Federal funds purchased and securities sold unde r agreements to re pu rc ha se .......................... 1 ,2 0 5 ,7 4 9 Intere st on other borrowed m o n e y ..................................... 432 ,9 87 Intere st on capital notes and d e b e n tu re s ........................ 100,742 Occupancy expense of bank premises, n e t ..................... 1,07 2, 22 1 Gross occupancy e x p e n s e .................................................... 1, 3 3 0 ,7 2 3 Less rental in c o m e .................................................................. 258, 502 Furniture and equ ipm ent, depreciation, rental costs, servicing, etc............................................................................... 772,4 62 Provision for loan loss es........................................................... 520,7 20 Other operating e x p e n se s ........................................................ 3 ,3 9 2 ,8 2 5 7,987 3,44 1 273 1, 744 77,834 28, 0 26 2, 2 6 9 26 ,5 98 591,289 177, 170 16,7 15 243 ,8 52 1,244,906 33 1, 8 9 8 38 ,4 04 53 6, 6 4 5 2,501,874 625, 611 7 9, 8 59 1 ,1 0 0 ,9 6 2 1,967,457 49 2 , 4 3 0 68 ,7 1 9 8 46 ,0 09 1.754.316 4 35 ,5 32 63,2 11 751 ,1 29 4,508,250 1 ,1 8 2 ,8 6 2 190 ,8 23 1 ,7 2 5 , 1 4 8 2,276,905 570, 09 9 92 ,8 8 9 78 0, 14 9 9,132,410 2 ,0 2 7 ,5 4 6 3 49 ,9 58 3, 7 7 5 ,5 5 1 0 21 0 411 433 22 11 83 18 2 ,8 6 9 3 ,0 6 2 193 285 780 135 22 ,3 3 3 24, 1 26 1,79 3 1,0 82 1,5 87 471 51, 7 95 55 ,5 16 3,72 1 6,1 1 9 5, 10 3 3, 19 9 111, 129 122,2 93 11,1 64 10,261 5, 9 0 2 4 ,3 6 7 92 ,4 6 7 108, 702 16 ,2 35 23 ,8 1 0 10,6 57 5, 2 8 8 83 ,4 13 105, 266 2 1, 8 53 167,661 35,3 61 16 ,9 53 2 1 9, 25 9 290,7 01 71 ,4 42 188 ,6 45 5 3, 2 56 15,361 104,778 143,301 38, 5 23 80 7, 8 7 5 320, 237 54 ,9 50 383 ,7 67 47 7, 323 9 3 ,5 5 6 204 270 1,623 2, 1 6 8 2 ,7 5 6 13, 03 6 17 ,9 14 17,5 40 94 ,5 6 5 40 ,6 1 3 4 3 ,4 8 3 198,9 28 8 4, 2 47 79 ,2 1 8 406 ,4 27 6 9 ,7 1 0 5 6, 6 67 3 2 0 ,9 25 6 6, 7 97 43 ,7 21 2 70 ,7 58 190, 912 9 3 ,3 6 4 6 8 5, 90 7 88, 0 09 39 ,6 96 344, 02 3 211, 888 144,005 1 ,0 5 6 ,6 3 3 6.731,289 2,216 23,546 167,971 350,133 697,397 555,134 469,069 1,343,029 689,751 2,433,043 A p p lica b le income ta x e s ................................................. 2.164,133 2,164,133 460 4,831 38,346 88,736 190,737 169,648 138.248 441.734 237,715 853,678 281 Incom e before incom e taxes and s e c u ritie s gains or lo sse s........................................................................... BANKS 101,380 5 6, 2 90 OF INSURED 10,203 5 ,2 8 0 INCOME O perating income— t o t a l................................................. 30.794,517 Inter es t and fees on lo a n s ....................................................... 20 ,7 2 1 ,5 2 9 Income on Federal funds sold and securities pu r chased under agreements to re s e ll ................................ 80 8, 25 0 Intere st on U.S. Treasury secu riti es .................................. 2 ,8 4 3 ,5 0 3 Intere st and dividends on securities of other U.S. Gover nme nt agencies and corpo ration s........................ 550 ,14 7 Inter es t on obligations of States and political sub di vis ion s ....................................................................................... 2 ,2 1 5 ,8 6 0 Interest and dividends on other securities ..................... 134,469 T ru st d e pa rt m en t i n c o m e ......................................................... 1 ,0 2 1 ,9 0 0 Service charges on deposit acco unt s.................................. 1 ,1 1 9, 67 6 Oth er service charges, collection and exchange charges, commissions, and f e e s ....................................... 69 3, 39 6 Other operating in c o m e ............................................................. 685, 787 116. INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS OPERATING THROUGHOUT 1969 AND OTHER AREAS)—CONTINUED IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES 282 Table BANKS GROUPED BY A M O U N T OF DEPOSITS (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Banks with deposits of— All banks 1 Less than $1 million $1 million to $2 million $2 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million $25 million $50 million to to $50 million $100 million $100 million $500 million to to $500 million $1 billion $1 billion or more 1.756 18.715 129.625 261.397 506,660 385.486 330,821 901,295 452,036 1,579,365 -2 3 7 .7 1 3 -5 1 2 ,2 4 8 -2 7 4 ,5 3 5 -2 1 -2 5 -4 -5 4 3 -6 4 2 -9 9 -4 ,7 7 5 -6 ,1 7 5 -1 ,4 0 0 -1 0 .1 4 7 -1 5 ,0 7 8 -4 ,9 3 1 -1 4 .7 5 0 -2 6 ,7 5 9 -1 2 ,0 0 9 -1 2 .8 8 5 -2 7 ,3 2 8 -1 4 ,4 4 3 -1 1 ,5 0 1 -2 4 ,8 7 8 -1 3 ,3 7 7 -3 7 ,6 3 0 -8 5 ,1 4 2 -4 7 ,5 1 2 -1 5 ,7 1 1 -3 5 ,1 5 2 -1 9 ,4 4 1 -1 2 9 ,7 5 0 -2 9 1 ,0 6 9 -1 6 1 ,3 1 9 Net incom e before e x tra o rd in a ry ite m s .................... 4.329.443 1.735 18.172 124.850 251.250 491,910 372.601 319,320 863,665 436,325 1.449.615 E xtra o rd in a ry charges or cre d its, n e t........................ Gross................................................................................... Taxes.................................................................................. 6.960 4,061 -2 ,8 9 9 3 5 2 31 25 -6 36 86 50 80 199 119 509 624 115 2,826 2,995 169 653 -2 6 0 -9 1 3 4,101 3,625 -4 7 6 -6 8 7 -2 ,0 7 1 -1 ,3 8 4 -5 9 2 -1 ,1 6 7 -5 7 5 235 0 9 9 27 53 5 156 -1 7 0 4.336.168 1.738 18,194 124.877 251,303 492,366 375,434 319,968 867,610 435,655 1.449.023 T o ta l provision fo r incom e ta x e s ................................. Federal income taxes....................................................... State and local income taxes......................................... 1.505.112 1,287,293 217,819 328 300 28 3.872 3,513 359 32,975 30,112 2,863 74,560 68,923 5,637 160.001 147,692 12,309 135.406 124,581 10,825 105.347 96,775 8,572 336,795 305,977 30,818 175,303 155,602 19,701 480,525 353,818 126,707 Dividends on c a p ita l— t o t a l............................................ Cash dividends declared on common stock................ Cash dividends declared on preferred s tock............... 1.769.289 1,762,254 7,035 401 396 5 4.920 4,920 0 31.215 31,200 15 62,072 62,013 59 129.556 129,287 269 112.460 112,282 178 103.649 103,526 123 349,889 349,292 597 198,251 197,400 851 776.876 771,938 4,938 209,124 1,986 40 0 638 10 6,602 60 16,632 196 31,042 199 20,687 355 17,889 210 35,570 678 15,491 278 64,533 0 697,855 12,448 129 1 2,092 42 20,349 141 50,644 494 96,242 1,339 68,820 1,563 59,347 197 136,218 1,214 61,036 5,466 202,978 1,991 Number of employees (end of period)............................ 902,762 743 5,138 29,090 54,969 105,119 83,313 72,053 190,812 82,705 278,820 Number of banks (end of period).................................... 13,357 201 1,009 3,457 3,430 3,178 1,095 476 403 59 49 Memoranda Recoveries credited to reserves (not included above): On loans............................................................................. On securities..................................................................... Losses charged to reserves (not included above): On loans............................................................................. On securities..................................................................... 1 This group of banks is the same as the group shown in table 115 under the heading “ Operating throughout the year.” -7 CORPORATION Less m in o rity in te re s t in conso lid ated su b sid ia rie s Net in co m e .......................................................................... INSURANCE 4.567.156 DEPOSIT Incom e before s e c u ritie s gains or lo sses.................. S e c u ritie s gains or losses, n e t...................................... Gross................................................................................... Taxes.................................................................................. FEDERAL Income item Table 117. RATIOS OF INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS OPERATING THROUGHOUT 1969 IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS)1 BANKS GROUPED ACCORDING TO AMOUNT OF DEPOSITS Banks with deposits of— Less than $1 million $1 million to $2 million $2 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 m illion $25 million to $50 million O perating incom e— t o t a l......................................................................... Income on loans2..................................................................................... Interest on U.S. Treasury securities3 ................................................ Interest on State and local government obligations3........................ Interest and dividends on other securities3....................................... Trust department income....................................................................... Service charges on deposit accounts.................................................... Other charges, commissions, fees, etc.................................................. Other operating incom e3........................................................................ 100.00 54.07 25.89 1.17 10.29 .01 4.06 3.24 1.27 100.00 57.36 25.07 2.05 7.69 .00 3.83 2.80 1.20 100.00 60.52 21.03 4.23 6.54 .07 4.14 2.49 .98 100.00 62.97 17.16 6.51 5.00 .15 4.98 2.25 .98 100.00 64.62 14.27 7.87 4.23 .53 5.50 1.97 1.01 100.00 66.59 11.79 8.22 3.66 1.33 5.14 2.05 1.22 100.00 67.04 10.80 8.82 3.30 1.94 4.41 2.35 1.34 100.00 69.23 9.07 8.00 1.93 3.72 3.99 2.43 1.63 100.00 71.50 6.95 7.68 1.21 4.97 3.08 2.71 1.90 100.00 74.29 5.63 6.28 .83 4.85 2.39 2.13 3.60 O perating expense— to ta l ..................................................................... Salaries and wages .......... ...................................................... Pensions and other benefits. .................................................. Interest on time and savings deposits ............................................ Interest on borrowed money ........................................................ Occupancy expense of bank premises, n e t......................................... Furniture and equipment, etc................................................................. Provision for loan losses......................................................................... Other operating expenses....................................................................... 78.28 33.72 2.67 17.09 .21 4.03 2.00 2.65 15.91 76.77 27.64 2.24 26.23 .11 2.83 2.14 2.72 12.86 77.88 23.33 2.20 32.12 .16 2.94 2.36 2.31 12.46 78.05 20.81 2.41 33.64 .20 3.25 2.55 2.72 12.47 78.20 19.56 2.50 34.41 .45 3.47 2.63 2.48 12.70 77.99 19.52 2.72 33.54 .81 3.67 2.76 2.25 12.72 78.90 19.59 2.84 33.78 1.79 3.75 3.00 1.97 12.18 77.05 20.22 3.26 29.48 3.76 3.75 3.26 1.60 11.72 76.75 19.22 3.13 26.30 8.67 3.53 2.97 1.34 11.59 78.96 17.53 3.03 32.64 10.23 3.32 1.83 1.24 9.14 Incom e before incom e ta xe s and s e c u ritie s g ains or losses.......... 21.72 23.23 22.12 21.95 21.80 22.01 21.10 22.95 23.25 21.04 A m oun ts per $100 o f to ta l assets Operating income— to ta l............................................................................. Income before income taxes and securities gains or losses................ Net income.................................................................................................... 5.62 1.22 .96 5.69 1.32 1.02 5.72 1.26 .94 5.77 1.27 .91 5.85 1.27 .90 5.94 1.31 .88 5.91 1.25 .85 5.97 1.37 .88 5.82 1.35 .85 5.73 1.20 .72 .02 .04 (5) .05 (5) .06 (6) .06 (5) .05 (6) .05 (6) .04 (6) .03 (6) .03 .12 (5) .15 (5) .18 (5) .18 ( 5) .16 ( 5) .16 5) .14 ( 5) .12 .01 .10 ( 5) Income item $50 million $100 million $500 million to to to $100 million $500 million $1 billion $1 billion or more A m oun ts per $100 o f o p e ra tin g incom e OF INSURED BANKS 283 .07 00 * INCOME M emoranda Recoveries credited to reserves (not included above): On loans..................................................................................................... On securities............................................................................................. Losses charged to reserves (not included above): On loans ..................................................... ................................... On securities............................................................................................. 284 Table 117. RATIOS OF INCOME OF INSURED COMMERCIAL BANKS OPERATING THROUGHOUT 1969 IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS)’ -CONTINUED BANKS GROUPED ACCORDING TO AMOUNT OF DEPOSITS Less than $1 million $1 million to $2 million $2 million to $5 million $5 million to $10 million $10 million to $25 million $25 million to $50 million $50 million $100 million $500 million to to to $100 million $500 million $1 billion $1 billion or more 10.30 2.57 7.73 11.24 2.77 8.46 11.85 3.11 8.73 11.95 3.57 8.37 11.50 3.72 7.78 11.75 4.73 7.01 11.20 5.08 6.10 10.02 5.34 4.65 .15 .33 .01 .54 ( 5) .74 .01 .75 ( 5) .66 .01 .64 .01 .48 .01 .40 .01 .45 .47 ( 6) 1.09 .02 1.68 .01 2.27 .02 2.32 .03 2.19 .05 2.13 .01 1.84 .02 1.57 .14 1.40 .01 7.24 6.99 6.94 6.99 7.11 7.17 7.22 7.37 7.32 7.38 5.27 5.25 5.37 5.48 5.39 5.41 5.31 5.43 5.31 5.19 Income on obligations of States and political subdivisions per $100 of obligations of States and political subdivisions3........................... Income on other securities per $100 of other securities3..................... Service charges per $100 of demand deposits........................................ Interest paid per $100 of time and savings deposits............................. 3.29 6.15 .39 3.74 3.38 5.23 .43 3.96 3.29 5.59 .54 4.05 3.37 5.59 .68 4.09 3.50 5.96 .79 4.16 3.63 6.27 .73 4.26 3.76 6.36 .62 4.39 3.84 6.59 .52 4.46 4.01 6.08 .36 4.83 4.18 5.88 .29 6.56 Number of banks, December 31................................................................ 201 1,009 3,457 3,430 3,178 1,095 476 403 59 49 Memoranda Recoveries credited to reserves (not included above) : On loans..................................................................................................... On securities ......................................... Losses charged to reserves (not included above): On loans ........................................................................................... Special ra tio s 4 Income on loans per $100 of loans2......................................................... Income on U.S. Treasury securities per $100 of U.S. Treasury 1 This group of banks is the same as the group shown in table 115 under heading “ Operating throughout the year.” 2 Includes Federal funds. 3 Income from securities held in trading accounts is included in “ Other operating income.” 4 Ratios are based on average assets and liabilities reported at beginning, middle, and end of year. ‘ Less than 0.005. CORPORATION 9.51 2.57 6.94 INSURANCE 6.34 1.44 4.88 DEPOSIT Amounts per $100 of total capital accounts Net income ............................................................................................. Cash dividends declared on common s to c k ............................................. Net additions to capital from income........................................................ FEDERAL Banks with deposits of— Income item Table 118. INCOME OF INSURED MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1961-1969 (Amounts in thousands of dollars) Income item C u rre n t ope ra tin g incom e— t o t a l................................................................................ Interest on U.S. Government obligations.................................................................... Interest and dividends on other securities................................................................. Interest and discount on real estate mortgage loans— n e t...................................... 1961 1,595,183 151,931 205,751 1,194,282 Interest and discount on real estate mortgage loans— gross.......................................... 1,231,774 Less: Mortgage servicing fees ................................................................................................ 36,045 Premium amortization ................................................................................................ 1,447 Interest and discount on other loans and discounts— n e t........................................ Income on real estate other than bank building— n e t.............................................. Income on real estate other than bank building— gross .................................................. Less: Operating expense ......................................................................................................... 18,767 -3 8 379 417 1962 1963 1,755,582 156,410 206,367 1,342,896 1,946,776 153,659 203,720 1,534,446 1,383,735 39,283 1,556 22,733 -5 2 302 354 1,580,276 44,174 1,656 27,576 -1 0 8 296 404 1964 2,164,115 153,368 207,164 1,738,621 1,790,318 49,756 1,941 33,538 -1 2 2 421 543 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 2,391,753 147,751 211,278 1,950,930 2,606,012 142,509 226,023 2,141,099 2,884,789 130,873 301,218 2,326,459 3,238,735 134,857 417,984 2,538,502 3,581,559 130,111 503,724 2,768,370 41,773 -9 7 53,172 -2 5 5 67,925 -2 0 9 83,807 -4 1 5 121,172 -1 2 6 2,009,214 56,165 2,119 541 638 2,203,133 59,998 2,036 513 768 2,391,848 63,405 1,984 2,605,960 65,426 2,032 767 976 1,664 2,079 2,836,248 67,338 541 2,030 1,904 9,777 17,451 9,984 17,499 13,121 18,425 18,713 21,405 18,095 25,369 25,248 33,275 23,036 40,964 22,114 35,942 C u rre n t o p e ra tin g expense— t o t a l ............................................................................... Salaries—officers............................................................................................................. Salaries and wages— other employees........................................................................ Pension, hospitalization and group insurance payments, and other employee benefits...................................................................................................................... Fees paid to trustees and committee members......................................................... Occupancy, maintenance, etc., of bank premises (including taxes and recurring depreciation)— n e t................................................................................................... 241,685 38,158 75,303 252,963 40,466 79,165 274,544 42,792 84,514 290,471 45,391 89,514 311,755 48,514 93,680 334,451 52,085 98,421 353,947 55,510 105,612 389,780 60,161 115,146 442,151 66,937 126,676 24,134 3,994 25,419 4,158 27,202 4,404 28,138 4,604 30,080 4,720 33,593 4,855 34,243 4,945 37,149 5,111 41,860 5,484 Occupancy, maintenance, etc., of bank premises (including taxes and recurring depreciation)— gross ............................................................................................................ Less: Income from bank building ....................................................................................... 27,369 29,269 32,160 34,683 37,219 38,855 42,412 47,184 52,491 37,298 9,929 39,297 10,028 42,583 10,423 45,871 11,188 49,093 11,874 51,387 12,532 55,631 13,219 61,405 17,712 13,799 79,714 19,571 16,414 89,044 67,376 14,885 21,145 19,726 107,831 14,221 12,824 5,438 54,465 12,172 5,997 56,317 12,709 7,714 63,049 14,035 9,182 64,924 15,887 10,262 71,393 16,810 11,777 78,055 Net c u rre n t o p e ra tin g in c o m e ...................................................................................... 1,353,498 1,502,619 1,672,232 1,873,644 2,079,998 2,271,561 2,530,842 2,848,955 3,139,408 Franchise and incom e taxes—t o t a l............................................................................ State franchise and income taxes................................................................................. Federal income taxes...................................................................................................... 16,011 15,277 734 17,966 17,502 464 22,587 19,168 3,419 26,022 21,657 4,365 29,487 22,048 7,439 37,480 31,426 6,054 37,708 33,737 3,971 47,710 39,281 8,429 61,874 47,571 14,303 1,337,487 1,484,653 1,649,645 1,847,622 2,050,511 2,234,081 2,493,134 2,801,245 3,077,535 1,147,767 1,334,005 1,481,869 1,653,768 1,809,350 2,087,072 2,395,762 2,612,638 2,808,141 N et c u rre n t o p e ra tin g incom e a fte r taxes and d iv id e n d s .................................... 189,720 150,648 167,776 193,854 241,161 147,009 97,372 188,607 269,394 113,763 17,567 105,907 20,453 113,085 28,678 105,454 18,048 75,130 15,242 177,612 20,211 93,536 20,377 135,049 29,394 104,501 23,743 54,263 629 337 459 55,751 739 462 957 28,752 2.465 807 871 36,472 1,088 571 1,096 27,375 1,266 719 1,532 59,173 773 1,548 3,429 47,292 705 2,059 1,114 77,817 1,351 2,286 2,066 64,809 865 2,555 4,238 10,873 29,068 36 531 5,460 21,465 66 554 26,995 24,342 46 129 22,029 25,786 92 272 11,817 16,365 121 693 13,635 78,458 20 365 7,774 13,435 64 716 11,884 9,583 56 612 4,463 3,167 81 573 N o n re c u rrin g incom e, rea lize d p ro fits and recoveries credited to p ro fit and loss, and tra n s fe rs from v a lu a tio n adju stm e n t provisions—to ta l Nonrecurring income....................................................................................................... Realized profits and recoveries on: Securities sold or m atu red......................................................................................... Real estate mortgage loans........................................................................................ Other real estate.......................................................................................................... A ll other assets............................................................................................................. Transfers from valuation adjustment provisions1 on: Securities....................................................................................................................... Real estate mortgage loans........................................................................................ Other real estate.......................................................................................................... A ll other assets............................................................................................................ 285 Net c u rre n t o p e ra tin g incom e a fte r ta x e s ................................................................ D ividends and in te re s t on d e p o s its ............................................................................ BANKS Deposit insurance assessments..................................................................................... Furniture and fixtures (including recurring depreciation)........................................ A ll other current operating expenses.......................................................................... OF INSURED 9,081 15,409 INCOME Income on other assets.................................................................................................. Income from service operations.................................................................................... Table 118. INCOME OF INSURED MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1961-1969 1963 1964 1966 116,143 17,692 109,192 18,941 101,611 17,331 88,234 12,991 93,036 15,306 147,688 10,499 1967 160,669 13,434 40,851 1,252 375 404 31,379 1,083 662 424 47,629 1,681 656 655 39,884 2,023 712 936 48,124 3,037 886 927 100,585 7,015 1,644 2,646 63,624 4,891 1,850 1,932 64,136 4,488 1,609 3,219 98,959 24,246 2,186 2,608 19,337 35,377 111 744 30,925 25,252 76 450 11,548 21,534 74 503 8,692 22,266 57 673 6,524 17,394 122 716 13,015 11,590 97 597 5,229 3,796 127 837 7,962 5,558 189 836 15,224 3,266 39 704 187,340 147,363 179,250 211,074 223,255 176,933 96,164 222,966 213,225 278 53 1,658 48 3,389 201 756 64 341 85 1,277 212 35 14 13 24 46 2,726 231 1 89 391 183 2 116 1,946 154 199 141 6 7,721 720 5 218 5,830 501 6 448 12,973 5,136 190 178 6,058 765 6,564 841 118 308 6,811 1,220 257 341 2,172 4,040 204 1,016 2,835 1,072 186 353 5,515 1,052 134 562 Average assets and liabilities Assets— t o ta l....................................................................................................................... 35.916.590 Cash and due from banks.............................................................................................. 757,912 United States Government obligations......................................................................... 4,791,909 Other securities................................................................................................................ 5,228,022 Real estate mortgage loans............................................................................................ 24,255,437 Other loans and discounts 353,474 Other real estate 18,955 A ll other assets 510,881 38.152.221 794,362 4,748,691 5,151,555 26,435,337 441,994 19,640 560,642 41.180.616 44.609.410 768,719 4,351,966 5,057,794 33,121,502 588,196 48.466.656 891,727 4,030,731 5,069,343 36,991,670 672,117 27,228 783,840 51.399.898 838,855 3,594,830 5,153,130 40,095,486 842,896 29,263 845,438 55.173.023 786,298 59.674.026 825,767 3,049,815 8,135,834 45,445,434 1,175,629 36,156 1,005,391 63.314.677 715,778 2,702,791 9,334,079 47,971,370 1,462,572 38,345 1,089,742 1 .................................................. 1 Realized losses charged to valuation adjustm ent provisions (not included in realized losses above) on: S ecurities........................................................................................................................... Real estate mortgage loans............................................................................................. Other real estate............................................................................................................... A ll other assets................................................................................................................. 2 ................................................... ............................................................ ............................................................. Liabilities and surplus accounts— to ta l ..................................... 4,563,328 5,115,637 29,538,513 543,458 21,114 612,268 258 28,389 692,844 953,843 3,156,304 6,312,183 42,794,592 1,003,436 27,987 924,678 Savings and time deposits.................................................................................................... Demand deposits................................................................................................................... 34,350,820 37,175,285 40,334,274 48.466.656 43,985,749 51.399.898 46,590,719 55.173.023 Total deposits................................................................................................................... 32,320,488 50,247,915 59.674.026 54,534,572 63.314.677 57,834,645 32,113,129 207,359 34,070,511 280,309 36,8 70 ,9 0 6 304,379 43,609,062 376,687 4 6,1 72 ,2 4 2 418,477 4 9,805,468 442,447 5 4,053,723 480,849 5 7,304,999 529,646 Other lia b ilitie s ................................................................................................................. Total surplus accounts.................................................................................................... 506,744 3,089,358 537,630 3,263,771 588,622 3 9,997,217 337,057 3,416,709 660,037 3,615,099 653,614 3,827,293 764,445 4,044,734 730,825 4,194,283 793,930 4,345,524 888,123 4,591,909 Number of active officers, December 31............................................................................. Number of other employees, December 3 1 ....................................................................... 2,977 3,085 17,617 3,170 18,459 3,281 17,290 18,958 3,423 19,451 3,602 19,609 3,708 20,367 3,899 21,164 4,178 21,927 Number of banks, December 31........................................................................................... 330 331 330 327 329 332 333 334 331 35.916.590 38.152.221 41.180.616 44.609.410 1 Includes “ Valuation reserves” and "Other asset valuation provisions (direct write-downs).” 2 Averages of amounts for four consecutive official call dates beginning with the end of the previous year and ending with the fall call of the current year. CORPORATION 100,690 12,693 1965 INSURANCE 94,744 12,458 Memoranda Recoveries credited to valuation adjustm ent provisions (not included in recoveries above) on: S ecurities........................................................................................................................... Real estate mortgage loans Other real estate ............................................................................................................. A ll other assets................................................................................................................. 1962 DEPOSIT 1969 Net additions to total surplus accounts from operations.................................... 1961 FEDERAL 1968 Nonrecurring expenses, realized losses charged to profit and loss, and transfers to valuation adjustm ent provisions— to ta l.................................... Nonrecurring expenses................................................................................................... Realized losses on: Securities s o ld ............................................................................................................... Real estate mortgage loans......................................................................................... Other real estate........................................................................................................... A ll other assets.................... ........................................................................................ Transfers to valuation adjustment provisions1 on: Securities....................................................................................................................... Real estate mortgage loans......................................................................................... Other real estate........................................................................................................... A ll other assets............................................................................................................. 286 (Amounts in thousands of dollars)—CONTINUED Income item Table 119. RATIOS OF INCOME OF INSURED MUTUAL SAVINGS BANKS IN THE UNITED STATES (STATES AND OTHER AREAS), 1961-1969 Income item 1961 A m ounts per $100 o f c u rre n t ope ratin g incom e C u rre n t o p e ra tin g incom e— t o t a l .................................................................................................................. $100.00 Interest on U.S. Government obligations...................................................................................................... 9.52 Interest and dividends on other securities................................................................................................... 12.90 Interest and discount on real estate mortgage loans— n e t........................................................................ 74.87 Interest and discount on other loans and discounts— ne t......................................................................... 1.18 Income on other assets...................................................................................................................................... .57 Income from service operations..................................................................................................................... .96 1966 1967 1968 1969 1962 1963 1964 1965 $100.00 8.91 11.76 76.49 1.29 .56 .99 $100.00 7.89 10.46 78.82 1.42 .51 .90 $100.00 7.09 9.57 80.34 1.55 .60 .85 $100.00 6.18 9.83 81.57 1.75 .78 .89 $100.00 5.47 8.67 82.16 2.04 .69 .97 $100.00 4.54 10.44 80.65 2.35 .87 1.15 $100.00 4.16 12.90 78.38 2.59 .71 1.26 $100.00 3.63 14.07 77.30 3.38 .62 1.00 14.41 2.30 4.51 1.45 .24 1.67 .69 .34 3.21 14.10 2.20 4.34 1.40 .23 1.65 .65 .39 3.24 13.42 2.10 4.14 1.30 .21 1.60 .65 .42 3.00 13.03 2.03 3.92 1.26 .20 1.55 .66 .43 2.98 12.83 2.00 3.78 1.29 .19 1.49 .64 .45 2.99 12.27 1.93 3.66 1.19 .17 1.47 .61 .48 2.76 12.04 1.86 3.55 1.15 .16 1.46 .60 .51 2.75 12.35 1.87 3.54 1.17 .15 1.47 .59 .55 3.01 N e t c u rre n t o p e ra tin g in c o m e ........................................................................................................................ 84.85 85.59 85.90 85.58 86.97 87.17 87.73 87.96 87.65 Franchise and incom e taxes— t o t a l .............................................................................................................. State franchise and income taxes.................................................................................................................. Federal income taxes........................................................................................................................................ 1.00 .96 .04 1.02 1.00 .02 1.16 .98 .18 1.20 1.00 .20 1.24 .93 .31 1.44 1.21 .23 1.31 1.17 .14 1.47 1.21 .26 1.73 1.33 .40 83.85 84.57 84.74 85.38 85.73 85.73 86.42 86.49 85.92 Divide nds and in te re s t on d e p o s its ................................................................................................................ 71.95 75.99 76.12 76.42 75.65 80.09 83.04 80.67 78.40 N et c u rre n t o p e ra tin g incom e a fte r ta xe s and d iv id e n d s ..................................................................... 11.90 8.58 8.62 8.96 10.08 5.64 3.38 5.82 7.52 4.44 .67 3.77 .05 3.72 3.19 .53 4.60 .66 3.94 .05 3.89 3.50 .39 4.73 .67 4.06 .05 4.01 3.60 .41 4.85 .65 4.20 .06 4.14 3.71 .43 4.93 .64 4.29 .06 4.23 3.73 .50 5.07 .65 4.42 .07 4.35 4.06 .29 5.23 .64 4.39 .07 4.52 4.34 .18 5.42 .65 4.77 .08 4.69 4.37 .32 5.66 .70 4.96 .10 4.86 4.44 .42 A m oun ts per $100 of to ta l assets2 Current operating income—to ta l........................................................................................................................ Current operating expenses— to ta l..................................................................................................................... Net current operating income............................................................................................................................... Franchise and income taxes—to ta l.................................................................................................................... Net current operating income after taxes......................................................................................................... Dividends and interest on deposits..................................................................................................................... Net current operating income after taxes and dividends............................................................................... Nonrecurring income, realized profits and recoveries credited to profit and loss, and transfers from valuation adjustment provisions—to ta l1........................................................................... ........................ Nonrecurring expenses, realized losses charged to profit and loss, and transfers to valuation adjust ment provisions— to ta l1.................................................................................................................................... Net additions to total surplus accounts from operations................................................................................. .28 .27 .24 .15 .34 .16 .22 .17 .28 .39 .24 .44 .20 .47 .19 .46 .29 .34 .17 .17 .17 .37 .25 .34 Special ra tio s 2 Interest on U.S. Government obligations per $100 of U.S. Government obligations.................................. Interest and dividends on other securities per $100 of other securities....................................................... Interest and discount on real estate mortgage loans per $100 of real estate mortgage loans................... Interest and discount on other loans and discounts per $100 of other loans and discounts...................... Dividends and interest on deposits per $100 of savings and time deposits................................................. Net additions to total surplus accounts from operations per $100 of total surplus accounts..................... 3.17 3.94 4.92 5.31 3.57 6.06 3.29 4.01 5.08 5.14 3.92 4.52 3.37 3.98 5.19 5.07 4.02 5.25 3.52 4.10 5.25 5.70 4.13 5.84 3.67 4.17 5.27 6.22 4.15 5.83 3.96 4.39 5.34 6.31 4.52 4.37 4.15 4.77 5.44 6.77 4.81 2.29 4.42 5.14 5.59 7.13 4.83 5.13 4.81 5.40 5.77 8.28 4.90 4.64 Number of banks, December 31........................................................................................................................... 330 331 330 327 329 332 333 334 331 Note: For footnotes to this table, see table 118, p. 286. 287 .31 .32 .52 BANKS N e t c u rre n t o p e ra tin g incom e a fte r ta x e s ................................................................................................... OF INSURED 15.15 2.39 4.72 1.51 .25 1.72 .80 .34 3.42 INCOME C u rre n t o p e ra tin g expenses— t o t a l............................................................................................................... Salaries—officers....................... ..................................................................................................................... Salaries and wages—other employees.......................................................................................................... Pension, hospitalization and group insurance payments, and other employee benefits........................ Fees paid to trustees and committee members........................................................................................... Occupancy, maintenance, etc., of bank premises (includingtaxesand recurring depreciation)— n e t... Deposit insurance assessments........................................................................................................................ Furniture and fixtures (including recurring depreciation)......................................................................... A ll other current operating expenses............................................................................................................ 288 CORPORATION Table 123. INSURANCE Table 122. DEPOSIT Table 121. FEDERAL Table 120. BANKS CLOSED BECAUSE OF FINANCIAL DIFFICULTIES; DEPOSIT INSURANCE DISBURSEMENTS Number and deposits of banks closed because of financial difficulties, 1934-1969 Insured banks requiring disbursements by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation during 1969 Depositors, deposits, and disbursements in insured banks requiring disburse ments by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 1934-1969 Banks grouped by class of bank, year of deposit payoff or deposit assum p tion, amount of deposits, and State Recoveries and losses by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on principal disbursements for protection of depositors, 1934-1969 BANKS CLOSED Insured banks: books of bank at date of closing; and books of FDIC, December 31, 1969. DISBURSEMENTS 289 Sources of data INSURANCE No noninsured bank failed in 1969. For detailed data regarding noninsured banks which suspended in the years 1934-1962, see the Annual Report for 1963, pp. 27-41. For 1963-1968, see Table 120 of this report, and previous reports for respective years. DEPOSIT Noninsured bank failures Disbursements by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to protect depositors are made when the insured deposits of banks in financial difficulties are paid off, or when the deposits of a failing bank are assumed by another insured bank with the financial aid of the Corporation. In deposit payoff cases, the disbursement is the amount paid by the Corporation on insured deposits. In deposit assumption cases, the principal disbursement is the amount loaned to failing banks, or the price paid for assets purchased from them; additional disbursements are made in those cases as advances for protection of assets in process of liquidation and for liquidation expenses. AND Deposit insurance disbursements Table 120. NUMBER AND DEPOSITS OF BANKS CLOSED BECAUSE OF FINANCIAL DIFFICULTIES, 1934-1969 Deposits (in thousands of dollars) Insured Year Total Non insured1 Total 9 26 69 76 73 60 43 14 20 5 2 1 1 5 3 5 4 2 3 4 2 5 2 2 4 3 1 5 1 2 7 5 7 4 3 9 1 1 4 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 5 1 4 2 1 4 1 8 1 2 1 2 1 479 9 25 69 74 73 60 43 14 20 5 2 1 1 5 3 4 4 2 3 2 2 5 2 1 4 3 1 5 1 2 7 5 7 4 3 9 Total With disbursements by FDIC3 61,973 908,700 41,147 867,553 35,364 583 592 528 1,038 2,439 358 79 355 1,968 13,404 27,508 33,613 59,406 157,772 142,429 18,726 19,186 12,525 1,915 5,695 347 7,040 10,674 6,665 5,513 3,408 3,170 44,711 998 11,953 11,329 11,247 8,240 2,593 6,930 8,936 3,011 23,444 23,438 43,861 103,523 10,878 22,524 40,120 970,673 37,332 13,987 28,100 34,141 60,444 160,211 142,787 18,805 19,541 12,525 1,915 5,695 494 7,207 10,674 9,217 5,555 6,464 3,313 45,101 2,948 11,953 11,689 12,502 10,413 2,593 7,965 10,611 4,231 23,444 23,867 45,256 106,171 10,878 22,524 40,120 147 167 2,552 42 3,056 143 390 1,950 360 1,255 2,173 1,035 1,675 1,220 429 1,395 2,648 85 328 1,190 26,449 10,084 1,968 13,319 27,508 33,285 59,406 157,772 142,429 18,726 19,186 12,525 1,915 5,695 347 7,040 10,674 5,475 5,513 3,408 3,170 18,262 998 11,953 11,329 1,163 8,240 2,593 6,930 8,936 3,011 23,444 23,438 43,861 103,523 10,878 22,524 40,120 1 For information regarding each of these banks, see table 22 in the Annual Report of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for 1963, page 221 of the report for 1964, page 179 of the report for 1965, and page 183 of the 1966 report. One noninsured bank placed in receivership in 1934, with no deposits at time of closing, is omitted (see table 22, note 9). Deposits are unavailable for 7 banks. 2 For information regarding these cases, see table 23 of the Annual Report for 1963. 3 For information regarding each bank, see the Annual Report for 1958, pp. 48-83 and pp. 98-127, and tables regarding deposit insurance disbursements in subsequent annual reports. Deposits are ad justed as of December 31, 1969, and exclude deposits for three cases requiring disbursements by the Corporation; 1 bank in voluntary liquidation in 1937 (payoff case no. 90); 1 noninsured bank in 1938 with insured deposits at date of suspension, its insurance status having been terminated prior to suspension (payoff case no. 162); and 1 foreign-owned bank closed in 1941 by order of the Federal Govern ment (payoff case no. 234). CORPORATION 487 52 6 3 7 7 12 5 2 3 Total Without disbursements by FDIC2 Non insured1 INSURANCE 131 61 32 72 83 80 72 48 16 23 5 2 1 2 6 3 9 5 5 4 5 4 5 3 3 9 3 2 9 3 2 8 9 8 4 3 9 Insured With disbursements by FDIC3 DEPOSIT 618 1934................................ 1935................................ 1936................................ 1937................................ 1938................................ 1939................................ 1940................................ 1941................................ 1942................................ 1943................................ 1944................................ 1945................................ 1946................................ 1947................................ 1948................................ 1949................................ 1950................................ 1951................................ 1952................................ 1953................................ 1954................................ 1955................................ 1956................................ 1957................................ 1958................................ 1959................................ 1960................................ 1961................................ 1962................................ 1963................................ 1964................................ 1965................................ 1966................................ 1967................................ 1968................................ 1969................................ Without disbursements by FDIC2 FEDERAL T o ta l.............................. 290 Number Number of depositors or accounts1 Citizens State Bank, Alvarado, Texas NM 2,329 285 The First State Bank, Dodson, Texas SM 286 The State National Bank, Lovelady, Texas 287 Date of closing or deposit assumption First payment to depositors or disbursement by FDIC FDIC disbursement2 Receiver or liquidating agent or assuming bank AND Deposit payoff 284 Name and location Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 686 May 12, 1969 May 14,1969 1,028,355 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation N 2,030 May 28,1969 June 2,1969 3,182,920 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation First National Bank of Ursa, Ursa, Illinois N 1,479 August 20, 1969 August 25, 1969 1,529,600 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation The Rocky Mountain Bank, Lakewood, Colorado NM 6,716 February 6, 1969 February 6, 1969 3,542,649 Lakewood Colorado National Bank, Lakewood, Colorado 195 The Morrice State Bank, Morrice, Michigan SM 1,759 May 6, 1969 May 6, 1969 1,444,864 Owosso Savings Bank, Owosso, Michigan 196 The Big Lake State Bank, Big Lake, Texas NM 2,642 August 22, 1969 September 2, 1969 2,400,486 Reagan State Bank, Big Lake, Texas 197 The First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas NM 6,459 September 5,1969 September 8,1969 7,926,882 First State Bank, Aransas Pass, Texas 198 The First National Bank of Coalville, Coalville, Utah N 3,254 October 10,1969 October 10, 1969 3,237,084 First National Bank of Coalville, Coalville, Utah 291 DISBURSEMENTS $1,910,9103 INSURANCE April 18, 1969 DEPOSIT April 12, 1969 Deposit assumption 194 CLOSED Class of bank Case number BANKS Table 121. INSURED BANKS REQUIRING DISBURSEMENTS BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION DURING 1969 292 Table 121. INSURED BANKS REQUIRING DISBURSEMENTS BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION DURING 1969 -CONTINUED Case number U.S. Govern ment obligations Other securities Loans, discounts, and overdrafts Banking house, furniture & fixtures Other real estate Other assets Total Deposits Other liabilities Capital stock Other capital accounts 415,096 530,000 40,000 1,234,972 27,936 3,220 305,132 2,556,357 2,319,6093 0 50,000 285 155,397 77,000 3,000 879,339 13,846 4,291 869 1,133,742 1,085,170 0 50,000 - 1 ,4 2 7 186,748 774,699 270,972 9,500 2,886,477 119,563 30,658 43,736 4,135,606 3,801,632 98,122 75,000 287 214,280 259,830 115,936 1,434,953 24,490 1,600 2,252 2,053,340 1,798,254 130,000 75,000 50,087 703,112 3,401,168 238,621 3,755,554 199,120 275,000 44,586 8,617,160 8,064,894 42,216 300,000 210,051 195 296,984 371,184 8,134 1,560,886 26,760 9,600 9,490 2,283,039 2,167,450 2,302 50,000 63,287 196 823,390 676,047 368,650 2,794,756 39,114 25,613 22,410 4,749,981 4,426,539 50,370 180,000 93,071 Deposit assumption 194 197 715,199 882,888 820,574 8,735,462 162,709 12,818 87,411 11,417,060 10,471,897 16,664 150,000 778,498 198 541,791 702,685 630,952 4,640,469 18,047 3,900 87,388 6,625,232 5,991,999 160,000 50,000 423,234 1 Figures as determined by FDIC agents after adjustment of books of the bank immediately following its closing. * Includes disbursements made to December 31, 1969, plus additional disbursements estimated to be required in these cases. * Includes $17 591 representing 15 nonbook shortage accounts which w ill be added to book figures when paid. CORPORATION 286 160,851 INSURANCE Deposit payoff 284 DEPOSIT Cash and due from banks FEDERAL Liabilities and ca pital accounts1 Assets1 Table 122. DEPOSITORS, DEPOSITS, AND DISBURSEMENTS IN INSURED BANKS REQUIRING DISBURSEMENTS BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, 1 9 3 4 -1 9 6 9 BAN KS GROUPED BY C LASS OF BANK, YEAR OF DEPOSIT PAYOFF OR DEPOSIT A S S U M P TIO N , A M O U N T OF DEPOSITS, AN D STATE Number of banks Total Assump tion cases Payoff cases Total Payoff cases Assump tion cases Deposits1 (in thousands of dollars) Disbursements by FDIC1 (in thousands of dollars) Advances and expenses2 Principal disbursements Payoff cases Assump tion cases Total Payoff cases3 Assump tion cases4 Payoff cases5 Assump tion cases8 878,888 254,994 623,894 418,970 171,315 247,655 3,200 50,666 89 27 366 32 10 242 57 17 124 347,522 376,257 949,031 87,717 88,892 331,922 207,362 197,673 473,853 86,210 34,388 134,397 121,152 163,286 339,456 101,196 108,179 209,595 43,006 26,498 101,811 58,190 81,681 107,784 1,031 245 1,924 7,098 19,326 24,242 Y e a r7 1934..................................................................... 1935.................................................................... 1936.................................................................... 1937.................................................................... 1938.................................................................... 1939.................................................................... 1940.................................................................... 1941.................................................................... 1942.................................................................... 1943.................................................................... 1944.................................................................... 1945.................................................................... 1946.................................................................... 1947.................................................................... 1948..................................................................... 1949.................................................................... 1950.................................................................... 1951.................................................................... 1952 ................................................................... 1953 ................................................................. 1954.................................................................... 1955.................................................................... 1956.................................................................... 1957 ................................................................. 1958.................................................................... 1959.................................................................... 1960.................................................................... 1961 ................................................................... 1963 ................................................................... 1964 ............................................................... 1965.................................................................... 1966.................................................................... 1967 ............................................................... 1968 ................................................................... 1969.................................................................... 9 25 69 75 74 60 43 15 20 5 2 1 1 5 3 4 4 2 3 2 2 5 2 1 4 3 1 5 2 7 5 7 4 3 9 9 24 42 50 50 32 19 8 6 4 1 15,767 44,655 89,018 130,387 203,961 392,718 256,361 73,005 60,688 27,371 5,487 12,483 1,383 10,637 18,540 5,671 6,366 5,276 6,752 24,469 1,811 17,790 15,197 2,338 9,587 3,073 11,171 8,301 36,430 19,934 15,817 95,424 4,729 12,850 27,363 1.5,767 32,331 43,225 74,148 44,288 90,169 20,667 38,594 5,717 16,917 899 1,968 13,319 27,508 33,349 59,684 157,772 142,429 29,718 19,186 12,525 1,915 5 695 347 7,040 10,674 5,475 5,513 3 408 3,170 18 262 998 11,953 11,329 1,163 8,240 2,593 6,930 8,936 23,444 23,438 43,861 103,523 10,878 22,524 40,120 1,968 9,091 11,241 14,960 10,296 32,738 5,657 14,730 1,816 6,637 456 941 8,891 14,781 19,161 30,479 67,770 74,134 23,880 10,825 7,172 1,503 1,768 265 1,724 2,990 2,552 3 ’,986 1*885 1,369 5 ’ 017 913 6,784 3,458 1 031 3,026 1,835 4,765 6,200 19,232 13,768 11,391 15,075 8,125 5,284 36,992 941 6,026 8,056 12,045 9,092 26,196 4,895 12,278 1,612 5,500 404 4 1 1 3 3 1 5 2 7 3 1 4 4 1 27 25 24 28 24 7 14 1 1 1 1 5 3 4 4 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 6 3 5 8,080 5,465 2,338 4,380 3,073 11,171 8,301 36,430 19,934 14,363 1,012 4,729 6,533 259,805 287,365 617,109 12,324 45,793 56,239 159,673 302,549 235,694 34,411 54,971 10,454 4,588 12,483 1,383 10,637 18,540 5,671 6,366 5,276 6,752 24,469 1,811 9,710 9,732 5,207 1,454 94,412 12,850 20,830 6,503 4,702 1 163 4,156 2,593 6,930 8,936 23,444 23 438 42,889 774 10,878 8,998 4,229 16,267 18,389 49,388 125,034 136,773 14,987 17,369 5,888 1,459 5 695 347 7,040 10 674 5,’ 475 5,513 3*408 3* 170 18 * 262 ’ 998 5,450 6,628 4,084 972 102,749 22,524 31,122 4,438 2,795 1 031 2,796 1,835 4,765 6,200 19,232 13 768 10,918 735 8,125 7,634 43 108 67 103 93 162 89 50 38 53 9 2,865 6,725 7,116 21,387 41,574 69,239 11,602 9,213 1,672 1,099 1,768 ’ 265 1,724 2,990 2,552 3’,986 1 * 885 1 369 5 01 7 ’ 913 2,346 663 106 87 20 38 51 82 154 292 583 601 25 199 230 473 14,340 5 284 29,358 1 147 272 934 905 4,902 17,603 17,237 1,479 1,076 72 37 96 11 370 200 166 524 127 195 428 145 665 51 31 120 1,041 468 1,509 293 508,531 1,164,279 DISBURSEMENTS 198 1,672,810 INSURANCE 284 DEPOSIT 482 Class of bank N ational............................................................. State member F.R.S......................................... Nonmember F.R.S............................................ AND A ll b a n ks .............................................................. CLOSED Total BANKS Classification Number of depositors1 294 Table 122. DEPOSITORS, DEPOSITS, AND DISBURSEMENTS IN INSURED BANKS REQUIRING DISBURSEMENTS BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, 1 9 3 4 -1 9 6 9 — CONTINUED B A N K S GROUPED BY C LASS OF B AN K, YEAR OF DEPOSIT PAYOFF OR DEPOSIT A S S U M P TIO N , A M O U N T OF DEPOSITS, A N D STATE Number of banks Assump tion cases Payoff cases Total Total Payoff cases Assump tion cases Deposits1 (in thousands of dollars) Disbursements by FDIC1 (in thousands of dollars) Principal disbursements Total Payoff cases Assump tion cases Total Payoff cases3 Assump tion cases4 Advances and expenses2 Payoff cases5 Assump tion cases8 24 23 25 36 36 28 16 5 4 1 38,347 83,370 92,179 159,587 208,412 272,698 237,677 212,687 284,809 83,044 29,695 65,512 57,287 73,495 68,928 79,279 32,665 89,189 12,481 8,652 17,858 34,892 86,092 139,484 193,419 205,012 123,498 272,328 83,044 6,418 17,759 22,315 53,285 73,668 147,150 130,013 135,727 199,594 92,960 4,947 13,920 12,921 25,681 25,094 55,112 27,715 49,429 40,176 1,471 3,839 9,394 27,604 48,574 92,038 102,298 86,297 159,418 92,960 5,000 12,906 15,615 34,981 41,840 81,732 52,029 69,712 95,153 10,000 4,309 11,554 10,549 19,886 19,641 38,454 17,818 39,444 9,660 691 1,352 5,066 15,095 22,199 43,278 34,211 30,268 85,493 10,000 88 209 164 396 405 635 442 327 532 154 173 611 2,325 3,645 6,126 6,230 6,080 25,039 279 State Alabam a............................................................. Arkansas............................................................ C a lifornia........................................................... Colorado............................................................. Connecticut..................................................... 4 7 4 4 2 2 6 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 9,170 5,446 21,059 8,810 5,379 2,059 4,541 17,890 1,382 5,379 7,111 905 3,169 7,428 6,170 2,538 47,298 11,052 1,526 3,985 1,942 46,220 2,262 1,526 2,185 596 1,078 8,790 3,557 1,720 25,607 4,448 1,242 2,562 1,576 12,906 938 1,242 995 144 12,701 3,510 72 43 627 40 8 91 48 454 644 Florida................................................................ Georgia............................................................... Idaho.................................................................. Illin o is ................................................................ India na............................................................... 5 10 2 21 20 2 8 2 9 15 3 2 14,082 9,410 2,451 81,193 30,006 1,725 8,797 2,451 43,274 12,549 12,357 613 17,665 1,959 1,894 52,564 13,593 2,668 1,870 1,894 26,880 3,932 14,997 89 6,163 1,620 1,493 29,986 6,197 2,145 1,551 1,493 22,004 3,096 4,018 69 57 33 29 350 39 466 33 Io w a .................................................................... Kansas............................................................... Kentucky........................................................... .......................................... Louisiana Maine . .. .......................... 7 10 23 3 1 4 6 18 3 3 4 5 16,055 6,715 36,139 6 087 9,710 4,066 3,824 18,490 6,087 11,989 2,891 17,649 9,401 5,052 8,888 1 652 5,450 4,383 4,357 3,953 1,652 3,875 4,093 5,455 668 2,346 2,804 3,601 3,329 668 1,071 492 2,126 46 50 44 10 113 72 201 M aryland........................................................... Massachusetts.................................................. M ichigan............................................................ Minnesota .................................................. Mississippi ..................................................... 5 2 11 5 3 2 3 2 7 22,567 9,046 117,622 2,650 1,651 6,643 15,924 9,046 115,538 4,566 3,019 109,894 818 334 828 3,109 1,564 18,871 640 257 735 9 371 1,030 1,093 12 5 1 4 5 3 37,919 17,457 9,710 2,084 2,650 1,651 25,684 9,662 5,018 694 4,934 5,450 1,394 818 334 3,738 3,019 108,499 7,982 3,101 665 2,346 1,311 640 257 2,374 1,564 17,560 791 384 43 17 5 CORPORATION 83 86 37 34 19 17 4 3 1 INSURANCE 107 109 62 70 55 45 20 8 5 1 DEPOSIT Banks w ith dep osits o f— Less than $100,000........................................... $100,000 to $250,000........................................ $250,000 to $500,0008...................................... $500,000 to $1,000,0008 .................................. $1,000,000 to $2,000,0008................................ $2,000,000 to $5,000,0008............................... $5,000,000 to $10,000,000............................... $10,000,000 to $25,000,000............................. $25,000,000 to $50,000,000............................. $50,000,000 to $100,000,000........................... FEDERAL Classification Number of depositors1 Oregon............... Pennsylvania. . . South Carolina. South D a kota... Tennessee......... 29 269,621 10,408 14,103 13,751 27,650 28,440 3,677 6,760 7,585 20,149 241,181 6,731 7,343 6,166 7,501 3,439 166,894 1,848 12,515 12,358 1,230 43,828 403 11,412 9,993 59,125 3,254 11,057 35,715 4,179 40,909 8,346 26,898 3,212 8,346 18,739 8,687 12,638 7,240 215 8,145 3.867 880 33,128 296 161,502 7,676 639 5,008 117 82,125 145,439 3,266 3,830 7,223 18,920 13,286 1,421 1,552 2,345 11,053 132,153 1,845 2,278 4,877 7.867 2,209 123,066 1,445 1,103 2,365 2,670 75,756 849 2,987 1,942 1,368 14,340 136 2,862 1,620 18,216 3,254 2,370 23,077 4,179 52,817 5,992 3,725 17,778 1,538 26,384 8,159 3,212 2,006 9,512 2,033 ' 3,375 7,652 2,006 5,966 6,009 186 5,008 305 1,667 453 21 26,468 117 55,657 161 20,154 67,997 2,387 2,656 2,098 10,275 10,836 1,156 1,397 1,610 7,936 57,161 1,231 1,259 488 2,339 32 23 24 7 178 10,847 179 203 44 233 1,302 61,416 714 126 322 1,948 51,292 274 2,411 1,278 986 10,133 136 2,388 1,164 962 41,159 138 23 114 11 81 9,524 26,432 5,992 350 10,127 1,538 33,150 3,212 3,445 8,285 935 19,344 13,806 3,212 186 4,396 935 1,458 7,188 1,458 5,096 3,545 2,033 202 3,259 3,889 2,092 202 75 10 9 25 580 1,028 52 21 22 294 505 512 428 19 Note: Due to rounding differences, components may not add to totals. 295 DISBURSEMENTS 1 Adjusted to December 31,1969, in assumption cases, number of depositors refers to number of deposit accounts. 2 Excludes $352 thousand of nonrecoverable insurance expenses in cases which were resolved without payment of claims or a disbursement to facilitate assumption of deposits by another insured bank, and other expenses of field liquidation employees not chargeable to liquidation activities. 3 Includes estimated additional disbursements in active cases. 4 Excludes excess collections turned over to banks as additional purchase price at termination of liquidation. 5 These disbursements are not recoverable by the Corporation; they consist almost wholly of field payoff expenses. 6 Includes advances to protect assets and liquidation expenses of $47,992 thousand, all of which have been fu lly recovered by the Corporation, and $611 thousand of nonrecoverable expenses. 7 No case in 1962 required disbursements. Disbursement totals for each year relate to cases occurring during that year, including disbursements made in subsequent years. 8 Figures have been revised since publication in 1968 Annual Report. INSURANCE West V irg in ia . W isconsin.. . . Wyoming....... 103,797 1,780 418,766 11,107 1,095 8,145 296 194,630 DEPOSIT Texas............. U tah............... Verm ont........ V irg in ia .......... W ashington... 11,799 651 AND New Y o rk.......... North Carolina. North D a kota .. O hio.................. Oklahoma........ 29,478 849 6,069 CLOSED 41,277 1,500 6,069 1,780 522,563 BANKS M issouri.............. M ontana.............. Nebraska............ New Hampshire. New Jersey......... Table 123. RECOVERIES AND LOSSES BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION ON PRINCIPAL DISBURSEMENTS FOR PROTECTION OF DEPOSITORS, 1934-1969 (Amounts in thousands of dollars) All cases year of de posit payoff or deposit assumption Re coveries Principal to Dec. disburse ments: - 31,1969 Number of banks Deposit assumption cases Deposit payoff cases Estimated additional recoveries Losses1 Number of banks Principal disburse ments2 Re coveries to Dec. 31,1969 296 Liquidation Estimated additional recoveries Losses1 Number of banks Principal disburse ments3 Re coveries to Dec. 31,1969 Estimated additional recoveries Losses1 284 171,314 134,571 9,137 27,609 198 247,654 210,500 13,083 24,069 45 437 159,475 259,494 111,502 233,569 22,220 25,752 25,926 24 260 66,254 105,060 44,559 90,012 9,137 12,560 15,049 21 177 93,221 154,434 66,943 143,557 13,083 13,192 10,877 Year4 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 9 25 69 75 74 941 8,891 14,781 19,161 30,479 734 6,202 12,325 15,610 28,055 207 2,683 2,455 3,549 2,425 9 24 42 50 50 941 6,026 8,056 12,045 9,092 734 4,274 6,595 9,520 7,908 207 1,751 1,460 2,524 1,184 1 27 25 24 2,865 6,725 7,116 21,387 1,928 5,730 6,090 20,147 5 932 995 1,025 1,241 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 60 43 15 20 5 67,770 74,134 23,880 10,825 7,172 60,618 70,336 23,290 10,136 7,048 7,153 3,787 591 688 123 32 19 8 6 4 26,196 4,895 12,278 1,612 5,500 20,399 4,313 12,065 1,320 5,376 5,798 582 213 292 123 28 24 7 14 1 41,574 69,239 11,602 9,213 1,672 40,219 66,023 11,225 8,816 1,672 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 2 1 1 5 3 1,503 1,768 265 1 724 2,990 1,462 1,768 265 1,644 2,349 40 1 404 1 363 40 1 1 5 3 1,099 1,768 265 1,724 2,990 1,099 1,768 265 1,644 2,349 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 4 4 2 3 2 2,552 3 986 1*885 1,369 5,017 2,183 2 601 1,885 577 5,017 4 4 2 3 2 2,552 3,986 1,885 1,369 5,017 2,183 2,601 1,885 577 5,017 369 1,385 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 2 5 2 1 4 913 6,784 3 458 1,031 3,026 654 6,554 3,163 1,031 2,998 2 1 1 913 2,346 663 654 2,346 663 258 230 240 28 1 230 230 1959 1960 1961 1963 1964 3 1 5 2 7 1,835 4,765 6,200 19,232 13,765 1,738 4,765 4,65? 17,143 11,161 26 1,389 609 1,523 700 1,996 196 5 196 6 1967 1968 1969.............. 5 7 4 3 9 11,391 15,075 8,125 5,284 36,992 5,842 3,759 5,431 3,794 18,277 321 2,829 1,158 941 14,864 5,229 8,486 1,535 550 3,850 2 6 473 14,340 305 3,148 3 2,725 164 8,466 5,284 5 29,358 3,794 18,122 941 9,385 550 1,850 5 10 14 67 641 369 1,385 792 55 258 230 240 28 97 4 1 1 3 4,438 2,795 1,031 2,796 4,208 2,500 1,031 2,768 3 1 5 2 7 1,835 4,765 6,200 19,232 13,765 1,738 4,765 4,652 17,143 11,161 26 1,389 609 1,523 700 1,996 3 1 4 10,918 735 8,125 5,537 611 5,431 318 104 1,158 4 7,634 155 5,479 5,065 20 1,535 3 2,000 55 14 1.355 3,205 378 396 67 641 792 97 1 Includes estimated losses in active cases. Not adjusted for interest or allowable return, which was collected in some cases in which the disbursement was fully recovered. 2 Includes estimated additional disbursements in active cases. 3 Excludes excess collections turned over to banks as additional purchase price at termination of liquidation. 4 No case in 1962 required disbursements. Note: Due to rounding differences, components may not add to totals. 10 CORPORATION 51,678 INSURANCE 22,220 482l DEPOSIT 1 345,071 Status Active............... FEDERAL ~"418,958 T o ta l................ 299 INDEX Absorptions: Of insured banks requiring disbursements by FDIC. See Banks in financial difficulties. Of operating banks, 1969 .......................................................... 15-17, 291-292 Of operating banks approved by FDIC, 1969 ........................... 15-17, 31-136 Regulation of ................................................................................................. 15-16 Admission of banks to insurance. See also Applications from banks: Applications for, 1969 ........................................................................................ 15 Number of banks admitted, by class of bank, 1969 ........................... 238-239 Advertising of interest paid on deposits................................................................. 28-29 Applications from b a n k s ........................................................................................ 15-16 Areas outside continental United States, banks and branches located in: Number, December 31, 1969 ...................................................... 241, 242, 250 Assessments for deposit insurance ................................................................... 23-25 Assets and liabilities of F D IC ..................................................................................... 22 Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks. See also Deposits: Commercial banks: Grouped by insurance status, June 30, 1969, and December 31, 1969 .................................. 254-261 Developments in 1969 ............................................................................ 3-5 Sources of d a t a ........................................................................................ 253 Insured commercial banks: Amounts, December call dates, 1961, 1965-1969 . . . . . . 264-266 Amounts, June 30, 1969, and December 31, 1969, by class of b a n k .......................................................................... 254-261 Major categories, average, 1961-1969 ................................................. 277 Percentage distribution, by size of bank, 1969 ......................... 271-273 Percentages of items, by size of bank, 1969 .................................... 269 Mutual savings banks: Grouped by insurance status, June 30, 1969, and December 31, 1969 ........................................................................................ 262-263 Developments in 1969 ................................................................................. 5 Sources of d a t a ........................................................................................ 253 Insured mutual savings banks: Amount, December call dates, 1961, 1965-1969 .................... 267-268 Major catagories, average, 1961-1969 ........................................ 285-286 Percentages of items, by size of bank, 1969 .................................... 270 Assets purchased by FDIC from banks in financial d iffic u ltie s .................... 11-13 Assumption of deposits of insured banks with financial aid of FDIC. See also Banks in financial d iffic u ltie s ...........................11-13, 291-292, 293-295 Attorney General of the United States, summary reports on a b s o rp tio n s ................................................................................... 31-136 Audit of F D IC ................................................................................................................ 26 Bad-debt reserves. See Valuation reserves. Bank ownership, changes i n ..................................................................................... 18 Bank Protection Act of 1968 ..................................................................................... 27 Bank supervision. See Supervision of banks; Examination of insured banks. Banking offices, number of. See Number of banks and branches. Banks in financial difficulties: 300 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Insured banks requiring disbursements by FDIC: Assets and liabilities o f ................................................................. 291-292 Deposit size o f .......................................................................................... 290 Deposits protected, 1934-1969 ........................................ 11-13, 293-295 Disbursements by FDIC, 1934-1969 ............................. 11-13, 293-296 Loans made and assets purchased by F D IC ........................................ 13 Location by State, 1934-1969 ...................................................... 294-295 Losses incurred by d e p o s ito rs ................................................................. 12 Losses incurred by F D IC ........................................................................ 296 Name and location of, 1969 ................................................................... 11 Number of, 1934-1969 .......................................................................... 290 Number of deposit accounts, 1934-1969 ............................... 293-295 Recoveries by FDIC on assets acquired, 1934-1969 ......................... 296 Noninsured banks: Number and deposits of commercial banks closed, 1934-1969 ................................................................................... 289-290 Banks, number of. See Number of banks and branches. Board of Directors of FDIC. See Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. See Federal Reserve authorities. Branches. See also Number of banks and branches: Establishment approved by FDIC, 1969 ........................................................ 15 Examination of, 1968 and 1969 ........................................................................ 14 Increase, branches of all banks, 1969 .................................... 5, 239, 240-241 Call reports. See Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks; Reports from banks. Capital of banks. See Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks; Banks in financial difficulties; Income of insured commercial banks; Examination of insured banks. Certificates of deposit. See also Deposits............................................ . 3, 29 Charge-offs by banks. See Income of insured commercial banks; Income of insured mutual savings banks; Valuation reserves. Class of bank, banking data presented by: A b so rp tio n s................................................................... 16, 238-239 Income of insured commercial banks, 1969 ...................................... 279-280 Insured banks requiring disbursements by FDIC, 1934-1969 .................. 293 Number of banks and banking offices, 1969 ......... 238-239, 242-250 Number of banks and d e p o s its ..................................................................... 251 Classification of b a n k s ................................................................................. 236-237 Closed banks. See Banks in financial difficulties. Commercial banks. See Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks; Deposits; Income of insured commercial banks; Number of banks and branches. Comptroller of the C u rre n cy............................................... iv, v, 21, 27, 30, 253, 275 Conferences with supervisors of State b a n k s .................................................... 20-21 Consolidations. See Absorptions. Credit, bank. See Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks. Demand deposits. See Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks; Deposits. Deposit insurance c o vera g e ...................................................................... 7, 12-13, 26 Deposits insured by FDIC: Estimated insured deposits, December 31, 1934-1969 ............................. 26 Increase in maximum per d e p o s ito r........................................ 7, 12-13, 26, 29 Deposits of: See also Assets, liabilities, and capital of banks: Banks closed because of financial difficulties, 1934-1969 . . . . 290 Commercial banks: INDEX 301 By insurance status and type of bank, and type of account, June 30, 1969 .......................................................................... 254-257 By insurance status and type of bank, and type of account, 258-261 December 31, 1969 .................... Insured commercial banks: Average demand and time deposits, 1961-1969 ............................... 277 By class of bank, December 31, 1969 ............................................... 251 By deposit size of bank, December 31, 1969 .................................... 251 December call dates, 1961, 1965-1969 ............................................... 265 Mutual savings banks, by insurance status, June 30, 1969, and December 31, 1969 ............................................................................ 263 Insured mutual savings banks: Average demand and time deposits, 1961-1969 ............................... 286 December call dates, 1961, 1965-1969 ............................................... 268 Deposits, number of insured commercial banks with given ratios of demand to total d e p o s its ........................................................................ 273 Directors of FDIC. See Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Disbursements. See Banks in financial difficulties. Dividends: To depositors in insured mutual savings banks. See Income of insured mutual savings banks. To stockholders of insured commercial banks. See Income of insured commercial banks. Earnings of banks. See Income of insured commercial banks; Income of insured mutual savings banks. Employees: F D IC ........................................ 21 Insured commercial banks, number and compensation, 1961-1969 ......... . 276-277 Insured mutual savings banks, number and compensation, 1961-1969 ............................... . . 285-286 Examination of insured banks: By FDIC, 1969 ..................................................................................................... 14 Regions and regional d ire c to rs .......................................................................... vi Expenses of banks. See Income of insured commercial banks; Income of insured mutual savings banks. Expenses of F D IC ............................................... . 23-25 Failures. See Banks in financial difficulties. Federal banking le g is la tio n ............................. . 6-8, 139-169 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation: Actions on a p p lic a tio n s ................................................................................. 15-16 Assessments on insured b a n k s ................................................................... 23-25 Assets .................................................................................................................. 22 Audit .................... ............................................................................................. 26 Banks examined by, and submitting reports t o ........................... 13-14, 18-19 Borrowing p o w e r............................................................................................ 22-23 Capital s t o c k ..................................................................................................... 25n Conferences .................................................................................................. 20-21 Coverage of deposit insurance, banks p a rtic ip a tin g .................. 7, 12-13, 26 Deposit insurance fund (s u rp lu s )................................................. 22-23, 25-26 Directors (members of the B o a rd )............................................................... v, 21 Disbursements for protection of d e p o s ito rs ........................... 11-13, 291-296 D iv is io n s ......................................................................................................... iv, 21 302 FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Employees ............................................................................................................ 21 Examination of b a n k s ................................................................................... 13-14 Financial statements, 1969 .......................................................................... 22-24 Income and expenses, 1933-1969 ................................................................... 25 Insured banks requiring disbursements by. See Banks in financial difficulties. Liabilities .............................................................................................................. 22 Loans to, and purchase of assets from, insured b a n k s ............................... 13 Losses incurred, 1934-1969 .............................................................................. 13 Methods of protecting d e p o s ito rs ............................................................... 11-12 Officials .................................................................................................................. v Organization ...................................................................................